Full text of "Annals of the Durban Museum"

See other formats

ie
Neeerner a 2
ree bin basic yore) :

PD SPRUR SAGs TH Wael

eae ahh aty i aan i
retary, Pal ishesimietyse )
ae lator aaieat i i Tt Wau yeatbees ‘ify weanniea
Ao aR tts the altho hs fh}
"

a4)
Atieoniedve Pratt |
UCT eeea yt
Mae ligies bo pad)
anes 115
105%
Aaya thy pe beme git

a. ate MAb gta

HOt
tteaeniae
OLS Pead ad ae

Vagalasee.

ua alban eee aahees

Hanes
eit)

Lahr Age
tere etree

Mitgine bad atie joie
H Canines Aeatare
LST)
a ela’

ARS
Die 1p al
Witger war geae
Rate h es fy Bat yisseedibe
Teh beryat beh hantnts He de ro
sbrAv oe ky bel eae
heres
he} my
aM Biatetatbnepentet as
brat Ritiernt tc
peeht kon) Ashe RT,
ia UGR

ey Mariel, wat
ha i we ih i

tebe
Somme bites
y) , 4) yd) ata ade
f aii erereriieenry
rien ADEVFAS th) gl it athens ated
Tash) HORNY toh jepey reehee
cheb dele dened 4; yyy jen ya
wT rake Dan) Wan Oa
hah ethan erat ton)
* ) Mri yt
, nV Le dealt e beet Mabie)
ie yoebl beds a \

i
ct a

TaTee
Hable
i

BLT:
+ tari 2
thin Wag’

Nea
yyy Haar

Moab beaeh
nie sh

Pats te
2 ibe vs und ve dt
PAWN ae 6
a Beat fey

Aye nt. iat, :
tee aay rife
wei) ste
THUAN eT eat eg

Ueoeretenittsy ,

ih Aa

ih
} Badhin FAG
Wed di

HMM Hine

red
Voter et

ou ee)

1 TEV cat gag)

aN GAG NED yt CU? Be AA Bl

' aN Piha 4 With

Holme ar th

wistetieg

vig ot
eek te Chie:
tip ait Dai Att LM pees nt Hike
Py vtelens iit
‘ ss areas ntl
Hakone she |

ie ’
tite aus dein) gee pd
A Mie! Atty wet
fab neds rye
Pa ey
: ited: }
Ore thethee * 4
Aa ? iH tT later

Hee sehen

TeP a aks
a oh gs tit!

: ny
baal ph ane a ae
ree h ACSEHEP aL bh dae
LE

a)
Teitengtond

ae eae

1Yapi pt teas 94 Mie?

Ghee

Ruane at

ates F ety tit vi

eat

a Mat tah
Atti toaper matee

tebt
Pebaoe

Widae
Hanh ca is atten Soa
Wiel 3 PacKeen ih

Realy
ayn h etal aay

iat eat te

Leah ones ty seeds taethe
VET heen

%
Whe OR} spr ae rr e:
+ He at nee

cHisaeiy
Hvhyy
shel
} \ pA Lieieated
oh nly ; proleittL
SOMME, +

.
side eRe ae)

¢ fies
net

14 Tob4 by Gites

EET EBs a eo

ai Settee
i

areat ae
das

” Sarerraety
Cheihaht shay ta

re he t a!
area
:

Creer)
" Mad gity sant

+ , ‘
M Sem pete eeteke TMH aesiaorshs 99399

4s teeta
ea Te ene rites J
LRM OUR Uris areet

iu
pat she metic Mina jrine

iH rs)

n fifth
Poet bes
HY edplashs nents
PCAN tts
ay ered
Labees

Piven
hateteabndihy
ARS Y
te af

Hert
Orel peity
Ae Gu

iptarhs
SihTaeDisibesti trai sane
BAe eet si

Siete,

a”

de baa tetilagseabenceeahee
saapiat tiie}

aghe
Waeet ‘
‘

Sater
aaa

ate aul

ids pane
serif ieee t
Ba “i i hte. p i
tats is i

ahve sats ref

vara?
’ Maen

91M ba

BIB at haps
ithe site

]
ea
aya
ie

B55 bbs ayo] i
alae}

Miers
rat

et
Pr

Ht iets

HA i

a
a Ahi
appeal

i itt Le
‘ * Mbit Ril
Hae Ne tae it
ni Sr en
nae eh tats Mia
hey

Hii HO
Sia natien
i Pmers ”

ash ’
Ne eT

ne ihe) LY i Be Ay
, VeQs@ude a oe
itt: Lie
5

tee

ay *
pte led At

valp

HY
Eat ines
it 4 at i vanes atts eo
ye ig eee date coat set let
tore
rit Hy hain
Bee ry y
4-0) 9895 be gag ”
phen ene aratee
4 haa aiiathta)
bia! Large pp daatens
wa apeereih
x) tetas ty
pet

siti
Hf ne nly Wt

tha ie Ot Rahaeaie
1» Relere itt

t i
that
Ont ,
we nie Ht
H ‘

t
oes eae
of hens

yao b iy

UP pha lea Ut -
BET boat tik iy
*ilatanatataty } $37} ) ' me

Line! it

vite

hit Waly

ttl *

Mirae ty
1 ‘

bey See
st i Kirt rer
he Uneeninie

Pasesanee

MRE hk
uae
i!

4 Rite

ie rt
eae

Steet StS 1
ri sh
ie iy atict

PD rnhiayd Dy
Bt

ate

Lye ty
feet Pisa arioas eT
”

}
Sere eH Beas gt ay
Al dc ie dedead rgd sseid epee
+ venaneayt
V3) sarteh rat tes
tio

“ +s ni aehiegh
Stioseeheisohes pep aeatach
Ho gine

+
SAL EADS O90 te Lets ne
oy Van a9 bededt

i i

tf ue

Lis
94% pa ke ay

ane

Por i}

Waet hone
i

HT
Weite

Hi nee ote
payaso eed
1 erly et) Ma ft
. eaeetaa lt ness >i
ii i 1 ped
Set atralensitsiy sey

StL ane

See

fl
nOC 2s 8 yuan gs bo

ab ielee EH
fiat Ha VF

ae
ie
Haba anita HH
sey a i ist Bat

4 Shields Ny
Hyb8 8Nh Na at

ony

1
tied if ia} sete
st yaaa
iti H (ada uty ;

rere
Sst Game =

os
Sete es
= pee

oi
it a e ts

ove

ean
it he
ao

Hee

Le
PAR OS

pad

a
itt
eat

ie
Pestetitnt te
at

inp iliee
Ft “e

patie pei

?
Fs ; ‘ uy i iat nt

wat Autti i 5 bi (eet phe - Meat : ae “

TRH Ee
|
a ane

bt eats

dic

Hee aah i

ares

LAT}
ite acy ie

wnat
rritts

fd ty
Bias * ait nt ihe

; aay auiltigt
ek peed

CLitis

it i

ttapit Ft
‘ at

Ral

oS a aes

at ha
+t

evi

Mibsent

)

init if

he Wan, é

+1592) Fs debe bed bieae, Hite

Pitan Lit aang

Hotrod vaanaey Paw oy

at gale ii \yoned

ia ay

alte

Stat ae

4 + Digan i”
brane ey eae
PEST ert

ps
TH

he
gti rh xf 4
i Mintkehin
gah ty ry}
Sheer
$a ne teay
i

a
Q

ity

aan

ett ¥

ah a H

atte Hi th

vents, rns
SR2b314 Shes. Hite 2 tye

oO ht iY ‘ '¢
be ine vit CRAM RE ta att
DAP eis st) Balase ie ty
peevat enone ghaers
i Teen ile
Neral baah yay HATER i }
ST etotd i orp bant
pia a :
Maat Crastity Hits:
bot ie

Heit if
: a
ke

Leet
Meh

ba ie

ts a
esi we

tat)

ale
Wilke
% bt

Gin
Rt ne ae i

= >
ae

<4 kh pen be +7 a . Dad Que . a oe “aeaer ge Par
a oh — Sse w 2 Neg S'S SOS SR eo: es eee a bed FO Deeg i ee tale ot, AS a ee Hd | “24 4 o Seen t 4 ‘ndig © vp “et
»* a Gg gq. ail md IWR TESeS le al vi] =» Yo wit Bey | \ ah %§ and 7 463
| ' 21 bo & wee
Sh td "Wf ppeear tabtes® |) ||) | RARAL | | ‘ anu
~

Ad R x « aN epevecs: | ae ett dha od tall

weet, Se wr Fen. r \ M4 ei
ae PTTL bible nied we bd padi laplitoda | ATL PTTL bh bh Ft Weel fiaauiiitt tel

Let is W Oe i '
awe ws hhh . TL Whey . aes
aes vs eee UCR Beeaol , Ne ry Peg rtiteatth Wei AsY
° hee Jad Ad ,

f WIS err er ow a? ~
fw! | ; Ae
Me ‘Gs ‘Cee ALT He © c ver"
AAR) | id Ley pee WAR

Ez ~ we gu w
re ee ae ee

a ne OG" ne weet Fee 58
P.ovop . wv ; Ww Poet ~ |
“eh ey Pri ideal arty og Vee”. NM ew ue oaee cfa~ -Oe que a
tw? ¥ © fe q bee | | ieee SU hh v , 5 A : } iy wl, ie - ae f ii “a :
sb ae | ne sc Lappe yd DA belle i aagagytte ily [= PS ee |
J y a LA rer 7. = a AS aN ao, profs

Wy ruvuty ye AL Bed) | r=
5 Ns with, VW mie
S Vu twwyens-: g Viger er

RET TT . 2S OM beg sees : P uM, (hy
LAF Te erereren ey TTT ann haee , bees © tl ery! a ake Mit ook wl
Pe Nr it a Usttnant envi FeV FL RLIM LIA) Meets ais) ETE
Jo vervvt inf Uae adil jidy Lapa TT | | Ne eg, AAAS Nr il,
LM Peete: NI rath, ~er ane ‘

Tbe A Fgh etry,

cate

mol ies ot

} carriages ~ MRA we : » a 4 Ri ut SLT [See

NS inte MNMULGEL wer seaceee PD evattneysttt ge Mog LN NS ae) aed tet

. Ct SS Se Fue gt . Ai w “aN =~ ~2 ~ ~ fad

ik 1d a geRe | A edt (eT A 7 we ra My? ha Vay Mey, A bhedat

RTL Sel fo tek eae htt At) oy fe pre halal te ae Dg eee es

SOT rea ee agatnnnelt ety secs ute Mians er
ate ertriy cy oot eeN ON # syvanety presdte ry WSs

e¥> verre ee Wo a ley

S7Ge | eee POP Gee OT, a.

Se Mh ahh eR phi Pe PEELE PEELE PET

ne ne res ore
Pag > J > we oe

ccs a wv : we .o Rats ame a vw | he } te — Fy we
5 N i i pe fe : : ta J Ph w T ope a As |

one

4 yeh me wee : cpt A ~ er kd wy i |
tT Aa iwn eee By te tates es ie 4 a ae Re 3 AA we hd Tt
; ‘ > ow a. a ; ‘

ahs

| nae 7, oy Vue Wayne aor

ORO 1 hd | bedi & | aaa

TTL bie eh Onetel Wid | LL rte nvgt ttle (3. AAA
ges JL 7 Wha 1 | “Wier hs, |

hee gL IR ee a.

vey } Abe | 2 HELE PEEL ewe we

F 8 he Chigkhice ae Mue Sa

Avyeey

vw hae ;

Mey

| ST]
. : Big pul Ware SATA
whhd tONG ly Wy VAAL pw ‘ ab mahey, ice oe OCD SM rLyt
Asn anr as ~@ Ab 'o hen we aK, SY PNM NS 4 he @ ee
AL} | ty AAS 4) Nuri wy Ter aw bit sel tb pad | | q “S45 Z Pi Wegoe.
e tee C4 WCU 4 TA rT hhh Oe XN % s
m SEA ALLL Bil UES i Oe MR Clit Nd |
TTT TEL LETT rT A RD Lh phe\e TEM TT
Winn, ch > ~ Mav VU | v e P] 3 we
A ta V& GANGS Atl sa ahha hae df we! DA id Nay er vee. vs) a] y woe id :
Be ies New, hrmine ine SS IVa Cutten ¥ A Ape ae. Sew. . val wuy hid ad Wy
Mz mw & wes AG % ff '
A Ad Ger yess am RAIS ISR | i

i SP eo fee Os am tas ] .
yer vPvey GFT aciavvast Mibwatl DDoaea LEAT EEE 8. romans
Wir : ete (ll a8 | el,

: AN LIES
we er a nat eT cr’
y me . Ae Td , ee Thigh. A | ad
a Sletten) b Bal)
“VAae 7 he \ veers vey
wilh li): | | Oral a | yore, lw ~ Ln
# AL SG bh Or Ls wr firth a morith Wy Wasi Nay 5 one
Wa theeencs Ap ‘ Venere! Jj v wA ~wv pbes Wa SS) Vu Se:
Ue. AAT ANI IAN Ad une ahead LA Nea | ty
ei Ot Pee OE 2
&
w

. MAT To obetd port
4 to wee’ suWwy~ ‘we oo Phd Bee ens Ae ae Wey vO ay! e
Ws haLpaesat geen tty rx) INNLL tt eee WSSU Sheree 7

| wT LAA LL Bveuvetteceure
aye Je elle SS OR hd ane eal WOU rug) pcersl
“4 Sua ttn rhe Le ha A J . CED ALS A he as BS wet .

awe \\ 4 ARMS pa © Men A baba . thd vv "1 N deg A ict |
myn Ss! hs ~“\ ui ti We 4 . i rf =_ | f oa wi iaee 4 te |
Fhtel | Vuy) aR hed de ttle. wg Bis, a4 oacese

aT iveue uy t 706 emEete +. » ky, 3 y rt > =a CCA ay
by mts wae | | uae v & Lode ea Pwey 4 TTT BMT 3,

by ba SNA i INS c Y rh \ ub Vv Vv Vy 1 & } v% i

Neg ’ yy write ask wer taf Nn } @ 2 oh Ty = % "y vv wes Bs cess

MA LLL EL ty VEC Cure ge cue eyenececGranqe’ CL ay aah dial [OL tee
Shes be» ese. woe TTTTHIT tT btadind feted bed saa ;

wre ce eye NyNey yt \
Trretyieer PO ba ah bbe Vea
Nat at i nf No © a ope Ne quutwtww Ok Pawidc yee vey

yp yt ee ry f oceaVeS severe
i —_— oes —-

iy
i
}
i
}

i]
|

rele hi eT ne Res a
Ay Wat } mi } Mr
ie if ey lh Wi uh ih
eee / “
Jt Ao
i
re

I aa a wi
ek oa
Pi -y a}

i i

at
uy ve
if

ANNALS

SL
MAR 29 499,
| 997 |
OF THE EY 5%

DURBAN MUSEUM

EDITED BY THE CURATOR,

EK. Ae Cru Bis

VOLUME IL.

28th December, 1917, to 25th August, 1920,

PRINTED BY
JOHN SINGLETON & SONS, DURBAN,

FOR THE DuRBAN MUSEUM.

SGM is
Bip r’4
te i lil.
ae CONTENTS.
“ 4 PAGE
I.—The Malacostraca of Natal, by the Rev. T. R. R. Srrssrne,
NERA re teh SE Ua ies ss scree ka). wa fte cena Mer at ese aes v3 dee 1
II.—The varieties of Papilio dardanus cenea in the collection of
the Durban Museum, by C. N. Barker, F.E.S.............. 34
III.—New Records of Natal Bees (Second Contribution), by
AP SCA. - COCKER ELL een 05. sac seeker Here ease ose aime seas 39
IV.—Some Crustacea of Natal, by the Rev. T. R. R. Sressine,
IMAG Sun ie eka NAR a os a lavtacn Meats ade san Ste ce sia ache ois 47
V.—Further Additions to the Fish Fauna of Natal, by C. Tate
RUEGUAINTS Vint Amee Retwe caer: ss cce: ome Neceincccnces Habe sisted caine 76
VI.—Some apparently undescribed Heterocea and five species
hitherto unrecorded from South Africa, by A. J. T.
DANSE HBSS 255.224 SCD SEE CO Ee ee ao EE Te 78
VITI.—Some Observations upon Whales captured at Durban, by
DCR Cis Oty Call AS ke Ge Ra? incl anor racy rener are 89
VIII.—Some Records of Predaceous Insects and their Prey in
the Durban Museum, by C. N. Barker, F.ES............ 94
IX.—A Skeleton of the Dodo (Didus ineptus), by E. C. Cuuss,
Ss Elke SAN Site PIR ten RS o Monee eS aumseiee bite o's 97
X.—On Some Rare Beetles in the Barker Collection of the
Durban Museum, with descriptions of new species, Part 1,
layo( Ge delle BVA co FRg Oe DENS Wh i hee Scene ooh ae epee sen aEaR Tne 100
XI.—A new Bee from Natal, by T. D. A. CocKERELL............. a yi
XII.—Some Crustacea of Natal, by the Rev. T. R. R. STessine,
IVD AW AH ices Meee: co caters otra neo sieican'sa's cis abe wade Sele. US)

XIII.—A South African Elephant from the Addo Bush, by
13 RAGAN GH stot 21rd 0S NRE Re Ont Cee RERIAE’ Seo oie et ee 126

iv. Contents.

XIV.—Further Contributions to the Anatomy of the Sperm
Whale (Physeter macrocephalus) based upon an examin-

ation of two additional Fetus, by Frank E. Bepparp,
M: A... (D.Ses, Bi Site cactse nce ios ss ee a ene cc eieenaisis

XV.—Notes on some Rhodesian Moths of the family Saturniidee
and their Larve, by the Rev. J. A. O’Nem, F.E.S.........

XVI.—Cicindela bertolonii, Horn, and the South African mem-
bers of the brevicollis group, by C. N. Barker, F.E.S.....

XVII.—Natal Bees, by T. D. A. CoCKERELL.............-.........-

XVIII.—Fishes from Durban, Natal, collected by Messrs.
H. W. Bevt Martey and Romer Rosson, by C. Tate
ecane) MiAr aR E Sag ee saetns sas fa eoe ele \oleters, cars ne eee

XIX.—A Revision of the Flat-fishes ( //eterosomata) of Natal, by
CaiATE WReG An, A OWARGS:: oc setceens sevens segeme a eee

XX.—The White Rhinoceros, with special reference to its habits
in Zululand, by F. VaucHan-Kirsy, F.Z.S.............-..++-

XXI.—On the Genus /ctidopsis, by S. H. Haueuton, B.A., F.G.S.

XXII.—On South African Bees, chiefly collected in Natal, by
AP OD, “Av CO CRB RLIE case 2 hone oxen ts sate ee eee Reto

XXIII.—The Malacostraca of Durban Bay, by the Rev. T. R. R.
SIPRIBBINGs AVE AC REG Siynaten aterm resrseera ph latsteiaeteretees ia ott nrei = seta

XXIV.—Further data and some corrections on the brevicollis
group of Cicindele, by C. N. Barker, F.E.S.......,......-.

XXV.—On South African Bees, chiefly collected in Natal, by

TD oO eAR IC OGKERELD y..0 cneeene eee eee aloe ste chee eiser eeaieas ;

PAGE

149

169

189

197

205

247

263

ROVE.
eVEUE
XIX.
XX.
XXII.
XT
XXIII.
XLV
we Ve
XV.

DO. BOE
OX TL.

XXIX.
XXX.
XXXI_.
XXXII.

Mic

LIST OF PLATES.

Platylambrus quemvis, sp. nov.

‘Atergatis floridus (Linn).

Macrophthalmus grandidierit, A. Milne-Edwards.

Uca lactews (de Haan).

Dotilla clepsydra, sp. nov.

Rhynchocinetes typus, A. Milne-Edwards.

Papilio dardanus cenea, Stoll.

Cryptodromia monodous, sp. nov.

Leptochelia dubius (Kroyer), Haplocope oculatus, sp. nov.,
and Paramera schizurus, sp. nov.

Microlysias xenokeras, gen. et sp. nov.

Exhyalella natalensis, Stebbing.

Cheiriphotis walkert, sp. nov.

Humpback Whale (JMJegaptera n. lalandit, Fischer) and
foetus.

Common HRorqual or Finner (BLalenoptera physalus, Linn.).

Blue Whale ( alenoptera musculus, Linn.).

Rudolphi’s Rorqual (Lalenoptera borealis, Less), and Sperm
Whale being Flenced.

Skeleton of Dodo (Didus ineptus ).
Hippolysmata marleyi, sp. nov. °

Alope australis, Baker.
Alpheus gracilis, Heller.

Male Elephant from Addo Bush.

Ear of Addo Bush Elephant. |

Foetal Sperm Whale (Physeter macrocephalus ).
[ Not issued ].

Beetles of the Cicindela brevicollis group.
Beetles of the Cicindela brevicollis group.
White Rhinoceros (female) from Zululand.
Pseudocollodes complectens, Rathbun, and Pugettia quad-

videns (de Haan).

Epialtus vetchi, sp. nov.

Elamena mather Desmarest).

Leucisca pheenomma, sp. nov.

Acteomorpha erosus, Miers,

vi.

Page

Page
Page

Page

CORRIGENDA.

64—plate IX should read plate X.

66—plate X should read plate I Xe.

68—plate XIII should read plate XII.

81—4th line from bottom for heroem read herowm.
96—line 16 for Bembicide read Bembecide.

114—1ine 10 should read ‘“‘ Elytra deeply punctate, striate and
intervals punctured.

175-—line 6 for Bechuanaland read Bushmanland.
179 —line 4-5 for Umvuma River read Umvuma.

185—Distribution Table for race neglecta, for Umvuma River
read Umvuma.

186—hereo should read herero.

188—Plate XX V for Bechuanaland read Bushmanland.

Page 303—line 13 for Tetralonia nigropolisa read Fetralonia nigro-

pilosa.

vil.

DATE OF ISSUE OF THE PARTS.

Part 1, pages 1—46, issued 28th December, 1917.
Part 2, pages 47—96, issued 30th July, 1918.

Part 3, pages 97-128, issued 3lst March, 1919.
Part 4, pages 129-204, issued 20th October, 1919.
Part 5, pages 205-262, issued 25th March, 1920.
Part 6, pages 263-318, issued 25th August, 1920,

NEW GENERIC NAMES
PROPOSED IN THE PRESENT VOLUME.

Microlysias (Crustacea) page 63.

Paracitharus (Pisces) page 209.
Crossorhombus (Pisces) page 211.
Austroglossus (Pisces) page 217,

With index.
of Vol.. 1 Oy ae

“EDITED, BY THE CURATOR,

E c. CHUBB.”

my : Prive BY
€ OHN SINGLETON & SONS, DURBAN,

FOR THE | Dorpax Mussum.

The Annals of the Durban Museum 18 devoted principally to South African

Zoology and is issued from time to time as circwmstances permit.

Contents of previous issues,

Part 1. Published Ist June, 1914. Price 5/- nett.

I.—On some Pelagic Entomostraca collected by Mr. J. ¥. Gisson in Durban Bay,
by G. Srewarpson Brapy. (Plates I-IV).

Il.—On Tursiops catalania and other existing species of Bottlenose Porpoises of
that Genus, by Freprrick W. TRuE.

III.—On further Pelagic Entomostraca collected by Mr. J. Y. Gipson in Durban
Bay, by G. Srewarpson Brapy. (Plates V and V1).

1V.—A Descriptive List of the Millar Collection of South African Birds’ Eggs,
by E. C. Causs. (Plate VII).

Part 2. “Published 15th Mav. 1915.07 Bice: 6) nett,

V.—Contributions to the knowledge of the Anatomy of the Sperm Whale ( Physeter
macrocephalus) based upon the examination of a young Fetus, by Frank
E. Bepparp. (Plate VIII).

VI.—Notes on several Four-lunged Spiders in the collection of the Durban Museum
with descriptions of two new forms, by Joun Hewirt.

VII.—Notes on the Pelagic Entomostraca of Durban Bay, by G. ier eal
Brapy. (Plates IX—XIV).

VIII.—Anoplura and Mallophaga from Zululand, by Vernon L. Ketioae and
G. F. Ferris. (Plates XV and XVI).

}
IX.—On a Collection of Rotifera from Natal, by C. F. RoussE.er.
X.—An Annotated List of Mosquitos occurring at Durban, by F. W. Epwarps.

(continued on third page of cover).

Obtainable through any S. African bookseller
or from Messrs. William Wesley & Son, Sole European Agents,
28 Essex Street, Strand, London,

ww, oe

eg sie

I.—The Malacostraca of Natal,

by the

Rev. T. R. R. Stebbing, M.A., F.R.S., F.L.S., F.Z.S.

With Puates I-VI.

HE naturalists of Natal are essaying in these ‘Annals.’ to give
special prominence to the fauna of their own district, instead of
leaving it to be merged, or submerged, in the comprehensive but rather
indefinite denomination of ‘South African.” While still engaged in
discussing the Malacostraca for the whole region, I could not but feel
that difficulty might arise from my accepting Mr. Chubb’s invitation
to treat of the same group in this limited area. Some overlapping
would be only too likely to occur among details of one snbject in two
contemporary channels of publication. On the other hand, the risk of
needless repetition would be increased rather than diminished by the
employment of two independent authors. Moreover, under present
circumstances, not only may students welcome a two-fold opportunity
for publishing the results of prolonged research, but editors may be
equally pleased at dividing the responsibility.

Two of the species dealt with in the present report are introduced
as new, but both have very near relations already known. Less
gratitude perhaps is due to the patrons of new species than to those
who supply information about forms which have been named without
effective description or adequate illustration.

To Mr. H. W. Bell Marley especial acknowledgment should be made
of his skill and enthusiasm as a collector. He has shown himself a
worthy successor of Dr. Ferdinand Krauss, the highly distinguished
pioneer in this field of investigation. The Durban Museum collection
has also been enriched by the exertions of its assistants, Messrs.
D. R. Boyce and A. L. Bevis, besides others whose names will occur
as future opportunity serves.

“BRACHYURA .GENUINA.

Trine OXYRRHYNCHA.

Famity MAMAIIDA.
(1)

Annals of the Durban Museum, Vol. II, part I, issued 28th December, 1917,

The Malacostraca of Natal

Genus SCHIZOPHRYS, White.

For this family and genus see Ann. S. Afr. Mus., vol. vi, pp. 290,
292, LOO:
SCHIZOPHRYS ASPER (Milne-Edwards).
1834. IMithrax asper, Milne-Edwards, Hist. Nat. Crust., vol.i, p. 320.
1838. M. quadridentatus, McLeay, Annulosa of 8. Africa, p. 58.
1839. Maja (Dione) affinis, de Haan, Crust. Japonica, decas quarta,
p. 94, pl. G.
M. (Mithrax) dichotoma, Latr., pl. 22, figs. 4.
1852. Mithrax asper, Dana, U.S. Expl. Exp., vol. xiii, p. 97, pl. 2,
figs. 4a, b.
1867. M. spinifrons, A. Milne-Edwards, Ann. Soc. Entom. France,
vol. vii, p. 263.
1884. Schizophrys aspera, Miers, Crust. Alert, p. 197.
1886. 8S. a., Miers, Rep. Voy. Challenger, vol. xvii, pt. 49, p. 67.
1895. S.a., Aleock, J. Asiat, Soc. Bengal, vol. lxiv, p. 243 (with
synonymy).
1898. SS. a., Alcock. Ilustr. Investigator, pl. 35, figs. 1, la.
1910. S.a., Stebbing, Ann. 8. Afr. Mus:, vol. vi, p. 292.

A female specimen from Durban, collected by Mr. Bell Marley, has
a carapace 28 mm. broad with median length of 30 mm., the surface
covered with tubercles large and small and setose. ‘The two-branched
horns of the rostrum have each a tooth on the inner margin, not
indicated either by de Haan, Dana or Alcock, but Miers mentions
that ‘the variety spinifrons, A. M.-Edwards” is ‘‘ characterized by
possessing an accessory spinule on each rostral spine.” ‘This small
spine or tooth above at the base of the inner branch appears to
have been the only specific distinction of spinifrons from asper. The
greatest breadth of the female pleon.is 17 mm., which is just exceeded
by the length of the smooth slender hand and thumb of the cheliped,
the movable finger being 6 mm. long.

Should Schizophrys spinifrons be upheld as a distinct species, that
should be the name of the Durban specimen.

In Schizophrys dama (Herbst) the rostral horns are three-branched,
but the third branch or tooth is on the outer side as shown in Herbst’s
figure and in Alcock’s Illustrations of the ‘ Investigator’, Crust, pl.
xxxv, figs. 2, 2a, 1898, although Miss Rathburn, Pr. Zool. Soc., 1914,
p. 663, writing of ‘the second or posterior spine on the outer margin
of’ the rostral horn,” by some oversight or misprint adds that “it is
not shown in the ‘ Investigator ’ figure.”

by Rev. T. R. R. Stebbing. 3

Famity PARTHENOPIDA.

For this tribe and family see Ann. 8. Afr. Mus., vol. vi, pt. 4, pp.
283, 292; 1910.

Genus PLATYLAMBRUS, Stimpson.

1871. Platylambrus, Stimpson, Bull. Mus. Comp. Zool., vol. ii, p.
129 (Rathbun).
1873. P., A. Milne-Edwards, Crust. Mexique, p. 146.

1895. P. (Subgen), Alcock, J. Asiat. Soc. Bengal, vol. Ixiv, pt. 2, .
Ep2209) 20
1901. P., M. J. Rathbun, U.S. Fish. Comm. for 1900, vol. ii, p. 79.

For this genus (or subgenus of Lambrus) Miss Rathbun gives the
characters, ‘“‘Carapace strongly carinated or tuberculated, broadly
triangular (considerably broader than long), with rounded sides and a
broad but sharp-pointed projecting rostrum ; no postocular constriction.
Chelipeds with arm and hand straight, sharply trigonal, the edges of
these joints, as also outer edge of carpus, being very sharply and
stoutly serrated.”

In assigning species authors have overlooked or ignored the fact that
Herbst uniformly prints Cancer pransor, not prensor (see Krabben
und Krebse, vol. ii, p. 170, pl. 41, fig. 3, 1796, and, with improved
definition, vol. iii, pt. 3, p. 38, 1803). -On the latter occasion he
identifies with it Parthenope regina, Fabricius, Suppl. Ent. Syst. p.
353, 1798. Also the species of late years called Platylambrus
carinatus was instituted by Milne-Edwards as Lambrus carenatus
(Hist. Nat. Crust., vol. 1, p. 358, 1834) and this spelling is retained
by his son Alphonse Milne-Edwards in the Crust. Mem., p. 147, 1873.

PLATYLAMBRUS QUEMVIS, sp. nov. Plate I.

The present species is nearly allied to the other members of the genus,
without fitting any of them. From P. pransor it is distinguished by
wanting the great spine of the infra-orbital lobe; from P. carenatus
by not having ‘the single, and very high and sharply cut carina on
either branchial region” (Alcock), as well as differences in the hind
border of the carapace ; from P. holdsworthii (Miers) by not having
a dentate edge to the fourth joint of the ambulatory legs; from P.
serratus (Milne-Edwards) by less proportionate width of carapace and
the presence of two large teeth behind that which terminates the
antero-lateral border; from P. validus, de Haan, by the strong

4 The Malacostraca of Natal

transverse ridges of the pleon, and from de Haan’s P. laciniatus by
differences in the chelipeds.

A deep longitudinal boat-shaped furrow leads from the rostrum to
the first of three successive uplifted tubercles, the last of which is in
a line with the outstanding process ending the antero-lateral margin.
This process is preceded by a convex row of seven tubercles. On the
branchial regions irregular rows of tubercles are directed towards the
process above-mentioned, and towards the following somewhat smaller
process of the postero-lateral margin. A third process is much smaller
than the two preceding, but much larger than any which follow. The
carapace thus shows much resemblance to that of Lambrus tumidus,
Lanchester, 1900.

The hand of the cheliped shows near agreement with that whicl
Miss Rathbun describes for P. serratus, “‘outer margin cut into
triangular, sharp teeth, of which nine, alternately large and small, are
on the hand, teeth of inner margin smaller and more numerous (15 or
16 on the hand).” From the latter carina in our specimen, separated
by a deep groove but parallel with it, is a third irregularly toothed,
while between the two margins which agree with Miss Rathbun’s
description runs a series of very small tubercles along the top of the
very slightly raised surface. The small ambulatory limbs have little
spaced tubercles on the fourth and fifth joints, and like the carapace,
pleon, and chelipeds are moderately setose. The pleopods are long and
slender. The third segment of the pleon is the widest, slightly wider
than the second. The telson has a single dorsal tubercle.

In the mandibles the third joint of the palp is the longest. In the
first maxille the first joint of the palp is remarkably broad, with a
second joint subequal in length but much narrower, tipped with two
short spines. The third maxillipeds have the third joint long and
broad, with tubereulate edges and a surface row of tubercles near the
outer margin; the fourth joint is nearly as broad but much shorter,
and has the short palp inserted in a notch of its distal margin.

The carapace of the specimen, a female, measures 15 mm. in length
by 20 mm. in breadth. As preserved, the ambulatory limbs are banded
with red. The general colour of the living animal recorded by Mr.
Bell Marley was ‘‘ pale stone grey.”

Locality. Rock-pool, Durban Bay.

Trine CYCLOMETOPA.
See Ann. 8. Afr. Mus., vol. vi, p. 2938, 1910.

by Rev. T. R. R. Stebbing.

Famity POTAMONID A.

See reference above.

Genus POTAMONAUTES, McLeay, 1838.

See reference above.

POTAMONAUTES DEPRESSUS (Krauss).
See the same reference, p. 294.

The specimen which I refer to this species agrees very closely with
the description given by Krauss, allowance being made for its being a
female, whereas his specimen was a male. The carapace is depressed,
the transverse very finely denticulate line behind the front measuring
20 mm., the somewhat emarginate front sloping to a width of 7 mm.
at its distal border. The left chela has long slender fingers, denticulate
on the confronting margins; those of the considerably larger right
chela being like them in this respect, the fingers closing together, not
leaving a wide gap as in the male. The colour of the preserved
specimen is dark orange on the carapace, orange and pale yellowish on
the chelipeds, much of the ambulatory limbs being red.

Locality: Mr. Bell Marley writes that he dug out this crab from
a hole ina bank at Eshowe bush, 1,800 feet above sea level. He adds
“T think it must be insectivorous by some remains I saw of crickets,
etc.

”

Famity XANTHIDA.

See Ann. 8. Afr. Mus., vol. vi, p. 296, 1910,

Genus LIOMERA, Dana.

1851. Liomera, Dana, Sillimans J. Sci. & Arts, Ser. 2, vol. xii, p. 124.
1898. JLZ., Alcock, J. Asiat. Soc. Bengal, vol. 67, pt. 2, pp. 72, 87.
1907. JLZ., Stimpson, Smithson. Mise. Coll., vol. 49, p. 38.

LIoMERA CINCTIMANUS (White).

1846. Carpilius cinctimanus, White, Ann. Nat. Hist. (this unpaged.
reference given by White could not be traced).

6 The Malacostraca of Natal

1847. C€.c., White, Crust. in Brit. Mus., p. 14.
1847. C.c., Jukes’ Voy. H.M.S. Fly, App. 8, vol. ii, p. 336, pl. 2,

fig. 3.

1850. C.c., Adams & White, Zool. Samarang. Crust, p. 37, pl. 7,
fig. 4.

1852. Lomera lata, Dana, U.S. Expl. Exp., vol. xiii, p. 161, pl. 7,
fig. 6a—d.

1893. Carpilodes cinctimanus, Henderson, Tr. Linn. Soc. London,
ser. 2, vol. v, pt. 10, p. 354. ;

1907. Liomera lata, Stimpson, Smithson. Misc. Coll., p. 38 (with
footnote correction to Liomera cinctumana by the editor,

Miss M. J. Rathbun).

Several other references, but not the earliest, are supplied by

Alcock. The dark band on the palm of the chelipeds, to which the
specific name refers, is absent from the figure supplied by Dana, as it
is from our Durban specimen. Henderson explains that it is some-
times absent from young specimens. The account given by Mr. Bell
Marley of the freshly captured example, found beneath large stones,
describes the colour as “ bright red, edges of carapace white, claws and
legs banded with two shades of red.” To this it may be added that
the fingers of the chelipeds are brownish-black with white tips, while
the narrow fingers of the ambulatory legs are in the proximal half red,
the distal half white, with the margins horn-coloured, in near agree-
ment with Henderson’s account.

The third maxillipeds have the fourth joint not half as long as the
third, quadrangular, broader than long.

The pleon of the female is seven-segmented, narrow, the first segment
the widest, the seventh the longest, with apex very obtuse. The
carapace of Mr. Bell Marley’s specimen is 21 mm. wide, 12 mm. long.
A larger female example obtained by Mr. D. R. Boyce has a width of
37°5 mm. and length 22 mm.

Genus ATERGATIS, de Haan.

See Ann. 8. Afr. Mus., vol. vi, pt. 4, p. 296, 1910.

For Lophactea picta, A. Milne-Edwards, 1869, see M.- Edw. Le
Bouvier, Crust. Décap. Travailleur et Talisman, p. 101, pl. 1, figs. 7-
11, pl. 17, figs. 8-12, 1900 (seemingly identical with the following
species).

—

by Rev. 7. R. R. Stebbing. 7

* ATERGATIS FLORIDUS (Linn). Plate II.

Under the reference given above to the Annals of the South African
Museum it will be seen that I have there accepted Miss Rathbun’s
ruling that this species should be called A. ocyroe (Herbst). That, I
suppose, takes it for granted that Montagu’s Cancer floridus is
identical with the species so named by Linnaeus. But if we accept
de Haan’s opinion that the Linnean species is the same as the Cancer

Jloridus of Rumph, then that highly appropriate name will anticipate

Herbst’s ocyroe. Rumph regards it as equivalent to the Malay
vernacular name Cattam Bonga, that is, Flower-crab, so called because
it has*the most beautiful carapace that there is, as if it were bestrewn
with flowers.

When the several figures and descriptions referred to this species
are compared, the differences, whether due to natural variation or some
other cause, make its identification rather perplexing.

In defining the genus, Alcock says that the front of the carapace
has “its edge shaped like cupid’s bow (7.e., not bilobed).” But Herbst
gives ‘“‘fronte subtruncata medio sulcata,” which agrees with our
specimen. This specimen attracted attention by the elegant symmetry
of the markings, dark brown on an orange ground as preserved, but
according to Mr. Bell Marley in the fresh state the ground is greenish-
yellow with dark claret markings. | Herbst observes that what. gives
the details of the pattern an extremely beautiful appearance is that
each blotch and spot is surrounded by a fine white line. This is the
case in the Natal specimen, though I have not known how to show it
in the black and white drawing, nor has Herbst done so in his coloured
figure. It is difficult to believe that Dana’s species (U.S. Expl. Exp.,
vol. xiii, p. 159, pl. 7, fig. 4) can belong here with ‘“‘ colour deep green,
passing into and covered with a network of white or yellowish-white.”
He is himself doubtful on the point. Stimpson says that living
specimens from Loo Choo “are of a dark yellowish-brown color above,
with reticulating cream-colored blotches.”

In the specimen from Natal, on the gastric region a central spot is
prettily surrounded by six similar spots. The middle of the carapace
is occupied by a large artistic design, followed by an ovate blotch, the
rest of the pattern being only in a general way symmetrical. But the

* Mr. Bell Marley has called my attention to a mistake in the colour-
description of Atergatis roseus, volume i, p. 437. The colours referred to
under Eurycarcinus natalensis, p. 436, rightly belong to Atergatis roseus, and
those referred to under the latter belong to another species. [Editor].

8 The Malacostraca of Natal

pleon, distinctly seven-jointed and rather narrow in the female, the
limbs and the third maxillipeds, carry on the scheme of coloration by
numerous spots variously disposed. The fingers of the equal chelipeds
are very dark with white teeth; those of the walking legs are coated
above and below with a dark felt which leaves bare a curved unguis ;
the three preceding joints are smooth, broad, and sharp-edged.

The three-jointed palp of the mandible by its colour contrasts with
the whiteness of the trunk. The inner plate of the first maxilla is
very narrow. The fourth joint of the third maxillipeds is less than
half the length of the third, but distally sightly broader.

Carapace 29 mm. broad by 21 mm. long. °

Mr. Bell Marley recording this specimen from Isipingo Beach, near
Durban, notes that it burrows in sand very quickly.

Genus XANTHO, Leach.

1814. Xantho, Leach, Edinburgh Encyclopedia, vol. vii, p. 430..

XANTHO HYDROPHILUS (Herbst).

1790. Cancer hydrophilus, Herbst, Krabben und Krebse, vol. i, pt.
- 8, p. 266, pl. 21, fig. 124.

I have already discussed the synonymy of this species in the Ann.
S. Afr. Mus., vol. vi, pt. 1, p. 7, 1908. See‘also vol. vi, pt. 4, p. 297,
1910.

Now I have to acknowledge a specimen obtained by Mr. Bell
Marley, which is nearly of the same size as that figured by Herbst, ~
and also exhibits remarkable agreement with it in coloration, having
a large red blotch on the gastric region, with the rest of the carapace
uniformly light, described by Mr. Bell Marley as white in the living
state. The specimen is a male, with the third, fourth and fifth
segments of the pleon coalesced, but their limits well defined.

XANTHO QUINQUEDENTATUS, Krauss.

1843. Xantho d-dentatus, Krauss, Siidafrik, Crust., p. 30, pl. 1, fig.
3, ac.

A prettily marked specimen agrees well with the figure and
description given by Krauss. It is, however, a female laden with eggs
which, as preserved, are a bright red. The width of the carapace at
the penultimate tooth is 20 mm., the median length 13 mm. Krauss
gives, apparently for the male, breadth 7:2 lines, length 5:3 lines. The

by Rev. T. R. R. Stebbing. 9

hindmost tooth of the antero-lateral margin is very small and less
prominent than the penultimate. The fingers of the chelipeds are dark
with white tips, but so far differing from Krauss’s account that they
are not sharp.

Miers notes this species doubtfully as a synonym of Leptodius
exaratus (Milne-Edwards). Mr. Bell Marley sends it from Durban,
where also it has been taken by Mr. D. R. Boyce.

Genus PILUMNUS, leach.

PILUMNUS XANTHOIDES, Krauss, 1843.

See Ann. S. Afr. Mus., vol. vi, p. 301, 1910, and vol. xv, p. 57, 1915.

This species has been already recorded as taken at Durban by Mr.
H. W. Bell Marley. It has been taken in the same locality by Mr.
D. R. Boyce. The large pad of felt on the outer side of the large hands
of the chelipeds is a notable feature. The ambulatory limbs are very
short; the two anterior teeth of the antero-lateral margins of the
carapace are very obtuse.

Famity PORTUNID A.

Genus SCYLLA, de Haan, 1833.

ScyLLa seRRATUS (Forskal), 1775.

For this family, genus, and species, see Ann. 8. Afr. Mus., vol. vi,
pp. 305, 308; 1910.

Mr. Bell Marley has favoured me with a large male specimen from
Durban Bay, and describes the colouring as “ blackish-green, with
brown and white markings and spots.”

Trine CATOMETOPA.
See Ann. 8. Afr. Mus., vol. vi, pt. 4, p. 312, 1910.

Famity GRAPSID A.

Genus SESARMA, Say, 1817.

For the family and genus see Ann. 8. Afr. Mus., vol. vi, pt. 4, pp.
alG, a20o 1910:

Lo The Malacostraca of Natal

SESARMA QUADRATUS (Fabricius), 1798.

See reference as above, p. 321.
Two female specimens carrying numerous ova were obtained by Mr.

D. R. Boyce in Durban Bay.

SESARMA TETRAGONUS* (Fabricius), 1798.

' See reference as above, p. 321.

The length and breadth of a female specimen measured between the
antero-lateral angles and from front to posterior margin were just
equal, 30 mm., the breadth of the sinuous front from orbit to orbit
being 18mm. The sharp tooth behind the antero-lateral projects a
little beyond it, thus at that point making the breadth of the carapace
slightly greater than its length. The pleon of the female is very broad,
reaching 25 mm. in the third and fourth segments, but the telson
abruptly diminishes to a width of 5 mm., equal to its length.

Locality. The specimen was taken in Durban Bay by Mr. D. R.
Boyce.

Genus PARASESARMA, de Man.

1895. Parasesarma (Subgen), de Man, Zool. Jahrb., vol. ix.
1897. P., Rathbun, Pr. Biol. Soc. Washington, vol. xi, p. 90.
1916. P., Tesch, Zool. Med. Mus. Leiden, pt. 3, pp. 127, 235.

PARASESARMA CATENATUS (Ortmann).

1897. Sesarma catenata, Ortmann, Zool. Jahrb., vol. x, p. 334, pl. 17,
Toes oa, 1:

1905. Sesarma catenatum, Stebbing, Mar. Invest. 8. Afr., vol. iv, p.
44 (S.A. Crust., pt. 3).

1910. S. c¢., Stebbing, Ann. S. Afr. Mus., vol. vi, p. 322, (S.A. Crust,
pt. 5). ;

1916. Sesarma (Parasesarma) catenata, Tesch. Zool. Med. Mus.
Leiden, pt. 3, pp. 141, 220.

This species I have already discussed at some length in 1905.
Characters for distinguishing Parasesarma from the other subdivisions
of the old genus Sesarma are supplied in Dr. Tesch’s elaborate treatise.

The specimen now examined was collected by Mr. H. W. Bell

* Misprinted tetragonum, in vol. i, p. 438. [Editor].

by Rev. T. Rk. R. Stebbing. uit

Marley at Durban. The wide gape between the fingers of the chele
is extensively occupied by dense fringes of hair. The male telson is
longer than broad.

Genus PERCNON, Gistel, 1848.
See Ann. 8. Afr. Mus., vol. vi, p. 324, 1910.

PERCNON PLANIssiIMUS (Herbst).

See reference given above.

Specimens of this species have been obtained from Durban Bay by
Mr. D. R. Boyce, and also by Mr. Bell Marley who describes the
colouring as ‘‘chocolate, legs banded yellow, green lines on back and
legs.”

Famity OCYPODIDA.

See Ann. S. Afr. Mus., vol. vi, pt. 4, p. 325, 1910.

Genus OCYPODE, Fabricius.

See Ann. 8. Afr. Mus., vol. vi, p. 325, 1910.

OcYPODE URVILLEI, Guérin.

1830-1838. Ocypode urvillii (on plate), Guérin, Voy. Coquille, pl. 1,
fig. 1, Ocipode urvillet (in the later text), Zool. vol. u, pt. 2,
ps 2:

1837. Ocypoda urvillii, Milne-Edwards, Hist. Nat. Crust., vol. u,
p. 49.

1842-1853. Ocypoda pallidula, Hombron and Jacquinot, Voy.
Astrolabr and Zélée, pl. 6, fig. 1, a.

1852-1855. O. p. Dana. U.S. Expl. Exp., vol. xiii, p. 324, pl, 20,
fig. 1, a—c.

1897. Ocypoda urvillei, Ortmann, Zool. Jahrb., vol. x, pp. 360, 366,
pli es 10:

The Durban specimen, which seems to me to answer the figures and
description above cited, has a breadth of carapace between the anterior
angles of 14 mm., with a length of about 11 mm. The stout eyes have
a very small distal process carrying a setule. The surface of the
carapace is finely granular, as is that of the large cheliped on the left,

12 The Malacostraca of Natal

of which the fourth joint has a dentate margin, the grooved fingers
have the opposing margins serrate and the tips pointed, and the upper
and lower margins of the hand serrate. The ambulatory legs have the
seale-like markings noted by Guerin.

The specimen, a male, was obtained by Mr. T. H. Dale.

Genus MACROPHTHALMUS, Latreille.

1829. Macrophthalmus, Latreille, Le Régne Animal, vol. iv, p. 44.

1835. d., de Haan, Crust. Japonica, decas 2, pp. 26, 54.

1852. M., Milne-Edwards, Ann. Sci. Nat. ser. 3, vol. xvii, pp. 155—

159.

1852. M,,.Dana; U.S: Expl.. Bxp., vol. xiiij7p..312.

1858. M., Stimpson, Pr. Ac. Sci. Philad, vol. x, p. 96 (42).

867. M., A. Milne-Edwards, Ann. Soc. Entom. France, vol. vii, p.
285.

1887. M., de Man, J. Linn. Soc. London, vol. xxii, pt. 2, p. 122.

1894. Jf, Ortmann, Zool. Jahrb., vol. vii, p. 744-747.

1900. M., Alcock, J. Asiat. Soc. Bengal, vol. lxix, pt. 2, p. 375.

1902. M., de Man, Abh. Senekenb. Naturf. Ges. vol. xxv, p. 492.

1903. M., Borradaile, Mald, Laccadive Crust., vol. i, pt. 4, p. 433.

1906. d., Laurie, Rep. Pearl Fishery, p. 427.

1906. M., M. J. Rathbun, U.S. Fish Comm. for 1903, pt. 3, p. 334.

1910. MM. M. J. Rathbun, Bull. Mus. Com. Zool., vol. lii, p. 306.

1913. ~., Mi J. Rathbun, Pro U.S. Mus.,-vol! xliv; 6s:

1914. M., M. J. Rathbun, Pr. U.S. Mus.; vol. xlvii, p. 82.

1915. M., Kemp, Mem. Ind. Mus., vol. v, p. 228.

Several other references may be gleaned from the above by anyone
in a position to give a clear synopsis of this interesting genus. The
shape of the carapace with the arrangement of the three antero-lateral
teeth and the relative length of the ocular peduncles offer trustworthy
characters. The fringing and coating of various parts with sete are
perhaps not so much to be depended on. The difficulties of the subject
are illustrated by the fact that Alcock makes Jf. imermis, A. Milne-
Edwards, a synonym of MM. conveaus, Stimpson, while Miss Rathbun
considers them quite distinct.

MAcCROPHTHALMUS GRANDIDIERII, A. Milne-Edwards. Plate III.

1867. Macrophthalmus grandidierti, A. Milne-Edwards, Ann. Soc.
Entom. France, vol. vii, p. 285.

prenseees want Lol

by Rev. T. R. R. Stebbing. ets

1868. MM. g., A. Milne-Edwards, Arch. Mus. d’Hist. Nat. Paris, vol.
iv, p. 84, pl. 20, figs. 8-11 (Rathbun).

J914. M. brevis (Herbst), M. J. Rathbun, Pr. U.S. Mus. vol. xlvii,
p. 83.

1916. M. grandidierr, Tesch, Zool. Med. Mus. Leiden, vol. i, pp.
150, 153, 166, pl. 6, figs. 3a, b. .

The present specimen agrees so closely with the description given
by A. Milne-Edwards. in 1867 for his species from Zanzibar that it
must, I think, be conspecific. Miss Rathbun, however, in instituting
M. sandakani, a new species from Borneo, makes J. grandidierti a
synonym of J/. brevis (Herbst), relying, it seems, largely on the
fact that the Borneo species has “three granulated tubercles in a
longitudinal row on the branchial region.” It is true that such a
series is not mentioned by Herbst, but his figure (pl. 60, fig. 4)
appears definitely though rudely to indicate its presence. The
Zanzibar specimen is expressly declared to be entirely smooth, thus
agreeing with our own in being only microscopically punctate. There
are other difficulties, as Herbst says that the movable finger has a
strong tooth on the middle of the inner margin, though his figure does
not show it, and_he neither mentions nor figures the broad tooth-like
elevation with granulate margin on the middle of the thumb, which is —
seen in our specimen and no doubt answers to the ‘large conical
tooth ” described by Milne-Edwards. That author makes no allusion
to Herbst’s species, but names de Haan’s M. dilatatus among the
many from which he discriminates M. grandidierit.

Between the first antero-lateral teeth the carapace from Durban
measures 23 mm., but 25 mm. between the apices of the larger second
teeth which overlap the first. The small third pair of teeth were
invisible until the thick fringe of setee was removed. ‘To the rear not
far from the margin occurs a small pimple on the right side only.
The median length is 10 mm. in a straight line, without regard to the
downward slope of the inter-orbital front and that towards the hind
margin. The carapace agrees with Herbst’s description of MW. brevis
in having on the front half on both sides (two transverse) fold-like
elevations and depressions, but his further remark, that the middle
of the carapace has considerable elevations, the hinder of which is
granular, does not.apply. The lower margin of the orbit for some
distance from the inter-orbital front is tuberculate and visible in
dorsal aspect, but becomes smooth and disappears as it slopes towards
the first antero-lateral tooth, which the eye in repose just outstrips,
without reaching the large second tooth, |

14 The Malacostraca of Natal

The great disparity between the length and breadth of the carapace
may account for some strange features in the mouth-organs, the great
breadth of the third joint in the third maxillipeds and of the outer
plate in the first maxillz, but especially the obstinate folding over of
the massive terminal part of the endopod in the first maxillipeds.
The vibratory lamina of the second maxille is normal, which only
needs mention, because it is omitted in de Haan’s figures of the
mouth-organs of this genus.

The hands of the chelipeds are long and strong, with a regular line
of granulations on the outer surface, a large strip of the inner being
felted, with a pearly tubercle near the wrist ; the movable finger has
at the base a tooth covered by the felt which conceals its depressed
inner border.

Locality : Durban. The specimen was obtained by Mr. Bell Marley.
Specimens collected by Mr. A. L. Bevis have since been sent me by
Mr. Chubb.

Genus UCA, Leach.

1814. Uca, Leach, Edinb. Encycl., vol. vii, p. 430.
1908. Uca, Stebbing, 8S. Afr. Crust., pt. 3 p. 39 (with synonymy).

1900. Ucea, M. J. Rathbun, Pr. Washington Ae. Sci., vol. ii, p. 134.

1900. Uca, M. J. Rathbun, American Naturalist, vol. xxxiv, no. 403,
p. 58d.

1901. Uca, M. J. Rathbun, U.S. Fish. Comm. for 1900, vol. ii, p. 6.

1902. Uca, M. J. Rathbun, Pr. Washington Ac. Sci., vol. iv, p. 275.

1904. Uca, M: J. Rathbun, Crust. N.W. America (Harriman Exp.),
ps Loo:

1910. Uca, M. J. Rathbun, Men. Ac. Roy, Danemark, ser. 7, vol. v,
p. 322.

1910. Uca, M. J. Rathbun, Bull. Mus. Comp. Zool., vol. li, p. 305.

1910. Uca, M. J. Rathbun, Pr. U.S. Mus., vol. xxxviii, p. 550.

1913. Uca, M. J. Rathbun, Pr. U.S. Mus., vol. xliv, p. 615.

1914. Uca, M. J. Rathbun, Pr. U.S. Mus., vol. xlvii, p. 126.

1914. Uca, M. J. Rathbun, Pr. Zool. Soc. London, p. 661.

1914. Uca, A. 8. Pearse, Smithsonian Report for 1913, p. 415
(Habits of Fiddler Crabs).

1907. Gelasimus, Stimpson, Smithson. Mise. Coll., vol. xlix, p. 104,

1915. G., Kemp. Mem. Ind. Mus., vol. v, p. 22

|
|

by Rev. T. R. R. Stebbing. 15

After all the pains devoted to this genus by de Man, Ortmann,
Alcock, Miss Rathbun, and others, an unenviable task awaits the
investigator qualified and willing to examine the claims of its numerous
nominal species. After noting ‘The common practice of using the
larger cheliped of the male for the discrimination of the species,” with
the caution that this organ is apt to change greatly with advancing
age, the indefatigable Alcock, adds, ‘‘I must also confess here that
the synonymy of species has defied me.” With this confession, as will
be seen, I can heartily sympathize.

The mouth-organs show one or two peculiarities to which attention
may be directed. The mandibles are comparatively small, with the
third joint of the palp rather iong. ‘The first maxillee have the inner
plate of unusual size, broader than long, much broader than the outer
plate, the rounded summit surmounted by stiff spines of which the
central are the longest. I suspect that de Haan’s figure represents
only the thick basal portion of this plate, as in my first dissection I
found it broken precisely in that manner. The two-jointed palp is
weak. The second maxille have the large chitinous bow, from which
the two lower plates are produced, closely fringed with very long sete.
The vibratory lamina, omitted by de Haan, is very fragile. In the
first maxilliped the large joint is flat-topped, the rest of the endopod
long and folded. In the second maxillipeds the long fourth joint,
besides the fringe of long sete, has, on the distal portion a special
_armatyre of sete varying in length but with little saucer-like tips
suggestive of some adhesive function. In the species figured the
terminal joint has a similar apical group, but this if present was
inconspicuous in our U. arcwatus. Vhe third maxillipeds are well
known for the great size of the third joint, nearly as broad as long,
and about three times as long as the fourth joint.

The stomach of Uca bellator (Adams and White) is described by
Nauck in‘his dissertation, ‘‘ Das Kaugezust der Brachyuren,” p. 21,

Uca arcuatus (de Haan).

1835. Ocypode (Gelasimus) arcuata, de Haan, Crust. Japon, decas
2, pp. 26, 53, pl. 7, fig. 2, ¢, and pl. B (mouth-organs).

1852. Gelasumus arcuatus, Milne-Edwards, Ann. Sci. Nat., ser. 3,
zool., vol. xviii, p. 146, pl. 3, figs. 8, 8a.

1905. Uca arcuata, Stebbing, S. Afr. Crust., pt. 3, p. 40 (with
synonymy).

To these references I should be inclined to add Gelasimus vocans,
Milne-Edwards, in the work above cited, p. 145, pl. 3, fig. 4, which

16 The Malacostraca of Natal

exhibits a large chela just like one received from Durban in connection
with the species now under consideration. Milne-Edwards gives the
reference to Herbst for this Cancer vocans minor? as plate 1, fig. 1,
instead of fig. 10. Figures 1-7 on Herbst’s first plate illustrate his
quotation from Réaumur. His figure of C. v. minor does not show a
very narrow front. The specimens from Durban here referred to
de Haan’s species have the narrow front combined with a massive
chela, which is evidently variable in details of structure, one of the
specimens showing the remarkable widening of the apex of the fixed
finger which Milne-Edwards has figured for his U. vocans. Apparently
there is a similar development in U. cultrimanus (Adams and White).

Uca LactEus (de Haan). Plate IV.

1835. Ocypode (Gelasimus) lactea, de Haan, Crust. Japon. decas 2,
pp. 26, 54, pl. 15, fig. 5.
1910. Uca lactea, Stebbing, Ann. S. Afr. Mus., vol. vi, pt. 4, p. 327.

Here the comparatively broad front is deflected to its apex without
intermediate constriction. When dealing with the single specimen
from Durban Bay sent me by Mr. Bell Marley I was tempted to

name a new species by the armature of the fingers in the great left .

cheliped. But other specimens, some of rather larger size, collected by
Mr. Boyce, and subsequently received from Mr. Chubb, showed that
no dependence could be placed on these minute characters. In de
Haan’s figure the immovable finger projects beyond the movable, but
that I take to be a casual variation.

Uca annutipes (Milne-Edwards).

1837. Gelasimus annulipes, Milne-Edwards, Hist. Nat. Crust., vol.
ii, p. 55, G. lasima annulipes, in expl. pl. 18, figs. 10-13.
G. a., de Man, J. Linn. Soc. London, vol. xxii, no. 137, p. 118,
pl. 8, figs. 5-7.
1897. Uca annulipes, Ortmann, Zool. Jahrb., vol. x, p. 354.
1900, Gelasimus annulipes, Alcock, J. Asiat. Soc. Bengal, vol. lxix,
pt. 2, pp. 352, 353 (with synonymy).
1912. G.a., A.S. Pearse, Philippine J. Sci., vol. vii, p. 113 (habits).
1915. G.a., Kemp, Mem. Ind. Mus., vol. v, p.. 221.
In this species de Man says, ‘‘ The inferior orbital margin is simple
in the male; but in the female it is bordered, at the bottom of the
orbits, by an accessory row of small acute granules, close and parallel]

a —

by kev. T. R. R. Stebbing. yi

to it, thus resembling G. forceps, Milne-Edwards. This character was
hitherto unknown.” Alcock also says, ‘‘in the female only there is a
short row of granules inside of and parallel with the lower border of
the orbit.”

Numerous specimens have been obtained by Mr. D. R. Boyce and
Mr. H. W. Bell Marley at Durban. The latter assiduous collector
has noted the colouring of various specimens; in the male, carapace
black with dots and lines, large claw on the right orange and white ;
carapace black and white, legs paler, large claw missing; carapace
black with pale blue dots, eyes pale grey, large claw on right vermilion
and white; carapace nearly all blue, large claw on left, bright red,
other legs red and black ; in the female, carapace black and blue with
margin of white, legs red and marked dark ; carapace black with red;
carapace mottled brown, legs brown and black; carapace black and
blue with grey.

Genus DOTILLA, Stimpsom.

1858. Dotilla, Stimpson, Pr. Ac. Philad., vol. x, p. 98 (44).

1900. D., Alcock, J. Asiat. Soc. Bengal, vol. Ixix, p. 363 (with
synonymy).

1903. D., Nobili, Bull. Mus. Torino, vol. xviii, no. 447, p. 22, and
no. 452, p. 20.

1907. D., Stimpson, Smithson. Mise. Coll., vol. xlix, p. 101.

1914. D., Rathbun, Pr. U.S. Mus., vol. xlvii, p. 83.

1915. D., Kemp, Mem. Ind. Mus., vol. v, p. 222.

1915. D., R. D. Laurie, J. Linn. Soc. London, vol. xxxi, pp. 407, 467.

In the illustrated edition of the Regne Animal, figures 3, 3a and
3b, on pl. 18, profess to be copied from Savigny’s Egypte, Crust. pl. 4,
fig. 4. In fact they are from his pl. 1, fig. 3. De Haan in 1833,
when defining Doto as a subgenus of Ocypode, used a preoccupied
name, and from want of specimens was forced, as he explains, to
borrow the characters from the figures given by Savigny on the plate
which he quotes correctly. Hence de Haan’s figures of the mouth-
organs have no independent value. In Savigny’s beautiful drawings
the palp of the mandible is rather indefinite, as though the artist
could not make up his mind whether it was two-jointed or three-
jointed. In the species here dealt with it is not even two-jointed,
and folds closely down upon the cutting edge of the membranaceous
trunk.

18 The Malacostraca of Natal

DoTILLA CLEPSYDRA, sp. nov. Plate V.

The name clepsydra is chosen to denote the agreement between this
species and Aleock’s D. clepsydradactylus in regard to the chelipeds,
of which he writes, ‘The fingers are much longer than the palm; in
the adult male they are extremely slender, and each has a large tooth
arranged so that when the tips of the fingers are closely opposed these
two teeth meet and leave an hour-glass-shaped space between the
closed fingers” (loc. cit., p. 367). The second sentence is emphasized
by italics and agrees with fig. 2 on pl. 63, Illustr. Zool. Investigator,
published in 1902. On further testing the agreement, however, I
found that it did not extend to the fourth joint of the chelipeds, since
Alcock states that in his species they ‘have no spine on the arm.”
By spine is evidently intended the proximal tooth or process which
Dr. de Man finds in the adult male of the typical species D. sulcatus
(Forskal), though wanting in the female (Zool. Engebn. in Nederland.
Ost. Indien, vol. ii, p. 311, 1892). On a character variable between
the two sexes of the same species reliance could scarcely be placed for
distinction between species and species, if it stood alone. This is not
the case here. In the Durban specimen the surface of the carapace
agrees more nearly with Alcock’s D. affinis, especially in respect of
the large distal area, a triangle with convex sides and the base
rectilinear ; and, besides differences in the tympana, the fingers of the
ambulatory limbs show a marked divergence, being here all nearly of
the same size, while in Alcock’s species those of the fifth perzeopods
are much longer than those of preceding pairs.

As is well known, the third maxillipeds in this genus have a boat-
like bulge, formed by the large third joint and larger fourth, the
latter almost concealing the last three setose joints, and helping to
conceal the slender exopod which is devoid of a flagellum. The close
packing of other mouth-organs within the boat adds something to the
difficulty of their disentanglement.

In the mandibles the very large single-jointed palp by its curvature
and notching implies a small basal joint coalesced; it carries long
feathered sete on its outer margin proximally, followed by rows of
unequally short sete of minutely battledoor shape. Similar setz of
various sizes occur also on the large middle lamina of the second
maxilla, and fringing the terminal joints of the second maxillipeds.
The part which seems to represent the three terminal joints in question
is broader than either of the two preceding joints and a little longer
than both combined ; this compact mass has an oblique line perhaps
marking the area of the finger,

by Rev. T. Rk. R. Stebbing. 19

The carapace of the larger specimen measured about 8°5 mm. in
length, by 12 mm. in breadth.
Locality: Durban Bay, collected by Mr. D. R. Boyce.

TrinE OXYSTOMATA.
Famity CALAPPIDA.

Genus CALAPPA, Fabricius, 1798.

For the tribe, family, and genus, see Ann. 8. Afr. Mus., vol. vi, pt.
4, p. 333, 1910.

CALAPPA SPINOSISssIMUS, Milne-Edwards.

1837. Calappa spinosissimus, Milne-Edwards, Hist. Nat. Crust., vol.
in, p. LOG.
1896, C.s., Alcock, J. Asiat. Soc. Bengal, vol. Ixv, p. 144.

Alcock distinguishes this species from C. hepaticus (Linn.) chiefly by
“the teeth on the antero-lateral border of the clypeiform expansions ”
being ‘fin the form of sharp upcurved spines,” by the presence of three
spines on the postero-lateral border of those expansions, and by some
of the tubercles on the outer surface of the palm in the chelipeds
having sharp spinous points. All these characters are present in the
smaller specimens procured by Mr. Bell Marley in Durban Bay. He
notes as to one that the colour was “greyish, legs yellow, slightly
coral-spotted,” of another that it was “darker, only without spots,”
and that the specimens were obtained “‘near water’s edge, among empty
shells, in sandy depressions.” One of the specimens had a carapace
about 17 mm. long, by 27 mm. broad, in another the measurements
were 15 by 23 mm., thus considerably less than the length of 15 lines
recorded by Milne-Edwards. But a specimen found ‘‘among rocks,”
“dark grey, legs yellow,” is about 32 mm. long by 41 mm. broad.
That it has no sharp spines on the cheliped may be due to attrition.

MACRURA ANOMALA.
Trine PAGURIDEA.

Famity PAGURIDA.

For this tribe and family see Ann. 8. Afr. Mus., vol. vi, pt. 4, pp.
349, 350; 1910,

20 The Malacostraca of Natal

Genus PAGURUS, Fabricius, sensu restricto.

Reference as above.
Pagurus Evopsis,* Dana.

1852. Pagurus euopsis, Dana, U.S. Expl. Exp., vol. xiii, p. 452, pl.
28, figs. 6, a—c.

1905. P.e., Alcock, Indian Decap. Crust., pt. 2 fase 1, pp. 80, 86,
pl. 9, fig. 2 (with synonymy).

Two specimens from Durban, sent me by Mr. Bell Marley, agree
well with the figures and descriptions of this species furnished by Dana
and Aleock. Both authors call attention to the character that ‘“ the
joints of the distal half of the antennal flagellum have the antero-
internal angle produced.” Also both mention the broad maroon stripe
across the merus and carpus of the second and third perzeopods, which
appears to be very persistent in spirit. Dana remarks that the
chelipeds are only “‘ moderately unequal,” and Alcock points out that
this is the case ‘especially in the female” a remark not specially
confirmed by the Durban female specimen, which Mr. Bell Marley
informs me inhabited the shell of Lotoriwm oleartwm. In the male
specimen the very hirsute left chela is much darker than the right.
Of one large specimen Mr. Bell Marley notes its springing in and out
of the covering shell when alarmed, and that the pleon was ‘‘ banded
deep red.”

Pacurus DEFoRMIS, Milne Edwards.

1836. Pagurns deformis, Milne-Edwards, Ann. Sci. Nat., ser. 2, vol.
vi, p. 272, pl. 14, fig. 2 (Alcock), pl. 13, fig. 14 (M.E. in next
reference), pl. 13, fig. 4 (Miers).

1837. P.d., Milne-Edwards, Hist. Nat. Crust., vol. 11, p. 222.

1874. P. d., Miers, Zool. Erebus and Terror, Crust., p. 3 (with
Pagurus cavipes on pl. 2, fig. 3, the plate of much earlier
date but hitherto unpublished).

1905, _ P. d., Alcock, Indian Decap. Crust., pt.-2, fase. 1, pp. 81, 88,
pl. 9, fig. 4 (with synonymy).

The specimen from Durban, for which I am indebted to Mr. Bell
Marley, was occupying a land shell (Livinicia kraussit) he informs me.
It agrees well with the description of the species given by -Milne-
Edwards. The eyes are short and stout, widest at the cornea, The

* Misprinted enopsis, vol. i, p. 489. [Editor].

SE — i ee

by Rev. T. R. R. Stebbing. 21

large left chela has the character on which Alcock lays stress, “ the
inner edge of the upper surface of its dactylus forms an upstanding
crenulated crest,” and the second and third perseopods are even more
characteristic by their difference from those on the right, in that the
upper margins of the last two joints form sharp ridges, by which
especially in the third pair their sides to the rear show a deep furrow,
while dorsally they are flattened. '

A specimen of this species from the same locality has been obtained
by Mr. D. R. Boyce.

PaGurRus VARIPES, Heller.

1861. Pagurus varipes, Heller, Sbe. K. Akad. Wien, vol. xliv, p. 244,
lee ple ies Zonas

1905. P.v., Alcock, Indian Decap. Crust., pt. 2, fase. 1, pp. 81, 90,
pl. 9, fig. 7 (with synonymy).

A female specimen from the Durban Museum answers well to
Heller’s description and figures of this species, in regard to the eyes,
the markings of the carapace which he describes in detail, the quadrate
sixth segment of the pleon with its median longitudinal furrow, and
the armature of the large left cheliped. The second and _ third
pereeopods on the left are without the sharp-edged flat-topped character
of the two terminal joints so conspicuous in P. deformis, but the third
pereeopod has the lateral carina and groove as shown for those joints

in Heller’s pl. 2, fig. 3.

g.
PaGcurus MEGcistos (Herbst).

See Ann. 8. Afr. Mus., vol. vi, p. 21, 1908.

A small specimen of this handsome species was collected by Mr.

D. R. Boyce from Durban Bay. The Strombus in which it was lodged
only yielded for examination the chelipeds and ambulatory limbs.

Genus DIOGENES, Dana.
See Ann. S: Afr. Mus., vol. vi, p. 353, 1910.
DioGENEs costatrus, Henderson.

1893. Diogenes costatus, Henderson, Tr. Linn. Soc. London, ser. 3
vol. v, p.. 418; pl. 39 figs: 7,8.

1905. D.c., Alcock, Indian Decap. Crust., pt. 2, pp. 61, 70, pl. 6,
figs. 7, Ta.

1908. D.c., Stebbing, Ann. 8. Afr. Mus., vol. vi, pt. 1, p. 24.

]

bo
bo

The Malacostraca of Natal

Small specimens occupying shells of Vatica mamilla, collected from
Durban Bay by Mr. A. L. Bevis and Mr. D. R. Boyce, are in near
agreement with the available accounts of this species. But while
Henderson writes that the ophthalmic scales have ‘‘ merely two or three
spinules towards the apex,” I find the distal margin fringed with six
teeth in a very small specimen. The large left cheliped has all the
borders of its fourth joint serrated, as noted by Alcock, but neither
author shows the great comparative length of the laterally grooved
fingers in the second and third perzopods, a feature attracting
attention in our specimens, along with the close pad on the convex
border of the preceding joint, especially noticeable in the limbs of the
left side. Faint longitudinal streaks of red have been retained on
these legs.

Genus CLIBANARIUS, Dana, 1852.
See Ann. 8. Afr. Mus., vol. vi, pt. 4, p. 352, 1910.

CLIBANARIUS VIRESCENS (Krauss).
See Reference above given.

Specimens of this little species, obtained by Mr. Dale in Durban
Bay, have been submitted to me by Mr. Chubb. They fully agree
with the description given by Krauss, except for some alterations of
colour, the blues and greens having no doubt faded, but the cross-band
and dark apex of the fingers are still conspicuous in the second and
third perzeopods.

CLIBANARIUS LonGITARsSUS (de Haan).

1849. Pagurus longitarsus, de Haan, Crust. Japon, Decas., 7, p. 211,
pl. 50, fig. 3.

1852. Clibanarius longitarsis, Dana, U.S. Expl. Exp., vol. xii, p.
464.

1888. C.0., de Man, Arch. Naturg., vol. lin, p. 441.

1899. Clibanarius longitarsus, Nobili, Ann. Mus. Genoa, ser. 2, vol.
20, p. 492 (20),

1905. Clibanarius longitarsis, Alcock, Indian Decap. Crust., pt. 2,
fase. 1, p. 158 (with synonymy).

Round this species cluster others, such as C. striolatus, Dana, and
C. padavensis, de Man, with bewildering proximity. This makes it
difficult to guarantee any particular name without illustrative figures,
which it is not just now convenient to offer.

1829. Canobita, Latreille, Regne Animal, vol. iv, p.

by Rev. T. R. R. Stebbing. 23

The specimen from Durban Bay, specially examined from several
obtained by Mr. D. R. Boyce, has the rostral apex abruptly acute, the
ocular scales near together, ending in two unequal points, eye-stalks
5 mm. long, slightly swollen at either end, the cornea one-tenth of the
total length. The chelipeds are subequal, with short fifth joint and
the fourth much longer and very broad. The second and _ third
perzeopods have long tarsi (seventh joint) with dark tips, and the pale
stripe with coloured borders on the last three joints, as shown in de
Haan’s figure.

Among features probably of no specific value may be mentioned, the
strong spine on the palp of the first maxilla, the angularly produced
end of the large vibratory lamina of the second maxilla and the
narrowly produced apex of its endopod, the abruptly narrow terminal
to the broad exopod in the first maxilliped, the remarkably powerful
exopod in the second maxilliped compared with the rather short
endopod, and the still more powerful exopod in the third maxilliped,
where however the endopod is also long and strong. In both the
second and third pairs the fourth joint is longer than the third. The
endopods of the third pair are contiguous at their bases.

In the pleon there are unequally biramose appendages on the left
side pertaining to the second, third, fourth, and fifth segments, those
of the third and fourth being slightly longer than the preceding pleopod
but very greatly larger than that which follows.

Famity CQANOBITIDA.

1852. Canobitide, Dana, U.S. Expl. Exp., vol. xiii, pp. 432, 435.
1905. C., Alcock, Indian Decap. Crust., pt. 2, fase. 1, p. 138 (with
synonymy).

Genus CULNOBITA, Latreille.

1825. ‘Cénobite,” Latreille, Faun. Nat. Regne Animal, p. 277 (the
generic name only in French).

1905. C., Alcock, Indian Decap. Crust., pt. 2, p. 139 (with very
numerous references, but all under Caenobita, though Milne-
Edwards, Krauss, and Dana agree in using the inaccurate
form Cenobita.

24 The Malacostraca of Natal

C@NOBITA CAVIPES, Stimpson.

1858. Cenobita cavipes, Stimpson, Pr. Ac. Sci. Philad., p. 245 (83).

1862. Cenobita violascens, Heller, Verl. Zool. Ges. Wien, vol. xii, p.
524.

1865. C.v., Heller, Crust. Novara, p. 82, pl. 7, fig. 1.

1900. Cenobita cavipes, Nobili, Ann. Mus. Genov., Ser. 2, vol. xx,
p. 495 (23).

1902. C.c., de Man, Abh. Senck. Nat. Ges., vol. xxiv, p. 743, pl. 24,
fig. 46.

1905. C.c., Alcock, Indian Decap. Crust., pt. 2, p. 146, pl. 14, fig.
1 (with synonymy).

The Durban specimen has the characters which Alcock selects for
distinguishing this species from others in the Indian group of the
genus ; the acicle fused with the second joint of the second antenne ;
eye-stalks strongly compressed ; a brush of hairs on the inner surface
of the palm in both chele ; no stridulating mechanism on the palm of
the left chela, coxz of the fifth perzeopods little produced. As to this
last point Alcock says that the cox ‘‘are hardly more prominent in
the male than they are in the female.” Appearances justify the
expectation. |

For identification of this species the great size suggested C.. clypeatus,
but there it is only the right chela that has the brush of hairs and the
ophthalmic scales have the free edge serrulate or crenulate, whereas
here they are simple, acute. Next, a large dark patch on the outer
surface of the palm in the left chela suggested C. rugosus, but that
chela has a stridulating mechanism which is here wanting, and Nobili
has already noticed that the brown patch of colour is common to the
two species.

The length of the carapace in the middle line is 39 mm. Alcock
gives that of a large female as 31 mm., for C. rugosws. He says that
a carapace 30 mm. long was comparatively rare, and that of the largest
egg-laden famale in the Indian Museum was only 24 mm. long. The
left chela of the Durban specimen has the length and breadth of the
palm equal, 26 mm. ‘The third peropod on the left has the finger
strongly ridged on the concave side, which is not the case with the
corresponding finger on the right.

The specimen was collected in Durban Bay by Mr. D. R. Boyce.

bo
Or

by Rev. T. R. R. Stebbing.

Trine HIPPIDEA.

Famity HIPPID 2.
See Ann. 8. Afr. Mus., vol. vi, pt. 4, p. 366, 1910.

Genus EMERITA, Meuschen, 1778.

See under the preceding reference. The specimen there named
Emerita emeritus should probably be transferred to the following
species.

Emerita astaticus (Milne-Edwards).

1837. Hippa asiatica, Milne-Edwards, Hist. Nat. Crust., vol, 1, p.
209.

1878. H.a., Miers, J. Linn. Soc. London, vol. xiv., no. 76, p. 325,
pl..5, ‘fig. LL

1903. H.a., Nobili, Bull. Mus. Torino, vol. xviii, no. 452, p. 16.

1907. -H. a., Nobili, Ann. Sci. Nat., ser. 9, Zool., vol. iv, p. 143.

1912. #H.a., Lenz. Arkiv. for Zoologi, vol. vii, no. 29, p. 5.

For this species Milne-Edwards gives a confused reference to Herbst,
the difficulty being caused by the fact that Herbst in describing his
Cancer emeritus refers it to plate 22, fig. 4, while on the plate itself
it is fig. 3, which answers to his description.

The small specimen collected by Mr. A. L. Bevis, and the very large
one, with carapace 35 mm. long, obtained by Mr. D. R. Boyce, alike
have the terminal joint of the first pereeopod as described by Nobili,
lanceolate, with acute apex and denticulate margins. They agree too
with the descriptions of the three spines on the second antenne, of
which the median is much the largest, and the antero-internal lobe on
the fourth (meral) joint of the third maxillipeds is broadly rounded,
practically though not verbally in agreement with the description by
Miers. ‘he carapace is very convex, as Miers and Nobili say, though
in the Durban specimens scarcely to be called very narrow. The
second antenne by their flagella agree much better with the figure
given by Miers for #. emeritus, than with that for 2. asiaticus.

Locality : Durban Bay.

Famity ALBUNEIDZE.

1904. Albuneide, Benedict, Pr. U. S. Mus., vol. xxvii, p. 621, (ref.
overlooked in 1914).

26 The Malacostraca of Natal
Genus ALBUNEA, Fabricius.
1904. Albwnea, Benedict, Pr. U.S. Mus., vol. xxvii, p. 623.

ALBUNEA GUERINII, Lucas.

1914. Albunea guerinii, Stebbing, Tr. R. Soc. Edin., vol. L, pt. 2, p.
281.

For references regarding the family, genus, and species, see the
Transactions above noted. The specimen now under consideration
was collected in Durban Bay by Captain Fraser. The teeth on the
frontal margin number ten on the left and thirteen on the right. This
shows that dependence can be placed on this armature for specific
distinction only with some reserve or caution.

MACRURA GENUINA.

Famity RHYNCHOCINETID 2.

1890. Rhynchocinetide, Ortmann, Zool. Jahrb., vol. v, p. 459.
1907. #&., Borradaile, Ann. Nat. Hist., ser. 7, vol. xix, pp. 467, 472.

RuyncHocinetTEs, Milne-Edwards.

1837. Rhynchocinetes, Milne-Edwards, Ann. Sci. Nat., ser. 2, vol. vii,
p. 165.

1837. 2&., Milne-Edwards, Hist. Nat. Crust., vol, ii, p. 382.
1849. R&., Nicolet, in Gay. Hist. Chile. Zool., vol. iii, p. 215.
1852. AG Dana, UlS) Expls iixp., volo xi, pao.

1860. &., Stimpson, Pr. Ac. Sci. Philad., vol. xii, p. 105 (36).
1876. &., Miers, Catal. Crust. of New Zealand, p. 77.

1882. R., Haswell, Catal. Austral. Crust., p. 179.

1890. &., Ortmann, Zool. Jahrb., vol. v, pp. 459, 507.

1909. &., McCulloch, Rec. Austral. Mus., vol. vii, no. 4, p. 310.

Milne-Edwaads placed this genus in his tribe of Palémoniens, Dana
in the A/pheine, a subfamily of his Palemonide ; Miers, followed by
Haswell, assigned it to the Crangonide ; Borradaile groups it with
the Alpheide, Hippolytide, and Palemonide in his “superfamily ”
Palemonorda.

by Rev. T. R. R. Stebbing. 27

Ruyncwocrneres typus, Milne-Edwards. Plate VI.

1837. Rhynchocinetes typus, Milne-Edwards, Ann. Sci. Nat., ser. 2,
vol. vii, p. 165, pl. 4.

1837. &. ¢., Milne-Edwards, Hist. Nat. Crust., vol. ii, p. 383.

1849. £.t., Nicolet, Hist. Chile. Zool., vol. iii, p. 216, atlas, pl. 1,
figs. 7, 7 a-d.

1852. Rhynchocinetes typicus, Dana, U.S. Expl. Exp., vol. xiii, p.
568, pl. 36, figs. 7 a—d.

1871. Rhynchocinetes typus, Cunningham, Tr. Linn. Soc. London,
vol. xxvii, p. 497. :

WONG.) 2.0. Miers), Catal. Crust N: Zi, p. it:

1882. #. t., Haswell, Catal. Austral. Crust., p. 180.

1890. £&. ¢t., Ortmann, Zool. Jahrb., vol. v, p. 507, pl. 37, fig. 7d, f-.

1909. AR. t., McCulloch and Rathbun, Rec. Austral. Mus., vol. vii,
py 312.

1910. #. ¢., Rathbun, Pr. U.S. Mus., vol. xxxviii, p. 562, pl. 52, fig. 2.

Cunningham remarks of this species that ‘“‘it is an exceedingly

beautiful creature when alive, the body and legs being elegantly

mottled and banded with various shades of red and brown.” This

is in agreement with Nicolet’s account of the colour, and with the

African specimens. Of Stimpson’s A. rugulosws, McCulloch says

“it is very beautifully marked when alive with streaks and dots of a

bright blue colour on a darker ground.” In spirit the difference of

hue would cease to be distinctive, but 2. typus seems to have none

of that rugosity on which Stimpson relied in instituting his species.

Miers, therefore, is not likely, as McCulloch supposes, to have confused

the two species. In dealing, however, with the specific differences in

this genus there are some pitfalls. Thus Dana says ‘‘it is important

to observe, that the external maxillipeds are very much more elongate

in the male than in the female, being in the former as long as the

body.” So also in the two specimens from Durban, the uropods of the

larger specimen are decidedly longer than the telson, whereas this is

not the case in the smaller. Also in the smaller, the second perzeopod

reaches beyond the first, while in the larger the reverse is the case.

As will be seen by the figures, the first pereeopods differ much in the

two specimens, although in their striking colour pattern they were an

excellent match.

Mr. Bell Marley found this strongly humped species on sociable
terms with Leander affinis and Stenopus hispidus, among stones likely
to protect it from predaceous fishes but not from marauding crabs.

28 : The Malacostraca of Natal

STOMATOPODA.
Famity SQUILLIDA.

Genus SQUILLA, Fabricius, 1793.

For this classification see Ann. S. Afr. Mus., vol. vi, pt. 4, pp. 404,
405, 1910.

SQUILLA NEPA, Latreille.

See Ann. 8. Afr. Mus., vol. vi, pt. 1, p. 44, 1908.

A smaller specimen, about 75 mm. in length, has been collected by
Mr. R. A. Hunter.

Genus GONODACTYLUS, Latreille.

See Ann. S. Afr. Mus., vol. vi, pt. 4, p. 406, 1910. And references.
1894. Gonodactylus, Bigelow, Pr. U.S. Mus., vol. xvii, p. 492.

1913: G. Kemp, ir. Linn: Soc. london; Ser 2, vol: x; pt. Gy pp-
io loos pla og) ten.

GONODACTYLUS CHIRAGRA (Fabricius).

See reference as above.

In Mr. Bell Marley’s specimen from Durban, the carapace from the
apex of the rostrum to the hind margin is 13 mm. long, from the hind
margin of the carapace to extremity of fifth pleon segment the length
is about 28 mm., and thence to a point between the distal lobes of the
telson about 10 mm., making at full stretch a total length of two
inches. In the uropods the long first joint of the exopod has its
outer margin fringed with eleven spines, successively larger to the
rear.

Mr. Bell Marley describes the colour as violet black, with dark red —
about the tail; legs and antenne orange; the raptorial claws bright
violet about the folding place. He notes that the animal is very
active and makes defensive use of its tail.

by Rev. T. R. R. Stebling. 29

AMPHIPODA.

Trine CYAMIDEA.

Famity CYAMID AL.
Genus CYAMUS, Latreille, 1796.

Cyamus Boopis, Liitken, 1873.

See, for the order, tribe, family, genus, and species, Ann. S. Afr.
Mus., vol. vi, pp. 447, 464, 471, 473; 1910.

Many specimens of this species have been obtained by Mr. E. C.
Chubb from the humpback whale at Durban.

INDEX.

PAGE PAGE
affinis (Maja) = 2 catenatus (Parasesarma) - 10
Albunea 26 Catometopa - . = tS)
Albuneide - 25 cavipes (Cenobita) —- - 24
Amphipoda . 29 cavipes (Coenobita) = - - 24
annulipes (Gelasimus) - - 16 cavipes (Pagurus) - - 24
annulipes (Uca) - 16 Cenobita = - - - - 24
arcuata(Ocypode, Gelasimus) 15 chiragra (Gonodactylus) - 28
arcuatus (Uca) - - - 15 cinctimana (Liomera) - - O
asiatica (Hippa) - - 25 cinctimanus (Carpilius) 5
asiaticus (Emerita) - 25 cinctimanus (Carpilodes) - 6
asper (Mithrax) - 2 cinctimanus (Liomera) 5)
asper (Schizophrys) — - - 2 clepsydra (Dotilla) pl. v. 17
aspera (Schizophrys) - oe pe Clibanarius - . - 22
Atergatis - - - = 6 Ceenobita - - - - 23
bellator (Uca) - - - 15 Coenobitidee - - - 23
boopis (Cyamus) - - 29 convexus (Macrophthalmus) 12
brevis (Macrophthamus) 12 costatus (Diogenes) 21
Calappa-- - 19 cultrimanus (Uca) 16
Calappide - tg Cyamide - - : - 29

30 The Malacostraca of Natal

PAGE
Cyamidea - - = = YY)
Cyamus~ - = - 5 HY)
Cyclometopa - = -

deformis (Pagurus) — - -
depressus (Potamonautes) -
dichotoma (Maja) - -
dilatatus (Macr ephipelmus))
Diogenes - -
Dotilla - . - -
Doto - - - = -
Emerita = - - - -
emeritus (Emerita) = - -
euopsis (Pagurus) - -
exaratus (Leptodius) - -
floridus (Atergatis) pl. i. -
floridus (Cancer) - - -
Gelasimus - - - :
Gonodactylus
Sera ee opi thal-
mus) pl. i. -
Grapside - - -
guerinii (Albunea)
hepaticus oye)
Hippide - - -
Hippidea_ -
holdsworthii (Platylambrue):
hydrophilus (Cancer) - -
hydrophilus (Xantho) - -
inermis (Macrophthalmus) -
laciniatus (Platylambrus) -
lacteus (Uca) pl. iv. - -
lata (Liomera) - . -
Liomera- - -
longitarsis (Clibanarius)
longitarsus (Clibanarius)
longitarsus (Pagurus) - -
Macrophthalmus- -
Mamaiidee - - : -
megistos (Pagurus) - -
nepa (Squilla) = - - -
Ocypode” - - - -
Ocypodide - : . -
ocyroe (Atergatis)
Oxystomata -

'
—

3 f Amat | —T (00) pS of Sy OT TST SS)

Lo hs wD Re KR be
197 Coa hf aT why OS E>

Nr
0 oe

— ny —
co S32 © bk

bo bo
mw ke or

bo bw bo — ad
IND Ee bw ©

I= Jb 16S) 189)

—
<o

pransor (Platylambrus) -
prensor (Platylambrus) -
quadratus (Sesarma) - :
quadridentatus (Mithrax) -
quemvis (Platylambrus) pl. i.
quinquedentatus (Xantho)
Rhynchocinetidee -
Rhynchocinetes - . -
Schizophrys - - :
Scylla - - -
serratus (Elatylambrue) -
serratus (Scylla) . -
Sesarma = - - -
spinifrons (Mithrax) - -
spinosissimus (Calappa) -
Squilla - - - -
Squillide - : : -
Stomatopoda — - - -
striolatus (Clibanarius) 2
tetragonus (Sesarma) - -
tumidus (lambrus) — - -
typus pe pecmer -
Uca -
urvillei (Oonnede) - -
validus (Platylambrus)
varipes (Pagurus) - .
virescens (Clibanarius) -
vocans (Cancer) - - -
Xanthide - - - -
Xantho~ - : -
Xanthoides (Gilgmamos) -

padavensis (Clibanarius) 99
Pagurus - - - AAW)
Parasesarma : - - 10
Parthenopidee — - - re
Percnon~ - - - ll

, picta (iopactes) -
Pilumnus - - - -
planissimus (Perenon) - 2 il
Platylambrus — - -
Portunide - : - -
Potamonautes~ - - -

’ Potamonidze - - -

—

bo bo

a me bo bo bo Ww
OHOOAI DW“ We BDF OHW WA WONOUOWENAAMAWNOWWOUNOWH OD

me bo

mm Wo Lb

by Rev. T. R. R. Stebbing. 31

EXPLANATION OF Piates I-VI,

Illustrating paper by the Rev. T. R. R. Stebbing on

“The Malacostraca of Natal.”

IRIS ACI ale
Platylambrus quemvts, sp. nov.
n.s. Lines indicating natural size of carapace figured below in dorsal

aspect.

prp. 1, prp. 5. Distal portion of a cheliped and the fifth perzeopod to the
same scale of enlargement.

m., mxp. 1, 2, 3. Mandible, first, second, and third maxilliped, on a uniform
scale of enlargement.

mx. 1, mx. 2. First and second maxilla, more enlarged than the preceding
mouth-parts; inner plate of mx. 1, detached.

Jer Pleon in dorsal view.

PEAnEy Il:

Alergatis flortdus (Linn.).

ns, Lines indicating natural size of carapace, enlarged above in dorsal
aspect.
m. Mandible, seen from inner, upper surface, enlarged to the same

scale as the other mouth-organs.
mx. 1, mxp. 1, 2, 3. First maxilla, first, second, and third maxillipeds.

prp. 1, prp. 2. A cheliped and an ambulatory leg, figured of the natural size,
with the seventh joint of the latter much magnified,

32 The Malacostraca of Natal

PrAarEalil:

Macrophthalmus grandidieriz, A. Milne-Edwards,

n.s. Carapace, with first perazeopod attached, in dorsal view, of the
natural size. The upper, right-hand portion of the same
magnified.

Pl., plp. Dorsal view of the pleon, and one of the male pleopods.

m.,m., mx. 1, mxp. 1, 2, 3. The two mandibles, first maxilla, first and second
maxillipeds incomplete, and third maxilliped.

prp. 1, prp.1. First perzeopod natural size, hand in oblique position, and hand
magnified, showing the outer surface, with a small portion
of inner surface, showing the pearly tooth.

prp. 4. Fourth perzopod, natural size.

PLATE IV.
Uca lacteus (de Haan).

n.s. Dorsal view of the specimen, natural size, with first, fourth, and
fifth perzeopods attached.

m. Mandible from the inner side.

mx. 1, mx. 2, mxp. 1, 2, 3. First and second maxille, first, second, and third
maxillipeds. These and the mandible magnified to a uniform
scale,

mxp. 2, sp. Some spines of the second maxilliped on the fourth and seventh
joints much more highly magnified.

prp. 1. First perzeopod, showing the outer surface of the chela and the
inner surface of its palm, with the tips of the fingers more
highly magnified,

Jonn Singleton & Sons lith.

PLATYLAMBRUS QUEMVIS, sp. nov.

Me Sk

Annals Durban Museum, Vol. II.

T. R. R. Stebbing del.

Annals Durban Museum, Vol. II. Plate II.

iu) prp, |.
rca i

T. R. R. Stebbing del. John Singleton & Sons lith.

ATERGATIS FLORIDUS (Linn.).

Annals Durban Museum, Vol. II. Plate ITI.

=
A Ae eree an,
a = atinay Toe

ro
seat

= Wh, x

RNY
Nee
> aa ‘a
, ~} K ,
een » 4 ‘Is
ef ——
2

sees

T. R. R. Stebbing del. John Singleton & Sons lith.
MACROPHTHALMUS GRANDIDIERII, A. Milne-Edwards.

Annals Durban Museum, Vol. II. Plate IV.

T. R. R. Stebbing del. John Singleton & Sons llth.
UCA LACTEUS (de Haan).

coe ien

John Singleton & Sons llth.

T. R. R. Stebbing del.

DOTILLA CLEPSYDRA, sp. nov.

Plate VI.

efi he oye oe
ira go
wa iP ren
ee

ae —we

John Singleton & Sons lith.

iT.

del,

R, R) Stebbing

Annals Durban Museum, Vol

ae peasant ees rN MIE A s _ vee ke
a a mn PP tne oF A

RHYNCHOCINETES TYPUS, A. Milne-Edwards.

by Rev. T. R. R. Stebbung. 33

PLATE V.
Dotilla clepsydra, sp. nov.

n.s. Lines indicating natural size of specimen shown below in dorsal
and ventral aspects, the dorsal showing the carapace with
chelipeds and fourth and fifth perzeopods (prp. 4, prp. 5,) in
attachment ; the ventral showing the chelipeds in position
partly overlapping the third maxillipeds, and the last three
segments of the pleon, with the antepenultimate almost
covered by the setz of the preceding segment.

m. Mandible, with further enlargement of the sete on the terminal
joint of the palp. This figure is magnified on the same scale
as the other mouth-organs.

mx. 1, mx. 2. The first maxilla and the second, with further enlargement in
the latter of the apex of the endopod and of the setz of the
preceding plate.

mxp. 1, mxp. 2, mxp. 3, end., ex., ep. First and second maxillipeds, and third
maxilliped, with exopod and epipod detached, and separate
figure of the last three joints of the endopod.

PLATE VI.
Rhynchocinetes typus, Milne-Edwards.

ns. Dorsal view of specimen natural size as seen in the preserving
receptacle, omitting the first and second antennz and the
limbs. of the left side. All the detail figures are from a much
smaller specimen.

1s Proximal portion of the (imperfect) rostrum.
Abe Dorsal view of the telson, with higher magnification of the apex.
ai. Part of second antenna, with the scale.

m.,m., mx. 1, mx. 2, mxp. 1,mxp. 2. The mandibles, first and second maxille,
and first and second maxillipeds, ail to a uniform scale, more
highly magnified than the following.

mxp. 3, prp. 1, prp. 2, prp. 3, urp. Third maxilliped, first, second, and third
perzeopods, and a uropod.

I].—The varieties of PAPILIO DARDANUS CENEA

in the collection of the Durban Museum,
by

C. N. Barker, F.E.S.

With Prate VII.

HE variations that occur among the females of Papilio dardanus
throughout its range, which extends over the greater part of
the non-arid regions of Africa

and in the form meriones, Feld. to
Madagascar—is, perhaps, the most wonderful illustration of poly-
morphism that occurs in nature. ‘The males are invariably tailed, the
females generally without these appendages, though there are not a
few exceptions to the rule. The following are some of the exceptions,
as figured by Dr. Eltringham in his beautifully illustrated work
‘African Mimetic Butterflies.”

Papilio dardanus-meriones, Feld. from Madagascar. 'The males and
females are alike in coloration, form and markings, except that in
the latter respect the female has retained, or developed from the costa,
at about one-third of the length of the cell, a broad, very oblique,
band which crosses more or less the width of the cell and follows on
its upper-side the direction of the white, or light-coloured, cellular
bar which is common to all forms of P. dardanus, 2. The presence
of this oblique black band, immediately beneath the light cellular
streak, in the Madagascar and Comoro Islands forms, appears to me
to be strong evidence of its ancestral character, which has its fuller
development in all other forms of Papilio dardanus.

Abyssinia provides us with two remarkable fully-tailed forms, 1.e,
P. dardanus antinori, female forms niavioides, Kheil, and ruspine,
Kheil. The former follows in the contour of its pattern and color-
ation cenea-hippocoon, Fabr.; the latter that of cenea-trophonius,
Westw., except that in both cases the spots forming the sub marginal
series of the hind-wings are much enlarged and elongated.

Possessing rudimentary tails, Dr. Eltringham figures two interesting
examples, viz.: P. dardanus, 2 hippocoon, Fabr., from the Gaboon,
and an extraordinary form P. dardanus polytrophus, Q form trimeni,
Poulton, from the Kikuyu Escarpment, British East Africa, which in
ground colour and suppression, or its replacement by dusky suffusion,

(34)

by C. N. Barker. 35

of the black markings of the upper-surface fore-wings is a distinct
approach towards the male form.

Among the tailless varieties or forms, Dr. Eltringham figures tibwllus-
dorippoides, Trim., from Nairobi, British East Africa, which with a
great attenuation of the black margins and markings of both wings, and
the consequent enlargement and semi-coalescence of the sub marginal
spots of the hind-wings, also shows some approach to the male form.
It also shows incipient signs of tail development in the prolongation
of the second median nervule of the hind-wings. The colour, as
figured, is a tawny shade intermediate between that of the trophonius
and male coloration.

Of purely tailless forms the following are figured: cenea-cenea, two
varieties ; polytrophus-cenea, from the same locality as polytrophus-
triment; dardanus trophonius, from Victoria Nyanza ; cenea-trophonius,
from Natal; cenea-hippocoon, from Mombasa; and finally two very
aberrant types, viz.: dardanus-planemoides, Trim., from Kisumu, and
dardanus-dionysos, from West Africa. In addition to the types cited
above there are probably numerous intergrades linking up these local
forms.

But what I am concerned with in this paper is to pass a few
remarks on the specimens contained in the Millar collection of the
Durban Museum. The cabinet contains twenty female examples of
the three group forms, dardanus cenea-cenea, Stoll., d. cenea-hippocoon,
Fabr., and d. cenea-trophonius, Westw. Most are, unfortunately,
unlabelled as to localities, and in a few cases as to dates of capture ;
but it can be inferred with safety that all were taken, or bred, in or
near Durban.

Numbers | to 6, inclusive, belong to the group dardanus cenea-cenea,
7 to 12 to that of dardanus cenea-hippocoon, and 16 to 20 to that of
dardanus cenea-trophonius. Nos. 13 to 15 are very aberrant forms,
having some of the attributes of both cenea and hippocoon. In the
coloration of the spots of the fore-wings in reference to those of the
hind-wings they diverge from both these groups and assimilate with
that of dardanus-planemordes, Trim.

No. 1 is a very melanic form in which many of the spots have
disappeared, and those that remain aré much attenuated. The
submarginal spots of both wings are entirely absent. The large spot
of the discal series between the first and second median nervules is

much reduced and is of the same colour as the premedian band of the
hind-wings. Dated 15th March, 1910.

36 The varieties of Papilo dardanus cenea

No. 2. A nearly typical cenea-cenea. All the spots of the fore-
wings are white, except for a very narrow, yellow edging inferiorally
to the large spot of the discal series, between the first and second
median nervules. ‘The submarginal spots of the fore-wings are
obsolescent. Dated 25th October, 1909.

No. 3. The only divergence from type in this specimen lies in a
narrow streak of cream colour immediately below the large spot of the
discal series, which is of the same colour, showing a disposition towards
cenea-hippocoon. Dated 6th February, 1910.

No. 4. In this example all the spots of the fore-wings are largely
developed and are white, except the subapical spot which is very
small and diffused. ‘The band of the hind-wings is pale cream, shading
off to whitish towards the inner-margins. Dated 29th March, 1907.

No. 5. A very similar specimen to no. 4. The premedian band of
the hind-wings is narrowed by encroachment of the black marginal
area. There is also a very narrow suffused yellow streak below the
first median nervule of the fore-wings, as in no. 3.

No. 6. In this example the fore-wing spots of the discal row and
the cellular streak are well developed. There is an additional spot
between the second and third costal nervules and a narrow streak,
almost touching the spot immediately above, lying along the second
radial nervule. All the spots of the fore-wings, except those nearest
the costa, are tinted with yellow. The black margins of the hind-wings
are very broad and sharply defined inwardly. Labelled “‘ Hatched
12th December, 1910.”

No. 7. This is a melanic form of cenea-hippocoon, as no. | is of
cenea-cenea. It is devoid of all the submarginal spots on both fore-

and hind-wings, and the subapical spot of the fore-wing is only —

diffusely present. The discal band is only represented by three
irregular, detached spots, and the disco-cellular streak is entirely
absent. Captured on the Berea, Durban, 10th January, 1909.

No. 8 is a typical cenea-hippocoon. The subapical spot is absent.

No. 9. The spots of the discal band are disconnected and less
developed. The inner-marginal patch is irregularly encroached upon
by black atoms about its margins, especially below the first median
nervule. Labelled “6th February, 1910.”

No. 10. The discal band and cellular streak are well developed.
There is no subapical spot. The black margin of the hind-wings is
narrow, shading off into sepia inwardly. Labelled ‘‘ Hatched 12th
December, 1910.”

| es

by C. N. Barker. 37

No. 11. This is a fine specimen, normal in its fore-wing pattern.
The hind-wing has a very narrow black margin giving off strongly
defined black nervular rays. There is an inner border of light sepia,
strongly contrasting both with the black margin and the white discal
area. The basal black is greatly reduced as in cenea-trophonius.
Durban, 20th February, 1900. _

No. 12. In this the white of the inner-marginal patch, fore-wings,
is deeply tinged with orange-ochreous between the first median nervule
and the submedian nervure over its basal two-thirds. There is no
subapical spot. The nervules from the margins of the hind-wings are
prolonged towards the base and are very broadly black.

Nos. 13 and 14. These are extremely interesting duplicates of one
another, only differing in minor details. The pattern of the fore-wings
is transitional from hippocoon to cenea, though nearer to the former.
The coloration, however, is quite aberrant. With the exception of
the costal end of the cellular streak and the spot of discal series
immediately below costa, the whole of the spots and patches of the
fore-wings are of a bright orange-ochreous colour. In no. 13, the
discal area of the hind-wings shades off from orange immediately
against the black margins to cream and finally whitish about’ the
inner-margins. In no. 14, the black of the border is narrower, leaving
a very broad band of sepia intersected by the black nervules. The
discal area is paler cream colour and pure white above the cell. The
rich orange-ochreous of the spots of the fore-wings, contrasted with
the lighter coloration of the hind-wings gives these two examples a
very unique appearance. The only form known to me in which the
coloration of the two wings affords similar contrasts is dardanus
planemoides as figured by Dr. Eltringham. No. 13 is dated 3rd May,
1900, and no. 14 was bred by Mr. G. F. Leigh on 19th October, 1910.

No. 15. This is another interesting specimen, in which all the
markings of the fore-wings are yellow-ochreous, and those of the hind--
wings pale cream. The pattern is that of hippocoon, with slight
approaches to cenea in the encroachment of the black upon the inner-
marginal patch, in the same way as occurs in a lesser degree in no. 9.
The coloration of the spots and patches of the fore-wings takes a
deeper shade than that shown in the discal area of the hind-wings,
agreeing in this respect with nos. 13 and 14.

No. 16. <A trophonius, with leanings towards hippocoon in its
lighter shade of colour, cinnamon-yellow.

Nos. 17 and 18. These are both typical frophonius, with only
slight differentiation one from the other that does not require comment.

38 The varieties of Papilo dardanus cenea

No. 19. This is a shade lighter in colour than usual, and has the
white discal patch of the fore-wings suffused with dull orange-ochreous.

No. 20. A very interesting dry-season example of trophonius. The
colour is a deep brick-red. The discal patch and disco-cellular streak
are very largely developed and nearly coalesce. They are obscured
over the greater part of their surfaces by a brick-dust suffusion. The
black hind-marginal border of the hind-wings is reduced to a narrow
band enclosing the spots of the submarginal series, which are relatively
larger and more ovate than is usual. It was taken on the Berea,
Durban, on 10th August, 1907.

I have not thought it necessary to describe the under-sides of the
specimens submitted because such variation as occurs is chiefly a
modified reproduction of the upper-side pattern.

Plate VII.

Annals Durban Museum, Vol. II.

John Stngleton & Sons eng.

eC.

PAPILIO DARDANUS CENEA, Stoll.

>
S

About three-eighths natural st

21, male.

1-20, females ;

III.—New Records of Natal Bees (Second Contribution),

by
T. D. A. Cockerell, University of Colorado.

ANTHOPHORA ADVENA, Smith.

9. Umbilo, 2nd Oct., 1915 (L. Bevis; 1706); ¢. Umbilo, 9th
May, 1915 (L. Bevis), and 17th Oct., 1915 (lL. Bevis; 1709). I find
that a male from Durban (1025), collected by Mr. H. M. Millar,
which I reported as advena, is a variety of A. acraénsis, having a
sprinkling of white hair on the fourth abdominal segment. In true
advena male, the fourth segment is densely covered with white hair.
The variety requires investigation ; could it be a hybrid between the
two species !

ANTHOPHORA ACRAENSIS, Fabricius.

Go wUmbile, Mth Oct, 1915 Gu. Bevis; 1709, in part). This
species has been confused with A. advena, but appears to be un-
questionably distinct. The hair of the pleura is black.

ANTHOPHORA VESTITA, Smith.

2. Umbilo, 17th Oct., 1915 (L. Bevis; 1708), five specimens,
of which four have a yellow marginal band on clypeus, while the fifth
has only a spot on each side.

g. Umbilo, 17th Oct., 1915 (L. Bevis; 1709, in part). Compared
with a male from Willowmore, Cape Colony (Brauns) this is smaller,
with the black marks on upper part of clypeus larger. Possibly a
good series would indicate a racial difference between the Umbilo and
Willowmore forms, but they have the same essential characters and
certainly represent one species. The type of A. vestita was from Natal.

Among the Natal species of Anthophora, vestita will be known by
the abdomen being covered with red or fulvous hair. The male has
the face-markings lemon-yellow, and when the abdomial segments are
extended, the abdomen appears more or less distinctly banded; the
fifth and sixth segments have black hair at the base, which is almost
entirely concealed when the segments are contracted.

(39)

40 New Records of Natal Bees
ANTHOPHORA CIRCULATA, Fabricius.

2. Umbilo, 2nd Oct., 1915 (lL. Bevis; 1706); 10th Oct., 1915
(L. Bevis; 1708). 3. Umbilo, 10th Oct., 1915 (L. Bevis; 1708),
The male has large black markings on the clypeus, and is A. fallax,
Smith. I am now convinced that fallax represents only a variation
of A. circulata.

ANTHOPHORA CALIGATA, Gerstaecker.

@. Umbilo, 2nd, 10th and 17th Oct., 1915 (L. Bevis); 9th June,
1915 (L. Bevis). Lr. Umkomaas, 18th Dec., 1914 (L. Bevis; 1485).

TETRALONIA SHEFFIELDI UMBILOENSIS, sub-sp. nov.

?. Scutellum covered with very dark fuscous hair; abdomen with
dark hair at extreme base. The hind margins of the abdominal
segments are so broadly ferruginous, that the tegument of the abdomen
appears red, evidently black only at bases. Umbilo, 28th April, 1915
(L. Bevis; 1565). Additional material is necessary to show whether
this is a distinct sub-species, or only a variety. The insect superficially
resembles Anthophora vestita, but the venation is different.

Ca@Lioxys LORICULA, Smith.

The hitherto unknown female comes from Umbilo, 28th April, 1915
(L. Bevis; 1565). The end of the abdomen is entirely of the type of
the European C. quadridentata, except that the lower plate is shorter
and less deflected downward, and its lateral notches are rectangular.
In Friese’s table of African species this runs to C. caffra, but the legs
are not red, and the apical lobe of apical inferior plate of abdomen is
broader and shorter. Evidently C. caffra is a distinct though closely
allied species. At first sight one might suppose the female loricula
to belong with the male C. dolichacantha, which also occurs at Umbilo;
but it differs from the new species in the shorter, curved, axillar spines,
the more finely punctured abdomen (much more closely punctured on
ventral surface), and the first recurrent nervure joining the second
submarginal cell further from the base (in dolichacantha at or very
near the base).

by T. D. A. Cockerell. 4]

Ca@LIOXYS DOLICHACANTHA, Sp. nov.

$. Length 11-12 mm.; black, including legs, antenne and
mandibles; hair on eyes short; face covered with appressed cream-
coloured hair; labial palpi with first joint about half as long as
second, and mainly black, contrasting with the remaining joints,
which are pale reddish ; mesothorax with extremely large punctures,
well separated on disc; scutellum with rather smaller extremely dense
punctures, its surface like a fine network ; hind margin of scutellum
gently rounded, faintly inclined to be emarginate ; axillar spines very
long and nearly straight ; pleura and sides of metathorax with white
hair, and two lines of white hair at base of scutellum; tegule piceous;
wings fuliginous, pale basally ; spurs very dark reddish; tarsi with
orange hair on inner side; abdomen with pure white hair-bands,
linear in middle, expanded at sides ; surface of abdomen shining, with
well-separated punctures; fifth segment unarmed; sixth six-spined,
the lower apical longer than the upper.

Umbilo, 17th Oct., 1915 (L. Bevis; 1709, in part). Also Umbilo,
28th March, 1915 (L. Bevis; 1533).

In Friese’s table runs to C. sexspinosa, Friese, but is much larger.

MEGACHILE MELLIFERINA, Cockerell.

Both sexes collected by Miss Robarts at Durban. The male,
hitherto unknown, is about 10 mm. long, with the same general
coloration as the female, the tegument of the abdomen largely red on
basal segments. Antenne slender, black, not clubbed or expanded at
end; face densely covered with cream-coloured hair; anterior tibiz
and tarsi ferruginous, the tibie with long fulvous hair behind, the
tarsi pallid, only moderately expanded, with long white hair behind,
and an oval black spot on inner side at base of this fringe; anterior
coxe with blunt and rather short spines; middle legs with extremely
long white hairs behind; sixth abdominal segment strongly emarginate,
but not dentate. This male resembles J/. unyulata, Smith in the
coloration of the abdomen, but the legs are quite different.

MEGACHILE VENUSTELLA, Sp. nov.

@. Length about 11 mm., broad, black, with white and black
hair; superficially like the European Jf. apicalis. Closely related to
M. venusta, Smith (Kalahari specimen compared), but differing thus :

49 New Records of Natal Bees

smooth median line on clypeus less distinct ; vertex with black hair ;
mesothorax and scutellum with a strong admixture of black hair ;
wings distinctly brownish; sixth abdominal segment with hair all
black ; ventral secopa pure white at sides, fulvous in middle, black at
extreme apex.
Umbilo, 10th Oct., 1915 (L. Bevis; 1708).
The following key separates this from several rather similar species :
Abdomen with fulvous hair-bands; ventral scopa mainly red,
but white at base and black at apex ... . ekwivella, Ckll.
(Benguella).
Abdomen without fulvous hair-bands ... . 1.
1. Hair on scutellum all, or practically all, black ; ventral scopa
coloured as in ekwivella . . . . caricina, Ckll.
Hair on scutellum all or partly pale... . 2.
2. Hair on scutellum entirely pale; hair around ocelli tinged
with fulvous .. . . venusta, Smith.
Hair on scutellum partly black... . 3.

3. Length about 8 mm.; disc of mesothorax glistening between

the punctures . . . . gratiosa, Gerst. (Transvaal).
f Length about 11 mm.; disc of mesothorax dull

venustella, Ckll.
My . gratiosa was determined by Strand, and represents that
species as understood at the Berlin Museum. It was collected by
F. Wilms at Lydenburg, Johannesburg.

HertADEs BEVISI, Ckll., variety a.

¢. Length 5 mm., anterior wing 4mm.; black, coarsely punctured,
with white hair, on abdomen only forming distinct bands at sides of
first and second segments; axillar spines well developed. Differs
from typical bevisi by the brownish wings and shorter second sub-
marginal cell ; it may possibly prove to be a distinct species.

Umbilo, 16th March, 1915 (L. Bevis; 1531).

HerRIADES CHLOROPS, Sp. nov.

g. Like H. bevisi variety a, with brownish wings and relatively
short second submarginal cell, but distinct hair-bands only at sides of
first abdominal segment, and flagellum long and slender (about 2-4 mm.
long), distinctly crenulate, the middle joints about 190 microns long.

by T. D. A. Cockerell. 43

The eyes are greyish-green, with the lower end pale; in bevisi and
variety a they are brown. The ocelli are pale greenish-yellow ; in
bevist var. a they are pale reddish. :

Umbilo, Durban, 8th Dec., 1914 (L. Bevis).

Extremely close to H. bevisi var. a, but evidently a distinct species.
Also very close to H. longicornis, Friese, from Kigonsera, but the
hair is white, the thorax is shining between the punctures, and the
femora are not red-brown. Also related to H. argentatus,*Gerst.

On the same day, at Umbilo, Mr. L. Bevis took a female Heriades,
7 mm. long, agreeing with H. chlorops in the dusky wings, and also
in the possession of two pairs of spines on the posterior part of the -
thorax, one axillary, the other at sides of base of metathorax. The
ventral scopa is white. Superficially, this looks like H. chubbi, but
the punctures of the mesothorax are very much finer. The mesothorax
is shining, with the punctures as dense as possible, and much smaller
in the middle than sub-laterally. In ch/orops (male) the punctures
are larger, and not reduced in the middle. No such sexual difference
appears in a number of Heriades examined. ‘This female is not H.
albiscopanus, Strand, which is smaller (length 5°5 mm.) and has no
axillary spines. It seems best to regard this Umbilo female as a
distinct species, which may be named :

HERIADES PUNCTULATUS, Sp. Nov.

Other characters are: clypeus as densely punctured as possible,
not at all carinate, with an even, slightly concave lower margin ;
mandibles with two large teeth, occupying the outer half of the
cutting edge; eyes greyish-brown; axillar and metathoracic spines
stout and curved, thorn-like; second recurrent nervure joining second
submarginal cell at apex; hair on inner side of hind tarsi white,
faintly yellowish apically, but on inner side of anterior tarsi orange ;
abdomen with very narrow thin hair-bands, broadened and dense at
sides of first segment. .

ALLODAPE VARIEGATA, Smith.

Umbilo, 15th Oct., 6th Dec., 22nd Feb. (L. Bevis); Widenham,
14th Dec., 1914 (L. Bevis; 1482).

A small species, with broad yellow band on scutellum, and abdomen
largely red. A specimen from F. Smith’s collection, from the Cape of
Good Hope, differs by the red abdomen, only faintly dusky on apical

44 New Records of Natal Bees

half, and without lateral blackish marks. This is probably a distinct
race, but the type locally is Port Natal, and the specimens collected
by Mr. Bevis represent the typical form as described by Smith.

ALLODAPE MAURULA, Sp. nov.

$ (Type). Length a little over 5 mm. ; shining black, with clavate
abdomen, narrowed basally; hair very scanty, and white; clypeus
creamy-white, equally broad above and below, but constricted in
middle; small cuneiform lateral marks between lower half of clypeus
and eye; eyes prominent, converging below, the face very narrow ;
scape with a white stripe in front, flagellum entirely black; mesothorax
shining, but scutellum dullish; tubercles cream-colour, but rest of
thorax black; tegule hyaline; wings faintly dusky, stigma and
nervures fuscous; legs black, with the tarsi cream-colour, reddened
apically ; abdomen black, without markings, hair at apex white.

?. Length about 6 mm., rather slender; white clypeal area with
upper half broader than lower; no lateral marks ; antenne entirely
black ; tarsi black basally and ferruginous apically.

Type from Durban, 24th Feb., 1915 (H. M. Millar; 1507). Females
from Umbilo, 22nd Feb., 1914 (L. Bevis; 1120), and 18th April, 1915
(L. Bevis; 1563).

Very like A. lacteipennis, Brauns, but the female of that species
has only the upper edge of the clypeus white. A. albipennis, Friese,
is also related, but has milk-white wings, and is distinctly smaller.

ALLODAPE CORDATA, Smith.
Umbilo, 6th & 18th Dec., 18th & 28th April (L. Bevis). Widen-
ham, 13th Dec., 1914 (L. Bevis; 1481).

Of the four Widenham specimens, three have the hind margins of
abdominal segments more or less reddened.

ALLODAPE STELLARUM, Ceckerell.

Females from Umbilo, 5th & 18th April (L. Bevis), and Widenham,
17th Dec., 1914 (L. Bevis; 1484).

Male from Widenham, 13th Dec., 1914 (L. Bevis; 1481). The
male is new; it has the clypeus white except a small black spot on
each lateral margin near the middle.

by T. D. A. Cockerell. 45

PROSOPIS BEVISI, sp. noy.

3. Length a little over 6 mm.; black, with legs, sides and extreme
base of first abdominal segment red; entire face below antenne red
(probably orange in life), including supraclypeal mark (quadrate,
broader than long), and with lateral marks ending in a point on orbit
at about upper level of antennal sockets ; madibles and labrum red ;
seape red, but the short thick flagellum black, reddish only at base ;
a well developed keel mesad of each antenna; front and vertex
minutely rugose ; mesothorax dull and densely punctured ; prothorax
and tubercles red, but rest of thorax black; base of metathorax
shining, with strong short plice; pleura. dull and rugulose; tegule
testaceous ; wings hyaline, very faintly dusky, stigma and nervures
dark brown ; first recurrent nervure joining first submarginal cell at
end ; second recurrent meeting outer transverso-cubital ; abdomen
broad, shining, with white lateral hair-bands on first segment, but not
on the others; surface extremely finely sculptured, appearing rather
sericeous ; margin of second segment elevated.

Umbilo, 22nd Feb., 1914 (L. Bevis; 1120).

Resembles P. rubriplagiata, Cam. = P. braunsi, Alfk. (this
synonymy due to Dr. Brauns in litt.), but easily distinguished by the
entirely red legs, lack of distinct (visible under lens) punctures on
abdomen, different base of metathorax, short and broad supraclypeal
mark, short and dark flagellum, etc. In Friese’s 1911 table it runs
nearest to P. braunsi. It agrees with none of the species more
recently described by Alfken and Strand.

THRINCHOSTOMA MILLARI, Cockerell.

9. Umbilo, 10th & 17th Oct., 1915 (L. Bevis).

NomIA MEGALEPIS, Cockerell.

9. Unmbilo, 25th Oct., 1914 (L. Bevis; 1427).

In Ann. Durban Mus,., vol. i, p. 463, the “following bee” referred
to under Crocisa arcuata is of course Nomia nigripes (p. 464), which
did follow in the MS. as originally written.

Hatictus gucunbus, Smith.

Q. Umbilo, 10th Oct., 1915 (L. Bevis; 1708). Smaller and less
robust than usual,

46 New Records of Natal Bees.

HALICTUS RHODASPIS, sp. nov.

@. Length about 10 mm.; black, including the antenne, mandibles
and tarsi; hair of face, cheeks, pleura and metathorax greyish-white,
of vertex and mesothorax pale fulvous, of scutellum and middle of
post-scutellum bright ferruginous ; ‘upper part of clypeus (except the
mnargin) opaque and very densely rugosopunctate, below this are
larger, distinct punctures, while the swollen lower marginal area is

polished ; vertex glistening; mesothorax very finely and closely

punctured, shining between the punctures; area of metathorax
covered with fine vermiform wrinkles, without radiating plice ; tegule
red; wings faintly dusky, stigma and nervures dark brown; legs
with pale hair; hind spur minutely serrate; abdomen shining, very
minutely punctured; a broadly interrupted band of ochreous
tomentum at hase of second segment, and a very broad entire band at
base of third; hair at apex pale fulvous; venter with long pollen-
carrying hair.

Umbilo, 17th Oct,. 1915 (L. Bevis; 1709).

In Meade-Waldo’s table of African Halictus this runs to H. capicola,
Cam., which is smaller, with the clypeus differently sculptured. It
agrees with none of the species described by Cameron, Friese or
Vachal. It is larger than /H. diversus, Sm., and differs in having
the area of metathorax sharply limited posteriorly, the flagellum all
black, ete. From H. diversiformis, Ckll., it is known by the red
tegule, dark stigma, ete.

ee SS ed
PRINTED BY JOHN SINGLETON & SONS, 554 & 556, WEST STREET, DURBAN,

|
yy

haha:

Pan ay

_Publshed 20th April, 1916.

Price 5/- nett.

x1 —Hiahee: from Natal, collected by Mr. Holage Rosixsoy, by C. Tare REGAN.
Ris -XII.—Deseription of a new Fish from Zululand, by G. A. BouLEncer.

hy “XIIL—A Hydroid parasitic on fishes, by ERyyer WARREN, (Plates X VIT-XX).,
XIV. —Report on Bees, chiefly from Natal, ae T..D. A. Cockersty.

CV. -—Descriptions of several species of Arachnida, by J oHN Hewitt.
. XVI. say", new species of Solpuga from Zululand, by Srantey Hirsv.
ty XVII —Mallophaga and ih cia with mammalian host-list, by G. F. Ferris.

Mh XVIII. —Zululand Tsetse Fly Glossina brandoni ; and Danais petiverana in
Natal, by E. C. Cuuss.
AIX, Say of Natal Marine Fishes (1), by N Messrs. GILCHRIST & THOMPSON,
iy

Part 4. Published 21st May, 1917. "Price 5/- nett.

_ XIX. Givens of N ata Marine Fishes (2), by Messrs. GitcHrist & THOMPSON.
P.0:¢ —A new Silurid Fish from Natal, by G. A. BoutEencEr.
Rs xe A new Bat (Otomops icarus), by E. C. Couns, (Plate X XI).

Wig hy

Ba nels Pete Pant 3. _Published 25th July, 1917. nae 5/- nett.
7. 9.608 The Malacostraca of Durban Bay, by the Rev. T. R. R. Sreppina.
Sea (Plates XXII and XXIII).

Poe GLI. _—Melanic Aberrations among butterflies (Acreime), by C. N. Barker.
Cs ae (Plates XXIV and XXV).

XXIV.— Additions to the Fish Fauna of Natal, by C. Tarr Rucan.
XXV.—New Records of Natal Bees, by T. D. A. CockERELL
XX VI.—New South African Heterocera, by A. J. T, Jansz

" Obtainable through any South African bookseller
or r from Messrs. William Wesley & Son, Sole European Agents,
28 Essex Street, Strand, London.

Plates VD

ANNALS

DURBAN MUSEUM

EDITED BY THE CURATOR,

E. C. CHUBB.

Issued 30th July, 1918.

PRICE 5/- NETT.

PRINTED BY
JOHN SINGLETON & SONS, DURBAN,

FOR THE DuRBAN Museum.

Y. —Anatomy of Feetal Sperm Wha, by F. E. Beppanp.

-VII.—Notes on Pelagic Entomostraca, by G.8. BRaby. “(Plates XXIV),

Bak —Note on Blois brandoni Ps Danais o oer a B © pa

"Contents of revlon Pen ! a

oN le Wt

Vol. I, Part I.

T.—On Pelagic Entomostraca, by G. 8. aa (Pian fy its
II.—On Bottlenose Porpoises ( Tursiops ‘! by BR w. Tavs. Seiya

III.—On further Pelagic Entomostraca, by G. & Brapy. ‘(Plates v ia Vv rI). Day 4
TV. —Descriptions of South African Birds’ Bees, by] E. c. Caves. (Plate VID) = Be

Vk I, Part 2. Published 15th May 1915.

“(Plate van,
VI.—Notes on Four-lunged Spiders, by Jc OHN Hewrrr. RPS :

# pee
VII. —Anoplura and Mallophaga, by Keitoce & Ferris. ee XV and xD,
IX.—Rotifera from Natal, by C. F. RovssELET. aes ihe “A 3 i
X.—List of Mosquitos, by Powe. Epwarps. PoNie n : a i ‘ ae : 4 BN: .

4 7 oe * ak

4 I, Part 3. Published d 20th April 1916. Price I nett.

4 ‘? Gr

XII. [Deceit of a new “Fish from Zululand, by G. i" Bourges. ne
XIIT.—A Hydroid parasitic on fishes, by Exyest W ARREN, (Plates XVIEXS.
XIV. —Report on Bees, chiefly from Natal, by Tas A. Cockmnent. Tag es aoe
XV.—Descriptions of several species A Arachnida, by JOHN Hewrrr, Betta a

XVI.—A new species of Solpuga from Zululand, by Srantey A

i ee
NER: —Catalogue of Natal Marine Fishes (1), by Messrs, Gnemnisr | & Ta 2

\ aes Se on third page of tere.

Obtainable through any S. li icon! NE rahe
or from Messrs. W uliam Wesley & Son, Sole Buropean Agents,
. 28 Essex’ ee Strand, London.

1V.—Some Crustacea of Natal,

by the

Rev. T. R. R. Stebbing, M.A., F.R.S., F.L.S., F.Z.S.
Wir Puates VIII-XII.

| eae the present contribution, species belonging to seventeen families

of Malacostraca and of Leptostraca are considered for various
reasons, in several cases chiefly for the notes supplied by Mr. H. W.
Bell Marley on the habits and colours of the freshly captured
specimens. Among the Brachyura anomala a new species is described
as Cryptodromia monodous. A new species is added to the Isopoda
anomala under the name Haplocope oculatus. The Amphipoda are
provided with three new species and a new genus, Wicrolysias, to
which may be added a detailed account of Hxhyalella natalensis, both
genus and species having been briefly introduced in December, 1917.

But the point which has, perhaps, the best chance of exciting some-
thing like general interest rests with the association of species from
thirteen different genera found all sheltering in a single specimen of a
sponge. It may be convenient here to bring together the names of —
this motley assemblage of crustaceans. They are Hriphia scabriculus,
Dana; Petrolisthes speciosus (Dana); Porcellana dehaanii, Krauss ;
Processa sp.; Tanais phileterus, Stebbing ; Leptochelia dubius
(Kroyer) ; Haplocope oculatus, sp. nov.; Paramera schizurus, sp.
nov.; Hxhyalella natalensis, Stebbing; Hurystheus holmesi, Stebbing ;
Cheiriphotis walkert, sp. nov., Podocerus inconspicuus (Stebbing) ;
Nebalia bipes (O. Fabricius). Besides these there were other amphi-
pods too mutilated after their Jong journey to repay investigation,
and some miscellaneous objects, including a small star-fish. The
protection which sponges afford to Crustacea has, of course, been long
ago noticed by several writers, such as Canon Norman, the late H. J.
Carter, F.R.S., and E. J. Miers. Also, M. Ed. Chevreux found
twenty-three species of amphipods among the alien growths on the
carapace of Mamaia squinado, probably distributed over several
specimens. Similarly, it is not clear that the ten species in Dr. Willey’s
gregarious Crustacea from submerged cocoa-nut piles in Ceylon were
found together on any single pile.

(47)

Annals of the Durban Museum, Vol. II, part 2, issued 30th July, 1918.

48 Some Crustacea of Natal

BRACHYURA GENUINA.

TRIBE OX YRRHYNCHA.

Famity MAMAIID A.

See Ann. S. Afr. Mus., vol. vi, pt. 4, p. 290, 1910.

Genus CAMPOSCIA, Leach.

1829. Camposcia, Leach, in Latreille, Le Regne Animal, vol. iv,
p. 60.

1829. C., Guérin, Iconographie du Regne Animal, p. 9, pl. 9, fig. 1.

1839. C., de Haan, Crust. Japonica, decas quarta, p. 87.

Camposcia RETUSUS, Latreille.
1829. Camposcia retuja, Latreille, Le Regne Animal, vol. iv, p. 60.
1829. C.7., Guérin, Icon. Regne Animal, pl. 9, fig. 1 (retwsa on p. 9).
1834. C. retusa, Milne Edwards, Hist. Nat. Crust., vol.i, p. 283,
plo, feeb:
1839. C. retusus, de Haan, Crust. Japon., pl. li.
1895. C. retusa, Alcock, Journ. Asiat. Soc. Bengal, vol. lxiv, p. 184.
1906. C.7., R. D. Laurie, Herdman’s Pearl Fish., Rep. xl, in pt. v,
p. 371.

Alcock supplies an ample bibliography and an excellent description
of this species, ignoring however its original name, retwja, which was
no doubt due to a misreading of the manuscript label, refu/a. It may
be noted that the fourth joint of the third maxillipeds, though narrow
at the base, is expanded distally. The extension of the third joint
along the inner margin of the fourth is a notable feature. The
carapace of the female specimen collected by Mr. Bell Marley at
Durban measures roughly 40 mm. in length by 27 mm. in breadth.
The pleon is, as described by de Haan, in the last four segments
widely orbicular. According to Mr. Bell Marley, its coating of dark
red hairs accumulates a variety of objects, such as seedpods of
mangroves, so that as it floats about with the tide it looks more like
a bunch of seaweed than a crab,

by Rev. T. R. R. Stebbing. 49
Famiry ACANTHONYCHID ZA.
Genus ANTILIBINTA, M°Leay.

ANTILIBINIA sMITHI, M°Leay.

See Ann. 8. Afr. Mus., vol. vi, pt. 4. pp. 286, 287, 1910.

A male specimen, taken by Mr. Bell Marley at Vetch’s Pier,
Durban, last year, has a carapace measuring 20 mm. in length and
about 16 mm. in width, therefore much smaller than the specimens
described by M*Leay and Krauss. The pleon answers to the figure
given by the latter, being seven-segmented, but with the median
segments perhaps immovable. Krauss says that this species is never
overgrown with marine organisms, and the present specimen answers
to that statement, but, whereas M°Leay says that ‘the shell of this
species is without hairs,” here the numerous tubercles which he
describes are conspicuously furnished with groups of sete, which
probably enable it to dispense with alien growths. The brown spots
are still visible all over the under surface and in some other parts of
the specimen.

Genus DEHAANIUS, M'Leay.

See Gilchrist’s Marine Investigations, vol. i, p. 18, 1900.

DEHAANIUS QUADRIDENTATUS (Krauss).

See Ann. 8. Afr. Mus., vol. vi, p. 288, 1910.

A male specimen from Isipingo, Natal, has been sent me by
Mr. Bell Marley. It was taken on seaweed, and some of its numerous
curved setze were furnished with the weed, faded but greenish. Its
length in the middle line is 15 mm., or 17 mm. if extended to a point
between the tips of the horns. The breadth between the tips of the
penultimate lateral teeth of the carapace is 12 mm. The size is
therefore rather larger than that given by Krauss, but the proportions
do not materially differ. Krauss states the colour to be yellowish-
brown; Mr. Bell Marley records it as green. In other respects it
closely agrees with the description and figures supplied by Krauss.

Famity BLASTID/.
See Ann, 8, Afr. Mus., vol. vi, p. 288, 1910,

50 Some Crustacea of Natal

Genus HYASTENUS, White.

1847. Hyastenus, White, Proc. Zool. Soc., p. 56.
1895. #H., Alcock, Journ. Asiat. Soc. Bengal, vol. lxiv, p. 206.

Many later references might be given, but they are not appropriate
to the present occasion.

HYASTENUS FASCICULARIS (Krauss).
1843. Pisa fascicularis, Krauss, Siidafrik. Crust., p, 50, pl. 3, figs.
5, a-d.
1910. P.f, Stebbing, Ann. 8. Afr. Mus., vol. vi, p. 288.

The typical Blastus (or Pisa) tetraodon (Pennant) belongs to that
division of the family in which the rostral horns do not diverge from
the base, as they do in the present South African species. It seems
proper, therefore, to transfer it to MHyastenus. The male pleon,
however, with its widened penultimate segment agrees with that of
Blastus tetraodon. The Durban specimen, obtained by Mr. T. H.
Dale, is about 8 mm. long and slightly over 6 mm. broad. It agrees
well with the figures and description given by Krauss. The palp of
the first maxilla has a very wide base with a narrow terminal. The
third joint of the third maxillipeds has the inner margin fringed with
about a dozen very conspicuous teeth; the exopod is rather broad,
except distally.

TrisE CYCLOMETOPA.

Famity PORTUNIDA.

Genus CHARYBDIS, de Haan.

See Ann. 8. Afr. Mus., vol. vi, p. 306, 1910.

CHARYBDIS ORIENTALIS, Dana.
1852. Charybdis orientalis, Dana, U.S. Expl. Exp., vol. xiii, p. 285,
1855, pl. 17, fig. 10.
1899. C.(Goniosoma) o., Alcock, J. Asiat. Soc. Bengal, vol. lxviii,
pp. 50, 63 (with synonymy).
1906. C. 0., Rathbun, U.S. Fish. Comm. for 1903, pt. 3, p. 872, pl,
13, fig. 1, and text-fig. 32,

by Rev. T. R. R. Stebbing. 51

Miss Rathbun excludes Alcock’s species from the synonymy, but
without giving the reasons for so doing, which are not obvious, since
Alcock’s description seems to include the few points supplied by Dana.

The female specimen collected by Mr. Bell Marley at Durban
measures 34 mm. in length by 52 mm. in breadth at the hindmost of
the antero-lateral teeth of the carapace. The six frontal teeth are
obtuse, especially the median four. ‘The second antero-lateral tooth
is very small and the last of the six not larger than the others. The
transverse ridges on the carapace correspond with those faintly
outlined by Dana. ‘The posterior margin is straighter than that shown
by Miss Rathbun. The postero-lateral margins have the lobule which
she mentions. Her description gives “hands swollen,” Alcock’s
“hand not tumid”; the Durban specimen agrees with the latter, and
has five large spines. The hind border of the sixth joint in the fifth
perzeopods is denticulate.

Famity XANTHIDA.

Genus XANTHO, Leach.

XANTHO QUINQUEDENTATUS, Krauss.
1843. Xantho 5-dentatus, Krauss, Siid-afrik. Crust., p. 30, pl. 1, figs.
3, aC.
1910. X. quinquedentatus, Stebbing, Ann. S. Afr. Mus., vol. vi, p.
298.
Specimens from the Durban Museum, submitted to me by Mr. E. C.
Chubb, completely agree with the figures and description supplied by
Krauss.

XANTHO DISTINGUENDUS, de Haan.

1835. Cancer (Xantho) distinguendus, de Haan, Crust. Japon., decas
2, p. 48, pl. 13, figs. 7, Ta.

1858. Chlorodius d., Stimpson, Pr. Ac. Sci. Philad., vol. x, p. 34 (32).

1861. Xantho d., Heller, SB. Ak. Wien, vol. xliii, p. 323.

1BSL. KE macgillivrayr, Miers, ‘‘ Alert” Crustacea, p. 211, pl. 20,
fies, (C; €:

1886. Lophozozymus (Lophoxanthus) bellus, Stimpson, var. leuco-
manus, Lockington, Miers, ‘‘ Challenger” Brachyura, p. 115,

pl. 11, figs. 1, la, Lb.

52 Some Crustacea of Natal

1887. Medeus distinguendus, de Man, Pr. Linn. Soc. London, vol.
XK, Po. ollie

1893. M. d., Henderson, Tr. Linn. Soc. London, vol. v, p. 359.

1898. Xantho d., Alcock, J. Asiat. Soc. Bengal, vol. Ixvii, p. 113.

A male specimen which I assign to this species occurred in
company with the specimens of X. qwinquedentatus, from which it is
distinguished in many details. As preserved, the lighter colour of
the fingers of the chele at once attracts attention. The frontal
margin, more truncate, is also distinctive, and the dorsal sculpture
of the carapace is altogether different. The synonymy, however,
for which as so often I am deeply indebted to Alcock’s elaborate
research, involves some perplexities. Thus the figure by Miers of
X. macgillivrayi in the ‘ Alert” Crustacea is the only one which, in
my opinion, adequately indicates the numerous transverse ridges or
series of granules on the carapace. But Henderson thinks de Haan’s
figure a better representation of XY. macyillivrayr. Of that species
Miers says that the male pleon has “the third to fifth segments
coalescent,” with which Alcock’s account agrees, but of dewcomanus in
the “Challenger” Report we read that of the pleon segments “ the
third and fourth, and the fifth and sixth, are coalescent.”

The carapace of the Durban specimen is 12 mm. long and 17 mm.
broad at the hindmost of the antero-lateral teeth. The broader
cheliped is on the right. There are other specimens in the collection,
and one sent me by Mr. Bell Marley retains elegant colour markings
on the carapace.

Genus CHLORODOPSIS, A. Milne-Edwards.
See Ann. 8. Afr. Mus., vol. vi, p. 300, 1910.

CHLORODOPSIS C#LATUS (Dana).

1852. Htisodes celatus, Dana, U.S. Expl. Exp., vol. xiii, p. 188, pl.
9, figs. 4a—d.

1906. Chlorodopsis areolata, Rathbun, U.S. Fish. Comm. for 1903,
pt. 3, p. 858.

Miss Rathbun follows Alphonse Milne-Edwards in identifying this
species with C. areolatus (Milne Edwards). But the Natal specimens
obtained at Durban by Mr. D. R. Boyce so well agree with Dana’s
figures that they may perhaps justify a specific distinction. Dana
takes no notice of C. areolatus, but must have been well aware that

it had been described by Milne Edwards.

by Rev. T. R. R. Stebbing. 53

Genus PILUMNUS, Leach, 1815.

See Ann. S. Afr; Mus., vol. vi, p. 301, 1910.

PILUMNUS SPINIFER, Milne Edwards.
1834. Pilumnus spinifer, Milne Edwards, Hist. Nat. Crust., vol. i,
p. 420.
1861. P. savignyi, Heller, Sitzb. Ak. Wiss. Wien, vol. xliii, p. 345.
1863. P. spinifer, Heller, Crust. stidl. Europa, pp. 73, 313.
nI0G. 2
1907. P. s., Nobili, Ann. Sci. Nat., ser. 7, zool., vol. iv, p. 277.

. savignyt, Nobili, Bull. Sci. Franco-Belgique, vol. xi, p. 138.

Milne Edwards and Heller alike refer their species to the figures
supplied in Savigny’s Crust. d’Egypte, pl. 5, fig. 4, and Nobili in 1906
discusses the difticulty of deciding between the two names, which is
enhanced by the fact that Heller himself seems to have changed his
mind on the subject between 1861 and 1863.

The shaggy specimen which I am here assigning to the older name
is a female obtained by Mr. Bell Marley at Durban. ‘The carapace
has a breadth of 25 mm. and a length of 19 mm.

Genus ERIPHIA, Latreille, 1817.

ERIPHIA SCABRICULUS, Dana, 1852.

See Ann. 8. Afr. Mus., vol. vi, pp. 302, 303.

A specimen, male, with carapace measuring 11 mm. in breadth and
8 mm. in length, was obtained by Mr. Bell Marley from the sponge
Cerao chalinus taken off Vetch’s pier, Durban. ‘‘Colour carmine,
dotted white.”

Famity CANCRIDA.

Genus KRAUSSIA, Dana.
1852. Krawssia, Dana, U.S. Expl. Exp., vol. xiii, pp. 297, 300.

This genus was originally placed by Dana in the Corystoidea, family
Thiide. In 1887, de Man assigns it to the tribe Catometopa (Arch.
Naturg., vol. lit, p. 217). In 1899, Alcock places it in the Cyclometopa,
family Cancride, subfamily Thiine. In 1911, Miss Rathbun assigns

54 Some Crustacea of Natal

it to the Atelecyclide (Tr. Linn. Soc. London, ser. 2, vol. xiv, p. 211).
Alcock, in defining the genus, says that the sternum is narrow, but
he does not appear to have seen the type species, to which such a
statement is surely inapplicable.

KRAUSSIA RUGULOSUS (Krauss).

1843. Platyonichus rugulosus, Krauss, Sidafrik. Crust., p. 26, pl. 1,
figs. 5, a-d.

1852. Kraussia rugulosa, Dana, U.S. Expl. Exp., vol. xiii, pp. 301,
302; 1855, pl. 19, figs. laf.

1887. XK. r., de Man, Arch. Naturg., vol. liii, p. 343, pl. 14, fig. 2.

1906. XK. r., Rathbun, U.S. Fish. Comm. for 1903, p. 875.

1910. K. r., Stebbing, Ann. 8. Afr. Mus., vol. vi, p. 310.

A male specimen, with carapace 15 mm. broad and between 12 and
13 mm. long, was taken by Mr. Bell Marley at Durban Bluff. He
says that it ‘“ burrows in sand quickly under rocks and stones.” The
correspondence of the teeth on front and sides and the scale-like
markings on the back of the carapace with the figures and descriptions
above cited make the identification of this apparently rare species
secure.

TrinE CATOMETOPA.
Famity OCYPODID A.

Genus EUPLAX, Milne Edwards.

1852. Hupliax, Milne Edwards, Ann. Sc. Nat. ser. 3, vol. xviii, p. 160.
1858. Cheenostoma, Stimpson, Pr. Ac. Philad., vol. x, p. 97 (43).
1886. Huplax, Miers, ‘“ Challenger” Brachyura, p. 251.
1887, #., de Man, J. Linn. Soc. London, vol. xxii, no. 137, p. 125.
1907. Chenostoma, Stimpson, Smithson. Misc. Collections, vol. xlix,
pode

In establishing the genus, Milne Edwards identifies the third
maxillipeds with those of Macrophthalmus, while de Man, in Arch.
Naturg., vol. li, p. 353, says that Huplaw is distinguished from
Macrophthalmus by having the merus in these maxillipeds only a
little smaller than the ischium and almost as long as broad. Stimpson
distinguishes his Chenostoma from de Haan’s Cleistostoma, because of
the gap between the pair of third maxillipeds.

by Rev. T. R. R. Stebbing. 55

Eupiax soscit (Audouin).

1825. Macrophthalmus boscii, Audouin, Explic. pl. Crust. d’Egypte,
Savigny, pl. 2, figs. 2¢, 20¢,29,and ¢, ¢ nat. size.
1835. Cleistostoma boscw?, de Haan, Crust. Japon., decas 2, p. 27.
1837. Clerstotoma b., Milne Edwards, Hist. Nat. Crust., vol. ii, p. 68.
1843. Macrophthalmus b., Krauss, Siidafrik. Crust., p. 40, pl. 2,
figs. 5, a-c.
1852. Clerstostoma b.1, Dana, U.S. Expl. Exp., vol. xiii, p. 313, pl.
19, figs. 3a—d.
1852. Huplax bosci, Milne Edwards, Ann. Sci. Nat., ser. 3, vol.
xvill, p. 160.
1858. Cheenostoma orientale, Stimpson, Pr. Ac. Philad., vol. x, p.
ich (2S).
1883. Huplax (Chenostoma) boscir, A. Milne-Edwards, Nouv. Arch.
Mus. Hist. Nat., vol. ix, p. 281 (Miers).
1884. #.(C.) b., Miers, ‘‘Alert” Crust., pp. 238, 542.
1886. £.(C.) 6., Miers, ‘‘Challenger” Brachyura, p. 252.
1887. #. 6., de Man, J. Linn. Soc. London, vol. xxii, p. 125.
1888. #. 6., de Man, Arch. Naturg., vol. liii, p. 357.
1907. Chenostoma orientale, Stimpson, Smithson. Mise. Collections,
vol. xlix, p. 98 (footnote: Huplax boscii, Rathbun).

Krauss refers this species to Savigny’s pl. 2, fig. 1, by mistake for
fig. 2, and in this error is followed by Milne Edwards in 1852
(though correct in 1837) and by Miers in 1896. Krauss, in his Latin
description, confuses the dimension of the front with that of the eyes,
but his German account rightly states that the eyes are somewhat
longer than a third of the breadth of the carapace.

Two specimens, a male and a female, have been collected in Durban
Bay by Mr. D. R. Boyce. ‘The male pleopods agree with Savigny’s
figure 2p. The carapace is 9°5 mm. broad, 7-5 mm. long, with frontal
lobe somewhat over 2 mm. wide. The lower margin of the orbit is
nearly straight, crenulate with some dozen bead-like granules. The
right hand chela is the larger, with a broad tooth near the base of
the inner margin of the movable finger, while the fixed finger is
continuously crenulate on that margin, the components being enlarged
towards the spooned tip. ‘The sixth pleon segment widens slightly to
a raised point on either side, the sides then slightly converging. The
pleon of the female is very broad. The mandibles have a well
developed three-jointed palp. The palp of the first maxilla is much
widened near its apex. There is a wide gap between the third
maxillipeds, i

56 Some Crustacea of Natal

BRACHYURA ANOMALA

TrinE DROMITDEA.

Famity DROMIIDA.

See Ann. 8. Afr. Mus., vol. vi, pp. 341, 342; 1910; and add 1913,
Dromiide, Thle, Siboga Exp., Dromiacea, vol. xxxixb, p. 3.

Genus CRYPTODROMIA, Stimpson.

1858. Cryptodromia, Stimpson, Pr. Ac. Philad., vol. x, p. 225.
1887. C., de Man, Arch. Naturg., vol. iii, p. 398.

1888. C., Henderson, ‘Challenger ” Anomura, vol. xxvii, pt. 69, p. 5.
1901. C., Alcock, Catal. Indian Brachyura, fase. i, p. 48.

1903. C., Borradaile, Ann. Nat. Hist., ser. 7, vol. xi, p. 299.

1907. C., Stimpson, Smithson. Mise. Collections, vol. xlix, p. 172.
1907. C., W.H. Baker, Tr. R. 8. South Australia, vol. xxxi, p. 180.
1907. C., Nobili, Ann. Sci. Nat., ser. 9, Zool., vol. iv, p. 145.

1911. ©C., Rathbun, Tr. Linn. Soc. London, vol. xiv, p. 194.

1913. C., Ihle, Siboga Exp., Dromiacea, vol. xxxixb, p. 32.

CRrYPTODROMIA MONODOUS, sp. nov. Plate VITI.

The carapace has a depressed, but apically slightly up-turned, tooth
in front. To the solitariness of this the specific name refers. Instead
of the usual flanking teeth there is on either side a convex prominence
constituting the upper border of the orbit. The general surface of
the carapace is quite devoid of grooves, finely punctate, with a short
pubescence ; the antero-lateral border on the right showing eight teeth
or tubercles, the two preceding the hindmost very small and without
counterparts on the left side. Apart from the rostral depression and
depressions adjoining the postero-lateral margins, on which the fifth
peropods rest, the carapace is much inflated, and this character with
the strong convexity of the pleon gives the whole structure a globose
appearance, |

by Rev. T. R. R. Stebbing. 57

The eyes are small in comparison with the stoutness of the stalk.
In the first antenna the third joint is longer than the second. In the
second antenna the third joint is clasped by the projections of the
second joint; the slender flagellum is about as long as the stout
peduncle.

The palp of the mandible is two-jointed, but it is fairly certain that
the first joint is composite, having the short first joint coalesced with
the true second; the true third is strongly fringed with sete. The
palp of the first maxilla has a broad first joint followed by a narrow
piece seemingly two-jointed, perhaps a single joint twisted.

The mouth-organs are very similar to those figured by Ihle for
C. tumidus.. Here the exopod of the second maxilliped is rather less
prolonged. ‘The fourth joint of the third maxilliped is of rather
irregular shape, and its articulation with the third joint forms an
angle so that the two surfaces resist flattening.

The fingers of the chelipeds have their confronting margins denti-
culate each with eight or nine rounded teeth, the extremity of each
finger being tridentate; a smooth margin on a different level borders
each row of teeth. The second and third perzeopods have the narrow
seventh joint terminated by a curved unguis set among rather long
sete. In the fourth and fifth perzeopods the short stout sixth joint
carries an unguis-like finger and a spine curving towards it so as to
form a kind of diminutive chela. The fifth pereeopod is very decidedly
longer than the fourth. ‘The sternal sulci of the female end widely
apart and opposite the cox of the second pereopods,

The first pleopods of the female are slender, single-branched ; the
four following pairs are two-branched, elongate, the outer branch
densely setose, the shorter inner one more sparsely. The ova of the
present specimen were a bright red. They had not passed the oviduct
into the capacious pleon. ‘The narrow transverse plates attached
ventrally by the inner corner to the distal part of the sixth pleon
segment may be regarded as the sixth pleopods or the uropods, though
their function has become problematical.

The carapace measures 21 mm. in breadth by 20 mm. in length,
thus being of considerable size for this genus. A red glow remains
on various parts of the specimen as preserved. It held about it a
broad strip of some composite zoophyte.

Locality: Vetch’s pier, Durban, collected in July, 1917, by Mr.
Bell Marley.

58 Some Crustacea of Natal

MACRURA ANOMALA.

Trine GALATHEIDEA.
Famity, PORCELLANID A.

Genus PETROLISTHES, Stimpson.

1858. Petrolisthes, Stimpson, Pr. Ac. Philad., vol. x, p. 227 (65).
1907. P., Nobili, Ann. Sci. Nat., ser. 9, zool., vol. iv, p. 129.
1907. P., Stimpson, Smithson. Mise. Collections, vol. xlix, p. 181.

PETROLISTHES SPECIOSUS (Dana).

1852. Porcellana speciosa, Dana, U.S. Expl. Exp., vol. xiii, p. 417,
pl. 26, fig. 8.

1858. Petrolisthes speciosus, Stimpson. Pr. Ac. Philad., vol. x, pp.
227, 241 (79).

1907. P.s., Stimpson, Smithson. Mise. Collections, vol. xlix, p. 182,
pl. 22, fig. 2 (facing p. 184).

Dana writes of this species as having ‘hand minute granulous,
naked,” but also as having the hands ‘“ granulous on both surfaces.”
In the Natal specimen the inner side is covered with squamose
markings and the outer is conspicuous for a longitudinal ridge; the
carpus has several teeth along both margins. The colour is in general
agreement with Dana’s figure, but with a beautifully symmetrical
pattern on the carapace.

Locality: From the sponge Cerao chalinus, taken by Mr. Bell
Marley, on rocks, Vetch’s pier, Durban.

From the same sponge occurred a male specimen of Porcel/ana
dehaanii, Krauss.

by Rev. T. R. R. Stebbing. 59

MACRURA GENUINA.

Trine SCYLLARIDEA.
Famity PALINURID A.

Genus PANULIRUS, White.

See Ann. 8. Afr. Mus., vol. vi, pp. 372-374.

PANULIRUS ORNATUS (Fabricius).

1793. Cancer (Astacus) homarus (part), Herbst, vol. ii, pt. 3, p. 84,
plese ties le

1798. Palinurus ornatus, Fabricius, Suppl. Ent. Syst., p. 400.

1837. P.o0., Milne Edwards, Hist. Nat. Crust., vol. ii, p. 296.

1891. Senex ornatus, Ortmann, Zool. Jahrb., vol. vi, p. 34.

1897. Panulirus sp., Ortmann, Zool. Jahrb., vol. x, p. 266.

It is clear, I think, that the beautiful specimen obtained by Mr.
Bell Marley at Durban belongs to the species represented by Herbst
in his plate 31, fig. 1, but his text covers more than one species and
the name he gives is here unavailable. The account, however, which
Fabricius gives of his Pa/inurus ornatus is quite suitable to the Natal
specimen, for which also the specific name is highly appropriate, so
that I am unwilling to accept Ortmann’s verdict that it ought to be
dropped. As Fabricius says, the segments of the pleon are smooth,
altogether without a furrow, though this is true also of P. polyphagus
(Herbst), seemingly near to ornatus but distinct from it.

Mr. Bell Marley’s account of the colouring in the freshly captured
animal is as follows: ‘‘ The carapace is a really dark turquoise blue,
the spines coral red, with bases orange in the larger spines, the [pleon]
segments are green (sage) with brown, at the sides are cream spots ;
about head much pink with white, brown and blue marks; the
antenne light red at head and ending in brown and dark brown ; legs
marbled brown and yellow, toes red.” This description, dated 31st
July, 1917, is still in many respects applicable to the specimen as
received in Tunbridge Wells, September 21st. But the dark
turquoise blue of the carapace has taken something of a greenish

60 Some Crustacea of Natal

tinge; the legs are marbled brown and yellow in their proximal parts,
but distally they have dark blue markings such as Herbst’s figure
shows for almost the whole extent; the fingers have red spines.
Milne Edwards ascribes to ornatus alternating rings of green and
yellow on the limbs. Fabricius says that the legs are all blue
fasciated with white, which Ortmann supposes to mean that they have
longitudinal white stripes, but that I think is a misunderstanding of
the term albofasciatus. Fabricius gives the general colour as green
with the sides spotted with white. Milne Edwards expands this into
green with little whitish blotchey on the thorax, and marblings on the
abdomen. Mr. Bell Marley writes as above that the segments (no
doubt of the pleon) are sage green, which is no longer applicable to
the first five segments, these being pale brown, with a band of dark
brown crossing each of the last four of them, each having a narrow
oblique bluish green stripe on either side, followed by an oval cream-
coloured spot. The frontal horns and surrounding parts of the
carapace have elegant zebra markings, in which also the eyes partake.
Varieties of tint assigned in different descriptions and illustrations are
likely to depend more on the condition of the specimens examined
than on any material variation in the living forms.

The specimen here described, a female, measures 363 mm. (14}
inches) from the front of the plate which carries the first antenne to
the end of the telson, or 248 mm. to that margin from the front of
the ophthalmic segment. The third perzeopods are the longest.

Mr. Bell Marley considers the species rare, preferring quiet water,
generally deep water near sand-banks. It takes fish bait, and ‘“‘ when
landed it makes a great disturbance and flounders about with its tail,
shooting backwards and forwards its feelers in angry surprise.”

Trine PEN AIDEA.
Famity PEN #ID A.

Genus PEN AUS, Fabricius, 1798.
See Ann. Durban Mus,., vol. 1, pt. 5, p. 441.

Prenzxus JAponicus, Bate.

The synonymy from 1888 to 1906 is supplied in Dr. de Man’s
valuable work on the Penzidve of the Siboga-Expeditie, Mon. 39a, p.

by Rev. T. R. R. Stebbing. 61

107, 1911. Bate, in the “Challenger” Macrura, introduced the
species as a variety of Pencus canaliculatus, Olivier, 1811.

The specimen sent me by Mr. Bell Marley, from the sand-banks of
Durban Bay, measures 116 mm. from apex of rostrum to the tip of
the telson. In the central line of the carapace it has eleven dorsal
teeth, and there is a single ventral tooth to the rostrum, which itself
coincides in extension with the lateral tooth of the antennal scale.
For the sulcate acute-ending telson, Mr. Bell Marley gives the colouring
when fresh as dark red in the middle, pale brown proximally, and
distally white; and for the uropods a succession of white, dark red,
white, yellow, pale blue, with a fringe of carmine sete. The specimen,
as preserved, is still suggestive of its decorative appearance when alive.

Date of capture: 26th July, 1917.

Trine CARIDEA.
Famity PROCESSID A.

Genus PROCESSA, Leach.

For these systematic divisions see Gilchrist’s Marine Invest., S. Afr.
Crust., pt. 3, p. 89, 1905, and 8S. Afr. Crust., pt. 5, in Ann. S. Afr.
Mus., vol. vi, pp. 381, 387; 1910.

PROCESSA sp.

Along with numerous other species of small size from the sponge
Cerao chalinus, was a specimen of the genus Processa, measuring only
6 mm. in length. After dissecting and drawing some of the details
I gave up the hope of deciding whether this was a young form of
P. canaliculatus, Leach, or deserving of some other specific designation.
The short rostrum has a setule on each side of the acute apex. ‘The
telson carries three pairs of dorsal spines, with three pairs on the
apical margin, the outermost small, the middle pair shorter and more
slender than the intermediate pair. Of the short first pereeopods only
one is chelate; of the very slender second pair both members are
elongate, but unfortunately one had its termination imperfect. In
the first antenne the first joint of the peduncle is longer than the
second and third combined, the second is shorter than the third. The
palp of the first maxilla is as figured by de Haan for “ Vika edulis” ;
the exopod of the third maxillipeds is not one-third of the length of
the long antepenultimate joint; the terminal joint is spinose. The
figures in de Haan are evidently not to a uniform scale.

62 Some Crustacea of Natal

ISOPODA ANOMALA or APSEUDACHA.

Famity TANAIDA.

Genus TANAIS, Milne Edwards.

1828. Zanais, Milne Edwards, Ann. Sci. Nat., ser. 1, vol. xiii, p. 288

TANAIS PHILETERUS, Stebbing.
1904. Zanais phileterus, Stebbing, Spolia Zeylanica, vol. ii, pt. 5,
Pelgeplen 2:

A specimen about 1°5 mm. long closely agrees with the description
and figures given in the report on ‘‘Gregarious Crustacea from Ceylon,”
though in so small a specimen specific distinction must be rather
uncertain. It shares the character of a four-juinted uropod with four
other species named in the report above mentioned. Small as it is,
it suffices to add a genus to the gathering from the sponge Cerao

chalinus.

Genus LEPTOCHELITA, Dana.

1849, Leptochelia, Dana, Amer. J. Sci., ser. 2, vol. viii, p. 425.

LEPTOCHELIA DUBIUS (Kroyer).
1842. Tanais dubius, Kroyer, Naturhist. Tidsskrift, vol. iv, pp. 178,
182, figs. 20—22.
1896. Leptochelia dubia, Stebbing, Ann. Nat. Hist., ser. 6, vol. xvii,
Deka:
1905. JZ. d., H. Richardson, Bull. U.S. Nat. Mus., no. 54, pp. 23,
28, figs. in text.

In the yield of the sponge Cerao chalinus were contained two
specimens apparently referable to this species of the genus Leptochelia,
a male about 3 mm. long and a female rather shorter. The first
antennex are very different in the two sexes, especially in the flagellum,
which is quite inconspicuous in the female, but in the male has six

by Rev. T. R. R. Stebbing. 63

setose joints. The first gnathopods also differ considerably, having
the carpus and hand much more elongate in the male, the finger
strongly upturned at the apex and bidentate on the inner margin.
The uropods are not distinctive, having in each sex the endopod
five-jointed, with a one-jointed exopod.

In 1896, I overlooked the fact that Kroyer, in speaking of the
endopod as sewarticulatwm, was including the peduncular joint.

Genus HAPLOCOPE, G. O. Sars.

1880. Haplocope, Sars, Archiv. Naturv., vol. vii, p. Ol.

1899. #H., Sars, Crust. Norway, vol. ii, p. 34.

1913. #., Hansen, Danish Ingolf-Exp., vol. iii, Crust. Malac., pt. 2,
Pew On

HAPLOCOPE OCULATUS, sp. nov.

This species differs from the type by having eyes; the penultimate
joint of the second antenna less elongate; the carpus and hand of the
first gnathopod broader in proportion to the length; the two joints
of the endopod in the uropod much shorter and the exopod one-jointed.
The general proportions, first antenne, second gnathopods, perwopods,
and the simple pleopods agree with those parts in H. angustus, Sars.
The length is about 2 mm.

Locality : Vetch’s pier, from the sponge Cerao chalinus.

ACME EGP OD Ac
Trisn GAMMARIDEA.

Famity LYSIANASSID A.
See Das Tierreich, Lief. xxi, Amph. Gamm., ppeGsds (le; 1906,

Genus MICROLYSIAS, nov.

Terminal joint of peduncle of second antenna in male sex the longest
and broadest, the flagellum by degrees attaining a great length, much

64 Some Crustacea of Natal

of it then being of thread-like tenuity. Mouth-organs and limbs of
feeble structure, though in shape the latter show much agreement
with those of Orchomenopsis, Sars. As in that genus the palp of the
mandible is set far back, but its first joint instead of being short is
rather unusually long, the whole palp longer than the trunk, on which
there is an inconspicuous molar. The branchial vesicles are pleated.
The telson is deeply cleft.

The generic name calls attention to the family to which the new
genus belongs, and the prefix refers not to the smallness of the
specimens, but to the general tenuity of their apparatus.

MICROLYSIAS XENOKERAS, sp. nov. Plate IX.

The seemingly unique character of the second antenne has suggested
the specific name wenokeras from the Greek €vos, strange, and képas,
antenna. This designation might have been appropriate for the genus,
but was precluded by external considerations of nomenclature.

The first side-plate of the perzeon is distally produced forward in a
rounded lobe, the fourth is deeply excavate. The third pleon-segment
has the lower hind angle not extended. The following segment is
dorsally arched. The telson (as preserved) is stiffly uplifted, each of
the blunt apices carrying a small spine, the sides also being bordered
with five or six spinules.

The dark eyes are more or less oval, covering much of the head as
the animal increases in size. The first antenne are normal, with first
joint of peduncle and first of flagellum very stout, the first of the
accessory flagellum slender. The remarkable second antennze vary
greatly with age and sex. In all the variations observed of the male
the terminal joint of the peduncle is the largest, but in small specimens
this carries a tapering flagellum shorter than the peduncle, with only
a few indistinct joints at the slender termination. In small and large
alike the penultimate joint of the peduncle has a tuft of sete near the
end of its upper margin, and the last joint has this margin fringed
with setules. In the well developed male the flagellum becomes
slender from its commencement, with attachment to the top, instead
of the middle, of the broad distal margin of the peduncle. The joints
are very small, and in a flagellum about five times as long as the
peduncle they were over 60 in number, seemingly unarmed. In a
larger animal this length was greatly exceeded, and many of the

by Rev. T. R. R. Stebbing. 65

proximal joints seemed to be armed with microscopic calceoli and
setules, while for a great extent distally the joints were lengthened,
unarmed, and of thread-like tenuity. In a female with well filled
ovary, while the first antennz are just like those of the male, the
second are very different, except that the peduncle is angularly bent.
But here its terminal joint is more than twice as long as broad, not
very much longer than the preceding joint and a little narrower, with
a slender flagellum of seven or eight joints medially attached in the
ordinary manner.

The details of the mandibular trunk are difficult to make out with
certainty. There seems to be a small triangular molar, and on one
mandible a transparent accessory plate attended by two small spines.
There is a little process on the upper margin just behind the small
cutting edge. The first maxillee show a narrow inner plate, the outer
plate short with eight serrate spines on its broad top, which is
surpassed by the minutely denticulate distal margin of the two-jointed
palp. The maxillipeds like the maxille are much compressed, resisting
attempts to flatten them out. The inner plates appear to be narrowly
elongate, the outer broad, with only the minutest armature.

The first gnathopods are sub-chelate, the hand a little narrowed
distally, where the small finger fits the slightly excavate distal margin ;
all the joints of this and the following limbs having a membranaceous
appearance. The second gnathopods are microscopically chelate. The
first and second pereopods are alike, differing from those which follow
by the much narrower second joint and the rather longer fourth. The
normal proportions of the third, fourth and fifth pairs are sufficiently
shown by the illustrations. The pleopods have several coupling sete.
The exact armature of the uropods requires higher magnification than
space on the plate permitted. Length of the largest specimens barely
6 mm.

Locality: Vetch’s pier, Durban, from sea-squirt at two fathoms,
collected by Mr. Bell Marley, July, 1917.

Famity PONTOGENEIID A.
1906. Pontogenevide, Stebbing, Das Tierreich, Lief. xxi, pp. 356,
729.

1916. P., Barnard, Ann. 8. Afr. Mus., vol. xv, pt. 3, p. 183.

66 Some Crustacea of Natal

Genus PARAMCEIRA, Miers.

1875. Paramera, Miers, Ann. Nat. Hist., ser. 4, vol. xvi, p. 75.
1888. Stebbingia, Pfeffer, Jahrb. Hamburg, Anst., vol. v, p. 110.

1913. Paramera, Chilton, Jahrb. Hamburg, Anst., vol. xxx, Beiheft
9 58
2, p. 58.

PARAMCRA SCHIZURUS, sp. nov. Plate X.

This small species between three and four millimetres in length was
unfortunately devoid of the third uropods. The specific name refers
to the completely divided telson, by which it appears to be separated
from the rest of the family. The body is very slender and the shape
of the apparently shallow side-plates of the perzeon could not be
ascertained. The first antenne are without accessory flagellum; the
principal flagellum is well developed, four-jointed, as long as the
peduncle, of which the third joint is about three-fourths the length of
the second. The rather shorter second antennx have a seven-jointed
flagellum. The palp of the mandibles is not strong, the third joint a
little shorter than the second, with few setie. In the maxillipeds the
penultimate and antepenultimate joints of the palp are conspicuously
broad.

The first gnathopods have the hand widest at the junction of the
slightly convex palm with the hind margin, the carpus nearly as long
as the hand. In the second gnathopods the hand, considerably longer
than the carpus, has the front and hind margins parallel, connected by
an oblique palm. In the perzeopods the sixth joint is longer than the
fifth, nearly thrice as long as the finger. The telson is not longer
than broad.

Locality: from the sponge Cerao chalinus, collected at Vetch’s
pier, Durban, by Mr. Bell Marley.

Famity TALITRIDA.

See Ann. 8. Afr. Mus., vol. vi, p. 458.

Genus EXHYALELLA, Stebbing.

1917. Exhyalella, Stebbing, Ann. Nat. Hist., ser. 8, vol. xx, p. 435.

Distinguished from Hyalella, 8. I. Smith, by having the second
gnathopod constructed on the same plan in both sexes.

by Rev. T. R. R. Stebbing. 67

EXHYALELLA NATALENSIS, Stebbing. Plate XI.

1917. Exhyalella natalensis, Stebbing, Ann. Nat. Hist., ser. 8, vol.
xx, p. 435.

The body as preserved smooth, shining, rather obstinately curved.
The first four side-plates deep, the first rather expanded distally, the
fifth bilobed. Eyes dark, round or oval.

Flagellum of first antenna many-jointed, about twice as long as the
peduncle, equal to flagellum of the second antenna, which is sub-equal
to its peduncle, that having its last joint longer than the penultimate

Mandible with cutting edge and accessory plate dentate, spine-row
of three moderately long and three short spines; molar strong.
Inner plate of first maxilla slender, with two apical sete, one quite
short, outer plate with eight pectinate spines, prominence for palp
well marked, but palp itself microscopic. The two plates of second
maxilla well furnished with spines. Maxillipeds with inner plates
long, the outer short, the palp’s first three joints broad, the fourth
slender, ending in a distinct unguis.

First gnathopod of male with fifth joint longer than sixth, the distal
projection carrying small spines, the hand with squared palm, carrying
a strong spine, on which the apex of the short finger impinges. In
the female this gnathopod is slighter, the fifth joint not longer than
the hand, which is about twice as long as broad. Second gnathopod
of male with short fifth joint or wrist, of which a narrow lobe
intervenes between the oblong fourth joint and the large piriform
hand. The long, oblique, spine-fringed, slightly convex palm leaves a
very short hind margin. The finger is strong and curved. In the
female this model is followed, though with shorter third and fourth
joints, a smaller hand and its hind margin not serrate.

The first and second perzopods are slender, the three following have
each an expanded second joint, the following joints, except to some
extent the fourth, being slender. The third perzeopod is the shortest,
the fourth somewhat longer than the fifth.

The first and second uropods have the usual proportions and
armature; the third are very small, with the peduncle much larger
than the ramus. The telson is about as broad as long, apically
obtuse-angled, more obtusely in the female than in the male. The
colour as preserved is orange red. The length appears to be about
11 mm. for the male, and a little less for the female. The young are
born with their full complement of limbs.

Locality: Durban Beach, where they were collected by Mr. Bell
Marley. A small specimen also was obtained from the sponge Cerao
chalinus, off Vetch’s pier,

68 Some Crustacea of Natal

Famity PHOTID A.

See Das Tierreich, Lief. xxi, pp. 603, 737, 1906; and Ann. S. Afr.
Mus., vol. vi, pt. 4, p. 460, 1910.

Genus EURYSTHEUS, Bate.

1857. Eurystheus, Bate, Ann. Nat. Hist., ser. 2, vol. xix, p. 143.
1910. #., Stebbing, Ann. S. Afr. Mus., vol. vi, p. 460.
1916. #., Barnard, Ann. 8. Afr. Mus., vol. xv, p. 249.

EuryYstHEUS HOLMEsI!, Stebbing.

1908. Kurystheus holmesi, Stebbing, Ann. 8. Afr. Mus., vol. vi, p.
85, pl. 40a.

In allotting to this species a specimen about 4 mm long, obtained
by Mr. Bell Marley from the sponge Cerao chalinus, I am relying on
the variability which seems to prevail in this genus. Here the second
gnathopods, while agreeing with the particular denticulation of the
palm previously described, are much wider at the terminal tooth, so
that the palm is less oblique and the hind margin longer than in the
type. Also the second joint of the third pereeopod, though wider
proximally than distally, is devoid of the abrupt narrowing remarkable
in the form earlier described. The principal flagellum of the first
antenne, imperfect in the type, is here ten-jointed, with accessory of
four instead of six joints.

Locality: Vetch’s pier, Durban.

Genus CHEIRIPHOTIS, A. C. Walker. Plate XII.

1906. Cheiriphotis, Walker, Herdman’s Ceylon Pearl Fish., vol. 11,
pp. 234, 283.
1910. C., Stebbing, Ann. 8. Afr. Mus., vol. vi, p. 461.

CHEIRIPHOTIS WALKERI, sp. nov. Plate XIII.

This species is distinguished from Cheiriphotis megacheles (Giles)
by the first gnathopods, which have a well marked emargination in
the oblique, but well expanded, palm, and by the second gnathopods,
in which the palm, instead of being cut into four or five well defined
teeth, has only two of such a kind, and of these the outermost much

by Rev. T. R. R. Stebbing. 69

stouter than in the other species. Between this and the tooth near
the finger-hinge the border is undulating with two small depressions.
This character is uniform in a detached gnathopod, and in both
members of the pair in each of two specimens. And here it may be
noticed that these limbs of unwieldy size are well matched, not being
a giant and a dwarf side by side, as so often happens when a gnathopod
is of abnormal magnitude. The wrist appears to be entirely absorbed
in the enormous hand. As in the type species, the second joint of
the first perseopod is strongly bent proximally, no doubt to enable the
limb to get a place in the sun free from its overpowering neighbour.
A young specimen of the male shows the emargination of the palm
border in the first gnathopods, but in the second the outermost tooth
of that border is small, and the remainder nearly the same as in
Walker’s figure of the hand in the young male of C. megacheles.
Here there is no more distinction of the wrist than in the adult, and
the proportions of length and breadth are similar; the finger is
apically acute, the bluntness in adult stages being possibly due to usage.

The small third uropods are single-branched, the endopod being
doubtfully represented by what looks like, and may possibly be, a
minute spine. The exopod is tipped with a small spine and some
setee, and there are three spines on the inner margin. No stress can
be laid on this detail, since Walker shows only one spine on the
border in question, while Giles gives it four or five spines in his figure.

The adult specimens had a length between three and four millimetres,
but were difficult to measure, the one having the dorsal line very convex
and the other having it very concave.

Locality: Mr. Bell Marley reports these and many other specimens
“from large Cerao chalinus sponge washed up from Vetch’s pier rocks

during gale, 18th July, 1917 (18 to 20 feet depth), Durban coast.”

The species is named out of respect to my valued friend, A. O.
Walker, F.L.S., who instituted the genus.

Cheiriphotis durbanensis, Barnard, 1916, published without illus-
trative figures, had escaped my notice. Upon subsequent comparison
I expected to find that it anticipated the species above described from
the same locality, but on comparing the details of the antenne and
gnathopods, I think that the species are distinct.

Famity PODOCERID A.

See Das Tierreich, Lief. xxi, pp. 694, 741; 1906,

70 Some Crustacea of Natal

Genus PODOCERUS, Leach, 1813.

Popocerus INCONSPICUUS (Stebbing).
1888. Platophium inconspicuum, Stebbing, “Challenger” Amphi-
poda, vol. xxix, p. 1194, pl. 131.
1906. Podocerus inconspicuus, Stebbing, Das Tierreich, Lief. xxi,
pp: MOL nz:
A specimen of this minute species was included in Mr. Bell Marley’s
gathering from the sponge Cerao chalinus.

LEPTOSTRACA, Claus.

See Encyclopzedia Britannica, ed. 10, vol. xxviii, 1902, and ed. 11,
under Entomostraca.

Famity NEBALIID 2.

See G. O. Sars, Fauna Norvegiz, vol. i, p. 6, 1896.

Genus NEBALIA, Leach.

1815. Nebalia, Leach, Zoological Miscellany, vol. i, p. 99.
1896. W., Sars, Fauna Norvegie, vol. i, p. 7.

1900. W., Stebbing, Willey’s Zool. Results, pt. v, p. 659.
1914. W., Barnard, Ann. S. Afr. Mus., vol. x, p. 443.

NEBALIA BIPES (O. Fabricius).
1780. Cancer bipes, O. Fabricius, Fauna Groenlandiz, no. 223.
1896. Nebalia bipes, Sars, Fauna Norvegiz, vol. i, p. 9, pl. 1, figs.
1-3, pls. 2, 3, pl. 4, figs. 1-8, pl. 5.

A small specimen from the sponge Cerao chalinus appears to belong
to this species, and to be distinct from that which Mr. Barnard has
recently described as Vebalia capensis. It is interesting as an addition
to the group of crustaceans which the above-mentioned sponge has

yielded.

by Rev. T. R. R. Stebbing.

INDEX.
PAGE

Acanthonychidee- - - 49 Cryptodromia — - - -
Amphipoda - - - 63 Cyclometopa — - - .
angustus (Haplocope) - - 63 dehaanii (Porcellana) - -
Antilibinia - - - 49 Dehaanius - . - -
Apseudacea - - - 61 distinguendus (Chlorodius) -
areolatus (Chlorodopsis) - 52 |. distinguendus (Medzus) — -
Atelecyclide - - - 54 distinguendus (Xantho) — -
bellus (Lophoxanthus)- - 51 Dromiide - - - -
bipes (Cancer) - : eal) Dromiidea - - - -
bipes (Nebalia) - . - 70 dubius (Leptochelia) pl. LX, 4
Blastide - - - - 49 dubius (Tanais) - - -
Blastus —- - - - 50 durbanensis (Cheiriphotis) -
bosci (Euplax) = - - - 55 edulis (Nika) — - - -
boscil (Cheenostoma) - - 5D Eriphia — - - - -
boseii (Cleistostoma) - - DD Euplax - - - -
boscii (Euplax) - - - 55 Eurystheus - - -
boscii (Macrophthalmus) = - 55 Exhyalella - - - -
cxelatus (Chlorodopsis)- 52 fascicularis (Hyastenus) -
celatus (Htisodes) . - 52 fascicularis (Pisa) - - |
Camposcia - . - - 48 Galatheidea - - -
canaliculatus (Penzus) - 61 Gammaridea - - -
canaliculatus (Processa) - 61 Haplocope - - - -
Cancridee - - - - 03 holmesi (Eurystheus) - -
capensis (Nebalia) - - 70 homarus (Astacus) — - -
Caridea — - : - - 61 Hyalella_ - - - -
Catometopa - - - O4 Hyastenus - - - -
Cerao- - = 93,763; 70 inconspicuum (Platophium) -
Cheenostoma - - - O4 inconspicuus (Podocerus) - 7
chalinus (Cerao) - 53, 63, 70 Isopoda” - . . -
Charybdis - - - - 50 japonicus (Penzeus) — - -
Cheiriphotis - - - 68 Kraussia_ - - =
Chlorodopsis - . - 52 Leptochelia : : :
Cleistostoma - - - 54 Leptostraca - - -

Corystoidea - - - 53 leucomanus (Lophoxanthus)

72 Some Crustacea of Natal

PAGE
Lysianasside = - . - 63
macgillivrayi (Xantho) - 52
Macrophthalmus- . - 55
Mamaiide - . - - 48
megacheles (Cheiriphotis) - 68
Microlysias : - 63
monodous (Cr Bees pl.

VIII - - - - 56
natalensis(Exhyalella) pl. XI 67
Nebalia - - - - 70
Nebaliidee - - - 70
Se ee ee IX,B 63
Orchomenopsis - . - 64
orientale (Cheenostoma) - 55
orientalis (Charybdis) - 50
orientalis (Goniosoma) - 50
ornatus (Palinurus) - - 59
ornatus (Panulirus) = - - 59
ornatus (Senex) - - - 59
Ocypodidee - - - - 54
Oxyrrhyncha-~— - - - 48
Palinuride - - - - 59
Panulirus - - - - 59
Parameera - - - - 66
Peneidze = - - - - 60
Peneidea - - - - 60
Petrolisthes - : - 58
phileterus (Tanais) — - - 62
Photide — - - - - 68
Pilumnus - - - - 53
Platophium - - =110
Platyonichus~— - - - 54
Podoceridee - : - 69

PAGE
Podocerus - . - - 70
polyphagus (Panulirus) - 59
Pontogeneiidee — - . - 65
Porcellanidee : - - 58
Portunidee - : - - 50
Processa— - . - - 61
Processidee - - : - 61
quadridentatus (Dehaanius)- 49
quinquedentatus (Xantho) - 51
retuja (Camposcia) — - -. 48
retusus (Composcia) — - - 48
rugulosus (Kraussia) - - 54
rugulosus (Platyonichus) - 54
savignyl (Pilumnus) — - - 53
scabriculus (Eriphia) - - 53
schizurus (Parameera) - - 66
Scyllaridea- - - - 59
smithii (Antilibinia) — - - 49
speciosa (Porcellana) - - 58
speciosus (Petrolisthes) 58
spinifer (Pilumnus) — - - 93
squinado (Mamaia) 47
Stebbingia - - - - 66
Talitride - - - - 66
Tanaide— - - - - 62
Tanais - : - - 62
tetraodon (Blastus) — - - 50
Thiidee - - - - 53
tumidus (Cryptodromia) — - 57
walkeri(Cheiriphotis) pl. XIT 68
Xanthidee - - - - 51
Xantho - - - - dl
xenokeras (Microlysias) - 64

by Rev. T. R. R. Stebbing. 73

EXPLANATION OF PLates VIII-XII,
illustrating paper by the Rev. T. R. R. Stebbing on

“Some Crustacea of Natal.”

PEARE VALET

Cryptodromia monodous, Sp. NOV.

ns. Lines indicating natural size of carapace shown in the adjoining
dorsal view of a female specimen, with limbs and part of
pleon in attachment.

St., c.o. Sternum with coxez of the limbs on left of the figure, the coxa of
the third perzeopod perforated by the oviduct.

PAL. Dorsal view of the pleon incompletely flattened.

urp. Ventral view of the sixth pleon-segment with its appendages
(uropods or sixth pleopods) and the telson with opening of
alimentary canal).

oc. The eye; this with the first and second antennz, mandible, and

distal portion of fourth perzeopod more highly magnified
than the other details.

mx. 1, mx. 2, mxp. 1, mxp. 3. First and second maxille, first and third
maxillipeds ; on a higher scale than the limbs,

a.s., a.i.,m. First and second antennz and mandible.

prp. 1, 2, 4,5. First, second, fourth, and fifth perazeopods; fingers of the
cheliped (prp. 1) as seen from the inner side at a different
angle. The figures of the third maxilliped and the perzo-
pods are all from the unexposed surfaces.

PLATE IX.

A. Leptochelia dubtus (Kroyer).
a.s.,a.i. First and second antennz of the male.
a.s.,a.i. 2. First and second antennz of the female.
gn. 1. First gnathopod of male.
prp. 5. Fifth perzeopod of male.

urp., urp. 2. Uropods of male and female.

74 Some Crustacea of Natal

B. Haplocope oculatus, sp. nov.

Figure on the left a profile view of specimen much enlarged.

a.s.,a.i. First and second antenne.

gn. 1, gn. 2. First and second gnathopods.

urp. Uropod.

C. Paramera schizurus, sp. nov.
n.s. Line showing length of specimen enlarged in profile view below.
a.s.,a.i. First and second antennz more magnified.

mxp. One of the maxillipeds.

gn. 1, gn. 2, prp. 2, prp. 5. First and second gnathopods, second and fifth
perzeopods.

urp. 1, urp. 2, T. First and second uropods and telson.

PLATE X.

Microlysias xenckeras, gen, et sp. nov.
n.s. Line indicating actual length of male specimen figured below.
a.s. First antenna of male, with the flagellum more highly magnified.

ai. 6, a.i. 2. The second antenna of male in three stages of growth, that
of the young with the distal part more highly magnified, that
of the fully developed male incomplete for want of space,
with three joints more highly magnified; the second antenna
of a fully developed female to the same scale as the first and
second of the male.

m., m. A mandible. the upper figure from a female, the lower from a male
specimen.

mx. 1, mx. 2, mxp., mxp. 2. First and second maxillz of a male with higher
magnification for part of outer plate of the first; maxilliped
of male, somewhat distorted; maxilliped of female partial.

gn. 1, gn. 2. First and second gnathopods, each with higher magnification
of distal portion,

T., urp. 1, 2, 3. Telson of male in dorsal view, and the first, second, and
third uropods.

Plate VIII.

John Singleton & Sons lith.

CRYPTODROMIA MONODOUS, sp. nov.

he,
wv
&
t
>
*
&

"Epemre;s

Annals Durban Museum, Vol. II.

T. R. R. Stebbing del.

Annals Durban Museum, Vol. II

Plate IX.
|

ny
Cm armen

el * we
a ES py

LEPTOCHELIA DUBIUS HAPLOCOPE OCULATUS, sp. nov.
(KrGyer).

[a ney
a

rncassisok
éSY aS iain oe QUB evn SE a

T. R. R. Stebbing del.

John Singleton & Sons lith.
PARAMGERA SCHIZURUS, sp. nov.

Plate X.

Annals Durban Museum, Vol. II.

ogee) SASH T STEMS sana Serr ea
eS? Ci

AEN SAO NOONE ag,

} urp.2

John Singleton & Sons lith.

“YSIAS XENOKERAS, gen. et sp. nov.

T. R. R. Stebbing del.

MIC}

fy) : ee ee?
D sy , iv | Wi o
1 ‘ ® S © 2 r)
' i IY oie ;
e. 4 hd
- . '
‘ es
sy
' ‘

Plate XI.

Annals Durban Museum, Vol. II.

ae rnN
oe en
era o-reserererREeereie |. 2 i e 7 of
= Sign ae 2 Pe

gente’ IIe ee eed vSta gree tonaestte e
~ ere =e ESET aa gn end Sow

-
s

Ns \

se eS
i eer nar aren oe bp 5

John Singleton & Sons lith.
EXHYALELLA NATALENSIS, Stebbing.

T. R. R. Stebbing del.

Annals Durban Museum, Vol. II.

MX.p, EN. iN

T. R. R. Stebbing del, John Stngleton & Sons Iith.
CHEIRIPHOTIS WALKER], sp. nov.

by Rev. T. R. R. Stebbing. 79
PLATE XI.

Exhyalella natalensis, Stebbing.

ns. Line indicating approximate length of a male specimen ; a female
of nearly the same size figured below.

a.s.,a.i. First and second antennz of the male.

m., mx. 1, mx. 2, mxp. Mandible, first and second maxilla, and maxilliped

of the male, more highly magnified than the other details.

Sek eran: 2. sons dG en. 2.63 prp) 26. prps soc. First. and
second gnathopods, and third perzeopod of female; first
and second gnathopods, and second perzopod of male.

urp. 2, urp. 3, T. Second and third uropods, and telson of the male.

PLATE XII.

Chetriphotis walkert, sp. nov.

n.s. Line indicating natural size of the specimen roughly sketched
below, outline of head and side-plates obscure, perzopods
2, 3, 4 not shown.

a.s.,a.i. First and second antenne.

gn. 1, gn. 2; gn. 2, juv. The first and second gnathopods of adult male ;
finger and palm of second gnathopod of young male.

pip. 1; prp: o: | Eicst pereopod and proximal joints of fifth.

l.s., 1.i., m., mx, 1., mx. 2.,mxp. Upper and lower lips, mandible, first and
second maxille, and maxilliped.

T., urp. 2., urp. 3. Telson, with one second uropod and the third pair. The
telson and uropod 3 are further magnified, uniformly with
the mouth-organs. The other details are to a different but
also uniform scale.

V.—Further Additions to the Fish Fauna of Natal,
by

C. Tate Regan, M.A., F.R.S.
(Published by permission of the Trustees of the British Museum).

OLLECTIONS of fishes made at Durban by Messrs. Romer
Robinson and H. W. Bell Marley, include the following :

Family SYNODONTID A.

Synodus varius, Lacép.

Saurida undosquamis, Richards.

Family EXOCGTID A.

Exoccetus mento, Cuv. & Val.

Family CENTRISCIDA.

Centriscus punctulatus, Bianconi.

Family CARANGID A.

Caranx hippos, Linn.

Family LUTIANID.

Cesio cerulaureus, Lacép.

Family KYPHOSID A.
Kyphosus fuscus, Lacép.

Family GERRIDAL.

Gazza minuta, Bloch.

Family POMACENTRID/#.
Glyphidodon leucozona, bleek.
(76)

by C. Tate Regan. Ci

Family SPHYRAUNID AS,

Sphyreena acutipinnis, Day.

Family CALLIONY MID.

*Callionymus cooperi, Regan.

Family GOBIID A.

+Gobius natalensis, Giinth.

Family BLENNIIDA,

Salarias meleagris, Cuv. & Val.

Family CLINIDA.

+Tripterygium obtusirostre, Alwnz.
+ foo) b]

Family BALISTID A.
Alutera scripta, Osbeek.

Family TETRODONTIDZ.
Tetrodon stellatus, Schneid.

Family ANTENNARIID A.

Antennarius bigibbus, Lacép.

* Trans. Linn. Soc. XII, 1908, p. 247.

A female, with the rays of the anterior dorsal fin not prolonged, but other-
wise similar to the male described from the Maldives.

+ Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. (4), XIV, 1874, p. 453.

t Verh. Zool. Bot. Ges. XXI, 1871, p. 498.

VI.—Some apparently undescribed Heterocera

and five species hitherto unrecorded from South Africa,
by

A. J. T. Janse, F.E.S.

Famiry CITHERONIIDA, Dyar. (Saturniide),
Sup-FraMILy BUN AINA, Pack.

NUDAURELIA CARNEGIE, Sp. nov.

@. Head, prothorax, whole thorax on under-side, and upper hairs
of femora mars orange (I1)*; thorax above, some hairs at base of
antennz, abdomen above, ground-colour of both wings on upper-side
and fore-wing on under-side light cadmium, ranging into empire
yellow (IV); antenne mars yellow (III); hairs on inner-side of
femora, tibie and tarse light cadmium, on outer-side dark mouse gray
(LI); abdomen on under-side light cadmium, broadly ringed with
dark mouse gray especially the last two segments, on the side the
cadmium hairs are mixed with mars orange hairs: at base of both
wings on upper-side tufts of rather long grenadine-pink (IT) hairs.

Fore-wing sub-triangular; costa well arched; apex somewhat
rounded ; outer-margin nearly straight, slightly concave between
veins 3 to 6; tornus well rounded; inner-margin straight; costa
edged with mouse gray (LI) for two-thirds up to vein 11; anti-medial
line almost straight, erect, from costal edging to inner-margin, mouse
grey on inner-side, followed by light mouse gray (LI) and gradually
becoming pinkish ; ocellus large oval, as broad as disco-cellular, outer
ring light mouse gray, then a narrow black ring, then a light cadmium
ring, leaving a large hyaline patch in middle which has on inner-side
a straight edge and on outer-side a well rounded edge; an almost
straight post-medial line from costa to inner-margin, not touching the
ocellus, somewhat parallel to outer-margin and a little curved between
veins 1b and 2, on inner-side this line is broadly light mouse gray
and on outer-side rather narrow mouse gray; space between anti-
medial and post-medial line irrorated with cinnamon-brown (X) mixed

* The numerals following the names of colours indicate the number of the
plate in Ridgway’s “ Color Standards and Nomenclature,” 1912.

(78)

by A. J. T. Janse. 79

with some grenadine pink scales from vein 2 to costal edging, apical
part of this area with a large number of grenadine pink scales mixed
with some whitish and light mouse gray scales; sub-terminal and
terminal area thickly, but narrowly near apex and broadly towards
middle and tornus, irrorated with brownish-olive (XXX) scales, at
the terminus of the veins this irroration is rather slight ; cilia mouse
gray.

Hind-wing with the anti-medial line less defined and more curved
inwards than in upper-wing; outer ring of ocellus much larger and
more diffused, outer ring deep mouse gray, then a rather broad mouse
gray ring, followed by a broad almost round black ring, then a broad
empire yellow almost round ring leaving a hyaline spot of about one-
fourth of ocellus, this spot is almost round, somewhat flattened to
disco-cellular side but with no sharp corners as on the ocellus of
fore-wing ; post-medial line as in fore-wing, but excurved between
veins 7 to 4, incurved between 4 and 10, and a little more oblique ;
ground-colour of area beyond post-medial line more empire yellow ;
terminal area rather less densely irrorated with brownish olive than
in fore-wing and only from tornus to vein 5; cilia as in fore-wing ;
costa well arched especially at one-third; apex somewhat rounded,
outer-margin well rounded, tornus somewhat lobed at 15, inner-margin
nearly straight.

Under-side of wings as above, but anti-medial line absent in both
wings; in fore-wing basal area and space between lower-median and
costal edging as far as two-thirds of costa covered with carrot red
(XIV) hairs, getting darker above the ocellus; area beyond ocellus
to post-medial line salmon colour (XIV) mixed with whitish scales ;
sub-terminal area less heavily irrorated than on upper-side ; hind-wing
as a whole, except inner-marginal fringe and beyond post-medial line
(which are yellow), carrot red irrorated with whitish hairs and scales ;
ocellus smaller than on fore-wing and only with black and yellow
rings, which are sharply defined ; sub-terminal irroration as heavy as
in fore-wing on upper-side.

Exp. 166 mm.; 9 type from Umvuma (Southern Rhodesia) collected
on 15th February, 1916, by Mr. A. A. Carnegie and received by me
from the Rhodesia Museum, Bulawayo.

Mr. L. B. Prout, who kindly compared this species and a specimen
of Holocera rhodiensis with specimens in the different collections in
England, informed me that there are single female examples of this
fine Nudaurelia in the British Museum, Tring Museum and the

80 South African Heterocera

Joicey collection; and, with the exception of that in the last-named
which is from West Africa, they were taken at Selukwe, which is near
Umvuma. As far as I am aware, it has not been found in any other
localities in Southern Rhodesia.

Lord Rothschild, in describing the genus Vudaurelia, Nov. Zool.
II, p. 41 (1895) states that this genus differs from Antherwa in the
second, third and fourth joints of the feet being together longer than
the first joint alone, and in having the tarsi cylindrical and not
flattened as in Antherea.

In WV. oubie, herselia and carnegie these joints are certainly
cylindrical, but the three mentioned joints are as long as the first
joint or even a little longer. Packard in Mem. Nat. Acad. of Sciences,
XI, p. 45, makes a similar remark and suggests that Lord Rothschild’s
specimens must have been imperfect. Lord Rothschild also states
that the abdomen in the male of Vudaurelia reaches the anal angle
of the hind-wing and in the female even beyond it, but in the three
species mentioned above the abdomen in both sexes is shorter and
does not reach the anal angle, though it is longer than in Antheraa.

NUDAURELIA HERSELIA, Westw.
e

Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. 1849, p. 42, pl. ix, fig. 1.

This species is recorded from the Congo, and as far as I know has
now been found for the first time in South Africa. I caught three
males at Umtali in January, 1918, and I also saw a female from the
same locality. It resembles the next species very much, but is at
once distinguished by the absence of the black irroration on the
fore-wing, the smaller and rounder ocelli on both wings, the red
irroration on the hind-wing and the more crenulated post-medial lines
which in the hind-wing is also very remote from the ocellus.

/
NUDAURELIA OUBIE, Guer.

In Lefebvre Voy. in Abys. p. 387, pl. xii, ff 1, 2 (1849).

The type specimen, a female, came from Abyssinia, and, as far as I
know, this species has not been recorded from any intermediate places,
suddenly turning up in Salisbury. The following is a description of
the South African form which differs in several respects from the
figure of the Abyssinian specimen. I have little doubt, however, that
they are co-specific.

by A. J. T. Janse. 81

Fore-wing: both lines reach the costa, anti-medial line widens a
little at the costa, and has a black inner band from inner-margin to
upper-median, it is curved outwards between lower-median and la and
inwards between la and inner-margin. Rings of ocellus, beginning
from the outside, are as follows: thin red ring, broader pinkish white
ring, very faint ring of red, rather narrow black ring, very broad
brown ring, leaving a small lyaline rounded spot. Post-medial band
less curved, slightly incurved between inner-margin and vein 3 ending
near tornus, light colour of both bands more pinkish white, the black
band well-defined and broad.

Hind-wing: anti-medial line present, black most prominent of the
three colours, white more pinkish than in fore-wing and the red more
diffused ; basal- and medial-area more yellow, only base diffused with
pink ; in the ocellus the red and black rings are broader ; post-medial
line in colour as on upper-wing, but red and black more diffused and
red band touches the red ring of the ocellus, it is roundly curved
outwards between veins 2 to 5 and curved inwards between vein 2
and the inner-margin.

Under-side: ground-colour orange-yellow, hardly any black irror-
ation except costa of hind-wing, which is black; base of both wings
shaded with pink; markings same as on upper-side except that the
ocellus of the hind-wing has hardly any red outside the white and no
red ring before the black, black ring more narrow.

Thorax with more black, reaching head and abdomen.

The two specimens in my collection were bred by the Rev. Father
J. O’Neil at Salisbury in December, 1916, and kindly presented to me.

BUN#A ARABELLA, sub-sp. JACKSONI, Jord.

Nov. Zool. XV, p. 255 (1908).

An example of this fine form from Umvuma (Southern Rhodesia)
was kindly given to me by Mrs. A. A. Carnegie. It was caught by
her at night in December, 1917.

BuN#A HEROYM, Oberth.

Et. Lép. IV, p. 678, t. liii, fig. 446 (1910).
This fine species has, I think, up to now only been recorded from
C.-E. Africa (Kuyambi, Ubemba), and only females are mentioned.

82 South African Heterocera

Mr. L. B. Prout, who kindly compared one of my specimens, the
female, sent me the following information on the South African
specimen: “The pale parts are whiter (less pink), the proximal band
of hind-wing more angulated, the distal less lunulate; proximal red
part of eye-spot of fore-wing broader, eye-spot of fore-wing somewhat
more elongate. Beneath there are similar differences and the medial
line of hind-wing as well as fore-wing crosses the middle of the
eye-spot (or rather is interrupted by it). Oberthur’s figure has wing-
length 80 mm.”

My two specimens, male and female, were bred by the Rev. Father
J. O’Neil at Salisbury; the male pupated on 7th March, 1915, and
emerged on 12th December, 1915; the female emerged on 7th
December. Both were kindly given to me by Father O'Neil.

Length of fore-wing in male 85 mm., female 70 mm.; but I know

that bigger females have been bred.

In the male the fore-wing is more produced on the apex, the outer-
margin is more concave and the lobe on the hind-wing more pronounced.
The post-medial line does not cross the ocellus as in the female, but
just touches it.

IMBRASIA EPIMETHEA, Drury, sub-sp. ERTLI, Rebel.

Imbrasia epimethea, Drury, Ill. Exe. ent. ITI, t. 13, f. 1 (1773).

sub-sp. ertli, Rebel, Ann. K. K. Naturhist.
Hofmus. XIX, p. 67, pl. ii (1904).

” 9

The typical form is from West Africa, the sub-species from Nyassa-
land, but two specimens, a male and female, bred at Salisbury, were

presented to me by Father J. O'Neil.

The South African specimens are much smaller, the lines of both
wings are more white, less pinkish and the stigma in both wings less
pronounced, but present; the anal angle of the hind-wing is more
produced but less than in the typical form ; the legs are not brown,
but dark brown ; in the @ the costa of the fore-wing is more straight,
median costal patch more broadened basally, and in the hind-wing the
anti-medial line is less angled at la, while the ocellus does not touch
the anti-medial line,

by A. J. T. Janse. 83

Famity HEMILEUCID (Pack).
SuB-FAMILY HOLOCERIN KH (Pack).

HoLocreRA RHODESIENSIS, Sp. Nov.

6. Thorax in front and on under-side, abdomen above, ground
colour of both wings on upper- and under-side, hairs on femora and
tibiz purple-drab (XLV); hairs on head, upper-side of thorax and
hairs on second and third segment of abdomen on upper-side, hairs on
thorax near origin of second and third pair of legs, and lateral hairs
on abdomen on under-side mars orange (II) with a tinge of orange-
chrome (II); shaft of antenne warm buff (XV), branches fuscus-black
(XLVI) thickly ciliated with cartridge buff (XXX) hairs; tarsi with
cream-buff (XXX) hairs mixed with fuscous hairs especially on
fore-tarsi.

Fore-wing with basal area below lower-median and as far as origin
of vein 2 suffused with dusky brown (XLV); medial line begins at
costa as a chestnut-brown (XIV) macula, angled outwardly in middle
of cell, then evenly curved to inner-margin just before middle, this
line forms the inner border of a broad post-medial band of a dull
violet-black (1) colour; post-medial line forming a rather confluent
boundary of post-medial band, beginning at two-thirds of costa, then
curved round at vein 6, then almost evenly curved inwardly below
vein 3 and ending just beyond two-thirds of inner-margin ; a hyaline
mark beyond disco-cellular between veins 4 and 6, this mark is
narrower than in H. smi/ax and the lower portion is straight, not
curled as in that species, at vein 5 there is a small dent inwardly ;
an ill-defined pear-shaped mark in upper part of post-medial band,
consisting of orange-rufous (II) scales and continued inwardly beyond
hyaline mark as far as lower angle; on costa beyond post-medial line
some white scales as far as vein 10, and an ill-defined sub-triangular
costal dull violet-black patch beyond it; terminal area from apex to
vein 2 suffused with dull violet-black; at tornus an ill-defined rounded
patch of orange-rufous scales.

Hind-wing with lower basal half covered with rather long dusky
brown hairs; post-medial band continued from upper-wing, slightly
indented on inner-side at vein le and with some orange-rufous scales

at lower angular area; terminal area with orange-rufous scales from

84 South African Heterocera

tornus till a little beyond vein 6; only a faint indication of a mark
at disco-cellular ; cilia of both wings of ground-colour, but somewhat
whitish between the veins especially in the female.

Under-side: ground-colour of both wings as on upper-side, but less
covered with scales of other colours; post-medial band in fore-wing
only indicated on outer side by a rather sharply defined post-medial
line; costal post-medial orange-rufous patch as on upper-side, but no
orange-rufous at tornus and the costal scales beyond the post-medial
line not white but ecru-drab (XLVI); hind-wing with medial and
post-medial lines well defined, medial line beginning below vein 8 near
the base ; terminal area as on upper-side.

The ¢ of this species differs from the ¢ of H. smilax in colour of
wings, less defined and differently shaped post-medial band, different
shape of hyaline mark and the more concave costa, in the outer-
margin of hind-wing not being concave at veins 2 to 4, but being even
somewhat projected at vein 3.

9. Differs from the ¢ in its larger size and in the fore-wing
having a less concave costa and less faleate apex, while the outer-
margin of both wings is much more crenulate ; the general pattern of
both wings is as in the ¢, but the ground-colour is coral pink (XIII);
the hyaline mark in the fore-wing is larger and the terminal area from
apex to beyond vein 2 is orange-rufous; in the hind-wing is a well
defined hyaline curved streak beyond disco-cellular between vein 3
and 4 and extended to vein 5 as a dark line; the abdomen has on
the upper-side four transverse rows of cream-buff, elongate scales,
apparently at each corresponding segment; terminal segment above
and all segments on under-side orange-rufous; under-side of both
wings asin ¢ but ground-colour coral pink, medial line of hind-wing
orange-rufous and terminal area orange-rufous from tornus to apex ;
costa of fore-wing and hind-wing, and the hind-wings here and there
at other places, sprinkled with cream-buff elongate scales and a series
of lateral cream-buff elongate scales on the abdomen between the hairs.

The venation of this species is as in H. smilax, the type of the
genus, but the ¢ has the fore-wing more faleate and the costa more
concave, while the tornus is more rounded.

Expanse: ¢ 56°6-58 mm.; 9 75 mm.

Four specimens from Salisbury; ¢ type 23rd Jan., 1917; co-type
22nd Jan., 1917; 9% type 27th Feb., 1917; co-type 19th Jan., 1917 ;
all bred by the Rev. Father J. O’Neil, who kindly gave them to me.

by A. J. T. Janse. 85
Famity SATURNIIDA.

EPIPHORA VERA, Sp. nov.

¢. Head and legs old gold (XVI); head above mixed with a few
burnt lake (XII) hairs; thorax above, a little over half of each
abdominal segment, costal area of fore-wing to post-medial line, post-
medial area to near costa, and the whole of post-medial area of
hind-wing burnt lake, freely sprinkled with white hairs on the thorax
and white scales on the wings; abdomen above ringed with white,
last two segments almost entirely white, on the under-side the white
rings are narrower and are crossed by eight white lines over the
whole length; shaft of antenne mustard yellow (XVI), branches
sulphine yellow (IV).

Fore-wing with the costa somewhat concave, apex well rounded and
much more produced than in #. mythimnia, outer-margin very concave
between vein 4 to 6, from vein 4 straight to tornus, which is only a
little rounded and the outer-margin forming almost a right angle to
inner-margin which is straight ; inner-marginal area till two-thirds of
inner-margin and up to lower-median and lower part of ocellus as far
as vein 4, and a streak slightly indicated in the ocellus and continued
till costa, white; anti-medial line indicated by a faint white patch
from origin of vein 2 to upper-median ; ocellus sub-ovate, oblique,
with the hyaline patch elongate kidney-shaped,and situated on costal
side of ocellus; a black ring on outer-side of ocellus beginning and
ending at post-medial white line beyond which it is continued as a
bordeaux (XIT) line; from the black line at vein 3 a narrow, inwardly
oblique, burnt lake line to near vein 2; inside the black hne and
bordering the hyaline patch a line of white scales mixed with some
green scales, this line is continued along outer half of hyaline patch,
but is more faint and followed by a buff-yellow (IV) line; the
remainder of the ocellus is filled up with dull yellow-green (X VIIT)
with a slight indication of the post-medial line passing through it and
with some buff-yellow scales where it is bordered by the bordeaux line;
the post-medial white sprinkling goes as far as about half the width
of the burnt-lake-coloured area and extends from inner-margin to the
costa where the scaling becomes more dense and gradually gets a
blue colour so as to form a costal pale amparo blue (IX) edging as
far as sub-terminal line, below this costal blue area the apical- and
outer-marginal area till near sub-terminal line and up to vein 8 filled
with roman green (X VI) which becomes lighter at apical terminal part;
a whitish-blue much dentated sub-terminal line from near apex till a

86 South African Heterocera

little beyond apical ocellus, obliquely inwards to vein 9, then outwards
to vein 8, then inwards and running along 8 to fork of 8—9, then
zigzagging outwards till half-way 7 and 8, then forming a large curve
and running some distance along vein 7, then running back along
under-side of vein 7 and then at a sharp angle outwards again,
touching the black apical ocellus, then forming a semi-circular light
blue line, remote from the inner-side of the black ocellus and with the
space filled up with pale amparo blue scales so as to form a crescent
mark, then the line becomes faint and goes inwardly oblique across
vein 6, there joining the black sub-terminal line, then it goes inwards
again forming a very irregular faint deep-chrome (III) boundary to
the post-medial band; a rounded black sub-terminal ocellus between
vein 6 and 7; apical half beyond the white sub-terminal line ecru-olive
(XXX) from vein 7 to 8 and from vein 7 obliquely to apical ocellus ;
terminal area from apex to tornus and cilia pale chalcedony yellow
(XXII); a second sub-terminal ecru-olive line from vein 8 to 6
parallel to outer-margin and gradually becoming mixed with black,
beyond vein 6 curving inwards to join the first sub-terminal line, then
becoming quite black and very sharply defined and separated from
first sub-terminal line and more or less parallel to outer-margin, this
line undulates very much, sharply curving inwards at each vein and
forming a rounded inward curve between the veins.

Hind-wing white till post-medial line, with burnt lake medial line
from costa to ocellus and from ocellus to above tornus, incurved at
vein 16; ocellus well rounded, large and about as broad as two-thirds
of its length, a black ring all round it, on basal third a narrow white
ring against it, which forms a boundary around the almost round
hyaline patch, between the black and the white ring is a space left on
the outer two-thirds of the ocellus, which is filled in with dull yellow-
green ; post-medial burnt lake band irrorated with white scales for
basal half, this irroration having a pointed shape towards tornus ; a
rather broad, distinct, deep chrome (III) boundary line just beyond
the burnt lake band, irregularly curved| between the veins; beyond
this a series of usually triangular black spots; terminal space and
cilia lime-green (XX XI); a sub-terminal irregular well-defined black
line, incurved at and between the veins, very deeply between vein 5
and 6; a series of sub-terminal, semi-transparent elongated patches
covered with a few loose scales only, the patches are situated in pairs
on each side of veins 2, 3, 4 and 5.

Under-side: fore-wing as on upper-side, but white scaling of post-
medial band extended further; hind-wing with white only on costa

by A. J. T. Janse. 87

at basal half, and this white is continued on the thorax between
second and third pairs of legs; a white inner-marginal area as far as
from near base to median line, white scaling of post-medial band also
further extended.

2. Fore-wing less produced at apex, ocellus rounder and broader ;
green terminal area broader; apical black ocellus a little larger.

Hind-wing with ocellus broader and rounder, nearly circular ;
yellow sub-terminal line broader and spots following it larger.

Under-side: fore-wing with medial line directed to medial line of
hind-wing and both bordering on the ocelli; white post-medial line
well outside the ocelli of both wings; abdomen terminating in a
white patch.

This species differs from #. mythimnia in the fore-wing being more
faleate and the tornus being less rounded; ocellus less prolonged,
hardly concave on side of anal angle; white inner-marginal band
extended towards tornus becoming confluent with the white post-
medial band, which passes through the ocellus in #. vera and not
beyond the ocellus as in &. mythimnia; the apical black ocellus is
smaller in the last species and the blue crescent mark forms part of
the circle, while in H#. vera it makes the ocellus more oval; the post-
medial white sprinkling is extended further in #. mythimnia and its
ground-colour of both wings is more dull; there is also a difference in
the dentition of the sub-terminal lines of both species. Hind-wing of
E. vera more rounded, less prolonged at anal area ; no sub-basal white
band, but instead the whole medial area is white; the ocellus is
larger and well rounded, not angular as in Z. mythimnia, while the
rings around the hyaline patch is totally different in colour and
position ; the post-medial white band is a continuation of the one on
the fore-wing, runs well against the black ring of the ocellus, is not
angled outwards between veins 2 to 4 and is hardly angled inwards
between vein 2 and anal angle; white post-medial sprinkling is not
extended till yellow line; sub-terminal black patches are better
defined and the black sub-terminal line is more indented, thinner and
sharper in 2. vera; the peculiar semi-transparent sub-terminal spots
on hind-wings are absent in /. mythimnia, in fact they are not
mentioned in any other species of Hpiphora; colour of head, legs,
antenne and terminal abdominal patch is capucine yellow (III) in
E. mythimnia, not old gold as in #. vera. Under-side of both wings
of #. vera have more white.

The cocoon is suspended from the branches by a long silky stalk,
and not fixed sideways to a branch as in £. mythimnia,

88 South African Heterocera.

This species is perhaps most closely related to ZH. bauhinie, from
West Africa (Senegal), with which it agrees in the stalked cocoon and
in the considerable amount of white on both wings. The ocellus of
the fore-wing is, however, much more elongate in H#. vera and less
round in the hind-wing, while 2. bauhinie has the post-medial white
band of the fore-wing well beyond the ocellus and a different dentition
in the black terminal line, especially in the hind-wing. In &. vera
the anal angle of the fore-wing is much less round, the apex is more
faleate, while H. bawhinie is considerably smaller.

I have much pleasure in naming this beautiful species after Miss
Vera Coffin, who first found the interesting cocoon and bred the moth.
The specimens from which the descriptions are made were bred by me
from cocoons kindly given to me by Mr. G. W. Redfern, who spent
many days in search of the cocoons after the first one had been found,
The larva feeds on Zizyphus mucronatus, the same tree as that on
which I found the larva of 2. mythimnia at Barberton.

Expanse: ¢ 125 mm.; ? 130mm. One ¢ type from Salisbury,
8th Feb., 1918; 9? type, Salisbury, 6th Feb., 1918. One @ co-type,
rather in poor condition, Salisbury, 26th Nov., 1917, bred from the
cocoon found by Miss V. Coffin and kindly presented to me by
Mr. Rupert Jack.

VII.—Some Observations upon Whales captured at Durban,

E. C. Chubb, F.Z.S., Curator, Durban Museum.
Wits Prates XITI-X VI.

Be dei G the favourable opportunity of making observations
upon whales which presented itself whilst whaling operations
were being conducted at Durban, I arranged for my assistant, Mr.
D. R. Boyce, during the whaling season of 1914 to visit the slipways
at the Bluff from time to time and there measure some of the whales
and photograph them as they were landed. It was my intention that
this work should be continued through successive seasons, in the hope
that in the course of time some information of interest would be thus
accumulated. But, unfortunately, the intervention of the War has
practically extinguished the whaling industry here, for the time being
at any rate, and consequently the work we had commenced was
brought to an early conclusion.

In spite of the fact that what has so far been accomplished is of a
very scanty nature, it is deemed advisable to place it on record here.

MEGAPTERA NODOSA LALANDI, Fischer. Humpback Whale.

Plate XIII.

Measurements of a female and two males, captured at Durban in
July, 1914:

kee B. 6 CaS
3rd July, | 21st July,}21st July
1914 1914 1914

feet inches] feet inches} feet

in.
Total length, from tip of snout to notch of tail] 46 0 sw © 43 6
Tip of snout to posterior insertion of dorsal fin] 32 6 26 O 30 0
Tip of snout to anterior insertion of dorsal fin} 28 0 24 0 Pir
Tip of snout to eye centre ... ee soa, 10) LOZ WW @
Tip of snout to blow-hole ... oe a —- 8 0 LOGO
Tip of snout to anterior insertion of pectorals 15 0 13 0 eS
Tip of snout to axilla <6 ne sais = 159.0 ils}, 0)

(89)

90 Observations wpon Whales

Measurements of Humpback Whales—continued.

KD Bo SG Ces)
3rd July, | 21st July,}21st July

1914 1914 1914

feet inches] feet inches} feet in.
Vertical height of dorsal fin ... aoe Si 1G — 9
From notch of flukes to anus... Sei sha SRG SO LODBO
From notch of flukes to root of penis ... sus — LO 14 6
From notch of flukes to clitoris ws con) tlk 0) = =
From notch of flukes to navel sc} 20) 16 8 7
Length of pectorals from head of humerus coal iley = =
Length of pectorals from posterior insertion ...| 12 0 = =
Depth of caudal penduncle at insertion of flukes} 3 4 = ih
Depth of flukes at root “ibn 1 8 = 26
Length of longest whalebone without bristles Boe 2 6 i © LG
Length of dorsal fin we a0 — 2 (9)
Length of orifice of eye oe — 4 5
Circumference of body opposite navel. seal ite) 18 _- =
Length of protuberances on upper jaw 3 3 3
Breadth of protuberances on upper jaw 23 2 23

Coloration: A.—bluish-black above, white below ; sides irregularly
marked black and white. B.—black above, bluish-black below; pect-
orals black above, white below ; ventral furrows speckled with white.
C.—Black above, white below including anterior tip of upper jaw.

Although not strictly within the limits of the present paper, the
opportunity may here be taken to record the following particulars of
a female foetus taken from a Humpback at Linga Linga, Portuguese
East Africa, on 2nd August, 1914, which were supplied me shortly
afterwards by Mr. Johan Bryde.

Measurements of fcetal Humpback (figured on Plate XIIT) :

Total length : ae ae AR sen Pl Omldeimetres
Tip of snout to blow- holes nie ae sen sae aly BSD ers
Tip of snout to angle of mouth “k as 0 cd OS es
Tip of snout to anterior insertion of flipper oy oo sealllyd? 41 eee
Tip of snout to anterior end of dorsal fin ae me ea 2a Soe
Height of body at flippers ... av ae aan Feihe wstsk. 58
Height of dorsal fin sic fae ane Pe i eited rs
Length of flippers from axilla Ree ia ae | alee Dy iar
Greatest breadth of flipper ... ans ie oF J] OS hee
Nemes of ventral furrows ... ce ie ee os 28
Number of baleen plates... ee ee” ste ce 580
Greatest length of baleen... ; ae Ac ...| "06 metres
Length from notch of flukes to anus , ae sist Be eel ts)

bed

Colour: pale grey, under surface white.

Annals Durban Museum, Vol. II. Plate XIII.

‘Photo by D. R. Boyce.
HUMPBACK WHALE. Jfegaftera n. lalandid, Fischer. Female, A.

Fa:rus OF HUMPBACK WHALE.

Annals Durban Museum, Vol. II. Plate XIV.

COMMON RORQUAL OR FINNER. Balenoftera physalus, Linn.

Pi os

Photos by D. R. Boyce.

HEAD OF SAME.

Annals Durban Museum, Vol. II. Plate XV.

BLUE WHALE. Balenoptera musculus, Linn, Female, 90 feet in length.

Photos by D. R. Boyce.
MAMM OF SAME, SHOWING EXUDING MILK.

Annals Durban Museum, Vol. II. Plate XVI.

Photo by D. R. Boyce.
RUDOLPHI’S RORQUAL. SBalenoptera borealis, Less.

Photo by E. C. Chubb,

SPERM WHALE BEING FLENCED.

be
' i a
gi @ab?
ips
:

s =

> yet 95,4

76 Ww

aes
i. rr
- -,

by E. C. Chubb. 91

BaLEHNOPTERA PHYSALUS, Linn. Common Rorqual or Finner.
Place rv.

Measurements of a female captured at Durban on 25th June, 1914:

feet inches

Total length from tip of snout to notch of tail... ay jog |) a0 @
Tip of snout to eye centre 6 ai be So alt, die S
Tip of snout to blow-hole ae ae ee SAE 4,
Tip of snout to anterior insertion of pectorals See se Bch oa Go)
Tip of snout to axilla ... b5¢ 35 am es see) A a
Vertical height of dorsal fin... oat ie aE ae ile
From notch of flukes to anus... es. - ae sual| ay ©)
From notch of flukes to clitoris.. sf se Sele lone ©
Length of pectorals from head of humerus Be = saa| GO
Length of longest whalebone without bristles — ... ar sis 13
Length of dorsal fin 10
Length of orifice of eye 4
Length of iris. ie is Se fk fe:
Circumference of body opposite navel... ate Ber Ja|| US. ©
Length of protuberances on upper -jaw ... 3
Breadth of protuberances on upper-jaw ... 2

BALHNOPTERA MUSCULUs, Linn. Blue Whale.
Plate XV.

Measurements of a male,and female captured at Durban in June
and July, 1914:

?
25th June} July,

1914 1914
feet inches} feet inches

Total length from tip of snout to notch of tail ... scp dah 2 © 9050
Tip of snout to posterior insertion of dorsal fin... fe _- 69 O
Tip of snout to anterior insertion of dorsal fin ... 553 — 66 0
Tip of snout toeye centre... safe Ae ee — 18 9
Tip of snout to blow-hole ue se ee — lif (8
Tip of snout to anterior insertion of pectorals se Be) eek ie) BY
Tip of snout to axilla ae ae i sag. oe ae
Tip of snout toear ... sem ae He sai 2430 =
Vertical height of dorsal fin... on: es fe fhe ot 1 O
From notch of flukes to anus .., se ae al ee AO) ZnO
From notch of flukes to root of penis ... 63 eal 2400 =
From notch of flukes to clitoris ae ate a — 26 0
From notch of flukes to navel tie =e — 38 6
Length of pectorals from head of humerus ag ah — 13 3
Length of pectorals from posterior insertion — ... a — 8 0
Depth of caudal peduncle at insertion of flukes... Fah = ae)
Depth of flukes at root ae on — 2S
Length of longest whalebone ‘without bristles... a is =
Length of dorsal fin ... 33 ae he Ft jeer 3) 0
Length of orifice of the eye... sie Ee He 4 =
Length of iris ae ve 13

92 Observations upon Whales

Notes regarding female: a few short, white hairs present on lower
lips in two rows. Coloration, above dark grey with slate coloured
patches, fewer on head ; lower surface coloured like the upper, except
for a few white patches near the navel. Mamme protruding and
quantities of milk flowing from them.

BALENOPTERA BOREALIS, Less. Rudolphi’s Rorqual or Seihval.

Plate XVI.

Measurements of a male captured at Durban on 20th August, 1914:

feet inches
Total length from tip of snout to notch of tail ... a as, 45 0
Tip of snout to posterior insertion of dorsal fin... ai Kae G32
Tip of snout to anterior inserticn of dorsal fin ... ae Se SO) 4!
Tip of snout to eye centre __... ae TEE ne oa Se!
Tip of snout to blowhole Me i BE es 8 0
Tip of snout to anterior insertion of pectorals ae wis aah uae Gt
Tip of snout to axilla an oe Sa ek Baa IG @
Vertical height of dorsal fin... $3 see ac aus 1S
From notch of flukes to anus ... ae Ao a 556 12510
From notch of flukes to root of penis ... ac aa os 150)
From notch of flukes to navel.. id i oe ZA
Length of pectorals from head of humerus 6910
Length of pectorals from posterior insertion aa me a (0)
Depth of caudal peduncle at insertion of flukes Gh EPs Ds
Depth of flukes at root ib De
Length of dorsal fin ... 7
Length of orifice of eye 34
Length of iris 1$

Notes. Coloration, very dark grey with irregular patches of white
on various parts of body. Form, very slender. A few short white
hairs on point of lower jaw.

In view of the fact that in describing Balenoptera bryder,* Mr.
Orjan Olsen stated that Balenoptera borealis “had been only known
until then as inhabiting the eastern parts of the North Atlantic,” and
appeared to infer that all the so-called “seihvals” obtained in South
African waters were Balenoptera brydei, I was led to write him on
26th January, 1915, as follows, regarding the above whale:

“T am puzzled about the identity of a whale which was captured
by the Premier Whaling Company last August and which the
whalers said was a “‘Seihval.” You will see from the sample of
whalebone I am sending that it is not Balenoptera brydei. It

* Proceedings of the Zoological Society of London, 1913, p. 1073.

by BE. C. Chubb. 93

appears to me to agree more with Balenoptera borealis. I should
be glad to know what species you consider it belongs to. The
following are measurements and descriptions of the creature
taken by my Assistant on the slipway, and I also give sketch
with measurements of the dorsal fin.”

To this Mr. Olsen replied as follows :

“This whale really seems to be a seihval (balenoptera borealrs ).
It is very interesting to find it in the hot Mozambique current
outside Durban, and, as far as I know, it is the first 2B. borealis
that has been captured so far to the east as there. A single
specimen was recognised at Saldanha Bay (on the west coast of
Cape Colony) and, if the whalers are right, others have been
obtained there since I left South Africa. Outside Portuguese
West Africa they are said to be not so rare, but, unfortunately,
not a single specimen has been examined, and therefore the
occurence of &. borea/is in those waters is somewhat uncertain.

Many of them may, perhaps, prove to be B. brydev.”

PHYSETER MACROCEPHALUS, Linn. Sperm Whale or Cachalot.

The following measurements apply to a male captured at Durban

on 3rd July, 1914:

a
feet inches

Total length from tip of snout to notch of tail ... ey. ae 54 0
Tip of snout to posterior insertion of dorsal fin.. Oe sae 38 0
Tip of snout to anterior insertion of dorsal fin ... 50 or SO
Tip of snout toeye centre... sis 38 ape 76 ©
Tip of snout to anterior insertion of pectorals a ee ae 243
Tip of snout to axilla ine wi ont ae oo 2258
Tip of snout toear ... ce sn JS: Sls as 19550
From notch of flukes to anus. is Ee sic a7 13510
From notch of flukes to root of penis ... sos an 5h 18 6
From notch of flukes to navel.. ame ae sin 2) 10)
Length of pectoral from head of humerus S08 ee a6 a9 0)
Depth of caudal peduncle at insertion of flukes. ae so Bs}
Semi-circumference of body opposite navel ee ag: ae 14 0

It is of interest to record that a sperm whale obtained at Durban
by the South African Whaling Company in January, 1913, was found
to contain in its stomach a shark, intact, measuring 10 feet in length.

VIII.—Some Records of Predaceous Insects and Their Prey
in the Durban Museum,

C. N. Barker, F.E.S.

es a paper entitled the ‘‘ Bionomics of South African Insects ” by

G. A. K. Marshall, read before the Entomological Society of
London and published in the ‘‘ Transactions” of November, 1902,
Professor E. B. Poulton gives an instructive tabular statement (p.
232) of the cases up till then recorded of the attacks of Asilide upon
insects of various orders. He lays stress upon the necessity of
acquiring further data to illustrate the attacks of predaceous insects
on other insects and especially on aposematic butterflies. I have much
reason to regret not having, at an earlier date, recognised the import-
ance of keeping notes of the many occurrences of this nature that have
come under my observation in the course of many years devoted to
field work. Those tabulated below are principally the result of two
season’s collecting and are now in the Durban Museum.

In the Natal Coast areas, the most active and voracious enemy of
the butterfly is, in my opinion, the Asilus fly ‘“Aleamus perlongus.”
So far I have come across no other species of this numerous group of
flies which preys on butterflies. I have the recollection of many cases
in which the mantis is the aggressor and the butterfly the victim ; but
unfortunately, have kept no notes of these occurrences. The last
that remains on my memory happened in the summer of 1913. In
that case a medium sized green mantis was devouring a Spindasis
masilikazi, Wallengr. There were quite a number of Spindasis and
a few Dendoria upon the bush and these appeared quite oblivious or
unconcerned at the tragedy being enacted in close proximity to them.
I have often sought for evidence of dragonflies preying upon butterflies,
but so far without success. There is, however, in the Museum a
single record of a butterfly, Colias electo, L., taken in the clutches of
a dragonfly, Podogomphus preetorius, Selys!

In this part of the world the Asilus fly is probably the most active
and successful enemy of butterflies, though lizards of various kinds are
undoubtedly also responsible for many victims.

(94)

by C. N. Barker. 95.

Predaecous insects and their prey in the Durban Museum.

LOCALITY

INSECT. PREY. ABS ibcns. COLLECTOR.
ASILID.
Alcimus perlongus, Walk.|Butterfly : Belenozs gidica,|Durban, 1D, 13, IMEMiE
Godt. ¢ les} sth KE
As > a Butterfly: Zurytela hiarbas,| Bluff, Durban|C. N. Barker
Drury. AML Alig ald)
aa an - Butterfly : Belenozs hellice,\ Durban, E. C. Chubb
Ibe IL 76%, 7)
oe 3 A Butterfly: Zurytela héarbas,| Durban, C. N. Barker
Dry. Ad) Vien elid
5) a “ Butterfly : Crenzs bozsdu-\Durban, “
valli, Wallengr. 23 ii. 18
“a a 3 Butterfly: Zurytela hiarbas,|Durban, As
Drury. 16 iii. 18
»» > 9 Butterfly : Zeracolus erone,|Durban, a
Angas. 4 16 iii, 18
as a 6 Butterfly : AZylothris ag-|Durban, 4
athina, Cr. 20 iv. 18
? Promachus sp. ... ...|Tachinid fly : Sarcophaga|Bluff, Durban op
hemorrhoidalis, Mg. lal Sie alZ/
? Promachus sp. (same as|Ant-like Spider. Bluff, Durban Ps
above) 19 v. 17
? Promachus sp. (two|Winged Termite. Durban,
taken in coitu) il Sighs 7
Praogonistes preceps, Wall.|Sphegid Wasp: Sce/phron| Bluff, Durban i
chalybeus. Dye ri = AV
Laxenecera nigrocuprea,|Bee: Halictus jucundus, \Durban, a
Wik. Sm. Vath enn is)
Large Asilid ? ? ...|Beetle : Sphenoptera sp. |Lindi, E. Afr.,J]G,S.Gregory
I@) sai) al7/
Dragonfly, Podogomphus|Colzas electo, L. Karkloof, EE. Platt
pretorius, Selys Jan, 1918

Wasp, Pompilus ? about|Spider; Caerostrvzs sp. Durban, C. N. Barker
to enter its nest in a some NG)
ground

Bug, immature (Pentato-)Feeding upon pupa _ of|Durban. BE Platt
mid) | Acr@a sp.

96 Predaceous Insects and their Prey.

Prey of a BemBex Wasp.

Illustrative of the remarkable voracity of a species of Bembea wasp,
a series of sixteen examples and their prey (Diptera) is of interest
and some biological value. They were collected in two days, with the
help of two or three natives, by Mr. J. D. Casey at Lit: wandié Drift,
Shire River, between Zomba and Fort Johnstone, Nyasaland.

Eleven of the victims are Asilide of seven distinct species, gradu-
ating in size from large to small. The two largest, a male and female
of the same species are as robust and considerably longer than the
Bembex. Three are flies of the genus Tabanus, and the two last
are Glossina morsitans, Westw. (Tsetse fly) and Sarcophaga hemorr-
hoidalis, Mg. (Tachinide).

It will be noted that the majority of the prey are Asilide, them-
selves the most voracious of flies, many of them even preying on
Sphegid wasps or bees (instances being included in the table above).
The Bembevidee, unlike the majority of the Sphegide, feed their larvee
on fresh food daily, instead of storing up live insects stung into a
comatose state upon which to deposit their eggs. Their hunting is,
therefore, kept up for a much longer period and the open sand banks
in which they nest afford good opportunities for observation.

Though not strictly applicable to the subject, the aggressors being
web-less spiders, I am adding the two following occurrences as
interesting. Many butterflies also fall victims to spiders of the active
running types as well as to those that snare their prey in webs.

LOCALITY

LLECTOR.
AND DATE. Co

CAPTOR. PREY.

White hairless Spider, on|Acridian: Zonocerus elegans| Springvale, |E. E. Platt
a sugar-bush. Prey Thunb. nr. Durban,
held firmly by head 14 iv. 18
and thorax, dead
but quite fresh.

Yellow Spider, smaller|Syrphus fly _... ...| Durban, |C. N. Barker
than above, but pro- 20 iv. 18
bably of same genus.

JOHN SINGLETON & SONS, PRINTERS, DURBAN,

Be ULBNGER,

ae | Pate oe

mT 4
=
Fy
f
+
i
‘
(te
:
3
4
« ‘
- ih v]
} y 4
f ¢
*
r
-

jee ine ee

er Additions tbe Fish Benda of N

ea ieee on eo ae ye
rhs VIL < ne badsioal ne “Whales ap
EB Co. Cave: eneitam oe) sa t
aii

VOL. Il. PART 3.

“ANNALS

| DURBAN MUSEUM

EDITED BY THE CURATOR,

: ‘EB. @ CHUBB.

Issued 31st March, 1919. “
a _gatenaene

é ¥ i fi om. a

4 od i i9]9 .

Px , f

4] Musew SDP
mittee _

Pmccaccmmacinoere

PRICE 5/- NETT.

PRINTED BY
JOHN SINGLETON & SONS, DURBAN,

FOR THE DuRBAN Museum.

a ail

The Annals of the Durban a ssh

Bas

‘of previous iss iss

III.—On batter Pelagic Eston 6.8.1

Vol I 1, Part Li

Mi Aa agin of Festal Sperm Whale, iy) F Ee Banpan. it P (
VI.—Notes on Four-lunged Spiders, by. Ry onN Hewrrr, Aas
VIL. —Notes on Pelagic aaa Ai G. i: Bray.
Vand

‘IX.—Rotifera from Natal, by C. F. Rovssenam., ,
X.—List of ee My F. ag . Bpwanns., a 1 oe mM A
Vol. I, ran 3. Published 20th h Apr 1916. Price 5/- a

a Aa

XIII. ie Hyarg parasitic on Ashes, by Enesr a i Pla

Tiel x
yi

iX.—A Skeleton of the Dodo (DIDUS INEPTUS)
by
E. C. Chubb, Curator of the Durban Museum.

Wirn Puate XVII.

HE Durban Museum has recently acquired a practically complete
mounted skeleton of Dodo, Didus ineptus, Linn. It was
purchased from the heirs of the late Mr. E. Therioux of Mauritius,
through the assistance of Mr. Geo. Antelme, who takes an interest in
the Museum at Port Louis, Mauritius. In the possession of tail bones,
certain bones in the wings, and a rib on the second pelvic vetebra, the
Durban Museum skeleton appears to be more complete than any of the
others that have been figured or described, and consequently furnishes
some additions to our knowledge of the osteology of this most
interesting bird.

It may be as well to recall that the remains of Dodo preserved in
museums consist of four other mounted skeletons, in the British
Museum (Natural History), the Cambridge University Museum, the
Paris Museum and the Mauritius Museum respectively ; a foot and
head in the Oxford Museum (relics of a complete stuffed specimen
which, unfortunately, was attacked by insects and” in consequence
destroyed in 1755); a foot in the British Museum (Natural History)
and a head in the Copenhagen Museum. It is possible that there are
also some odd bones in various museums, for the Durban Museum has
for about ten years been in possession of an incomplete pelvis and a
number of vertebree and leg-bones. Not one of the five existing
skeletons is that of an individual bird. They have been reconstructed
at different times from bones that have been found on the Island
during the last sixty years, the chief source being a certain marsh, the
Mare aux Songes. This site has been very thoroughly explored, and
it is highly improbable that any considerable number of Dodo bones
will in future be obtained there or elsewhere.

Although the general attitude of the Durban Museum skeleton |
might be improved upon, there is no doubt that it has been very care-/
fully put together, and it is evident that considerable knowledge has \
been brought to bear upon the work.

In a paper read before the Zoological Society of London in 1892,
and published in the “ Transactions,” vol. xiii, Sir Edward Newton
and Dr. Gadow described and figured a skeleton, reconstructed by

(97)
Annals of the Durban Museum, Vol. II, part 3, issued 31st March, 1919.

Annis 0 nian Insp
As 4

wv
“A

LUN 3 194¢G

98 A Skeleton of Dodo

themselves, which is now in the Mauritius Museum. They pointed
out that it contained the following bones which were previously
unknown, viz., atlas and prepelvic (18th) vertebra, complete pubic
bones, and metacarpals ; and they referred to it as doubtless the most
complete skeleton in the world.

In the skeleton which forms the subject of the present paper, not
only are the bones which were described by Sir Edward Newton and
Dr. Gadow for the first time present, but, as mentioned above, several
additional bones are represented. These are referred to below.

The atlas vertebra in the Durban Museum skeleton agrees very well
with the figure given by Sir Edward Newton and Dr. Gadow.

In the 13th vertebra the spinous process is more strongly developed
than is indicated in their figure, and in this respect it agrees more
with that in the British Museum skeleton.

The 18th vertebra, which was described by Sir Edward Newton and >
Dr. Gadow for the first time, is more complete than that figured by
them. There are considerable portions of spinous and transverse
processes, indicating that in the complete vertebra these processes are
strongly developed.

The tail vertebre, which are apparently lacking in both the British
Museum skeleton and in that described by Sir Edward Newton and
Dr. Gadow, are present in the Durban Museum skeleton. They consist
of six free caudal vertebra, with an elongated and rather pointed
pygostyle, as shewn in text-fig. 1.

The arrangement of the ribs in the Durban Museum skeleton differs
from the conclusions arrived at by Sir Edward Newton and Dr. Gadow,
which, being based upon the examination of various normal (not
domesticated) pigeons, are, with one exception, no doubt correct. In
their opinion, the Dodo possessed short ribs to the 14th and 15th
vertebra, sternal ribs to the 16th, 17th, 18th and 19th vertebre and
no rib to the 20th vertebra. The Durban Museum skeleton bears a
short rib on the 14th vertebra, sternal ribs on the 15th, 16th, 17th
and 18th vertebre, an almost sternal rib on the 19th vertebra and a
rib on the 20th, the second pelvic vertebra. This rib on the 20th
vertebra is lacking on the left-hand side, but the articulating facet is
clearly visible, and, moreover, in an odd pelvis which the Durban
Museum has possessed for some years these facets, for the articulation
of a pair of ribs to the second pelvic vertebra, are also present. In
this respect, the Dodo agrees still more closely with Pezophaps, the
Solitaire, with which Sir Edward Newton and Dr. Gadow specially
compared it.

Annals Durban Museum, Vol. II.

Skeleton of
DODO, Déidus cineptus.

Plate XVII.

by FE. C. Chubb. 99

The right wing of the Durban Museum skeleton is slightly more
complete than that of the left-hand side, and bears the following
elements which do not appear in any of the other skeletons that have
been figured or described, viz., a radiale, and a phalanx each to the Ist
and 3rd digits.

The legs bear patelle.

Text-Fig. 1.

TAIL BONES OF Dopo.

X.—On Some Rare Beetles in the Barker Collection of the Durban
Museum, with descriptions of new species, Part I,
by

C. N. Barker, F.E.S.

HIS collection of Coleoptera includes a considerable number of
unique specimens which have remained as such after the lapse of
many years in spite of every endeavour to obtain further examples.
I am fully alive to the inadvisability of describing species from single
examples and have long refrained from doing so, but the evident
rarity of some of them, which, on account of the opening up of the
country and consequent destruction of their favourite haunts, is likely
to increase until they are quite lost sight of, has induced me to take
the present course. An additional reason for describing these rarities
is that other collectors may have the luck to come across specimens of
them, the value of which they might be quite oblivious of had they
not the descriptions and history to refer to.

I have to thank Dr. L. Péringuey for his great kindness in
comparing my types with insects in his collection and that of the
South African Museum. Indeed, without his help in this respect, I
should not have felt justified in making this my first contribution to
descriptive classificatory work.

My thanks are also due to the Rev. J. O'Neil, 8.J., of Salisbury,
Rhodesia, for kindly lending me some valuable unique species from
his collection for comparison. As two amongst these prove to be new,
I have included descriptions of them below. With these exceptions,
all the types are contained in the collection of the Durban Museum.

Famity CARABIDA.

SuB-FAMILY CARABINA.

HiLetus oxyaonus, Chaud.

A small, black beetle having the appearance of a Harpalid, but
with powerfully developed broad mandibles and geniculate antenne.
The two examples in the collection were taken by me in wet alluvium,
under river weeds, at the Umblatuzana River, near Malvern, in
November, 1900. I have come across no further specimens in the
course of many years collecting both at this spot and other fayourable
localities,

(100)

by C. N. Barker. 101

Susp-ramity HARPALIN A.

Trine HEXAGONINI.

HEXAGONIA NATALENSIS, Chaud.

Species of this genus appear to exclusively harbour in the interstices
of the leaves of reeds and rushes. Two species, H. preusta, Chaud.
and H. terminalis, Gemm. are common; WH. immaculata, Chaud.
considerably less so in the coastal areas of Natal. H. natalensis,
Chaud. is seemingly rare wherever it is met with, and I have only
taken about half a dozen during many years collecting. It is found
in association with the three other species, and all are occasionally
attracted to light.

Trine ODONTOCANTHINI.

CASNONIA RUFOPICEA, Chaud.

Two examples; one taken flying at dusk at Malvern in September,
1900, the second at light, Mavern, 29th May, 1910. I have quite
failed to come across this insect in the natural haunts of species of
this genus, i.e., in damp places under herbage, river banks or marshes.

STENIDIA ABDOMINALIS, Chaud. and S. AppRoximans, Pér.

The habits of these species are the same as in the genus Casnonia,
but, with the exception of a single example of the former taken by me
at Malvern in 1896, I have only met with them at the electric lights
in Durban. 8S. abdominalis was captured at light in December,
1907, and again on 21st April, 1908. The records of capture of
S. approximans, Pér. are two examples taken in December, 1907, and
a further specimen during the same or following month; all at the
electric lights Durban, by Mr. H. W. Bell Marley.

Trine GALLERITINI.

DENDROCELLUS AUSTRALIS, Pér.

This appears to be a very rare insect. Though much sought for, I
have taken a single example only, in July, 1898, under bark of the
’Ndohni (Waterboom) tree at Malvern, In appearance it is hardly

102 South African Beetles

separable from Drypta ru/ficollis, Desj., but its pectinated claws
demonstrate its arboreal habits and differentiate it from all the
species of Drypta.

Eunostus @uENzII, Chaud.

This is another rare insect, and I have only obtained it on two
occasions, each time at light, viz., at Lower Umkomaas in November,
1898, and at Malvern on 30th December, 1901. Only one other
species of this genus, H. Jatreil/ei, Casteln. from Madagascar, has so
far been recorded, and nothing I believe is known of its habits beyond
what may be surmised from its simple claws,

Tring HELLUONINI.

MACROCHILUS APPROXIMUS, Pér. and M. porsatis, Klug.

These are closely allied species, doubtfully distinct from one another.
The example of M/. approximus in my collection is larger than J.
dorsalis, agreeing in this respect with the dimensions given by
Dr. Péringuey in “Catalogue of Coleoptera of S. Africa” (1896)*, page
167. M. dorsalis, Klug. is there recorded from Cape Town only. In
the Munich Catalogue its habitat is given as Jndia orientalis, which
Dr. Péringuey considers erroneous. The two examples (one of each
species) were taken at Malvern, Natal; JM. dorsalis at light in
October, 1913, and J. approximus under stone on 16th October, 1908.
Many species of this genus appear to have a wide range, but to the
best of my knowledge are infrequently met with.

MACROCHILUS VARIANS, Pér., var. ?

A single example received from the Rev. J. A. O’Neil, on loan, who
captured it at Salisbury, Rhodesia, 22nd December, 1917. It agrees
in all essential points of shape and sculpture with Dr. Péringuey’s
description, except that no mention is made of the broad medial
longitudinal groove to the prothorax, and its very fine central line.

In details of coloration the species shows considerable differentiation.
Dr. Péringuey mentions having two examples before him “in one of
which the elytra are concolorous and in the other there is a yellowish
red band beginning near the base and extending, on the fourth and fifth
intervals, to a short distance from the median part of the disk.” The

* Trans. S, Afr. Phil. Soc. VII,

by C. N. Barker. 103

size of the humeral patch can therefore be safely estimated as a very
variable factor. In the specimen before me, the shoulder patch
extends from the base to below middle, and covers at its widest part
the intervals 3 to 7, and is longest on the fifth and sixth intervals.
The heid and metasternum are not wholly black. The former is
reddish from near vertex to base and the latter is wholly red. It is
also fairly densely pubescent; the pubescence of the elytra rather
long and decumbent. Length 10} mm., width 33 mm.

PLANETES QUADRICOLLIS, Chaud., var.

The single example belonging to the collection has been submitted
to Dr. Péringuey (September, 1918), who has compared it with typical
“‘guadricollis,” and considers it a melanic variety of this species. He
adds that the dorsal patch of P. gwadricollis is very evanescent. It
was taken at the electric lights, Durban, by Mr. H. W. Bell Marley
in the summer of 1907-8.

Trine BRACHININI.

The Brachinini, though homogeneous as a group, are extremely
difficult to determine specifically, on account of the great variability
and the evanescent nature of their patterns.

The genus Pherosophus is particularly difficult on this account, and
with further knowledge many of those at present recognised as species
will probably be sunk as synonyms.

The examination of the genitalia of large series may afford some
guidance later in their determination, though I have no personal
evidence as to its reliability in this group.

Two of the commonest species of Pherosophus in the Natal coast
regions are P. fastidiatus, L. and P. capensis, Chaud. These two
species, and varieties graduating from the one to the other, are
frequently found together, sometimes quite gregariously, under the
same stone or shelter. The elytral markings vary from large to the
smallest traces, and the ground colour from yellow to deep red. The
sculpture varies but little, and these slight modifications bear no
relationship to the colour or pattern of the insects.

It is, therefore, with some hesitation that I venture to add yet
another species to this difficult genus. There are, however, in the
following form some distinctive points that I have not met with in any
other species of the genus with which I am conversant.

104 South African Beetles

PHEROSOPHUS UBOMBOENSIS, Sp. Nov.

Head, prothorax, legs and underneath (except the abdomen which
is more or less infuscated) dull yellow. The prothorax is margined
with black exactly as in P. bohemani, Chaud. and the knees are
infuscated. Elytra black, with a broad marginal band, commencing
in a humeral spot and extending to the outer apical angle. The black
ground immediately above the apex shades off into brownish ; the tips
of the coste pallid. <A little below middle a narrow yellow discal
patch extends diagonally downwards from the middle of the sixth to
the fourth intervals where it broadens upwards ; elytra nearly parallel
with the shoulders, only slightly sloping; narrowly costate, with
both coste and intervals rugosely, irregularly punctate, giving the
surface a coriaceous appearance, especially towards the apical
declivity ; the intervals densely clothed with a short pubescence.
Head faintly aciculate, longitudinally plicate near eyes.

Length 15 mm. Width 6 mm.

Hab. Ubombo, Zululand. Collected by H. W. Bell Marley.

The distinctive characteristic of this species is the punctuation of
the costz of the elytra and its more quadrate shape. The setz of the
legs and underneath are denser and longer than usual.

BRACHINUS MARLEYI, sp. nov.

Head, prothorax, palpi, and beneath reddish-yellow. The four
basal joints of the antenne reddish-yellow, with the third and
fourth sub-apically banded with fuscous ; terminal joints ferruginous
and pubescent excepting the first two. Legs reddish-yellow, a shade
lighter than the prothorax. Elytra black with the margins broadly
yellow from base to outer apical angle where they. widen into an
irregularly rounded spot. The scutellum, and a large sub-triangular
patch enveloping it, yellow, narrowly connected basally with the
marginal band. On each side of the scutellar spot, and only separated
from the humeral angles by a narrow strip of the black ground colour,
a large elongate patch extends transversely from the fourth interval
to its coalescence with an inward extension of the marginal band.
The combined patch though widely joined is deeply indented by the
ground colour above and beneath, at the points of juncture. The
discoidal part of the patch extends to below middle. The apical
declivity bears a large ovate spot which inclines diagonally towards
the suture and apex, and covers the fifth to second intervals. It is
narrowly separated from the spot at the outer apical angle. The

by C. N. Barker. 105

surface of the elytra is shagreen punctate, with shallow strie and a
somewhat dense reddish pubescence. Vertex of head nearly smooth,
faintly aciculate. Prothorax shallowly plicate punctate, sparsely
pubescent, sub-cordate, margins recurved and with a strongly defined
median groove.

Length 8 mm. Width 3} mm.

Hab. Ubombo, Zululand. Collected by H. W. Bell Marley. One
example.

A robust looking insect of the Armiger group.

CREPIDOGASTER MATONGA, Sp. NOV.

Head, prothorax and antenne light brick red. Prosternum, legs
and basal joint of antenn of a lighter testaceous colour. Elytra
black without markings; abdomen reddish fuscous laterally darker ;
exposed dorsal segments nearly black. Antenne long about 11 mm.
or nearly as long as the insect. Prothorax elongate cordate, much
drawn in at base which is truncate and broadly grooved on either side ;
the lateral margins briefly reflexed; immediately below the apex a
fine carinate, slightly sinuate transverse line, which does not quite
reach the apical angles and is intersected in the middle by the median
line. Both head and prothorax are finely shagreened. Elytra closely
shagreened ; strive shallow, but clearly defined; briefly pubescent ;
the pubescence black. Shoulders narrow but very prominent; ovately,
but not largely, ampliated ; the apex deeply emarginate.

Length 11} mm. Width, a trifle over 5 mm.

Hab. Ngxwala Hill, Zululand. Collected by L. Bevis.

CREPIDOGASTER MARGINICOLLIS, Sp. nov.

Head, palpi, first two joints of antennz, legs and beneath testaceous
yellow ; legs a shade lighter than head and prothorax. The lateral
margins of the prothorax, elytra and the second and third joints of
the antenne infuscated. The remaining joints of the antenne light
red. The elytra are of the same testaceous ground colour clouded
over the whole surface with fuscous brown, except only ill-defined
basal and sub-apical patches. The basal or scutellar patch is composed
of coalescing inter-strie rays, and on either side of it are two
further narrow ill-defined rays, all of which reach from base to about
one-third of the length of the elytra. Close to the lateral margins
and a short distance above apex, a small transverse ray-like yellowish
spot, also somewhat ill-defined. Exposed dorsal segments of abdomen
dark brown, Head, prothorax and elytra very closely punctulate and

106 South African Beetles

briefly pubescent. There are no strie to the elytra. Prothorax
elongate cordate with a shallow median groove.

Length 5mm. Width 2} mm.

Hab. Salisbury, Rhodesia. Captured by, and type in the collection
of, the Rev. J. A. O'Neil.

CREPIDOGASTER OBSCURA, Sp. Nov.

Vertex of head and prothorax reddish-brown; antenne, epistome
and mandibles light red, the latter with the tips infuscated. Palpi
flavescent with bases of terminal joints ringed with brownish. Elytra
pectus and abdomen fuscous brown. The elytra is a shade darker
than the abdominal segments. Vertex of head longitudinally convex,
finely and closely aciculate punctate. The eyes small and depressed.
The prothorax a little more finely punctulate than the head and with
a narrow median line interrupted in the centre. It is very little
ampliated anteriorly and not much wider than the head; obliquely
narrowed to basal angle which is rounded and not prominent ; lateral
edges narrowly marginate. Elytra very short, and very closely
aciculate punctate, with the striz only faintly indicated ; very briefly
pubescent. ‘There is a line of spaced punctures above the epipleuree ;
the apex not deeply emarginate.

Length 6 mm. Width 3 mm.

Hab. Malvern, Natal. Taken by me under leaf detritus in
garden, March, 1913.

This is a very distinct species with narrower head than usual, small,
non-prominent eyes, and slender prothorax which is not sinuated
laterally above the basal angles.

TrisE LEBIINI.

Of the genus Callida, Déj. the collection contains no less than
sixteen, thirteen of which are described and determined species and
sub-species. The remaining three are probably new, but the great
similarity of facies of the majority of this group enjoins caution in
dealing with very limited material. Callida maryinicollis, Chaud. a
beautiful and very distinct species appears to have a very wide range,
though T have only met with it once, i.e., in July, 1900, on the Upper
Umlazi River, Natal, when two examples were taken on ’Ndohne or
waterboom tree. Hitherto it has only been recorded from Cape
Colony (Knysna) and the Transvaal (Potchefstroom). Most of the
species of the group, however, appear to be local in their incidence.

by C. N. Barker. 107

METALLICA sp. ?

This is a splendid little insect, black with metallic purplish-red
elytra. A single example was found by me on the 14th June, 1907,
dead on a leaf in my garden at Malvern. It must either be a
straggler from the north-eastern fauna, or an extraordinary rare
insect. It is evidently allied to M. purpuripennis, Chaud. but differs
from the description in many essential details. It has, unfortunately,
lost some of its members.

Length about 9 mm.

PLAGIOPYGA TRANSVAALENSIS, sp. Nov.

Head, prothorax, palpi and beneath rich chestnut red ; mandibles
black. Antenne: first three joints red like the head, glabrous, the
remaining joints ferruginous and pubescent. Elytra black, opaque,
but showing an underlying reddish tinge in very strong light;
epipleure red. Legs reddish; the femora except the knees a shade
lighter. Head: epistome elongate; labrum broader than long,
truncate; vertex smooth, without punctures. Prothorax slightly
broader than long; lateral margins gently rounded from apex to above
middle, thence gradually narrowed to the rounded basal angle; disc
convex finely plicate, and with a median groove; margins briefly
recurved and somewhat rugose within. LElytra depressed, finely
striated, intervals plane.

Length 10 mm. Width 4 mm.

Hab. Pilgrim’s Rest, Transvaal. Collected by A. Galloway.

More depressed and less elongate than P. cyclogona, Chaud. The
colour of the elytra different to any of those previously described from
S. Africa.

DEMETRIAS NATALENSIS, Chaud, and PELiocypas NATALENSIS, Chaud.
(in litt.).

I cannot refrain from referring to the confusion caused by the use
of the same name for these two closely allied insects. In colour and
general appearance they are almost identical; in size alone is there
any differentiation (and that is only as 44} mm. is to 6 mm.) so far as
the outer skeleton is concerned. The generic characters of Demetrias
and Peliocypas only differ in that the former has the paraglosse a
little longer and the latter mwch longer than the ligula. Where the
facies and habits are the same, as they are in the case of these two
insects, the generic characters appear very insuflicient to justify their
separation,

108 South African Beetles

The description of Pelioeypas natalensis as given in Péringuey’s
Catalogue of S. African Coleoptera is copied from de Chaudoir’s
manuscripts and was not published by him. I would therefore suggest
that the name be altered to Peliocypas chaudoiri.

XENITENUS MARSHALLI, sp. nov.

Fulvescent. Head, mouth-parts and antenne reddish fulvous.
Elytra fulvescent with the whole discoidal area covered with a diffuse
fuscous brown band, leaving only a somewhat ill-defined space, on
either side of the suture and the lateral margins, of the ground colour.
Head smooth and very shiny without punctulation; on either side
between and extending below the eyes an irregular plicated groove.
Prothorax a little wider at apex than at base; angles, both anterior
and posterior, sharply rounded; outer sides straight, narrowly
recurved ; apex emarginate ; base truncate. The dise very shiny with
faint transverse plications; a well-defined central groove intersected
sub-basally by a short transverse impression. Elytra sub-parallel ;
shoulders broadly rounded; surface shiny and faintly aciculated ;
strie shallow, especially towards sides where they become hardly
defined ; spaced punctures on the third, fifth and seventh intervals.

Length 7} mm. Width 2} mm.

Hab. Salisbury, Rhodesia. Taken under bark in October, 1898,
by my friend, Dr. G. A. K. Marshall, after whom I propose to name it.

KLEPSIPHERUS MALVERNENSIS, Sp. nov.

Head, prothorax, elytra and underneath pitch black, shiny.
Antenne, palpi and tarsi red. Legs piceous red ; the femora a shade
darker than the tibie. Vertex smooth, very shiny; neck shallowly
transversely grooved and narrowed basally ; on either side between
the eyes an elongate rugose groove which reaches down as far as the
clypeus. Apex of prothorax deeply emarginate; angles sharply
rounded ; lateral sides gently ampliated for a short distance, then
nearly straightly narrowed to the posterior angle which is rounded,
base truncate ; a well-defined median groove reaches from centre of
the apical emargination to a short distance above base, where it
deflects outwardly into elongated sub-marginal impressions on either
side, the whole surface of the dise strongly transversely plicate.
Elytra more than double the width of the prothorax at base, short ;
basal and apical angles broadly rounded, sides nearly straight, drawn
in a little towards apex and sinuate between the outer and inner
angles ; deeply punctate, strie with the intervals almost carinate,

by C. N. Barker. 109

Length 8} mm. Width 34 mm.

Hab. Malvern, Natal. A single example taken by me under
bark in July, 1898.

Closely allied to Alepsipherus crenato-striatus, Pér., from which it
differs in its shorter, more convex form, more rounded shoulders, its
strongly plicated and grooved prothorax and the much deeper striation
of the elytra. The coloration is also quite different.

PHLG@OZETUS DORSALIS, Pér. var. ?

Two examples taken at light at Isipingo in March, 1898. These
were submitted to Dr. Peringuay and pronounced by him as “hardly
distinguished from P. dorsalis.”

I have not seen P. dorsalis, which in the Catalogue of the Coleoptera
of S. Africa (1896)* is recorded only from Cape Town, but judging by
the description and by the figure of the elytron (Plate V., no. 15) my
species differs in the dorsal black patch being broadly truncate in the
anterior part instead of being produced triangularly from the suture.
In this respect it agrees exactly with the description of P. ambulans,
Pér. from Salisbury, Rhodesia.

LEBIA UMTALIA, Pér.

A single example taken by me in reeds, river bank, ’Mhlatuzan,
Natal, February, 1899. Regarding this Dr. Péringuey says, “Slightly
more massive but same species.”

Judging by the description of LZ. wmtalina (sic) in “Annals of S.

African Museum,” vol. ii, p. 179, it differs materially from my species

as follows :
Lebia umtalia. Lebia sp. mihi.
Length 63 mm. 8 mm.
Width 3 mm. 34 mm.
Clypeus Black. Red.

Antenne Rufescent, with 4-6 joints Rufescent (all the joints).
deeply infuscate.

Supra apical band—reaches margin does not reach margins and
and is connected by a nar- is connected by a broad band
row black band along the (covering Ist and 2nd inter-
suture with the basal patch. vals) with the basal patch.

* Trans. 8S. Afr. Phil. Soc. VII.

110 South African Beetles

It appears to be more closely allied to LZ. fortwita, Pér., in which
the elytral pattern and the colour of the antennal joints are identical.
It is, however, a more massive insect and differs in the shape of the
prothorax, which is more transverse and not sinuate above the basal

angle. The strize also are quite devoid of punctuation which is present’

in L. fortuita.

LeBiA NATALIS, Pér. and LEsIA VERISIMILIS, Pér. (in litt).

As the result of correspondence on the subject, subsequent to the
publication of the description of ZL. natalis (Trans. 8. Afr. Phil. Soc.,
vol. x, p. 323, 1898), the name Z. verisimilis, in litt. was submitted
to me by Dr. Peringuey for the smaller of the two species, but so far
no description has been published.

Unfortunately, the description of Z. natalis requires revision as it
confounded (probably from want of sufficient material for comparison)
two very distinct species as one. ‘The description, however, can only
apply to the larger species as the metasternum is described as being
black, which is correct for LZ. natalis but not for ZL. verisimilis, in
which the whole of the pectus is red.

The extreme measurement, 8 mm., is correct for LZ. natalis, which
appears to be constant in size. JL. verisvmilis, per contra, varies a
good deal in size from 53-7 mm. The coloration above is the same
in both species, but in shape they differ considerably. JL. natalis
bears the general facies of L. (Liopeza) thoracica, Boh., ie., long
slender filiform antenne; elongate legs and tarsi, wide shoulders
which with almost parallel sides give it a more quadrate appearance.
L. verisimilis has shorter sub-filiform antenne and the more oval
convex shape of Lebia fraterna, Pér. In L. verisimilis the prothorax
is more transverse, the elytra more ampliated beyond middle; less
depressed with deeper and punctulated striz. In L. natalis the striz
are not, or scarcely perceptibly, punctured; the intervals are less
raised and the surface colour duller. The space between and below
eyes in natalis is coarsely longitudinally plicated. In verisimalis it is
confusedly punctured, the plications, if perceptible, are immediately
adjacent to the eyes.

Both species are not uncommon if sought for under bark in damp
spots during the dry (hybernating) season. The waterboom (’Ndohne)
tree is the favourite resort of these and large number of our Lebiides.

LEBIA MONTICOLA, Sp. Nov.

Head black. Prothorax, mouth-parts and the first three joints of
the antenne red. ‘The remaining joints ferruginous. Legs flavescent.

——————

—

by C. N. Barker. 111

Elytra rich yellow with a black sutural band covering the two first
intervals from base to about middle, whence it widens outwards (at
the commencement obliquely) into a broad transverse band which
covers the eighth interval but does not reach the margin. The band
is irregularly sinuous above and below. Underneath reddish-brown
darker laterally and on the anal segments. Vertex of head and
frontal parts closely punctured and longitudinally plicate between the
eyes. Prothorax: anterior part to about one-third its length widely
rounded ; thence to posterior angle (which is sharp and recurved)
nearly straight; rugosely, transversely plicate over the whole disc,
which is divided by a well-defined median groove. Elytra nearly
twice the width of the prothorax at base, shoulders rounded, sides
very slightly ampliated, nearly parallel in fact; punctate striate,
intervals plane Antenne filiform, long and slender; the first three
joints excepted, pubescent and bearing a long seta towards the apex
of each articulation. Legs and tarsi elongate ; claws quadripectinate,

Length 8 mm. Width 3} mm.

Hab. Van Reenen, Natal. A single example taken by me in
December, 1907.

The antenne, legs and tarsi are even relatively longer than those of
L. natalis, Pér. and L. thoracica, Boh. It should precede L. insidiosa,
Per. which is a sort of connecting link with species of the ZL. fortwita,
LI. umtalia class characterised by nearly straight outer sides, antenne
moderately long, sub-filiform.

LEBIA.

Without venturing to attempt a re-grouping of the large numbers
of S. African species of this genus, for which the material at my
disposal is quite insufficient, I would suggest placing the MVematopeza
section at the end of the list, for in their more robust convex forms
they distinctly approximate to Astata. Species which I take to belong
to this group are L. dreget, Chaud., LZ. nobilis, Boh., LZ. invicta, Pér.,
L. evicta, Pér., L. modesta, Boh., L. fraterna, Pér., ZL. verisimilis, Pér.
in litt., Z. bicolor, Per., etc. JL. natalis, Pér., I think takes its most
suitable place after ZL. thoracica, Boh., with which it has in common
filiform antenne and elongated tarsi. L. immaculata, Boh., I have
not yet come across, but judging by its description ‘outer sides nearly
straight,” it may find its place next to L. natalis.

112 South African Beetles

ASTATA TETRAGRAMMA, Chaud.

Dr. Péringuey, on page 337 of his 2nd Supplement of the Coleoptera
of S. Africa (1898)*, refers to the melanic form of the above as allied
to Astata cognata, Pér. He has, however, entirely omitted to describe
these melanic forms in his description of the species, pages 265-6 of
the Catalogue. His only mention of a melanic form of this species,
is his denial of Chaudoir’s assertion that Lebia immaculata, Boh., is a
variety of A. tetragramma, Chaud. The Barker collection contains a
good series of the varietal forms of the species. The four-spotted type
form appears to be fairly constant in the size and shape of the spots.

Var. A. with an inclination to a darkening of the ground colour has
quite lost the anterior dorsal spots, and the sub-apical spots are much
reduced in size; in one example the spot is sub-evanescent on the
outer side, and only two intervals show the colour clearly.

Var. B. The spots have entirely vanished leaving the elytra of a
unicolorous black.

ASTATA COGNATA, Pér.

This varies considerably, as the description shows, from a deep
flavus central space with defined borders to the extreme melanic type
showing no trace of a lighter discoidal area.

AstTaTa consors, Pér.

The dark forms with unicelorous black or very faint traces of
piceous red on the discoidal area, appear to be the commonest, as they
are also the typical form of this interesting species. One example,
however, shows a fairly well diffused rounded spot of piceous red on
either side, a little above the middle, whence it is narrowly produced
basally and reaches the shoulder.

The habits of this species differ somewhat from the other Astata
known to me. I have only taken it harbouring in reeds on river
banks. The other species appear to affect, like most of the true
Lebia, the bark of trees.

ASTATA PICEIPENNIS, Motsch.

This fine species shows no disposition towards variation.

* Trans. S, Afr. Phil. Soc. X.

by C. N. Barker. 113

LEBISTINIDA PULCHRA, Pér.

This appears to be an extremely rare, as well as a very beautiful,
species. ‘The type was taken by my friend, Dr. G. A. K. Marshall at
the Lower Umkomaas River, under bark, about the year 1896 or 1897.
I believe that the only specimen since obtained is a single example
taken by me in November, 1902, near the mouth of the Ifafa River.
Both these localities are on the Natal south coast and only a few
miles apart.

ARSINOE NITIDA, Sp. nov.

Head black, with an ill-defined space on vertex reddish. Labrum,
palpi, terminal half of mandibles and first two joints of antenna deep
red; third and fourth joints of the antenne piceous, the remainder
ferruginous. Prothorax black, narrowly piceous red about apical
angles. Elytra black with sub-humeral, and deeply sinuated, supra
apical patches. The anterior patch extends diagonally from the third
to eighth intervals, commencing narrowly on the third, produced a
little downwards on the fourth and fifth intervals and a little upwards
on the sixth interval but not reaching the base. It is of about the
same width and widest on the fourth and sixth intervals. The supra-
apical patch extends from the suture to the sixth interval. It is
produced sharply upwards on the third and fifth, and is sinuate
towards apex on the first and fourth intervals. It is widest on the
third and fifth intervals. Legs and abdomen piceous red. Head
deeply punctulated, a little scrobiculate on either side of the epistome.
Discoidal part of prothorax nearly smooth, faintly transversely
wrinkled ; lateral margins sharp, recurved and rugose within. Elytra
punctate-striate with the intervals plane and finely punctulated,

Length 84 mm. Width 3? mm.

Hab. Northdene, Natal. A single example taken by me under
bark in May, 1900.

Judging by the description it is very nearly allied to A. plausibilis,
Pér., and may only prove a varietal form with a less developed
pattern. The most important difference lies in the incidence of the
sinuation of the respective patterns. In A. plausibilis the anterior
patch is described as produced downwards on the third interval and
upwards on the fourth and fifth where it connects with the base. In
A. nitida it is very narrow on the third, produced downwards on the
fourth and fifth and upwards only on the sixth where it does not
nearly reach the base. It is also considerably smaller than 4.
plausibilis, and comparatively broader.

114 South African Beetles

ARSINOE 0’NEILI, sp. nov.

Head, palpi (tips lighter) and first three joints of antenne red,
the remaining joints darker. Prothorax, underneath and the legs
fulvescent. Elytra black, with on either side an elongate spot
reaching from base to about one-quarter of its length, covering the
intervals 4-7; a smaller sub-apical rounded spot near to, but not
reaching, suture. Head and prothorax deeply punctulated. The
vertex of head and sides of the prothorax more coarsely so. The
prothorax is of the usual shape, but the lateral margins above the
basal angles are less sinuated and recurved than in A. guadri-guttata.
Elytral-strie hardly perceptible, and the intervals finely punctulated.

Length 7} mm. Width 3 mm.

Hab. Salisbury, Rhodesia. Received from my friend Rev. J. A.
O’Neil, S.J., whose correspondence and help through a long term of
years has been of much encouragement and the greatest interest to me.

In coloration, pattern, and in the lesser constriction of the
prothorax at the basal angles, this species approximates to the facies
of Lobodontus gentilis, Pér., which also occurs in the same neighbour-

hood.

LOBODONTUS CONJUNCTUS, sp. nov.

Head black, with centre of vertex, frontal, and mouth parts piceous
red; mandibles tipped with black. Antenne, legs and underneath red ;
the abdomen piceous marginally. Prothorax black, very narrowly
margined with reddish. Elytra black, with on either side of the base
an elongate sub-quadrate reddish flavescent patch, reaching from the
shoulder to about one-third its length and covering the intervals from
the fourth to their junction with a reddish marginal band. On either
side of the suture above the apex two small laterally rounded spots
which coalesce and form an ovate patch a little indented anteriorly.
Vertex and base of the head smooth and shiny. Prothorax: apical
angles sharply produced forward; lateral sides gently rounded to
about middle and thence sinuately narrowed to the basal angle which
is sharp; margins narrowly recurved. Elytra shiny ; punctato-striate
with the intervals slightly convex. Two punctures on the third
interval, and the lateral margins foveately punctured from shoulder
to apex.

The pattern and coloration are almost identical with those of
L. trisignatus, Chaud., but in the narrower, more sinuate shape of
the prothorax and the more robustly formed head it approximates to
species of the genus Arsinoe. But for the palpi, which are those

by C. N. Barker. 115

of a Lobodontus (not abruptly truncate), I should have attached it
unhesitatingly to this genus. It is an interesting connecting link
between these two genera and makes it doubtful whether Lobodontus
is other than a synonym of dArsinoe.

Length 7} mm. Width 3 mm.

Hab. Salisbury, Rhodesia.

HAPLOPEZA UMTALIA, sp. nov.

Head and prothorax metallic greenish-blue. Elytra dark metallic
purplish-blue; antenne black, the first three joints glabrous, the
other joints pubescent and setose. The basal joint more or less
reddish at base. Palpi and mouth-parts rufescent. Legs clear flavus
with the tarsi and apex of the tibie infuscated. Prosternum and
pectus blue-black, abdomen and pygidium flavous. Of the same size
and shape as H. violacea, Boh. Head and prothorax identical, but
the elytral strie are deeper and punctulated ; the intervals decidedly
convex instead of plane. It may be only a local race of H. violacea
which in some examples shows a disposition towards reddish in the
posterior femora and about the knees, but the sculpture of the elytra
is distinctly different and the antennz are more pubescent.

Length 7 mm. Width 3 mm.

Hab. Unmtali, Rhodesia.

PENTAGONICA O’NEILI, sp. nov.

Head black to piceous.red; mouth-parts and first three joints of
antenne dark brown; terminal joints of latter redder and lighter.
Thorax flavus ; legs and pectus pale flavescent ; abdomen brownish.
Elytra dilute fuscous brown, broadly margined with pale flavescent.

Head and prothorax smooth ; the latter transverse, widest at about
middle where it is sharply angled and setose. Thence it contracts
rapidly to base, which is very narrow, with scarcely a trace of
sinuation at outer basal angle. The disc convex, with a narrow
median groove which deflects outwardly a little above base; the
lateral margins sharp and recurved. Elytra shallowly punctato-striate
with the intervals plane; shoulders squarely rounded; sides nearly
straight to beyond middle and gently rounded to apex.

Length 4} mm. Width 2 mm.

Hab. Salisbury, Rhodesia. Four examples received from my
friend the Rev. J. A. O'Neil, S.J., to whose generosity I am indebted
for a great many new and interesting species included in my
collection.

116 South African Beetles.

PENTAGONICA ANTENNATA, Sp. nov.

Head fulvescent ; prothorax, mouth-parts and legs flavus; antenne
(excepting the first four joints which are pitchy brown) very pale
flavescent. Elytra pale fuscous brown with the outer margins broadly
flavescent. Prosternum and pectus flavus ; abdomen brownish.

Size and sculpture almost identical with that of P. o’nezli, but the
prothorax is broader and a little more sinuate below the outer basal
angles. The elytra also are shorter giving it a more quadrate
appearance. he narrow space at base below the median line of the
prothorax, as well as the scutellum and immediately round it, is
coarsely punctured. In P. o’neili these parts are nearly smooth. The
most distinctive feature of this species, however, is the sharp contrast
between the pitchy first four joints and the yellowish-white of the
succeeding joints of the antenne.

Length 44 mm. Width 2 mm.

Hab. Malvern, Natal. A single example found on the bark of a
fallen tree on 19th October, 1913.

ORTHOGONIUS DUBIUS, sp. nov.

Head, prothorax and elytra piceous red; the prothorax a shade
redder than head and elytra. Palpi, first three joints of antenna,
legs, pygidium and beneath of a rich chestnut red. Terminal joints
of antennz piceous and pubescent. Head finely transversely plicate.
Prothorax gently rounded from apical angle to above middle, thence
nearly straight to basal angle, which is moderately sharp and narrowly
recurved. Sparsely punctulate and rugosely plicate over the whole
disc and with a shallow median groove. Elytra elongate; four times
as long as the prothorax ; shoulders squarely rounded, twice as wide
as the prothorax at base, deeply striate, very faintly punctulate with
the intervals carinate. Both intermediate and posterior tibiz
straight and slender as in O. capucinus, Boh.

Length 164 mm. Width 7 mm.

Hab. Salisbury, Rhodesia.

Evidently a near ally of O. emulus, Pér., with the description of
which it agrees in most respects, but the posterior tibiz are not in the
least incurved. The four examples before me show no variation in size.

Dr. Péringuey states of this genus that the fourth tarsal joint of
the anterior tarsi are bilobate. This is evidently an error, as none of
those in my possession, i.e., O. caffer, Boh., O. brevicornis, O. capucinus,
and the present species, show anything more than broad incisions.

XI.—A new Bee from Natal,
by

T. D. A. Cockerell, University of Colorado.

HAVE just received from Mr. E. C. Chubb, specimens of a bee of
such extraordinary beauty that it deserves to be recorded without
delay. It reaches me on the very day that we have received word of
the complete triumph of the allied armies in Europe, and the cessation
of fighting. Because of its splendid blue colour of the abdomen I call
it ceelestina, heavenly ; may it be an omen of better days to come!

ANTHOPHORA CCELESTINA, Sp. NOV.

2. Length about 13 mm., anterior wing 9 mm.; robust, black,
with white markings on the head as follows: a reversed T-shaped
mark on clypeus, the arms very long, the stem not reaching upper
border of clypeus; a transverse supra-clypeal band; a very broad
crescentic mark on labrum; and nearly all of base of mandibles.
Hair of head and thorax above pale fulvous mixed with black, of
lower part of cheeks pure white, of under side of thorax yellowish-
white ; antenne entirely black, third joint very long ; tegule brownish
ferruginous ; wings strongly dusky, nervures piceous ; legs black, the
hair on outer side white, but hind tibiz with a band of black hair
running down in the midst of the white, and brush at end of hind
basitarsi black ; inner face of tibie with black hair; inner face of
hind basitarsi with reddish-black hair; abdomen with pale fulvous
hair at extreme base, and black hair at extreme apex ; black patches
also at the sides of the first four segments, and much white hair at
sides, especially of fifth ; otherwise the abdomen above is covered with
splendid bright blue shining scale-like hairs, from the apical band of
first segment to the apex of fourth, segments two to four with bands
where the blue is thin across the middle.

¢. Similar but somewhat smaller; the sides of the face with
large white triangular areas; the labrum nearly all white; scape
with a white mark in front; third antennz joint not as long as the
next three together ; hair of thorax more strongly fulvous; no black
stripe on the white hair of outer side of hind tibie; base of second
abdominal segment nude and therefore black; apex of abdomen
bi-dentate, the teeth wide apart.

(117)

118 A new Bee.

? (type) from Durban, Natal, 2nd April, 1918 (C. W. Barker).
¢ with same data, except that it is 16th March, 1918.
There are in Africa several species of Anthophora with more or less
blue colour on the abdomen, namely :
Anthophora cincta, Fabricius. Congo, etc.

cerulea, Friese. Central Africa.

: vivida, Smith. (with variety guinea, Strand). Congo.
a, analis, Dours. Congo, ete.

A aerizusa, Vachal. Sierra Leone.

55 expleta, Vachal. Belgian Congo.

AS vividula, Strand (with variety conradsi, Strand).
Central Africa.

Of these, I possess the first four, and all are quite distinct from
A. celestina. The remaining three, known to me only by descriptions,
are also very distinct. From all of these, A. cwlestina is especially
known by the almost entirely blue abdomen, and the brilliance of the
blue. Friese (Deutsch. Ent. Zeitschr., 1915, p. 290) states that he
has seen a female, A. cerulea, from Natal, collected at Durban, and
belonging to the Cape Museum. Does A. cerulea occur at Durban,
or did he possibly see a worn specimen of calestina? As Friese gives
a very wide distribution for carwlea, it is possible that it is composite ;
I will therefore designate Sierra Leone, the first locality cited, as the
type locality.

The following key will assist in the separation of the species :

Hair of thorax mixed green and black ; abdominal bands shining
emerald green (Tero Forest, Uganda, July, 1912, C. C. Gowdey ;
compared with type by Meade-Waldo) . .. . cincta (Fabr.).

Hair of thorax mixed blue and black, posteriorly all black ;
abdomen with blue bands, not shining, on hind margins of
segments, but only a vestige on first (Bugoma and Budongo
Forests, Uganda, S. A. Neave ; compared with type by Meade-
Waldo) . . . . vivida, Smith.

Similar to vivida, but hair of thorax mixed whitish and black,
the effect gray; abdomen with dull pale blue bands, and
scattered blue scale-like hairs over the surface, first segment
with a band; tegule piceous (my specimens from the interior
of Benguella) . . . . cerulea, Friese.

Large and dark, abdomen bluish or bluish-white when fresh, but
easily denuded ; hind legs of female with black hair, except a
white pencil at end of tibis (Cameroons, A. Diehl) .., . analis,
Dours,

XII.—Some Crustacea of Natal,
by the

Rev. T. R. R. Stebbing, M.A., F.R.S., F.L.S., F.Z.S.

Witrn Pruates X VIII-XX.

A COLLECTION of Crustacea made recently by Mr. H. W. Bell

Marley on the coast of Natal, though consisting chiefly of species
already known to occur there, is interesting for the careful notes
which he proposes to publish on the colours of freshly taken specimens.
These may prove very useful to other collectors for prompt identi-
fication of their captures, in place of the minute scrutiny often exacted
by museum students when original hues have faded or completely
changed. Apart from this, some examples of the Caridea seemed to
call for fuller discussion, and in one instance even to claim specific
distinction. At the same time attention is directed to the increasing
difficulty in naming specimens within the family Alpheide, partly from
the variability of some features in the species themselves, partly from
imperfect descriptions in the original institution of the species, but
partly, on the other hand, one might venture to suggest, from over
reliance on differences of measurement, such as among mankind would
justify a bewildering specific diversity.

Trine CARIDEA.

Famity HIPPOLYTIDZ.

For a valuable key to numerous genera of this family, see Kemp,
Records of the Indian Museum, vol. x, pt. 2, no. 4, p. 82, 1914.

Genus HIPPOLYSMATA, Stimpson.

1860. Hippolysmata, Stimpson, Pr. Ac. Sci. Philad., p. 95 (26).
1914. H., Kemp, Rec. Ind. Mus., vol. x, pt. 2, pp. 83, 112.
1916. H., Kemp, Rec. Ind. Mus., vol. xii, pt. 8, p. 401.

In the key, Lysmata has ‘‘Upper antennule flagellum unequally
biramous.” Hippolysmata has it uniramous, that is, the shorter inner
ramus is wholly, instead of only partially, coalesced with its companion.
As Mr. Kemp observes, the distinction is so slight that any distinction
of genera depending on it may have to be relinquished,

(119)

120 Some Natal Crustacea

HIPPOLYSMATA MARLEYI, sp. nov. Plate X VIII.

This species makes an approach to Lysmata chiltoni, Kemp, 1914,
by the dentation of the carapace and by having a second perzopod in
which the movable finger is decidedly longer than the fixed one, but
in our specimen this only applies to one member of the pair. Here,
as in Vauticaris wnirecedens, Bate, which is identified with Stimpson’s
Hippolysmata vittatus, the hindmost tooth on the carapace is well
separated from the tooth next before it. This latter is behind the
orbit and in common with the three teeth which precede it carries a
dorsal setule. Such a setule occurs on the level which produces the
rostrum beyond the eye, in front of which it has two small ventral
denticles. There is a carinate tooth over the base of the first antenna ;
the antero-lateral angle is rounded, without denticle. The triangular
telson, about thrice as long as its breadth at the base, narrows
gradually to a slightly obtuse apex with a small median spine, the
distal half laterally fringed with plumose setze ; of the two pairs of
dorsal spines, the proximal is above the centre.

In the first antenne the thickened part of the outer flagellum is as
long as the peduncle, the whole flagellum being more than twice the
length of the carapace, with the inner flagellum not much shorter.
The second antenna is considerably longer than the whole body, the
scale narrowing distally, the small lateral tooth not extending beyond
the slightly convex apex.

The mandibles show no sign of a palp and in other respects appear
to agree with those which I have described and figured for Hxhippolys-
mata tugele (Ann. S. Afr. Mus., vol. xv, p. 94, pl. 89, 1915), “the
molar comprising a broad spinuliferous band and by its side a
projecting dentate plate.” The other mouth-organs are in near
agreement with those of the species just mentioned, but not showing
the small conical joint at the apex of the endopod in the first
maxilliped and having a shorter exopod in the third.

The first pereeopods have the fifth joint or wrist shorter than the
palm of the chela, the fingers of which close completely and are
definitely more than half the palm’s length. The slender second
pereopods have about twenty divisions to the wrist, the two preceding
joints not annulate. In the third perzeopods the finger has two spines
in advance of the apex, while in the fourth and fifth it is rather
stouter and carries three spines.

In the first pleopods the short inner ramus is produced into a long
retinaculum ending in eight minute hooks. The uropods are broad,

by T. R. R. Stebbing. 121

rather longer than the telson, the outer and longer ramus showing a
faint dizresis.

The length of the carapace is 12 mm., of the pleon about 23 mm.,
including 5 mm. for the telson. Mr. Bell Marley reports the colour
in life as ‘“ goldeny-brown on white with irregular lines and curves,
antenne red, legs brown and white.”

Locality: Isezela.

Genus ALOPE, White.

1847. Alope, White, Pr. Zool. Soc., p. 123.

1903. A., G. M. Thomson, Tr. Linn. Soc., vol. viii, p. 440.

1904. A., W. H. Baker, Tr. R. Soc. 8. Australia, vol. xxviii, p. 154.
1909. A., McCulloch, Rec. Austral. Mus., vol. vii, p. 313.

1914. A., Kemp, Rec. Ind. Mus., vol. x, pp. 83, 89.

Kemp, whose valuable treatise supplies other references, incidentally
remarks that ‘‘ Filhol’s Hippolyte spinifrons, as is shown by the figure,
is undoubtedly synonymous with White’s Alope palpalis ; he refers to
the supra-orbital spines as ‘épines sus-orbitaires’ following Milne-
Edwards’ mistake in terminology.” It is true that in the description
of H. spinifrons by Milne Edwards (Hist. Nat. Crust., vol. ii, p. 377)
we find printed ‘‘épines suborbitaires.” But undoubtedly it was the
printer and not Milne Edwards who made the mistake, which Filhol
corrects instead of following, since the prefix ‘“‘sus” signifies supra
not swb. Thomson also, it will be seen (loc. cit., p. 445) misconstrues
Filhol. In the two species of the genus now accepted, A. palpalis,
White, and A. australis, Baker, the latter author supposes the first
maxille to differ in a marked but very improbable manner. He has
evidently been led to this conclusion by the circumstance that
according to Thomson’s figure and description the first maxilla of
A. palpalis is devoid of the customary inner plate. It is, I think,
practically certain that the supposed loss is due to an accident in
dissection.

ALOPE AUSTRALIS, Baker. Plate XIX.
1904. Alope australis, Baker, Tr. R. Soc. S. Australia, vol. xxviii, p.
154, pl. 30.
1909. A.a., McCulloch, Rec. Austral. Mus., vol. vii, p. 313, text-
fig. 17.
1914. A.a., Kemp, Rec. Ind. Mus., vol. x, p. 91, pl. 1, figs. 3-5.

122 Some Natal Crustacea

Baker’s description of the carapace suffers somewhat from the loss
of a line for which one already given is substituted. In Kemp’s
account, what is said of “the first pair of pereeopods” must refer to
the first pair of maxillipeds. Our specimen from Isezela, Natal, a
female 30-5 mm. long, laden with eggs, does not essentially differ from
Baker’s account of the Australian form. The rostrum does not reach
beyond the eyes and there are only four median teeth as in some of
McCulloch’s specimens, and in that which Haswell refers to A. palpalis.
The telson has the dorsal spines and setz as described by Baker, but
the truncate apex carries four spines. The three joints of the palp
of the mandibles are equal, all setose; no cutting plate could be
perceived. As shown in the figure, the inner plate of the first maxilla
appears reversed, and such a position of it in the other species may
have caused Thomson to overlook it. Both of the second perzopods
have the wrist composed of seven jointlets, with the two preceding
joints showing only the faintest signs of subdivision into two parts
each, as proved to be the case with Baker’s specimen (see McCulloch,
loc. cit.). Yet this is of no use for specific distinction, since Kemp
finds that exactly the same character may occur in A. palpalis. The
second antennz agree well with Baker’s account, as also the third
maxillipeds.

Mr. Bell Marley records the colour in life as ‘red speckled on pale
brown, legs banded red, antennz white,” and says that it was found
‘under large rocks near water’s edge.”

In another specimen from the same locality, colour ‘“ brown-red
speckled on grey,” a male, with carapace 13 mm. long and pleon twice
that length measured round the curve to the apex of ‘the telson, the
rostrum reaches slightly beyond the eyes. The dorsal teeth are four.
The endopod of the first maxilliped is apically simple, not bifid. The
third maxillipeds are very unequal in length. The second peraopods
show obscurely nine jointlets to the wrist, with the two preceding
joints pretty clearly subdivided.

Famity ALPHEIDE.
See Ann. S. Afr. Mus., vol. xv, p. 79, 1915.

Genus ALPHEUS, Fabricius, 1798.

When drawing up the description of Alpheus notabilis, sp. nov., for
the above-mentioned Annals, p. 80, pls. 84, 85, I overlooked Dr. de
Man’s account of his acwtocarinatus in Siboga Exp., Mon. 39a, p. 401,

by T. R. R. Stebbing. 123

1911, and had probably not seen his figures in the same work, pl. 21,
fig. 94, 1913. . The imperfection of the single specimen on which
A. notabilis was founded leaves its separation from de Man’s earlier
species somewhat doubtful.

ALPHEUS GRACILIS, Heller. Plate XX.

1861. Alpheus gracilis, Heller, Sitz. K. Ak. Wiss. Wien, vol. xliv,
Bp 201, pled, figs, 195 20.
1811. A. g., de Man, Siboga Exp., Mon. 39a, pp. 341, 342.

The female specimen here referred to A. gracilis, Heller, has the
feature on which alone Coutiere establishes var. al/wawdi (Mald. and
Lace. Archip., vol. ii, pt. 4, p. 882 (1905), namely, that the finger in
the third, fourth and fifth perzopods is simple, instead of having its
apex bidentate. But as his only available specimens are said to be
males without the first pair of perzopods, identification seems too
indefinite. In var. lwciparensis, de Man (Siboga Exp. Mon. 39a, pp.
337, 338; 1911; pl. 14, figs. 66, 66a; 1913) the accessory claw or
tooth appears to be “somewhat smaller than the type,” thus bridging
the interval towards its disappearance.

The front of the carapace and the two pairs of antenne are in good
agreement with de Man’s figures. In the first antenne the thickened
part of the flagellum has about half a dozen distal joints free. In the
first perzeopods the smaller chela on the right, though much narrower
is not very considerably shorter than its companion on the left. The
delicate second perzeopods have the chela and the divisions of the wrist
in agreement with the type species. This flexible apparatus is no
doubt one of the many modifications of a ‘‘cleanser foot” found in
different groups of Crustacea. The distal margin of the telson is
convex, the median tooth described by Heller being due to an error
of observation, as explained by de Man. Such an error was easy to
make, since between the two pairs of spines at the angles there is a
dense fringe of about twenty long plumose sete. The length of the
specimen obtained by Mr. Bell Marley at Isezela was about 30 mm.,
the ova small, the colouring ‘“‘a deep white line down back, with
chocolate-brown each side, claw lighter, tail a mixture of brown and
yellow.”

ALPHEUS LOTTINI, Guérin.

1837. Alpheus lottini, Guérin, Voy. de la Coquille, vol. ii, Crust., pl.
3, fig. 3, 1838, A. lottinit, p. 38.

1837. A. lothinii, Milne Edwards, Hist, Nat. Crust., vol. ii, p. 353.

124 Some Natal Crustacea

Among the very numerous species of Alpheus discussed in the
elaborate treatises of de Man and. Coutiére I have failed to find any
notice of Guérin’s species, although I should suppose that it properly
takes precedence of A. ventrosus, M. Edwards, by the acknowledgment
which Milne Edwards himself awards to the excellence of Guérin’s
figure.

The specimen which I name above is a very small one, with carapace
8 mm. long and pleon 13 mm. It is a female laden with eggs,
unfortunately without the smaller chela of the first pair, but with the
large chela on the left and the second perzopods agreeing well with
Guérin’s figure. The peduncle of the second antenna just reaches the
extremity of the scale. The finger, however, in the last three
perzeopods is apically duplex, a feature not shown in Guérin’s figure,
that author writing of these limbs that they are without spines,
perhaps from an oversight due to insufficient magnification. The
specimen was taken by Mr. Bell Marley at Vetch’s pier. He describes
the colouring as ‘‘ pale olive yellow, claw white, nippers black,”

EXPLANATION OF PLates X VITI-XX,

\llustrating paper by the Rev. T. R. R. Stebbing on
“ Crustacea of Natal.”

PLATE XVIII.
LHippolysmata marleyi, sp. nov.
n.s. Line indicating natural size of the specimen of which the details
are here figured.
car, Carapace partly figured in profile, with the eye.
ik Telson in dorsal aspect.
a.s.,a.i. First antenna and part of second.

m., m., mx. 1., mx. 2. The mandibles, one in part; the first and second
maxillz.

prp. 1, 2, 3,4. First and second perzeopods, with chela of second further
enlarged; finger of third much magnified; fourth with
finger further magnified in agreement with that of the third,

urp. Uropod, uniform in scale with the telson,

een SM a anes arenas ie hee
Bisons ROOT TE SE ER AER AR PAE ADAH NEES ASS Ree a m Bache pees
‘ ; - = UE ATE

Plate XVIII.

John Stngleton & Sons Iith.

ae ger On EST oe,
22 ee ”
an *
3 Frinannccine

pit a Ctx tepeet
PE

HIPPOLYSMATA MARLEYI, sp. nov.

a
Set

‘3: aie

Annals Durban Museum, Vol II.

T. R. R. Stebbing del.

Plate XIX.

Annals Durban Museum, Vol. II.

a TNE lat
co Pil oe “~ ¢ 4 % —
(es A arene salen %: a - “al 5 i .
Pa re ae nag # a=
(a 7 ong, "; ; re. =
(See ae ae oe Se fr . O
eo es ae oe et aes F coe Pe NR oe
? ra aoe hz = 4, as - om be, s Ns oa,
eae Fal 'e : 3 : oy an

PET RAK ok the
ne vias

te JOE

Sore i
Oem cm eersee ee, tl
ar
Mapp en eeace Tey

ae il

foes Jae vee

John Stngleton & Sons lith.

oe, ees
ns = fe, fe

fs, é
ee en htt: a

=
mss

7 ae amma asae alll

ALOPE AUSTRALIS, Baker.

T. R. R. Stebbing del.

Plate XX.

Annals Durban Museum, Vol. II.

Yi 3 “
fo) Lae 2 in eT ae
rm w “N23,
ra ae C bee , Mog “he
fae

nea tts Btu DEL 2 a0)
eit bs ee

+ > - roe BINDS Hs toe y pace ter are Si,
Oe 7 Nr Nei per ten 5
\ . a < ree - SS ail
ME wr ue 3 a “ % a A ais veterrene navn arste dO Me oer aay Fethas
i x ahs

ewe 2 cod
Me MACH e 70 2 nttyregacie ll

% Neco ccsngpncteOe
oe
;
¥ ee
5 ile
i 4

~ r < # wr f
5 % ‘ Xe 4 Pa re J
B ys ’ on ont? y
f ; ee wp Lone es ea

Pins Spare ek y nie vi m
f alae cat ee a re. Pa fy we
oo U es 7 ¢ s Ny % ee oi
S &f ae =e ~ pn, Cate 9) al
i “yp - oe it aa Nai Fiat ‘ ee ee ; Oy “ny }
aa a se rr en ie ae eae “nang ; 3 ae so
a wring, aff Rees
x eee aiatrtad yy g Ms eigen

John Singleton & Sons lith.

T. R. R. Stebbing del,

ALPHEUS GRACILIS, Heller,

Car,

a.s,

by T. BR. R. Stebbing. 125

PLATE XIX.
Alope australis, Baker.

Front of carapace in dorsal aspect, and nearly in profile.
Telson in dorsal view.
Eye.

First antenna.

m., m., mx. 1, mxp. 2, mxp. 3. Mandibles, first maxilla, second maxilliped,

and apical portion of the third.

prp. 1, 2, 2,3. First perzeopod, second pair, dactyl of third (on higher scale),

car,

ats

PLATE XX,
Alpheus gracilis, Heller.

Carapace in lateral view, and front in dorsal aspect.

Dorsal aspect of telson.

oc., a.s., a.i. Eye, first and second antennz, the flagella incomplete.

m., m., mxp. 3. Mandibles, and (on lower scale) the third maxilliped.

prp. 1, 1, 2, 3,4, First pair of perzeopods; one of second, with further

magnification of the wrist and chela; and the third and
fourth perzeopods,

XIII.—A South African Elephant from the Addo Bush,
by

E. C. Chubb, Curator, Durban Museum.

Wirn Puates XXII and XXII.

i 1917, the Durban Museum received by exchange with the Port

Elizabeth Museum the skin of a male elephant which had been
killed a short time previously at the Addo Bush. The mounting of it
was completed a few months ago, and it is now on exhibition in the
Mammal Room.

Elephants have been preserved for some years past at Knysna and
Addo Bush in Cape Colony, while South of the Zambesi River they
still exist in a wild state in parts of Southern Rhodesia aud Portuguese
East Africa, and possibly also in Ovamboland, South West Africa.
A solitary male existed in Zululand until February, 1916, when it was
shot by a Native. Its skeleton is now to be seen in the Museum at
Pietermaritzburg.

Considerable interest has been aroused of late in the elephants
at the Addo Bush on account of their threatened destruction.
Through scarcity of water in the Reserve, the elephants are prone to
break out and make their way to the dams on farms in the vicinity,
causing damage to property and danger to life. The farmers
consequently petitioned the Cape Provincial Council for their
extermination, or alternatively, to devise some means of rendering
them harmless. A select committee was accordingly appointed,
which in due course presented its report to the Provincial Council.
It is satisfactory to note that Government is fully alive to the fact
that the extermination of these elephants, which constitute but a small
survival of the great numbers which less than a century ago roamed
over a large part of South Africa, would be viewed as nothing short of
a great calamity by zoologists throughout the world. Paragraph 5 of
the report reads as follows :—‘*‘ Your Committee is extremely averse
to recommending extermination. The South African elephant now
apparently restricted to a small remnant in the Knysna forests, and to
those in the Addo Bush, while not specifically distinct from the Central
Africa elephant, does constitute a distinct variety, the extinction of
which would be a loss to the world. The deliberate extermination of
these elephants would upon grounds of deeply felt general sentiment,

(126)

2 —————E—eee eS

by E. C. Chubb. 127

and in the interests of science be received by not only very high and

influential circles in South Africa but by the general feeling of the
civilised world with condemnation as a step reflecting no credit upon

South Africa.” The recommendations of the Committee are summed
up in the following words in paragraph 11 :-—“If, as your Committee

believes, the preservation of the animals is a national matter, the
Union Government should be invited to undertake the task. If it
should not see its way to do so, your Committee can only express its
conviction, which it does with the most extreme regret, that there is
no alternative but extermination.” As far as the writer is aware, no
decision has been arrived at yet.

In a paper published in the ‘ Proceedings of the Zoological Society
of London” for 1907, p. 380, Mr. R. Lydekker endeavours to show
that the African elephant, Elephas africanus, Blum, may be divided
into a number of local races, relying mainly upon the form and size of
the ear as a character for their differentiation. He recognises no less
than twelve sub-species, three of which are allocated to South Africa
viz.: Hlephas a. capensis, Cuv. of Eastern Cape Colony, /. a. toxotis,
Lyd. of Western Cape Colony, including the Knysna Forest, and
E. a. selousi, Lyd. of Mashonaland. One or two further sub-species
have been described since.

In the course of the paper referred to, Mr. Lydekker remarks upon
the scarcity in museums of complete stuffed specimens or even mounted
heads. No excuse, therefore, is needed for the publication of illustra-
tions and particulars regarding the recently acquired Durban Museum
elephant, and I shall take the opportunity of showing to what extent
it agrees with Mr. Lydekker’s contentions.

The Addo Bush elephants are referred by Mr. Lydekker to the
Eastern Cape race, 2. a capensis, Cuv. (the type locality of which was
the Upper Orange River district), on the evidence of photographs of
the heads of specimens in the Grahamstown Museum. This race is
said to be characterised by the large size of the ears, their somewhat
square shape, with rounded corners and a small, distinct, sharply
pointed angular lappet in front; also the fact that the forehead falls
away towards the temples, so as to appear highly arched. Proportion-
ately short fore-legs, the horizontal position of the ventral line of the
body, and the presence of a dense coat of hair on many parts of the

body, are also said to be characteristic of elephants from the Addo Bush.

No dimensions were furnished of the ears of the two elephants from
the Addo Bush referred to by Mr. Lydekker, but a photograph of one of
them appears on page 383, and he quotes the measurements given by

128 A South African Elephant.

Livingstone of the ear of a female standing 8 feet 8 inches, which are
4 feet 5 inches in vertical depth and 4 feet in horizontal depth, and
says that ‘“ while indicating the large size of the ears characteristic of
South African elephants generally, these dimenstions are suggestive of
the Addo Bush type.

The Durban Museum specimen although an immature male is said
by Mr. F. W. FitzSimons, the Director of the Port Elizabeth Museum,
to have been the leader of a herd, and to be the finest elephant obtain-
able there.

The exposed portions of the tusks measure 3 feet 2 inches in length,
and the greatest circumference is 11} inches. The measurements
taken immediately after death are as follows: height at shoulders 9
feet 9 inches, girth 14 feet, length from between the eyes to root of
tail 9 feet 5 inches, girth of hind-leg at thinnest part 34 inches, girth
of fore-leg at thinnest part 40 inches.

As will be seen from the photographs on plates xxi and xxii, the ear
is by no means square. It measures 3 feet 10 inches in depth as
mounted, but there is a flap at the top of 7 inches, hanging down
behind, making it 4 feet 5 inches in total vertical depth: the width is
2 feet 7 inches. It will be noted that although the vertical depth
agrees exactly with Livingstone’s measurement, the width, or horizontal
depth as he calls it, is considerably less.

The ventral line of the body is very far from horizontal. The whole
skin is scantily covered with short hair, which is thicker under the
chin and around the entrance to the ear, where it is also longer.

One cannot resist being forced to the conclusion that this splitting
of the African elephant into so many local races has been done upon
insufficient material. Not only so, but the character chiefly used is to
a great extent unreliable in stuffed specimens, for anyone
intimately acquainted with the art of taxidermy will understand that,
when properly relaxed and thinned down, the skin of a large animal,
in the hands of a taxidermist is like clay in the hands of a potter. And
the ears of a elephant can be stretched enormously or, on the other
hand, allowed to shrink to very much less than their original size,
while their ultimate form is not necessarily the natural shape, but
what the taxidermist conceives it to be.

JOHN SINGLETON & SONS, PRINTERS, DURBAN.

Annals Durban Museum, Vol. II. Plate X XI.

MALE ELEPHANT FROM ADDO BUSH. ‘

Annals Durban Museum, Vol II. Plate XXII.

EAR OF ADDO BUSH ELEPHANT.

Front view.

Era “i Natal Marine Fishes a by: Messrs. Giucurist & ‘Tuompson.

tia j / oh ¥;
?

va I, Part 2 Published 25th July 1917. Price 5/- nett.

XXIL “Malacostraca of uehan n Bay byt. R.R. Srepnixa, (Plates XXII & XXIII).

XXII —Melanic Aberrations of Butter flies, ae ¢. N. BARKER. (Plates XXIV.
Pee via ee ak XXV). Neri

XXIV: — Additions to the Fish 3 Fauna of Natal, by C. Tare Rucan. k
e XXV. —New Records of Natal Bees, by T. Loa CockERELL.
Cy _XXVL —New South Meiecy Heterocera, by A. J. T. J ANSE.

iy
¥ He

Ae u, a is Pai 28th December, 1917. Price 5/- nett.

ft I. —Malacostraca of Natal, by T. R. R. STEBBING. (Plates I-V1).
i fee — Varieties of Papilio d. cenea, by C. N. Winiugs (Plate VII).
“TIL. Ne ew Records of Natal Bees, by T. D. A. COCKERELL.

)

Vol. IH, Part 2. Published 30th July, 1918. Price 5/- nett.

: ‘ TV.—Some Crustacea of Natali, by T. R. R. Sreppine. (Plates VIII—XII).

4 ‘ ; ae lng SS mivttien Additions, to the Fish Fauna of Natal, by C. Tare Recay.

Ds ANG, ove Some apparently undeseribed Beuaann from 8S. Africa, by A. J. T. JANsE.
o o , vat —Some Observations upon Whales by E. C, Cuuse. (Plates XITI-XV1I),

VIL —Some Reeords Wh Predaceous Insects and Their seh by C. N. Barger.

cat es | Obtainable eee any South African bookseller
Nike or from Mesers. William Wesley & Son, Sole European Agents,
Ni Tg Essec Street, Strand, London.

Vane ¢
ue} Thy"
* 7 hp
, ae) * Pye
* A Ls

BD” va

CONTENTS. les

XL—A eS Bee a ae atal, by T. ohn pense i y

XIL ‘ead Geshe of Natal, ‘by bas Rev. . R. R, ‘Sraparxe.

_ (Plates sl tac Fae a fa RRR aL

( \ va

XIII, OK South African Hlephant ona the Addo , Bosh,
E. C. Cause bea XXI and RAE, can

‘

VOL. Il.

DURBAN MUSEUM

(ee a

EDITED BY THE CURATOR, S

a
Z

EK. C. CHUBB.

tt. Chee Y
#€2o) mnsod™

Issued 20th October, 1919.

PRICE: 5/-: NETT.).>

Prinvep BY
JOHN SINGLETON & SONS, DURBAN,

FOR THE DuRBAN Museum.
if

- Contents of previous issues. eat ih

Vol. 1, Part 1. Published 1st June, 1914 Price a net ao
Ad —On Pelagic Entomostraca, by G. 8. Brapy. (Plates ELV). tent : i ee .
sigh Bois Pena MMM Ay, °F
TI.—On Bottlenose Porpoises ( Tursiops ‘ by F. W. TRUE. ou) ani a tf a AAS:
Se Ne
III.—On further Pelagic Entomostraca, by G. S. Brapy. ‘(Plates % md VD. ee
IV.—Descriptions of South African Birds’ Eggs, PY E, ©. Cuvzs. ee vy, a aise
Vol. 1, Part 2. Published 15th May, 1915. Price Ble atatt' gs 4 & Nae

V.—Anatomy of Fetal Sperm Whale, by F. E. Bepparp. (Plate vith, Bee hae
VI.—Notes on Four-lunged Spiders, by Joann Hewirr. ; qe: Hak
VIT.—Notes on Pelagic Entomostraca, by G. 8. Brapy. (Plates IX-XIV):
VIII.—Anoplura and Mallophaga, by KxLLoaa & FERRIS. (Plates: XV and XVI).
1X.—Rotifera from Natal, by C. F. Roussetpr!

X.—List of Mosquitos, by F. W. Epwarps. : i =e i
Vol. I, Part 3. Published 20th April, 1916. Price 5/-mett

XI.—Fishes from Natal, collected by Mr. Rowen Rosinsoy, by C. Tare Rucan,
XII.—Description of a new Fish from Zululand, by G. A. BoULENGER, Rie is
XIIt.—A Hydroid parasitic on fishes, by Ernest Warren, | (Plates XVIE-XX),_
XIV.—Report on Bees, chiefly from Natal, by T. D. A. COCKERELL. -

XV.—Descriptions of several species of Arachnida, by JoHN Hewirv.

XVI.—A new species of Solpuga from Zululand, by Sraniey Hirst. Sere Ny
XVII.—Mallophaga and Anoplura, with mammalian host-list, by G. F. Ferris. —
XVIIT.—Note on Glossina brandoni and Danais petiverana, by E. C. Cause. a i
X1X.—Catalogue of Natal Marine Fishes (1), by Messrs. Gurcurisr & THomPson. N f |

f
#
ay

(continued on third page of cover). = “4

Obtainable through any S. African bookseller q i, a ‘
or from Méssrs. William Wesley & Son, Sole European apes te
28 Essex Street, Strand, London. Ba ea ane f r ne

XIV.—Further Contributions to the Anatomy of the
Sperm Whale (PHYSETER MACROCEPHALUS) based upon an
examination of two additional Fetus,
by

Frank E. Beddard, M.A., D.Sc., F.R.S.
With Piuate XXIII.

(Ee present communication is a continuation of an earlier Memoir*

published in this Journal in 1915. Since then, Mr. Chubb has
been so very kind as to entrust to me two feetust, both of which are
much smaller than that which I originally described. This has given
me the opportunity of adding some further facts to the kngwn
natural history of this Cetacean, and I have also taken the chance
thus offered of making a more comparative study of the growth of
this whale than was possible in my earlier paper, when only one, and
that a very much larger foetus, was known to zoologists—in addition
of course to that which I myself described. In that earlier paper,
however, I did not refer to a short account by Prof. Kiikenthal of a
comparatively young foetus, but only to that dealt with} by Messrs.
Pouchet & Beauregard. Kiikenthal’s paper§ had not reached my
hands until my own notes upon the fostal Cachalot had been despatched
to Durban.

The foetus dealt with by Kiikenthal was only studied by him with
reference to its external characters, and it is represented in his memoir
by a considerably reduced, but still large, figure, in which most of the
details are indicated ; other figures are included on one of his plates
which will be duly referred to in the proper place. The specimen in
question was 740 mm. in total length, ie. about thirty inches; it is
thus considerably smaller than the feetus originally treated of by
myself in this Journal], which has a total length of only twenty inches,

* Ann. Durban Mus., Vol. I, pt. 2, 15th May, 1915, p. 107.

+ Of them the smaller was presented to the Durban Museum by the Premier
Whaling Co. and the other by the Union Whaling Co.

t Nouv. Arch. Mus. (38), IV, p. 24. The authors of this paper, however,
speak of a much smaller fetus (80 em.) of which they give no figures or
description—save only of the developing teeth (ib. [3] I, p. 84).

§ Jen. Zeitschr., LI, 1914, p. 84. This paper deals with a number of fcetal
whales including one example of a Cachalot.

| loc. cit.

(129)
Annals of the Durban Museum, Vol. II, part 4, issued 20th October, 1919,

Ore
18) )

130 Anatomy of Sperm Whale Fotus

according both to my own measurements and to those of Mr. Chubb
(in litt.). This being the case it is remarkable perhaps to note in
Prof. Kiikenthal’s figure a more strongly marked likeness to the usual
dolphin form as evidenced not only by the proportions of head to
trunk but by the form of the head. This likeness is duly noted by
the author. One would imagine that likenesses to the more generalised
Cetacean shape and proportions would be more apparent in the
younger and die away in the older fetus. This resemblance is,
however, as I believe, deceptive, and meiely due to the state of
preservation of the actual specimen. It will be noted that it les
mainly in the form of the head ; there is in Prof. Kiikenthal’s embryo
more of a snout as contrasting with the rest of the head than in both
of the smaller fcetus described in the present paper, and in the earlier
one examined by myself. The line of the head at first rises abruptly
as in the three younger fetus but then forms a sloping forehead
gradually rising to its greatest altitude. In the two largest foetus in
my possession, and even in the youngest to some extent, there is not
so marked a slope. The outline is more that of the adult Cachalot.
I imagine, however, from my examination of my own feetus that this
is simply due to the collapse, by contraction, of the oil containing
upper half of the head, more distinct in the older than in the younger
specimens.

Tue Heap.

Of the two foetus which I describe in the present communication
figures are given on Plate XXIII which may be compared with that
of the older fcetus formerly described by me* and with that of
Kiikenthal just referred to.; Several differences in general outline
are at once apparent on a comparison of these several figures. The
younger fcetus have the head either slightly bent downwards or very
markedly so in the youngest of the series. The characteristic form of
the adult Cetacean, already arrived at in the feetus measuring 20
inches, and naturally also in the larger one studied by Prof. Kukenthal,
is not quite established in the two younger specimens, and least of all
in the youngest, where the long axis of the head is at right angles, or
nearly so, to the long axis of the trunk. It is important to notice,
however, how very early this coincidence of the long axis of the head
and trunk is established in this Cetacean. In whales generally the

* This Journal, t.c., Pl. VIII, fig. 1.
jelOcacite ulate nie

by Frank EF. Beddard. 13i

likeness to the adult in this particular is soon formed in the course of
development. But there are differences in different genera of which
I shall not attempt an exhaustive analysis. I may point out, however,
that in the Dolphin Lagenorhynchus acutus, Guldberg & Nansen figure*
feetus of 110 mm. and 170 mm., in which, respectively, the head was
either bent or in the same straight line with the body. Thus in
comparing the sizes of this dolphin and Physeter macrocephalus, it
becomes clear that the adult form is attained at a considerably earlier
age in the Sperm Whale. Salenoptera borealis is another example
which agrees with the Dolphin referred to, and not with the Sperm
Whale. For a fetus of this whale, which reaches in the adult
condition a length of 50 feet or exceptionally} even rather more, the
foetus has the head bent down at a length of 15 inches. It does not
therefore acquire the adult condition in this respect until a later date
than is seen to be the case in Physeter macrocephalus. On the other
hand, the remarkable series of MJegaptera embryos described by
Kikenthal seem to show that this Cetacean rather resembles
Physeter than its nearer allies. So, at any rate, I judge from the
figures and measurements of two fetus at, or near, the critical age
which demonstrate the change under discussion. For in an embryo?
of about 34 inches in length the head was set at quite a right angle
to the long axis of the body, while in one of about twice that length
the head was very nearly in the same straight line with the body.
More detailed comparisons are unnecessary to accentuate this general
similarity between the two remotely allied genera in the particular
under discussion, which is therefore clearly of but little systematic
importance.

A second important feature in which the two new feetus may be
compared with the older feetus concerns the proportion of the head to
the trunk. ‘The actual measurements which I made of the two fetus
are as follows :

Smaller foetus, total length 114 mm. (= 44 inches about) ; head
32 mm.

Larger feetus, total length 241 mm.; length of head 65 mm.

* On the Development and Structure of the Whale. Pt.1. On the Develop-
ment of the Dolphin, Bergen’s Mus., 1894, Taf. III. figs. 1 and 2.

+ Monographs of the Pacific Cetacea. II, The Sei Whale (Balxnoptera
borealis, Lesson). 1, History, Habits, ete., by R. C. Andrews, and 2, Anatomy
of a Fetus of Balenoptera borealis by H. von W. Schulte.

t Loe, cit., Taf. 2, fig. 20, showing a young embryo with head bent on body
and fig. 21, an older embryo in which the head has nearly—if not quite—
straightened out.

132 Anatomy of Sperm Whale Fetus

Thus in both cases the head is rather less than one-quarter of the
total length of the body, a proportion which is also that of the older
foetus which I examined, and furthermore of that examined by
Kikenthal.

I should mention that the measurements given above of the younger
feetus are taken along the long axis of both head and body. The
length if taken from snout to tail, without regarding the flexure of
the head upon the trunk, is only 97 mm., which agrees with the
measurements taken by Mr. Chubb, i.e. 4 inches. These proportions,
as I have already pointed out in my earlier paper, are different from
those of the adult Cachalot, where the head is about one-third of the
total length of the animal. It is noteworthy, however, that although
in these younger festus the head is not smaller than in the older foetus,
their general aspect is distinctly less like that of the adult Sperm Whale
than is the festus of 20 inches. This appears to me to be due to the fact
that the top of the head is more sloping in the younger foetus and
that the body is rather deeper in proportion to its length than in the
older foetus.

I shall now proceed to describe in greater detail the several features
which characterise the two fetus which form the subject of the
present communication. The younger of the two (Pl. XXIII, fig. 1)
is seen from the right side and the general appearance can be gathered
from the figure referred to. The head is bent down at an angle
approaching a right angle. The length of the head is 32 mm. or
about 1} inches. The great flexure of the head is shown by the fact
that a line between the snout and the base of the flipper is only 22
mm. The side view of the head shows three features particularly
worthy of comment. In the first place, the head rises abruptly in a
straight line at right angles with the long axis of the head as in the
other feetus and in the adult at times.* Secondly, attention may be
drawn to the relatively large size of the eye, a feature which has been
noted in other feetus of Whales, which seems to argue their descent
from the more usual type of terrestrial mammal. Thirdly, the blow-
hole and adjacent area is extremely obvious.

EYE.

With reference to the eye, its large size is seen to be due to the fact
that the actual eye itself is more conspicuous than in the older feetus.

* I have already commented upon the form of the head in the foetus and
adult in my earlier paper and need not again enter into the matter.

by Frank E. Beddard. 133

The pigment is to some extent visible through the not yet pigmented
skin. And the size of the bulb is striking. In the other feetus no
such view of the eye is to be obtained and only the slit between the
lids is visible. The length of this slit is, in the small fcetus under
discussion, 2°55 mm. ‘This length, although appearing to be minute, is
really not so when we compare its proportions with that of the adult
Cachalot. Hentschel* gives 9 cm. as this length and sees no reasons
for distinguishing as to size between the right and left eye opening.
The proportions are therefore in the large adult which Hentschel
examined, 9 cm. to 1,740 cm., total length of the animal, i.e. very
nearly one-two hundredth. In the feetus before me, the proportions
are (after “straightening” the head) 2°5 to 114 mm., i.e. about
one-fortyfifth. The difference is enormous, the foetus possessing what
may be fairly termed a very large eye as compared with the adult.
In the rather larger feetus, the eye slit remains at about the same
proportionate size. Its length is 241 mm., and the length of the eye
slit 5 mm., Le. one-fortyeighth. I may take this opportunity of
mentioning that in the largest foetus of all those which are known to
me through my own examination, the one recently described by me in
this Journal, the eye has distinctly commenced to be proportionately
reduced in size. In that foetal whale the total length is 500 mm. and
the eye slit only 7 mm., which is therefore but one-seventy-first of the
total lensth of the animal. JI may also take this opportunity of
referring to the alleged asymmetry in the eyes of this Cetacean, which
Hentschel denies in the adult, but which has been affirmed. — In the
largest foetus, where the considerable length of the eye slit renders
measurements easier, and thus more reliable for minute comparison,
I found that both right and left eye slits were exactly 7 mm. in length.

It may be perhaps permissible to refer to another difference between
the two eyes of this the oldest foetus, which may have a hearing upon
the questions just dealt with. On the left side only, the eye slit was
continued anteriorly by a much shallower groove upon the skin.
Whether this can be looked upon as a trace of a formerly larger eye
or not there is no other evidence to prove or disprove. ‘here is no
doubt, however, about the fact thus briefly described. It should be
noted, however, that furrows in the skin of an alcohol preserved
animal with a smooth skin like this foetus, as might be expected, occur
elsewhere and are thus not impossibilities in a giyen situation quite
apart from any meaning to be attached to their occurrence.

* Zool. Anz. Bd. XXXVI, 1910, p. 417.

134 Anatomy of Sperm Whale Fetus

BLoWHOLE.

The obvious character of the blowhole of the smallest foetus, as
shown in Pl. XXIII, fig. 1, is by no means shared by the two older
specimens. In the former, the tissues surrounding the orifice project
considerably from the level of the general body surface, just at the
angle which the straight “forehead” makes with the upper surface of
the head. ‘This is quite well shown on Plate XXIII, and almost
suggests the snout of a dog or other terrestrial animal. ‘The accom-
panying text-figures (figs. 1-4) represent this region of the head in
more magnified views. When examined thus more closely, there is a
distinct nasal projection to be seen raised above the general surface.
The bulk of this is seen (text-figs. 3, 4) to lie on the right side.
When viewed from the upper surface this projection is seen also to be
more conspicuous on the right side of the head. It is here to be noted
that it projects further forward. In neither of the two remaining
foetus have I been able to observe any corresponding elevation of the
skin. It isa point, perhaps, which requires settlement by observations
upon the fresh foetus before preservation. In my earlier paper I have
described and figured the apparent rudiment of a right blowhole
forming a more or less continuous furrow with the more obvious and
only permanent blowhole of the adult. This state of affairs is also to
be seen in the young foetus now under description. The outline of
the furrow is also much the same. The deep left blowhole shallows
suddenly but is still, though very faintly,* directed forward gradually
altering its direction until it passes in a more backward direction,
where it again becomes deeper, the entire groove having ‘thus much
the shape that it has in the feetus already described by me. Figs. 1,
2, show the two sides of the head; the nostril on the right is
distinctly shorter and straighter than the crescentic left nostril. It
will be noted that the concavity of the entire blowhole furrow is
directed as in the Rorquals, and not forwards as in the Delphinide
and Mesoplodon. It is important to note that the convexity is also
directed anteriorly in the ally of Physeter, Cogia (Huphysetes). In the
latter whale the blowhole has lately been figured by Prof. Benham ;

* So faintly indeed that the median region may be regarded as partly
defective.

+ Proc. Zool. Soc.. 1901, p. 109, pl. VIII, figs. 1,2, v. Haast, in the same
species, according to some—though others agree with this author in his
description of it as new (Proc. Zool. Soe., 1874, p. 260) under the name of
Euphysetes pottsi, states that the single blowhole measures two inches, of which
half inch is on the right side and the much larger half on the left side of the
median line of the head. ‘There is thus, as it would appear, a closer likeness
to the embryo Physeter.

by Frank E. Beddard. 135

TrExt-Figs. 1—4.

YOUNGER Fearus.

Right side of head. The right half of the blowhole is to be noted and the
prominent area upon which this is placed.

Left side of head. The left region of the blowhole is seen to stop short
just before the median line of the snout. It is really continued into the
right half by a very shallow funnel in the median area of the snout.

Head viewed from the dorsal aspect showing the sharp narrowing into
the snout and the projection of the lower jaw beyond the upper, The two
halves of the blowhole are seen upon the nasal prominence; they are
separated by a short and very shallow furrow. The curved left half as
compared with the straighter right half of the blowhole is also to be noted.

Front view of head. BL. = blowhole (in this figure and in 3).

136 Anatomy of Sperm Whale Fotus

and in his figure it is to be seen that, although the blowhole lies upon
the left side of the head and is thus asymmetrical, as in the adult
Physeter, the line of the furrow just crosses over the median line of
the head, and, furthermore, there is a division in the actual orifice
between a larger left and a minute right aperture. Both these,
however, occur in the same continuous furrow and there is no hint of
two completely separated blowholes. It must be remembered, however,
that in other toothed whales the single orifice, although originally
double, are very early fused into a single opening. — It is, therefore,
perhaps not to be expected that an actual separation of the two halves
of the blowhole could be found in so comparatively old a foetus as even
the youngest of those which I have examined. But although there is
no separation, it seemed to me that the furrow representing the future
blowhole, admittedly deeper on the left side than in the median region
of the “nose,” where it was continuous over to the right side, again
became deeper on the right side. ‘This matter, however, must be left
until the blowhole in all three foetus have been compared.

In the intermediate foetus, measuring ten inches or so in length, the
blowhole is extremely conspicuous and easy to study. It appears
indeed to have been partly everted since the dorsal and ventral lips
are quite wide apart. The general direction of the cleft is almost at
right angles to the longitudinal axis of the head and is much at the
same angle as in the youngest feetus. On the other hand, in the
foetus of 20 inches, as I have already described, the left blowhole has
moved so as to be much more parallel to the long axis of the head.
The change of position is very marked; and in the oldest feetus it
has nearly, if not quite, gained the relations which it shows in the
adult. The form of this slit-like orifice in both these feetus has
certainly acquired the characteristic / shape of the adult Physeter
macrocephalus. The proportionate length is more nearly acquired in
the feetus of 20 inches than in that of 10 inches. In the adult
Physeter, according to measurements of Hentschel*, the blowhole is
50 em., while the length of the whale itself is 1,740 cm., the
proportions being thus 1:35. In the older fcetus at my disposal the
blowhole measured 15 mm. in a straight line not allowing for the
curves, giving therefore a proportion of 1:33, while in the smaller
foetus of ten inches the length of the blowhole was 11 mm., giving the
proportions of only 1:22. In my already quoted paper upon the older
foetus IT have given the length of the left blowhole as 17 mm. but this
allowed (I presume) for the curvature of the same. So much then for

* Zool. Anz. t. cit.

by Frank E. Beddard. 137

the shape, size, and proportions of the left complete blowhole in the two
older foetus. We now come to the evidence of the original double
character of both. While the small foetus shows clear evidence of a
double (right as well as left) blowhole, there is very slight evidence of
this in the middle sized foetus. The single blowhole in fact reaches but a
a short way on to the right side. It is to be noted, therefore, that the
peculiar ,/ shape of the left blowhole in the older feetus and in the adult
indicate, by the anterior curve of the slit, the former presence of a second
blowhole; it is precisely this lower region of the blowhole which appears
to be really a vestige of the otherwise missing right slit. There is,
however, in the foetus of ten inches nothing further to be observed in
the way of a prolongation on to the right side. On again scrutinizing
carefully the blowhole in the largest foetus, which I have figured on
p. 113 of the memoir already quoted, I can find no fault with the
drawing which was made under my supervision. But on showing the
actual fcetus to a colleague, it was suggested that the alleged right
blowhole of that figure was merely a crack in the skin such as un-
doubtedly occur in this foetus and to which reference has already been
made in the case of the eye. This may be the case with this other
organ too; but the matter is difficult to decide. In favour of this
suggestion is the certain absence of a conspicuous right blowhole in
the intermediate sized foetus. Against it, the undoubted presence of a
similar furrow in the youngest embryo whose skin was nowhere
furrowed accidentally. Indeed, I think that no one will hesitate to
allow that in this youngest foetus there is plain evidence of two
separate or nearly separate nostrils which are inequisized, the right being
actually the longer, and which are only slightly connected in front by
a very shallow furrow. However the matter is to be looked at, there
are evidently missing stages in the development of the nostrils
culminating in the,/ shaped organ of the adult animal. ‘There are,
as I think, two possible views which are now to be considered. As
already mentioned, the, as it would appear, decidedly single blowhole
of the individual of ten inches in length has the form of that of the
adult whale. When it is closely examined and the two lips of the
slit divaricated, a kind of septum or projecting pad is seen to divide
it into two fairly equal parts. I take this projection to be the septum
described and figured by Prof. Benham in the Pygmy Sperm Whale
Euphysetes.* The same structure is also figured by Dr. Muriety

* Proc. Zool. Soc., 1901, Pl. VIII, figs. 1, 2.

+ On the Organisation of the Caaing Whale, Globicephalus melas, Trans,
Zool. Soc, VII, Pl. XXXII, fig, 27, Sp.

138 Anatomy of Sperm Whale Fetus

in the Caaing Whale. If this identification is correct there would
appear to be no vestige in this foetus of a separate right nostril.
There is here but one orifice, which is, without question, on the left
side. It is a further conclusion that in an older fetus still (that of
20 inches) there is still less reason for the persistence of a right

TExtT-Fies. 5-7.

OLDER Ferus.

5. Left side of head. The conspicuousness of the eye is somewhat
exaggerated.

6. Head viewed fromabove. The folds of the partly collapsed upper surface
are to be noted,

7. Front view of anterior region of head showing the blowhole. The latter
appears to be in the middle, but the whole region is slightly pressed over
to the right.

by Frank E. Beddard. 139

blowhole, so that the alleged rudiment of the right orifice in that
feetus is without such significance and a mere skin furrow of no
meaning. On this view there is but one external orifice, divided from
the very first by a septum. I believe, however, that this is incorrect.
The right blowhole of the youngest feetus cannot be ignored. In this
foetus the right blowhole is already smaller on the right side of the
head (figs. 1, 2) than that of the left side on the left, and it is also in
the form of a straight line, while the left blowhole is crescentic, the
concavity being downwards. Obliterate still further the right hand
section of the entire area of the formation of the blowholes, leaving the
median portion attached to the anterior extremity of the left blowhole,
which would naturally curve to the right and later on upwards, and
the / shaped left blowhole of the adult is acquired. The median
septum would then represent the shallow furrow of the youngest foetus
connecting the two nostrils. But, as already mentioned, I have no
stages to show that this course has been taken. We might therefore
regard the apparent right blowhole of the oldest foetus as an
exceptional remainder; and it will be noted that it is straight in
direction in contrast with the curved left blowhole. ‘This is what we
find also in the youngest feetus.

Lower JAW AND SOME OTHER FEATURES OF THE Heap.

Another feature characteristic of the smallest foetus, which is,
however, very transitory, is evident in fig. 1 of Plate XXIII. This
is the extension of the lower jaw beyond the upper, and the fact that
it is rather bent down at the free extremity. There is no trace of
such extension in the next oldest fctus, the lower jaw of which is
roughly equal in length to the upper jaw. It might appear possible
to make some comparison of this fact with the conditions obtaining in
the adult Lerardius, and others of the Ziphiid whales, where the
prominent lower jaw is figured, for instance, by True*, especially
when the projecting lower jaw of Megapteray is seen to be plainly
indicated in the young fetus. I may also remark that in this fetus
and the older ones the line of the mouth is faintly prolonged by a
shallow furrow on the skin some way beyond, and of course below, the

* An Account of the Beaked Whales of the Family Ziphiidz, etc., Smiths.
Inst. U.S. Nat. Mus., Bull., 78, Pl. 42, fig. 3; and of Ziphius, Pl. 41, fig. 4.

+ Brit. Mus. (Nat. Hist.), British Antarctic Exped., 1910, Nat. Hist. Rep.
Zoology, Vol. I, no. 3. Cetacea by D. G. Lillie, Pl. I and Pl. IV, fig. 4. This
character, however, is hardly or not at all shown in the figures of Kiikenthal
(loe. cit.),

140 Anatomy of Sperm Whale. Fetus

eye. This character has been noted by Schulte in the embryo of a
rorqual, who points out its ‘‘remote and specious resemblance to that
of the sauropside embryo.” It is at any rate not without interest to
find that this character is to be found in two whales so far apart, as
are Physeter and Balcenoptera, in the scheme of the Cetacea. The
Plate shows this continuing line in the two youngest embryos, but it
is not so pronounced as the figures given by Schulte*. | Hentschel?
has given an elaborate mapping of no less than seven throat grooves
in the adult Cachalot. Of these, two are especially pronounced, and
have been described as the only ones by other observers. I have
already mentioned that I can find no such throat furrows in the older
feetus reported upon by myself in this Journal. I have carefully
inspected the two new feetus dealt with in the present communication
and can find in them no trace of any such grooves. It seems clear,
therefore, that this character is one of late appearance.

A final point with reference to the head is the general shape of the
same when seen from above. I have described and figured that of the
oldest of the three foetus in my former memoir in this Journal. I have
now to point out that the ten-inch feetus of the present communication
shows no differences from the older one. In the smallest fetus,
however, the head, when seen from above, as is represented in the
accompanying illustration (fig. 3), is rather different. I have already
dealt with the nasal prominence to be seen on that aspect and to the
line of the nasal furrows. There is, furthermore, a great contrast
between the head generally and the fore-part of the same. It
suddenly narrows a little way in front of the nasal prominence to form
what looks like a beak in this aspect. The contours, when seen from
above, are much like those of a sharp beaked dolphin, and the diameter
of the beak is only some 4 mm., as contrasted with 10 mm. or so at
the middle of the head. It is thus a stage lower than the two more
mature foetus which are themselves intermediate between the smallest
feetus and the adult whale, where the diminution in breadth of the
head anteriorly is quite gradual, as shown, for instance, in Hentschel’s
figure of the same. }

The upper surface of the head of this small embryo is smooth and
rounded, suggesting a bird’s head. The older feetus on the other
hand is much folded longitudinally into a few thick folds (see fig. 6),
which seem to be responsible for the slope of the head upwards

* loc. cit., figs. 1, 2. p. 400.
+ Zool, Anz., Bd. XXXVI, 1910, p. 422, fi
t Zool. Anz., t. cit., p. 418, fig. 1.

iz
oh By

by Frank E. Beddard. 141

posteriorly, a feature not shown in the older foetus which, as I have
figured it, is almost straight on the upper surface. I believe this to
be due merely to collapse of the soft spermaceti containing head. I
have little doubt that the same state of affairs accounts for the shape
of the head in the feetus examined by Kiikenthal which, being older,
should be straight on the surface like my oldest fcetus.

THe Trunk.

We shall now proceed to consider and compare the trunk of the two
feetus. ‘The following measurements apply to the two fetus described
in the present paper.

(1) Foetus of 44 inches. (2) Foetus of 94 inches.

Tip of lower jaw to front edge of

umbilicus (in a straight line) - 47 mm. 115 mm.
Front edge of umbilicus to end of tail 57 mm. 123 mm.
Front edge of umbilicus to anus = 22 mm. D4 mm.
Anus to end of tail - = = 35 mm. 75 mm

Tt will be noticed that the above measurements are not always
exactly and collectively equal to the total measurements of the feetus
given above. It is difficult to be exact; but it will be seen that
there are no great discrepancies. These measurements bring out the

ies

TRxT-FIG.

Youncer Farus.

Lateral view of posterior part of body. U.C. = umbilicus (cut off in the
specimen, but restored to emphasise its position with reference to other parts).
P: = penis, *A’ = anus.

142 Anatomy of Sperm Whale Fetus

fact that there are no great disproportions between the two fcetus
The umbilicus is fairly exactly in the middle of the body. The length
of the tail region is a little less than one-third of the total length of
the animal. But the tail is proportionately rather shorter in the
older foetus. The interest of this fact is that in the adult Cachalot,
according to the measurements of Hentschel* (total length of whale
1,740 cm., anus to tail end 512 cm.), the proportionate length of the
tail region is still less. This is doubtless due to the great increase in
the size of the head in passing from foetal to adult life upon which we
have already commented. The navel of the adult is also pretty
nearly exactly in the middle of the length of the body (measured
along the ventral side).

TExT-FIG. 9,

OupeEeR Fearus.

Side view of posterior part of body. D.F. = dorsal fin, + = notch of
unknown significance. M.G = mammary groove. Other letters as in fig. 8.

I think that a comparison of the two figures on Plate XXIII with
fig. 1 on Plate VIII of my memoir upon the older fetus shows
that the two younger—and especially the youngest—fotus may be
said to possess a distinct “neck,” which has disappeared in the oldest
of the three. The existence of a neck in other whale foetus has been
remarked upon, and it occasionally persists in the adult (for example
Mesoplodon mirum).

* Zool, Anz. loc. cit., p. 420.

by Frank E. Beddard. 143
DorsaL Fin.

In the fetus described by me in an earlier number of this journal,
I found it difficult to differentiate the dorsal fin. This structure,
however, is quite conspicuous in the two younger individuals whose
characters I have more recently examined. It is very obvious in the
larger of these two as a sharpish ridge 32 mm. in length, which begins
and ends quite distinctly and hardly fades away into the general line
of the back. It ends some way between the root of the penis and the
umbilicus, nearer to the umbilicus, as can be ascertained on a lateral
view, and as is just to be made out in the photograph on Plate X XII,

Text-Fig. 10.

YOUNGER Fatus.

Tail showing dorsal surface.

fig. 2 and (more clearly) in text-fig. 9, D.F. There is a slightly
marked ridge, both in front and behind, which is smoother, not so
sharp-edged to the touch and not so elevated.

In the small fcetus the fin is also quite obvious, but not so clearly
defined posteriorly. Its end is plain enough anteriorly and is seen to
be at a point corresponding to about the middle of the penis on the
ventral side; posteriorly it emerges into a sharp line which forms the
back in this region and which suggests the conditions obtaining in
other whales in the tail region. The fin itself and the back ridge near
to it is crossed by a series of furrows quite narrow and at right angles

144 Anatomy of Sperm Whale Fetus

to it, thus dividing it into a series of ‘‘segments.” The ridge of the
back in this youngest feetus runs to the very end of the body between .
the flaps of the tail. And on the ventral surface there is in the
posterior region of the body a sharp edge which similarly runs to the
end of the tail. In the older fcetus, the ventral ridge alone reaches
the very end of the tail; the dorsal ridge terminates about half way
between the two flukes. As to the latter, the youngest foetus shows
an embryonic condition of the tail flukes, indicating its youth, which
has been noted in other whale fetus. It is represented in the
accompanying figure (fig. 10). In the older fcetus the flukes (fig. 11)

TeExt-FIG. 11.

Oxuper Ferus.

Tail fin. A, from ventral surface. B, from dorsal.

have not yet attained to the proportions of the adult. As was the
case with Hentschel, I could find no asymmetry in these flaps which
has been asserted to exist.

ANAL FIN.

There are two remaining features about the tail which require mention.
I think that it will be admitted from an inspection of Plate X XITI,
fig. 1, and a comparison of that fignre with the corresponding one of

by Frank E. Beddard. 145

the older fcetus upon the same plate and with my earlier illustration
of a still older foetus, that the tail is more distinctly marked off from
the body in the very young fcetus, thus emphasising the mammalian
character, and not nearly so well marked in the older feetus, whence
The

second matter concerns an anal fin, the existence of which Kiikenthal

they agree with the adult in possessing a fish-like symmetry.
asserts and figures in the genus Megaptera*, quoting other authorities.
Whether the ventral ridge which I have referred to above in the
youngest foetus of the Cachalot is to be placed in this category or not
I do not know. It might also be held that the “continuation ” of the
dorsal fin which I have also referred to in that small foetus presents
evidence of a former more extensive dorsal fin. | And in considering
this possibility it must be borne in mind that in Delphinapterus, where
the dorsal fin is absent in the adult whale, there is a distinct ridge in
the festus which later in development disappears.

GENITAL REGION.

The fcetus described in my earlier paper is a female; the two dealt
within the present communication are both males. In the larger of
these latter the penis (see text-fig. 12) is directed backwards and lies
with in the ventral gutter which terminates posteriorly with the anus.
This is most suggestive of a cloaca. The length of the cloacal gutter
is 6 mm. and the penis is a trifle shorter, not quite occupying the whole
of the space available. The two mammary grooves are plainly visible,
lying quite parallel to the gutter, rather nearer to the anterior end of
the same, but extending back to the middle. These grooves measure,
each of them, 2 mm. ‘They are thus one-third of the length of the
cloacal groove. In the youngest feetus the arrangement of these various
parts (see text-fig. 8) was different owing to the eversion of the gutter
which was thus apparently a part of the penis, which latter is directed
forwards and not backwards as in the older feetus. I could find here
no mammary grooves; the distension of the genital region has perhaps
temporarily obliterated them. In the larger female foetus formerly
described by me the cloacal or vulvo-anal groove was 18 mm. in length;
and it is noteworthy that the mammary grooves—in spite of the fact
that the animal is a female—are 6 mm. in length and thus no longer
proportionately than in the younger male animal. In both cases the

* Jen. Zeitshr, Bd. LI.

146 Anatomy of Sperm Whale Fetus

length is one-third of the cloacal groove. Here, too, the mammary
grooves are parallel with the cloacal groove. I lay stress upon this
position since Kiikenthal represents the mammary grooves in his female
foetus as lying at an oblique angle with the median genital groove. As,
however, the adjacent areas are rather contorted in appearance in his
figure, it is possible that this contortion—the result perhaps of
contraction during preservation——has affected the mammary grooves.
They are only 4 mm. long in this fetus and have thus a different
proportion to those seen by myself.

Text-Fig. 12.

M.G,

OLDER Farus.

Ventral surface of cloacal region. M.G. = mammary groove of one side.
2 = pans, 25 = as,

PECTORAL FINS.

The position and general shape of the fore limbs can be understood
from an inspection of Plate XXIII. The lower anterior border
of the limb is longer than the upper ; it is also straighter—the upper
border is a curve of nearly one-quarter of a circle. The two fins of the
adult whale are stated by Hentschel to be strongly asymmetrical in
shape and both are incidentally figured by him in illustration of this
difference.* Furthermore, there is ascertainable from the measure-

* loc. cit., figs. 1 and 8.

by Frank E. Beddard. 147

ments given by that authority an asymmetry between the lengths of
the fins of each side. I could detect no marked difference in form
between the two fins of the younger of the two embryos studied by
myself; but I find (see text-fig. 13) that the left fin of the larger feetus
has a straighter lower border than the right fin. I also agree with
Hentschel in finding some difference in size. As the matter depends
upon very minute differences I obtained through the kindness of Miss

TExtT-FIG. 13.

1S.

OLDER Fartus.

Right (B) and left (A) pectoral fins. This shows the slight asymmetry of the
two. The outline of the digits, with the exception of the small pollex, are
seen. The fifth longitudinal fold near the edge 6 does not represent a digit.

Kathleen Lander, M.Se., Lond,. Acting Prosector of the Zoological
Society, additional measurements to check those made by myself. In
the youngest fetus I found the greatest length of the free region of
the fore limb to be 12 mm. in the case of the right limb and 11 in the

148 Anatomy of Sperm Whale Fetus.

case of the left. The corresponding measurements made by Miss
Lander give 12 mm. for the right limb and 11:9 for the left. There
is thus an agreement as to the fact that the right limb is rather, but
very slightly, the larger. In the larger foetus the greatest length is
28-5 to 29-2 mm. and there is a cifference of only -7 mm. between the
two sets of measurements. This only just affords a basis for differ-
entiating the two limbs by their length. Indeed, the entire question
does not seem to be capable of settlement by the facts at my disposal,
especially when it is considered that, by an exact reliance upon the
measurements, the older fcetus shows a faintly greater length of the
lower margin of the fin as compared with the upper margin (measured
in a straight line) as compared with the smaller feetus. The pro-
portions of the paddle to the body length bear out what I mentioned
in my earlier paper, viz., that while in the adult the fin is only one-tenth
of the body length, the feetus has a relatively larger fin. I find that in
the larger of the two described here the length is as much as 84 of the
total length, much as in the older feetus first described by me. But in
the youngest the fin is shorter, being 94. A longer series is clearly
desirable.

Annals Durban Museum, Vol. I. Plate XXIII.

E C. Chubb, photo Butterworth

PHYSETER MACKOCERHALUS

Fig. 1. Foetus 435 in, in length.

Fig. 2. Foetus 10in. in length.

Plate XXIV to follow.

bohg

a e
oe’ Slagle 2d
y ; i?
pepe 2
ye? i
{
aj ale -
5 “
,
Tice
a
¥
f ti
Y ;
a A
p
’ xe
Ne » A,
\ ~ pi aye
; ' ee
i * ie *
a ‘ ‘ My ; 7
aa ‘ ft ’ >
- iA *
4
y 1 n v ,
. f Lamy J ft j
4
i 7 4 bd '
pe
)
iN
;
{ " j
;

XV.—Notes on some Rhodesian Moths of the family Saturniide
and their Larva,
by

Rev. J. A. O'Neil, S.J., F.E.S.

Wirn Pratt XXIV.

i no part of South Africa is the Family Saturniide more richly

represented than in Southern Rhodesia. In the immediate
neighbourhood of Salisbury alone, no fewer than twenty-eight different
species have been found or bred from their larve, and I know of eleven
others that have been captured in the Bulawayo, Gwelo, Hartley and
Melsetter districts. Several of those that I have taken or bred at
Salisbury are considered great rarities outside the territory, and the
following notes on them and their larvee may prove of interest to
collectors.

I have included in the notes a crude and merely provisional
description of three species that are probably new, and have pointed
out in what respects the male (hitherto unknown) of the beautiful
Nudaurelia carnegiei, described by Janse in these Annals last year,*
differs from the female.

With the exception of Lobobunea sp. nov. ?, Nudaurelia carnegiet
and WV. arabella sub-sp. jacksont, all the Salisbury Saturniide are
represented in the collection of the Durban Museum.

IMBRASIA EPIMETHEA, Drury, sub-sp. ERTLI, Rebel.

This is an abundant moth round Salisbury and on the Chilimanzi
Reserve between Umvuma and Victoria; and I have seen numbers
of the larve on their food-plant at Umtali. These caterpillars, which
are gregarious, are known to the Mashonas as ‘‘ madora,” and are
highly esteemed by them as an article of diet. They are found on two
leguminous trees, Brachystegia randii and brachystegia sp. as many
as two to three hundred being sometimes seen on a single tree. They
are much parasitised by ichneumon flies and a great many fall victims
to ants and other enemies when they leave the tree to go to earth,

* Supra p. 78,
(149)

150 Rhodesian Moths

The moth is also common about Victoria (Fort Victoria, not Victoria
Falls) and the Makaranga of the Victoria district call the caterpillar
‘“arati.” They eat it with as much avidity as the Mashonas about
Salisbury do.

Unlike all other large moths of the family Saturniide, this species
rests with both wings erect and folded together.

The caterpillar in the last two instars is black, very soft, and rather
thickly covered with long white downy hairs. It usually pupates in
March or April, and the moth as a rule emerges in November. I
have known one or two instances in which the imago did not leave the
pupa-case until the middle of February.

The male of this Saturniid varies much in both size and colour.
Small examples have a wing expanse of only 95 mm. or thereabouts,
while large specimens expand as much as 135 mm. The ground-
colour of both wings may be light greyish-buff, grey with a pink flush,
tawny, or ochreous-red. The light markings of the fore-wing are
white in the buff and grey specimens, light pink in the reddish
examples.

The female is much less variable in colour, the ground-colour of the
fore-wing and very broad hind-marginal band of the hind-wing being
nearly always chocolate-brown or reddish-chocolate. The white bands
of both wings and white sub-apical patch of the fore-wing are much
larger and better defined than in the male: the wing expanse ranges
from 130 mm. to 145 mm.

BUNA ALCINOE, Stoll.

This widespread moth is extremely abundant in the Salisbury
district, its conspicuous larve often completely denuding a tree
(Cussonia spicata) with very large leaves. In this district both males
and females are markedly variable in colour, some of the former being
beautifully tinted with pink or lilac. The Mashonas call the cater-
pillars “‘mashondjgwa” and devour them in great numbers. These
caterpillars feed rapidly and are easy to rear, and bred specimens of
the moth are usually as large as those that have fed in the open,
expanding from 160 mm. to 175 mm. across the wings. A dwarf
male, the pupa of which I kept in a hot, dry place, has a wing expanse
of only 104 mm. and is of exceedingly light colour.

Bunx#A HEROUM, Oberth.

This very large and beautiful Buna is by no means uncommon
around Salisbury, and I have heard of its occurrence at Victoria.

by J. A. O'Neil. 15)

Both sexes, the male especially, show great variability in the amount
of white scaling on the wings.

As the moth is little known in South Africa, a short description of
the wing upper-side may be useful.

Fore-wing. <A broad basal bright ochreous-yellow patch, bounded
on the costa and outwardly by a narrow black band, occupying the
basal two-fifths of the cell, projecting triangularly into area lc, and
narrowest in lb and la. Apex and hind-margin with a dull ochreous-
yellow band from 6 to 8 mm. wide, narrowest between nervules 6 and
4, and broadening towards the hind-angle where it is sometimes as
much as 10 mm. wide. Beyond the basal ochreous patch the wing is
densely covered with white scales, the white extending on the costa
as far as the hind-marginal band, reaching the inner edge and middle
of the lower margin of the large ocellus, then narrowing slightly to
the inner margin. In the post-median and sub-apical areas the scales
are dark reddish-purple or magenta. In many examples the outer
part of the wing is thinly dotted with white scales, and in two males
the pure white area reaches from the basal patch to the hind-
marginal band. Ocellus broadly oval; hyaline patch outwardly
rounded, inwardly rectangular. Outer ring of ocellus white or
(rarely) light pink and very narrow, then a much broader dark
crimson ring, and within this a narrow black ring bounding the
hyaline patch. Across the wing, and interrupted by the ocellus, there
is a sinuous dark reddish-purple transverse band, inwardly angulated
between nervules 2 and Ib.

Hind-wing. Dark or lighter mouse-grey, with a broad ochreous
hind-marginal band similar to that of the fore-wing and bounded
inwardly by a narrow and well defined or broader and diffused band
of the ground-colour, on the inner edge of which is a white band,
usually narrow, but sometimes moderately broad, and in one male
example reaching as far as the ocellus. An irregular, somewhat
diffused, narrow or moderately broad ante-median white band, bent
inwardly at nervule 2 and wider thence to inner margin. Ocellus
large, usually round but occasionally slightly oval, consisting of an
outer narrow white (rarely pink) ring, and an inner, much broader
ring of bright crimson within which is a large round black patch,
sometimes slightly hyaline about its centre, owing to reduction of
scales.

In the fore-wing of the male the costa is more rounded towards the
apex and the outer margin much more deeply concave between
nervules 6 and 3 than in that of the female.

152 Rhodesian Moths

Wing expanse: ¢ 168-200 mm.; ? 150-206 mm.

The average wing expanse is from 185 to190 mm. Bred specimens
are usually smaller, but last summer I bred a male and female that
expanded, respectively, 200 and 206 mm. across the wings.

Egg. Large, round and pure white in colour. These eggs are laid
on the leaves of the food-plant, Brachystegia randi, the native name
of which is ‘‘musasa,” in batches of from three to eight. Owing to
their white colour and large size they are very conspicuous, and they
are much parasitised by a fairly large Chalcid. They generally hatch
out between the middle and end of January.

Larva. First instar. Black, with rows of black tubercles closely
set with long black upright sete.

Second instar. Immediately after the first moult the caterpillar
has much the same appearance as before, but the wart-like tubercles
are larger and more conspicuous. As it fills out both colour and
pattern undergo a considerable change. The body and _ tubercles
become brick-red, and on each segment there is a moderately broad
black transverse band dotted with minute cream-coloured spots, while
the head and tubercles bear long white sete.

Third instar. Body mottled with black and yellow, or greenish-
yellow spots. Each segment with eight red setigerous tubercles.
Head dark chocolate-brown.

Fourth instar. Each of the segments light green in the middle,
pale mauve or lilac anteriorly and posteriorly, and armed with six
long upright lilac-red spines, strongly set with whitish bristles, the
dorsal spines simple, the lateral ones barbed near the tip. Legs,
abdominal feet and claspers strongly setigerous. Head, shield and
claspers brownish-lilac.

Fifth instar. Similar to last, but the spines are of a deeper red
colour. Stigmata dark red.

In the two final instars the caterpillar is a very handsome object,
and, owing to its stout sete, decidedly unpleasant to handle. Probably
for this reason it is not eaten by the natives. It usually pupates in
March or April, and the moth emerges in November and December.

During the daytime the moth remains motionless, with partly
expanded wings, on the leaves of its food-plant, the rather dull
under-side alone showing. | Hence, despite its great size, it is quite
inconspicuous and can only be found by careful searching,

by J. A. O'Neil. ; 153
BuN#A ANGASANA, Westw.

This fine moth has been bred at Salisbury in some numbers from
larvee found feeding on Uapaca kirkiana, a tree that grows on stony
hillsides all over Mashonaland and is known to the natives as the
“mahobahoba.” The males vary much in colour, some being light
pearly-grey, while others are very much darker, with a fuscous, slightly
ante-median, transverse band in the fore-wing, reaching from the costa
to near the inner-margin. Specimens that have emerged in my boxes
vary in wing expanse from 156 mm. to 170 mm.

BuN#@A sp. nov. !

Of this large and very beautiful Bwnea nearly a dozen specimens
have been bred by my friend, Mr. A. W. Redfern, to whom I am
indebted for three fine examples. Mr. Redfern, informs me that he
looked in vain for the moth in the collection of the British Museum,
so it is probably an undescribed species. I have seen three examples
in the Bulawayo Museum, two of which were captured at Que Que,
twenty miles north of Gwelo, some years ago; the third has no
locality label.

The adult larva is very like that of Lobobunea macrothyris, but
differs from it in several points. The colour is yellowish-green ; the
dark green minute spots are much more sparse on the dorsal surface,
but dense below the lateral band. Cephalic plate yellowish-brown ;
dorsal, strongly impressed band light grey ; stigmata salmon-coloured.
Abdominal feet without sete inferiorly, except for a very narrow
brush in the middle. Anal plate triangularly bright yellow ; lateral
inferior band flavous ; head light green.

A brief description may help collectors to recognise the moth,
should they be fortunate enough to come across it.

¢. Head, under-side of prothorax, antennz and legs mouse-
brown. Meso- and meta-thorax white beneath; pronotum mouse-grey
with anterior margin white. Abdomen light mouse-grey above,
whitish beneath.

Fore-wing. Costa nearly straight to beyond ocellus, then sharply
curved. Apex very acuminate; outer-margin deeply concave between
nervules 7 and 4, thence slightly sinuous to hind angle. Colour of
wing light mouse-brown, darker in median and post-median areas
between nervules 6 and 2. A somewhat diffuse broad ante-median

154 Rhodesian Moths

white patch between costa and median nervure, and a similar post-
median patch reaching from costa to nervule 7 or 5. Hind margin
with a white or light pink border, narrowest at apex, widening
gradually to nervule 2 where it is from 10 to 14 mm. broad, below
that inwardly diffused with brown, and bounded on its inner edge by
a narrow dark-brown band. Ocellus large, oval. Outer ring narrow,
pink ; inner ring broad, bright red, enclosing a black round mark in
the centre of which is a minute hyaline spot.

Under-side. Much lighter; hind-marginal border narrower between
nervule 4 and hind angle, inwardly edged by a broad and rather
indistinct dark-brown band.

Hind-wing. Slightly angled at nervile 2. Light mouse-grey with
a large dark-brown sub-triangular patch enclosing the ocellus ; costa
and hind-margin greyish-white. Ocellus very large, oval or nearly
round. Central part black with a very small hyaline space in the
middle; then a broad bright-red ring; next to this a moderately
broad deep-pink ring; outer ring narrow, crimson.

Under-side. Basal and median areas pink or pinkish-white. Hind-
margin broadly greyish or pinkish-lilac, inwardly suffused between the
nervules with dark lilac-grey. Inner-margin light ochreous-brown
from base to near anal angle. A very large, almost retort-shaped,
dark yellow-brown mark enclosed by a narrow dark-red band, occupy-
ing the whole of the cell except the upper basal half, the base of areas
2, 3, 4 and 5, and invading area 6 near its base. A small quadrate
dark brown mark at base of area 7, and a narrow dark brown band,
outwardly edged with yellowish-brown scales and extending across
the wing from the apex to the inner-margin.

2. Similar to ¢, but apex of the fore-wing even more acuminate,
hind-margin much less deeply concave between nervules 7 and 4, and
antenne only slightly pectinated.

Wing expanse. 4 167-186 mm.; @ 156-178 mm.

LoBoBUNEHA NATALENSIS, Aur. (= PATRUELIS, Dist.).

This Saturniid is very variable in colour. The fore-wing may be
light olive-ochreous, light mouse-grey, sometimes with a greenish tinge
sometimes flushed with orange-red, greyish-ochreous, orange ochreous,
deep or bright orange-red. When the fore-wing is greyish or ochreous
the hind-wing is of the same colour, with a large discal orange patch
between the costa and post-median band which runs almost parallel to

by J. A. O'Neil. 155
the hind-margin. Examples with orange-red fore-wing have the
hind-wing entirely red, turning to light olive-buff or, rarely, pale
mauve near the outer-margin. Both wings have a narrow, or very

narrow, olive-brown or reddish-brown hind-marginal border.

In typical examples the fore-wing has a sub-basal, median and post-
median wavy transverse band; but in many specimens, one, two or
all of these bands are very faint, and the two inner ones are sometimes
obsolete. Very rarely all three are wanting.

Wing expanse. ¢ 125-166 mm.; @ 150-175 mm. Common at
Salisbury.

L. natalensis is very closely allied to L. macrothyris, Roths, & Jord.,
and a good many people have been very sceptical about the specific
difference of the two. Having bred a large number of both moths
from the egg, I am in a position to state that there is not the slightest
doubt that the two are quite distinct, and can demonstrate this by
setting down in parallel columns the points of difference that may be
noted all through from the ovum to the imago. The larvee of both

species feed on Lrachystegia randit.

L. natalensis.

Egg. Light green with a few

reddish spots.
Larva.

lst instar.
black.

2nd instar.

Head and_ body
Head black. Tho-
rax and abdomen grass-green.
Thoracic segments mottled with
dark green spots ; abdominal seg-
ments with no dorsal, and only a
few lateral dark green spots.

The dark green
spots much more numerous than
in previous instar, covering both
dorsal and lateral surfaces. Stig-
mata very light red-brown. On
second abdominal segment there

3rd instar.

is a silvery-white, oblique carina,
interrupted near its lower ex-
tremity. Abdominal feet with
only a few sete inferiorly.

L. macrothyris.
Light ochreous-yellow, speckled
with brick-red spots.

Head and body dark brick-red.

Thorax and
abdomen emerald green, mottled
all over with dark green round
spots.

Head light green.

Dark green spots cover only
the dorsal and part of the lateral
surface, stopping short at some
distance from the stigmata, which
are dark crimson. No silvery-
white carina on second abdominal
segment, but, instead, a silvery-
white post-cephalic plate or ridge.
Abdominal feet closely set with
sete inferiorly.

156

4th instar. Similar to preced-
ing instar, but tubercles compara-
tively smaller and not armed with
terminal sete.

5th instar. Oblique silvery-
white carina on second abdominal
Entire body
closely covered by dark green

segment very large.

round spots. Stigmata green.
Inferior lateral whitish band
raised. Abdominal feet with only

a very few sete. Segments dis-

tinctly angulated superiorly.

Pellets of frass of the caterpillar
in its final instar of normal size.

Caterpillar easy to rear in first
two instars. Is found at Salis-
bury from early in November to
middle of January.

Imago.
Upper-side.

olive-ochreous, light mouse-grey,

Fore-wing light

orange-ochreous to bright orange-
red, much paler near the outer-
margin. ‘Transverse sinuous bands

distinct or faint, very rarely
altogether wanting; the post-

median band distinctly angled at
nervule 7.

Rhodesian Moths

Similar to third instar, but no
lateral dark-green spots.

No oblique carina on second
abdominal segment. Dorsal area
only with dark green spots ; hence
the caterpillar looks much lighter
than that of natalensis. Stigmata
very dark red purple. Whitish
inferior lateral band not raised.
Abdominal feet rather closely set
with sete inferiorly. Segments
all evenly rounded, not angulated

superiorly.

Caterpillar in final instar drops
pellets of frass of enormous size,
which at once indicate that the
larva of macrothyris is feeding on
the tree.

Caterpillar delicate and very
difficult to rear in first two instars.
Is found at Salisbury from about
the middle of January to the
middle of March.

Fore-wing much darker mouse-
grey or mouse-brown, often with
a greenish, more rarely, reddish or
lilac flush; mauve or lilac near
outer-margin. Very rarely the
entire wing is deep orange-red,
bright lilac near the outer-margin.
No trace of any transverse sinuous
band in nearly allexamples. Very
rarely a faint post-median band,
hardly sinuous and not angled at
nervule 7.

by J. A.

Hind-wing. Red discal patch
large or very large, its inner edge
some distance from the black
ocellus. Sub-marginal area pale
olive-green or olive-buff; rarely
pale red-llac or mauve.

Under-side. Ground colour of
both wings pale olive-green or
olive-ochreous, sometimes with an
orange or pinkish flush.

Size. 125-175 mm.

Moth emerges (at Salisbury)
from end of September to end of
October.

O’ Neil. af

Hind-wing. Red discal patch
tather smaller than in natalensis,
its inner edge very close to the
black ocellus.
mauve-lilac or lilac-grey.

Sub-marginal area

Ground colour of both wings
nearly always light to very light
grey; very rarely (in females only)
light olive-buff.

Rather larger. Well - grown
males expand 165-170 mm.; fe-
males 175-180 mm.

Moth emerges (at Salisbury)
from early in November to about
middle of December.

Bred specimens of macrothyris are often undersized, as the larva,
especially in its early instars, feeds badly in captivity. A dwarf male
in my collection, that emerged on 29th November, 1917, has a wing
expanse of only 98 mm.

The full-grown larva of macrothyris is thicker and more stumpy
than that of natalensis, and its colour is wonderfully procryptic,
identical with that of the leaves on which it feeds. Hence, though
certain of its presence from the monstrous pellets of frass, one may
hunt for it for a long time in vain. For three years I frequently saw
the frass under the B. randi trees but could never detect a caterpillar,
and I was under the impression (shared by Mr. R. W. Jack) that it
must be a nocturnal feeder that hid itself during the daytime. It, as
well as the larva of natalensis, is (when found) eaten by the natives,
But the fact that
most natives, despite their keen sight, are unacquainted with the

to some of whom it is known as “‘ chinyinanegore.”
to}

caterpillar, and also that it is seldom parasitised by ichneumon flies,
is eloquent testimony to the protection afforded it by its procryptic
colour.

Distant’s Bunca patruelis is supposed to be identical with L. natal-
ensis, Aur., but neither his description nor coloured figure (v. ‘‘ Insecta
Transvaaliensia,” pl. vii, fig. 14) agree with any of the numerous
examples of natalensis that I have seen. On the other hand, his fig.
13 on the same plate, which is supposed to be an illustration of
epithyrena, var., is in everything except the colour of the marginal

158 Rhodesian Moths

light band of both wings, an exact representation of the red variety
of natalensis found at Salisbury.

LopoBuN2aA sp. nov.?

Of this species, which differs in many respects from natalensis and
macrothyris, | have bred one male and captured a second at Salisbury.
The two specimens differ much in colour, and as the moth is probably
a new species I shall give a short description of each.

Example 1.

Head, legs and under-side of thorax dark mouse-grey ; pronotum
orange-ochreous with the anterior margin light grey. Abdomen dull
orange-ochreous above, lilac grey on under-side.

Fore-wing. Costa, basal two-thirds straight, thence strongly curved
to apex which is rather acuminate. Hind-margin moderately concave
between nervules 7 and 4, hind angle rounded. Orange-ochreous,
turning to bright lilac near the outer-margin ; base with a lilac tinge.
A post-median violaceous sinuous band angled at nervule 7, and a very
small subquadrate hyaline spot on the discocellulars.

Hind-wing dull orange. Base, to about middle of cell, densely
covered with long lilac-pink hairs ; inner-margin with similar hairs of
mouse-brown colour. Hind-margin with a linear olive-brown band and
a rather broad bright lilac inner-band. Separated from this by a band
of the ground-colour is.a narrow slate-grey fascia, parallel to the hind-
margin as far as nervule 5, then bent upwards towards the costa.
Ocellus round, rather large, consisting of a greyish-black round spot
in the centre of which is a very small hyaline space, and an outer
broad black ring.

Under-side. Fore-wing dull pinkish-lilac, with the basal three-
fourths of areas 2, le, 1b, and la, pale salmon-pink ; a sub-apical
ill-defined fuscous patch between costa and nervule 7, and a black
sub-quadrate mark enclosing the hyaline spot.

Hind-wing entirely lilac-pink, with a faint indication of the post-
median slate-grey band.

Wing expanse 126 mm.

Example 2.

Differs from the preceding in the following respects: pronotum and
abdomen bright brick-red ; fore-wing bright brick-red, turning to light
grey near the hind-margin. Post-median transverse band greyish-

by J. A. O’ Neil. 159

lilac. Hind-wing deep orange-red, with the post-median and broad
juxta-marginal band light slate-grey.

Under-side. Both wings light grey with a pinkish flush. Inner-
margin of fore-wing bright pink. A well-defined median sinuous dark
brown fascia in both wings, not visible on upper-side.

Wing expanse 134 mm.

The adult larva is very like that of macrothyris, but smaller and of
yellow-green colour. The small dark green spots cover the entire
body except on the ventral surface ; the stigmata are crimson and the
segments distinctly angulated, like those of natalensis. Food-plant,
Brachystegia, sp.

The caterpillar went to earth on 24th February, 1917, but the moth
(Ex. 1) did not emerge till 3rd March in the following year.

NUDAURELIA CARNEGIEI, Janse.

In describing this very large and brightly coloured Nwdawrelia last
year, Mr. Janse stated that, as far as he was aware, it had been found
in S. Rhodesia only at Umvuma and Selukwe. He had quite
forgotten a female, bred by me at Salisbury, that he had seen in my
collection a few months before. A fine example of the male (hitherto
unknown) emerged in one of my breeding boxes on 18th February last
year. In colour and markings it is almost identical with the female ;
but the shape of the fore-wing is quite different, the costa being more
strongly arched, the apex much more rounded and the hind-margin
rather deeply concave between nervules 7 and 3. The hind-wing is
considerably broader than that of the female, with the outer-margin
less rounded and more strongly lobed at 1b.

Wing expanse 165 mm

Larva. Final instar. Black, with inter-segmental dark brick-red
rings. In the middle of each segment there is a narrow and deep
transverse groove, interrupted in the centre on the last five abdominal
segments. Segments closely mottled with minute white spots, except
in the middle of the dorsal area, where they are very sparse or
wanting. Each segment bears six small black setigerous tubercles,
the setze long and white. Stigmata salmon-coloured ; ventral surface
black. My caterpillars were found on the ‘“‘ munondo ” tree (Brachy-
stegia sp.) on 13th May, 1917, and went to earth the following day.
The female moth emerged on 14th December, and the male two months
later. The moth is evidently a rare one in this district, for the
caterpillar was quite unknown to several natives to whom I showed it,

160 Rhodesian Moths
NUDAURELIA OUBIE, Guér.

This very pretty moth is fairly common about Salisbury, but most
of the specimens captured here are injured or faded. ‘The larva feeds
on various grasses, but in its final instar is very difficult to rear in
captivity, hence fresh specimens of the moth are scarce. Out of over
thirty caterpillars that I have attempted to rear I have succeeded in
getting only five moths. These caterpillars are eaten by the natives,
who style them ‘“ masininirusk wa.”

Some examples of the moth have all the black areas of the fore-wing
irrorated with bright yellow ; in others these areas are intensely black
without any yellow scales. The inner-margin of the hind-wing is dark
mouse-grey, and its sub-terminal area black in some specimens; in
others both these areas are bright yellow.

Wing expanse. ¢ 115-120mm.; @ 110-130 mm.

Egg. Spherical; greyish-brown; usually laid about end of Dec-
ember.

Larva. First instar. Totally black; densely setigerous.

Second instar. Ochreous-yellow, each segment bearing six black
setigerous tubercles. Head and post-cephalic plate black.

Third instar. Light bluish-green ; each segment with eight black
setigerous tubercles, at the base of which is a bright yellow spot.
Post-cephalic plate bright yellow.

Fourth instar. Grass-green. Segments bright yellow in the middle
and bearing eight dark purplish-red spines.

Fifth instar. Similar to fourth, but bright orange-yellow at base of
spines. Head and post-cephalic plate black. Stigmata dark purplish-
black. Inferior spines strongly barbed at tip, others simple. Legs,
abdominal feet and lower half of claspers black.

The caterpillar usually pupates in March, and the moth emerges
between the middle of November and middle of December.

NUDAURELIA ARABELLA, sub-sp. JACKSONI, Jord.

This handsome moth is rarer than the last at Salisbury, but
examples are occasionally taken at light. It differs from the typical
arabella in having the entire basal and median areas of both wings
deep carmine or crimson lake instead of yellow, and the ante-median
black band of the fore-wing is entirely wanting. The size is smaller
than that of arabella.

by J. A. O’ Neil. 161

A gregarious caterpillar, that feeds on a rush-like grass in very
swampy spots, is probably the larva of WV. gacksoni; but all attempts
made by Mr. Redfern and myself to rear it have hitherto been
unsuccessful, as the caterpillar absolutely refuses to feed when removed
from its natural habitat. The segments are bright yellow in the
middle, black anteriorly and posteriorly, and are armed with six short
black spines. The whole of the ventral surface and the abdominal
feet are deep carmine.

ATHLETES SEMIALBA, Sonth.

On first receiving from me a pair of this magnificent Saturniid,
Janse wrote that he believed it would be the finest moth in his collection
for years to come. A. semialba is unquestionably a remarkably
striking moth, and hardly anything more beautiful could be imagined
than a freshly emerged specimen settled with partly expanded wings
on the foliage of its usual food-plant, Brachystegia randii. The moth
is not very uncommon about Salisbury in late November and December,
though, curiously enough, very few people have ever seen it. It some-
times remains during the daytime on the trunk of a tree and in this
case it is sure to escape notice, the fore-wings looking very much like
a piece of bark crowned with white lichen, and they hang down
slightly so as to cover the large ocelli of the hind-wings which would
at once draw attention to the insect.

The eggs are Jaid in December on the upper-side of the leaves, in
batches of from two to eight, usually at a height of only three to six
feet from the ground. They hatch out in about three weeks, and the
caterpillars are to be found from January to late in March. In
normal seasons the moth emerges between the middle of November
and early in December; but when the rainy season starts late their
emergence is retarded till the middle of the latter month.

Some description of the moth and its larva may be useful to
collectors.

Male. Head, thorax and abdomen as in Gynanisa maia, but the
pronotum is black, the tegule either black or, more often, chocolate-
red; abdomen covered with white or tawny hairs; branches of
antennz much shorter than in G. mava.

Fore-wing. Costa straight for two-thirds of its length, then
strongly arched to apex, which is rather acuminate. Hind-margin
very sinuous, deeply concave between nervules 7 and 3; posterior
angle rounded. Whole of costa, and base as far as dark median

162 Rhodesian Moths

transverse band, densely covered with white scales. Outer half of
wing pale or darker ochreous varied by bands and spots of reddish- or
chocolate-brown. Hind-margin with an outer wavy black band
leaving internervular marginal flavous streaks, and an inner band of
blackish- or chocolate-brown. Three transverse dark bands across the
wing, the first sub-basal and crossing the white area, zigzag and
sometimes broadly interrupted on its upper half; the second median,
very broad at the costa and strongly sinuate ; the third, post-median,
linear, only slightly sinuate and elbowed at nervule 2. Just beyond
discocellulars a rather small sub-triangular hyaline space, edged on its
inner- and lower-margin with black.

Hind-wing. Outer-margin sinuous, very strongly lobed between
nervules 5 and 3, giving the wing a broad spatulate “tail.” Entire
discal area claret-coloured or magenta, bounded outwardly by a narrow
or moderately broad dark pink or pinkish-white band, and an outer
band of black or purple-brown, between which and the broad black
hind-maginal border the wing is tawny, mottled with blackish or
brown scales. Ocellus exactly like that of G. mava, except that its
black ring is narrowly linear.

Under-side. Fore-wing. Costa and base as far as median band
white. Pink, with a few whitish scales, between median and post-
median band. Hind-marginal area dark chocolate-brown, lighter on
outer edge of post-median band and near apex. Inner-margin dark
pink as far as nervule 2.

Hind-wing. Costa, and base to median band, white. Brownish-
pink between the transverse bands; dark umber-brown from outer
band to hind-margin.

9. Similar to ¢, but shape of wings different.

Fore-wing. Costa only moderately arched towards apex; hind-
margin but slightly concave between nervules 7 and 3.

Hind-wing slightly lobed between nervules 5 and 4.

Wing expanse. ¢ 140-198 mm.; @ 150-185 mm.

The average wing expanse of examples found in the open is about
180 mm. Bred specimens are usually undersized as the caterpillar is
a slow feeder and will not eat unless its food-plant is perfectly fresh.

Egg. Broadly oval ; whitey-brown with dark-brown longitudinal
stripes.

Larva. First instar. Totally black, covered with long black
bristles ; each segment with six setigerous blunt tubercles.

by J. A. O'Neil. 163

Second instar. ight ochreous or creamy-yellow ; head _ brick-red.
In the middle of each segment a transverse shining blue-black band,
bearing six erect strongly setigerous tubercles of the same colour.
Segments smooth.

Third instar. Similar to preceding after the moult; but as the
caterpillar grows the ground-colour becomes nearly white with a light
bluish tinge, and the tubercles grow longer and more slender.

Fourth instar. Light blue above, light bluish-green on lateral
surfaces, each segment armed with six upright burnished gold spines,
the two dorsal much longer and more slender than the four lateral
ones. Head, post-cephalic plate and two large triangular patches on
the claspers chocolate-brown. Several small golden-yellow granules
on each side of the post-cephalic plate. Stigmata black.

Fifth instar. Similar to preceding, but the golden spines are longer
and curved backwards and the stigmata are dark red. Just before
going to earth the whole body becomes pale milky blue.

The caterpillar feeds on our two local species of Drachystegia and
also on Cassia, sp.

CYRTOGONE BILINEATA, Roths. & Jord.

This is a dark-coloured, but handsome, moth, the female of which
looks very much like a Lasiocampid. It is common at Salisbury,
where the gregarious caterpillars may be seen feeding in numbers on
Brachystegia. When adult they are ringed with broad crimson and
black bands, separated by narrow rings of bright yellow. Each of
the crimson bands bears six short black tubercles densely set with
long black sete, and the entire body is covered with long downy white
hairs. If the caterpillar is touched it causes a burning sensation on
the hand. It feeds rapidly and pupates about the end of January.
The moth sometimes emerges three weeks later, but more often
remains in its pupal state until the following summer. It always
emerges during the daytime.

The fore-wing of the male moth is acuminate at the tip and strongly
sinuate along the hind-margin; very dark-purple in the basal and
median areas, turning to light ochreous mottled with light reddish-
brown in the outer half. | Hind-wing fuscous, with the basal half of the
costa deep pink, and the inner- and outer-margins light or dark ochreous,
mottled with brown. The female has the wings of normal shape.
The whole of the fore-wing is dark blackish-purple, with two narrow
black transverse bands and a small median flavous patch. The hind-

164 Rhodesian Moths

wing is greyish-black, with the basal third or half of the costa deep
pink. Occasionally nearly the whole of the wing has a pink flush.

CINABRA HYPERBIUS, Westw., var.

The Rhodesian variety of this Saturniid is a very handsome moth,
the upper-side of the hind-wings being bright yellow instead of red,
with a narrow red hind-marginal band, and a sub-marginal bright lilac,
mauve or slate-blue band, moderately broad in the male, twice as wide
in the female. Separated from this by a band of the yellow ground
colour is a rather narrow dark grey post-median band parallel to the
outer-margin. | Base and inner-margin covered with pinkish hairs.
A few female examples have the whole of the fore-wing tinted with
bluish-grey or slate-blue.

Wing expanse. < 88 (dwarf)-120 mm.; 9 114-128 mm.

Average size 110-125 mm.

C. hyperbius is an abundant moth at Salisbury (and is also found
at Bulawayo), the larva feeding in considerable numbers on a small
Protea, on whose succulent leaves it thrives and is very easy to rear.
It is not infrequently found on Brachystegia randiz, but more difficult
to rear on this food-plant. The eggs, which are broad and depressed
at one end and narrow, rather pointed, at the other, are light olive-
brown and are laid in even rows, from two to seven in a row, some-
times about the end of October, more often in the first half of
November, and they hatch out in about three weeks.

Larva. First instar. Bright yellow above, with a lateral row of
large black confluent spots. Each segment with six small yellow
tubercles covered with long black sete. Head black.

Second instar. Dark ochreous-yellow turning to brick-red three or
four days after the moult, with inter-segmental black rings. A central
black longitudinal band from head to last abdominal segment and a
narrow black lateral band interrupted on each segment. Head black.

Third instar. Entire body bright salmon-pink without black rings.
Black dorsal, and lateral interrupted bands as in preceding instar.
Tubercles bright salmon-red, black at apex, each bearing three or four
stout black sete. On vertex of head a row of six small black
setigerous tubercles. Head yellowish-olive. Towards the end of this
instar the colour of the body becomes grass-green.

Fourth instar. Head and body grass-green. The two posterior
thoracic segments have six large orange-red tubercles each bearing a

es Y

by J. A. O'Neil. 165

small black setigerous spine ; abdominal segments with six small black
setigerous spines. Stigmata purplish-red with an outer ring of white.

Fifth instar. Head and body emerald green. On vertex of head a
narrow silvery-white transverse carina. Post-cephalic and anal plates
bright purple-red. | Two posterior thoracic and all abdominal segments
armed with eight long simple (non-setigerous) black spines which
become shorter as the caterpillar fills out. On each side of claspers a
triangular purple-red patch. Stigmata as in fourth instar.

As with most Saturniide, the males of this moth can be obtained
by sembling with unfertilised females. One evening a female emerged
in one of my breeding boxes and two hours later a dozen males flew
into the room in quick succession.

CINABRA PYGMMHA, Maas. & Weym.

This is a rare moth at Salisbury, and I have seen only one example
captured in this neighbourhood. The colour of the wings is very
different from that of the specimen figured by Distant in his ‘“ Insecta
Transvaaliensia.” The fore-wing is deep carmine-red turning to lilac-
pink near the outer-margin, and the hind-wing is deep orange-red with
a broad pink outer border. The moth is not uncommon at the
Victoria Falls.

EPIPHORA VERA, Janse.

Of this very beautiful moth I have bred three examples from
cocoons found at Salisbury by Mr. A. W. Redfern. A male that
emerged 22nd November and a female that came out on lst December
last summer are considerably larger than the types, the former having
a wing expanse of 132 mm., and the latter of 138 mm. There is a
specimen of this moth in the Bulawayo Museum, captured some years
ago at the cement works, nine miles from Bulawayo on the Salisbury
line, and Mr. Redfern informs me that he lately saw three examples
in the British Museum. He has found one adult larva, which he
describes as being light green with red spines.

Lupia sp. nov.?

¢d. Head and antenne orange-ochreous. Sternum and pronotum
bright orange-red, the anterior margin of the latter mouse-grey with
some white scales. Abdomen tawny-orange or pale pink, usually with
a narrow light-grey band on apical portion of each segment, Eye
and legs light mouse-grey.

166 Rhodesian Moths

Fore-wing. Shaped rather like that of male delegorguer, but outer
half of costa more strongly arched, and hind-margin very deeply
concave between nervules 7 and 3. Costa and apex rather densely
covered with white scales; basal three-fourths of cell pale tawny-
ochreous or light grey ;_ basal area helow cell tawny-orange. A broad
transverse deep orange-red band (about half as wide as the dark band
in delegorgueit male) edged inwardly and outwardly by a dark linear
band, the outer of which is crimson and dotted with white scales.
Beyond this band the wing is light tawny-orange between nervules
7 and 3; much paler from 8 to inner-margin MHyaline mark like
that of delegorguei, but twice as broad, the upper half deeply bisinuate
outwardly and the whole narrowly bounded by dark crimson.

Hind-wing. Pink, with the inner-margin and lower half of outer-
margin broadly pinkish-orange or light orange-ochreous. ‘Two narrow
sinuous dark grey transverse bands, very faint or obsolete between
costa and nervule 3. Between these bands, on an orange-yellow
ground is a small discal, very curiously-shaped, black mark, strongly
suggestive of a black cat in a sitting posture.

Under-side. Forewing. Costa, to inner edge of hyaline mark and
upper part of cell light mouse-grey sparsely covered with white scales.
Lower part of cell, basal and lower median areas, bright pink. Just
beyond hyaline mark a sub-quadrate orange-red patch between costa
and nervule 6. Apex covered with orange, white and greyish-green
scales ; hind-margin broadly orange-red to nervule 3, narrowly thence
to posterior angle.

Hind-wing. Orange-pink or pale tawny-orange. Costa and _hind-
margin narrowly light mouse-grey. Discal mark grey and rather faint.

2. Fore-wing shaped like that of female delegorquei, but apex
more acuminate and hind-margin more concave between nervules 7
and 5. Pattern asin female delegorguei. Costa, from base to inner
edge of median band, and cell covered with white scales. Base deep
tawny-orange. Median transverse band twice as broad as in male,
outwardly deep orange-red near costa, below hyaline spot dark tawny-
orange. Sub-marginal area pale orange. Hyaline spot larger and
broader than in male.

Very rarely the whole wing is coloured exactly as in delegorguet,
except for a small costal dark red patch above the hyaline spot.

Hind-wing. Shaped as in female delegorgwer. Colour similar to
that of male; the black discal mark is much broader and looks just
like a cat standing, and there is a small hyaline spot on its lower

by J. A. O'Neil. 167

inner extremity. A broad transverse discal band, either outwardly
dark purple and inwardly dark pinkish-orange, or entirely dark grey,
between lower edge of costal pink and inner-margin.

Under-side. Forewing. Costal and basal areas mouse-grey with
long whitish hairs. Inner-margin and basal half of area 2 bright
pink. A broad orange-red costal patch just beyond hyaline spot.
Apex dark grey with a few white scales. Hind-margin broadly light
tawny-orange, with a row of dark orange-red inter-nervular spots, that
in area 2 much larger than the others. Hind-wing as in male.

Wing expanse. ¢ 52-58 mm.; @ 62-75 mm.

This very pretty Ludia may prove to be identical with the East
African species described by Hampson several years ago (the
description of which I have not seen), or it may be a new species. It
does not seem to occur outside the Salisbury district. The larva feeds
on Uapaca kirkiana, rarely on Protea sp., and is a wonderfully
variable caterpillar. I have taken no fewer than ten different
varieties of this caterpillar, each of which was quite unlike any of the
others. It is covered with long glandular hairs, a slight touch of
which causes a very painful blister. In one form there is a very
broad dorsal band extending from behind the head to the anal plate,
the lateral surfaces are light greyish-olive, and each segment bears
eight bright yellow strongly setigerous tubercles. A second form has
the dorsal and lateral surfaces black, mottled with small yellow and
white spots, and on each segment is a band of eight large contiguous
crimson tubercles. A third form is pure white with the rings of
tubercles bright orange-red. A fourth, pale creamy-ochreous, with
ochreous-brown tubercles and marks, and in a fifth the colours are
bright yellow and magenta. I have mislaid the short descriptions I
made of the other vars. The moth is double-brooded, the adult larva
being found in October or April. When about to pupate it spins a
very hard cocoon. The early brood of moths emerges at the end of
October, or, more commonly, in November, and the late summer brood
in March. The discal mark on the hind-wing is wonderfully
suggestive of a black cat, as is remarked by nearly everybody who
sees the moth.

HOoLocERA RHODESIENSIS, Janse.

This beautiful moth is fairly common at Salisbury ; the larvee feed
on Cussonia spicata and are gregarious,

168 Rhodesian Moths.

The caterpillar is dimorphic. In the more common form the body
and tubercles are black with long downy hairs and an inferior double
row of salmon-red marks. In the second form the segments are
ringed with black and white. Like the larva of the Ludia described
above, this caterpillar is an awful thing to touch. The moth emerges
between the beginning of December and the latter end of February.

Wing expanse. ¢ 44-58 mm.; @ 68-76 mm.

In addition to the Saturniide enumerated above, we have at
Salisbury: Cirina similis, Cirina forda, Gynanisa maia, Heniocha
appolonia, Pseudaphelia apollinaris, Goodia kuntzei, Ludia delegorgue,
Tagoropsis flavinata, the curious Decachorda pomona, and another
small species the genus of which is as yet undetermined. All of
these, with the exception of the last, G. maia and D. pomona, are
common in this neighbourhood.

Gonimbrasia zambesina is found at Hartley. Aryema mimose
occurs throughout Matabeleland and has been taken in the south-west
of Mashonaland, but so far it has not been recorded near Salisbury.
The fauna of Bulawayo includes, among other species, WVudauwrelia
arata, Gonimbrasia telina, Heniocha terpsichore and H. flavida.

Finally, in the Melsetter district the following species, all of them
unknown to me, have been captured by Mr. C. F. M. Swynnerton :
Imbrasia obscura, Butl., Gonimbrasia near irisio, F., Tagoropsis
hanningtonii, Butl., Gynanisa ethra, Westw., and Brahmea ocelligera,
Butl.

XVI.—CICINDELA BERTOLONII, Horn, and the
South African members of the BREVICOLLIS Group.

C. N. Barker, F.E.S.

With Puates XXV and XXVI.

HE very considerable number of geographical races or forms
among the Crcindele, of more than one group, which over a very
wide area of distribution have a similar pattern of markings in common,
has led to a4 confusion in their synonomy. In none has the
difficulty of determination and classification been greater than in the
group bearing the dbrevicollis type of pattern. The stability of this
pattern, within very circumscribed limits of variation, is evidenced by
its wide range over Africa, Madagascar and India. A complete
review of all the species and varieties inhabiting the whole of this
extensive range is beyond my knowledge to deal with satisfactorily,
but within South African limits I propose to try and clear up some
of the uncertainty as to identities and affinities of the races found
therein, and to claim for one of these recognition as a distinct species.
One of the commonest of the forms that occur in Natal has the
peculiarity in the males of possessing a secondary sexual badge, in the
form of a fascicle of bristles on the fourth joint of the antenne. As
far back as 1901, I wrote expressing my views as to its specific
distinctness from C. clathrata, Dejean, with which it was then, and I
believe still is, confounded ; and I proposed for it the name /fasciculi-
cornis. In 1907, with some further data added, I forwarded my
paper to my friend Prof. Poulton, who referred it to Dr. Walther
Horn of Berlin. At that time I was unaware of the existence of C.
bertoloni (Chd. in litt.) Horn, except for a brief reference to it made
by Dr. L. Peringuey in his catalogue of the Coleoptera of South Africa*
as a variety of C. montevroi, Bates, a species which belongs to an
entirely different group. Subsequently, I received from Dr. Horn co-
types of his species, taken in late German East Africa, an examination
of which at once demonstrated to me, that my /asciculicornis could, at
most, claim only to be a variety or sub-species of his C’. bertolonit.
In the last letter I received from Dr. Horn dated 18th April, 1908,
he says: ‘‘T have more than once still (sic) thought of the question of

* Trans. Phil. Soc. 8S. Africa, vol. vii, p. 44,
(169)

170 Beetles of the Cicindela brevicollis group

Cicindela brevicollis, ete., and am comparing all material I can get for
it. Quite lately I studied generally feelers of Cicindelide and found
interesting features. Am now making some drawings of them and
hope to be able to let you have some of them within some months.”

Unfortunately, I have received no further communication from him
on the subject.

Dr. Horn in his “‘Systematischer Index der Cicindeliden” 1905,
gives bertoloniw as a sub-species of C. brevicollis, Wied. and his
arrangement of sub-species clathrata, De}. immediately below it, leads
me to infer that my fasciculicornis is the form referred to under that
name. In this I think he errs as Dejean makes no allusion to the
males of that species possessing the antennal appendages peculiar to
bertolonvi and its sub-species or variety. The true c/athrata of Dejean
is, to my mind, the race of C. brevicollis that inhabits most of the
country south of the Vaal river and the coastal regions of the Cape
provinces beyond the limits of brevicollis, which intercalates with it,
however, at several points and gradually merges into it at other points.

My aim in this paper is to demonstrate the claims of C. bertoloni,
Horn to specific rank, as the representative head of a separate section
of the brevicollis group. Among the S. African Cicindele, there are
two species, very distinct from one another and from C. bertolonii,
which possess identically similar fascicles of bristles on the 4th joints
of the antenne. These are C. regalis. Dej. and C. capensis. L.
Several species of the allied genus Ophryodera have similar male
appendages.

It would be difficult to account for the analogy of these widely
separated species, shewing identically similar appendages, as secondary
sexual characters, except on the supposition that they are ancestral
relics and therefore I consider the possession of them of the greatest
classificatory importance and sufficient alone to separate C’. bertoloni
Horn as a species distinct from brevicollis and its various races.

Discussing the importance of descent in classification, Darwin has
the following: ‘‘ We have no written pedigrees ; we have to make our
community of descent by resemblance of any kind. Therefore we
choose those characters which as far as we can judge are the least
likely to have been modified in relation to the conditions of life, to
which each species has been recently exposed.

Rudimentary structures on this view are as good as or even some-
times better than other parts of the organization.”*

* “Origin of Species,’ Chap. XIII, p. 170.

by C. N. Barker. 171

I fully recognise the undesirability in classification of relying on
sexual characters alone in the determination of species, of which the
general facies is so similar as in that of C. bertolonii, Horn, race
Jasciculicornis, Mihi, and the true clathrata of Dejean.

Distribution and habits are in such relationships of great importance,
and further on I propose to provide some data on this subject. First
I will refer to some minor points which will aid identification—C.
bertolonit, Horn, race fasciculicornis, Mihi, differs from C. brevicollis,
Wied. race clathrata, Dej. as follows :—

(1) The labrum is longer; more sub-triangularly produced (especially
in the females*).

(2) The joints of the antenne are a little shorter, and the 5th is
shorter in relation to the 4th.

(3) The elytra are linear and parallel in both sexes ; the females of
clathrata are always more or less explanate beyond middle and the
humeral angles more declivous.

These points of difference are very slight and, unfortunately, are not
always strictly reliable, for they are subject to some modifications
according to their geographical distribution. There appears to be
considerable correlation between the various parts of the structure.
Thus, with elongation of prothorax and elytra there is generally an
equivalent elongation of the antenne and labrum, and as a whole the
South-east African types are more linear than the western. Per
exemplum, the labrum and antenne of typical berto/onii are more
elongate than in its sub-sp. fasciculicornis. It must be admitted that
it is not always possible, without the help of locality labels, to
determine the females of clathrata from fasciculicornis, but fortunately
the two forms, to the best of my knowledge, do not occur within near
proximity to one another, each having its well defined geographical
limits. I make this assertion confidently on the strength of the
considerable mass of material, from all parts of S. Africa, that I have
had under review, for which I am indebted to the courtesy of the
directors of S. African museums and other correspondents.

C’. bertolona, Horn appears to be limited to the Eastern and North-
eastern areas from Inhambane northwards. It only differs from its
widely distributed sub-species in its larger, slightly more elongate form
and in the elytral pattern which, in very variable degrees, shows a
disposition to the separation, attenuation or evanescence of the bands
and rami that compose it. Examples from Inhambane and Beira are
extreme forms in which the rami of the pattern are in some cases
reduced to mere dentitions.

* The labrum is invariably more developed in the female than in the male
sex among all the forms of the group.

172 Beetles of the Cicindela brevicollis group

The sub-species or race fasciculicornis has a very extended range of
distribution in the 8. African sub-regions. It inhabits all the well
vegetated uplands and valleys east of the Drakensberg, probably the
North-east mountainous portion of the Orange Free State ; the whole
of the Transvaal; the outskirts of Bechuanaland, north of the Vaal
River; the eastern portion of Rhodesia, at least as far west as
Bulawayo, and the coastal belts of Natal and Zululand, up to and
perhaps beyond Delagoa Bay. Throughout this large area it shows
only a moderate variation in the width of the dorsal bands and rami
of the pattern, which is analogous in every detail with that of
brevicollis-clathrata. It is worth noting that some examples from
Delagoa Bay, which is the nearest point to the range of typical
bertolonii, show the widest clathrata-like pattern of markings.

In habits it differs from brevicollis-clathrata, which is purely a
riverain species, in that its haunts are spread widely over the open
veldt and hillsides as well as the valleys. In the coastal areas of the
whole of Natal and at least as far north as Delagoa Bay, it is frequently
met with in association with intermedia ; in the uplands of Natal and
Transvaal with neglecta and in some riverain spots also with intermedia.

As I have said above, I cannot presume to attempt a revision of all
the forms of this difficult pattern group, for I have no acquaintance
with many of the closely related exotic forms, such as C. discoidea.
Dej. from North Africa, C. abbreviata, Klug. from Madagascar and
C. catena, F. from India, so I must limit myself to some further
suggestions and remarks on the South African types of the various
forms. I have under review a very large mass of material, loaned to
me through the courtesy of the directors or curators of our South
African museums and other correspondents, and the annexed Table of
Distribution shows that they represent the forms of the group over a
very comprehensive area of the South African sub-region. Unfortun-
ately, I have been unable to obtain the extreme types of neglecta, De}.
and its variety (teste Horn) damara Per. The figure of the latter, on
Plate I of the author’s ‘‘ Descriptive Catalogue of the Coleoptera of S.
Africa,” represents a short broad figure with the general facies of C.
candida, Dej., near to which it is placed by Dr. Peringuey, but the
description contraverts this by the following—‘ Elytra elongated
nearly plane on the upper part.” The figure represents a female,
which is always more transverse than the male. No mention is made
of the supra-orbital striz being strongly defined, which is an important
feature in neglecta and vivida. The type of neglecta, Dej., recorded
by Dr. Walther Horn from Sandwich harbour, is probably a broader
banded form than those with which I am familiar, from the uplands

by C. N. Barker. 173

of the Transvaal and Natal. Dejean’s description of neglecta (Sp. Gen.
Coleopt. I. p. 114) does not mention the very marked supra-orbital
striation which is referred to by Peringuey in his corrected table of
the group, vide Trans. Phil. Soc. S. Afr. Vol. X, p. 304, and which I
have found a most constant feature in the form which I attribute to
neglecta. In the author’s description of his type, which he records
as received from Senegal, he refers to the elytral pattern as follows:
“The humeral sub-hamate lunule is connected with the upper end of
the juxta-sutural and only very narrowly interrupted at the lower
half of the band.”

In all the forms of neglecta? that I have had under review from
Natal, Transvaal and Orange Free State: (1) the hamate lunules and the
upper and lower halves of the juxta-sutural bands are widely interrupted
and form three distinct elongate spots on either side of the suture.
This is one of the points which separates it from brevicollis, to which
Dejean’s typical neglecta seems to more nearly approximate. Further
compared with brevicollis and others of the group. (2) The median
rami are given off from the lateral bands with a more diagonal
downward trend and are less sharply elbowed near the suture. (3) The
lateral margins of the prothorax are slightly rounded and of even
width at apex and base and, in all unrubbed specimens, there is a
somewhat dense narrow fringe of white decumbent hairs on the lateral
margins of the prothorax instead of hairs sparsely distributed over the
disc. (4) The labrum is more sub-triangularly produced and less
sinuate above the outer angles than in the corresponding sexes of
brevicollis-clathrata. In this respect they approximate to C. bertolonii-
Jasciculicornis but are generally more inwardly inclined at the outer
angles, which makes them appear narrower. (5) The supra-orbital
striz are more coarsely developed than in any other form of the group
except its nearest relative vivida, Boh. The race intermedia Klug.
also has supra-orbital striation, but it is always finer and less widely
extended and the shagreening of both head and prothorax is smoother.
The articulations of the antennz are similar to those of brevicollis
clathrata, but shorter and stouter than those of intermedia. They are,
therefore, slightly differentiated from those of bertolonit-fasciculicornis
whose terminal joints in the males, at least, are shorter.

The pattern of the race vivida, Boh., is that of neglecta, except
that the rami and sub-apical bands are disconnected from one another
by lesser or greater intervals of the black ground colour. A con-
siderable percentage have the humeral and median rami narrowly
connected, but the sub-apical marginal band is invariably separated
by a considerable interval from the median ramus. The juxta-sutural

174 Beetles of the Cicindela brevicollis group

spots are broader and less elongate than in neglecta. Some of the
varieties of C. brevicollis can hardly be differentiated from those of
vivida in pattern.

The race as a whole appears to be more robust, and a little more
convex than neglecta. The fringe of white hairs on the lateral
margins of the prothorax is as thick as in neglecta and rather more
distributed inwardly.

There is no perceptible difference in the labrum and antennze
between this race and neglecta.

T am unaware on what grounds Dr. Horn has discriminated between
neglecta as a sub-species and vivida as a variety of C. brevicollis.
There is no greater approximation to the head of the group, in the
one form than in the other. The slightly modified pattern of each is
reproduced among the varietal forms of brevicollis that occur together
in certain local areas of the Cape Peninsular, but the details that
separate neglecta from brevicollis are identically the same as those that
separate vivida from this species. The geographical range of each of
these forms is fairly strictly defined in the South African sub-region,
and the only difference in this respect is, as far as I am aware, that
neglecta has a very extended range over the uplands of the interior,
and that vivida is more restricted to a comparatively limited eastern,
principally coastal, belt. They do not, I believe, occur together in
any one locality of their respective ranges.

The difficulty of apportioning the relative values to the affinities of
the closely allied and sometimes intermingled forms of this group,
leads me to prefer the use of the term race rather than that of sub-
species and varieties, as being less committal with our present
knowledge of their relationships.

C. brevicollis, Wied., the oldest recorded form of the group, whose
range is purely south-western (almost exclusively limited to the Cape
Peninsular and adjacent districts), is characterised by its abbreviated
form, its transverse prothorax and short elytra. In pattern it shows
considerable variation, between examples without sub-marginal band
as in vivida, to others in which this band is narrowly continuous from
base to apex. The vivida-like form, however, never has the humeral
comma-like patch and juxta sutural band widely divided up into three
separated spots as in vivida. The indumentum of the pattern is pale
testaceous yellow. The supra-orbital strize are absent or very faintly
defined. The prothorax and labrum are very short and transverse.
In shape the sexes differ more than in the corresponding sexes of
vivida. The lateral margins of the males are straight and a little
explanate beyond middle; the females are ampliated about middle.

by C. N. Barker. 175

The transition, from the sub-marginal banded form of brevicollis to
clathrata of Dejean, is by a graduated disposition towards elongation
of the prothorax and elytra, and larger size. There is nothing else to
separate them. The bands and rami are more broadly developed and
their coloration is of a richer yellow. The markings are at their
widest in specimens from Bechuanaland, which on account of their
very transverse prothoraces are, in this respect, nearer to brevicollis
than to clathrata. As a generalization, the further from the Cape
Peninsular, either to the northward or eastward, the species is met
with, the greater the disposition to elongation, which however does
not go beyond making the prothorax less transverse, without making
it longer than broad. The furthest point east I have yet been able to
trace the form to, is at Committees Drift on the Great Fish River.
Northward it occurs at Bothaville and Parys just south of the Vaal.
Outside the S. African sub-region, it occurs at Mossamedes on the
west coast and at Fort Machakos in British East Africa. In the
S. African area it does not appear to occur north of the Vaal river,
being replaced on that side by its analogously patterned ally (.
bertoloni, Horn, race fasciculicornis, Mihi.

The race intermedia, Klug., which replaces and at some points
overlaps clathrata at its eastern limits, has, so far as our South African
forms go, sufficient claims to entitle it to specific rank. Dr. Horn,
however, considers it a geographical race of discoidea, Dej., a North
African form which he ranks as a sub-species of C. brevicol/is, Wied.,
and with which, unfortunately, I am not familiar. In shape, color-
ation and in details of pattern it is remarkably stable over its very
extended range, which to my knowledge, includes the Fish River near
Grahamstown on to the western side, to Beira on the eastern. It
also occurs inland on the Upper Tugela River, Natal, and the Victoria
Falls, Rhodesia, where it has followed up the courses of the big rivers.

From clathrata De}., intermedia, Klug., differs in its narrower more
elongate facies. The prothorax is longer than broad, straight sided
and of nearly equal width at apex and base. The antenne are longer
and more slender than in any of the preceding forms. The elytra are
narrowly parallel in the males and elongate oval in the females.
Supra-orbital striation is always present but fine, and the sculpture of
head and prothorax is of a finer shagreen. The labrum in both sexes
is narrow and moderately sub-triangularly produced. The elytral
pattern narrow but complete; of a light testaceous colour, which in
life shows dusky and contrasts but little with the light bronze ground.
The punctuation of the elytra is coarse and more spaced than in

176 Beetles of the Cicindela brevicollis group

clathrata and fasciculicornis, the two forms with which it sometimes
associates. The rami of the dorsal pattern are at their finest in this
race and are more sharply angled; the median is given off at right
angles to the sub-marginal band and is bisinuate below the elbow ;
the humeral rami are produced at their termini upwards to a sharp
point. The pattern is narrowly margined by dark lines, which give
off shades of purple and green in strong lights. The suture is usually
glowing metallic, but in some examples with darker ground colour the
suture is of a dark metallic blue-green. I have a single example from
Malvern, Natal, and another from the Victoria Falls which in the
greater width and brighter coloration of the dorsal pattern approxt-
mate to that of fasciculicornis and clathrata, but in shape and other
details they are not modified from typical intermedia. These are the
only cases of slight modification of markings I have met with in this
race.

The habits of intermedia are those of a moisture-loving insect,
preferring low lands and banks of streams. In the rainy season,
however, it may be met with in damp locations at some distance from
water.

C’. differens, Horn, is another distinct race of the group that has a
very extended, but a strictly local range. The only time I have
personally met with it, was on the sandy banks of the upper Tugela
River, running in company with C. regalis, Dej. I have, however,
received examples from the Umfuli River (Mashonaland), from Water-
val (Transvaal), Beira (Mozambique) and Namaqualand. In markings
this species approximates towards that of C. candida, Boh., inasmuch
as the light yellow pigment of the pattern has invaded the larger half
of the dorsal area, thus making the dark ground colour appear to be
the pattern. This is, however, not always the case, for a female
example from Beira has the bands and rami no wider than in clathrata.
The Namaqua forms are the lightest, and approximate to C. candida
both in shape and markings. The mandibles are like those of C.
candida, Boh., being longer and straighter than in any of the preceding
forms. The labrum is moderately produced medially, with a con-
spicuous central tooth in the female. The antenne and tarsi are
longer and more slender than usual, and the chief distinguishing °
feature is the possession of a dense fringe of white decumbent hairs on
either cheek.

In C. candida, Boh. the elytral pattern is formed by the black
ground which has been largely effaced by the invasion of the yellow
pigmented surface. In some examples from the neighbourhood of Algoa

by C. N. Barker. WT

Bay, the black pattern is evanescent, leaving only more or less rounded
dots and spots to represent a pattern.* The elytra are short, sub-oval
and a little convex in both sexes. The mandibles are long and cross
one another at some distance above the labrum. The labrum is short
and but little produced medially in either sex. The antenne are of.
medium length; the ultimate joint sharply truncated at tip. The
prothorax is robust, nearly straight, almost as long as broad and _pro-
fusely covered with white hairs. It frequents the sand dunes of the
foreshore and is not generally found far inland. I have, however, a
male of a slightly modified candida which is labelled as from Caledon,
Cape Province. It is a little more elongate and hardly convex, but
in other respects a typical candida.

There are four examples (two males and two females) before me of
a form from Okahandja, Damaraland, which I tentatively assign to C.
herero, Per. They agree fairly well in regard to colour and pattern
with the author’s description, which is far too brief and does not say
whether it was taken from one or more specimens, or whether both
sexes were represented.

C’. candida, Boh. (as a sub-species of which Dr. Horn has placed C.
herero), shows but little difference in the shape of the sexes. In this
form herero? the females alone are much ampliated medially. The
place of their capture which is in the centre of Hereroland, a little
north of Windhuk, suggests the probability of its being identical with
‘““herero,” but, whether it be this form or some other, its affinities lie
between C. differens Horn and C. candida, Boh. ‘This form herero,
Per? recurs, but slightly modified, at Willowmore and vicinity, Cape
Province, from which place I have received, through the courtesy of
Dr. Brauns, some twelve examples.

The following is a description of the race herero? and the Willow-
more form of it. It should be remembered that nearly a thousand miles
separate Okahandja from Willowmore, and, so far, I have no record of
its occurrence in the intervening country, though I think there is little
doubt but that it will be found later in those parts of the Karroo and
the fringes of the Kalahari which are traversed by river systems.

Race herervo, Pér. Mandibles as long as those of differens crossing
one another at some distance above the labrum. Labrum short sub-
quadrate in the males and briefly sub-triangular in the females.

Inter ocular striation absent or very feeble.

Antenne ; male short ; articulations beyond the 4th of even width
except the ultimate, which is depressed, and spatulate truncate ; in
the female normal.

* Variety mixta, Chd,

178 Beetles of the Cicindela brevicollis group

Prothorax short transverse, of even width at base and apex ;
sparsely covered with white decumbent hairs except for the usual small
denuded spaces on either side of the median suture. Legs setose ; the
sides of the abdomen, the sternze and coxe densely clothed with
decumbent white hairs.

Prothorax and head glowing bronze with bright metallic green
interspersed in the depressions and about margins. — First four joints
of the antenne, the denuded space below the lateral margins of the
prothorax, the suture and the legs above glowing metallic red. The
sternal parts and the abdomen bright metallic green.

Elytra ; ground colour greenish bronze with coppery reflections ; the
pale testaceous markings are disposed as in c/athrata. Prothorax short
as in brevicollis, but not constricted at base, a little wider and more
hairy. Elytra; short, plane above; males nearly straight, a little
widened about middle; females sinuate below the shoulders and con-
siderably ampliated about middle.

The Willowmore form of this race is a little more elongate, otherwise
the shape in either sex is identical with that of the Okahandja form.
The marginal bands and rami are finer and in some examples the
median rami are attenuated and interrupted near the point of junction
with the marginal band.

The juxta sutural band is shorter and sometimes briefly interrupted
at the point where it is strangulated.

The ground colours of the prothorax and elytra are the same as in
the Okahandja form, but darker and less brilliant.

The distinguishing feature, the spatulate ultimate joint of the male
antenne, is the same, though in some examples it is not so evident as
in others.

The races that I have attempted to portray have mostly a very
extended range within South African limits, which roughly may be
taken as that of the 16th parallel of S. latitude. Over the whole of
this area they display remarkably little variation or modification of
the distinctive points that characterize them, considering how intim-
ately they are related to one another and how often they overlap.

On reference to the Table of Distribution it will be noticed that
in many localities two or more of these races occur in association
or in near proximity to one another, and yet in these spots the
distinctions between them are fully maintained and show no signs of
mergence. Per exemplum, at Committee Drift on the Great Fish
River clathrata and intermedia have been taken together on the same
day and at a spot which is very near the limits of both their respective
ranges to the eastward and westward. Nevertheless neither of these
races show any modification of their distinctive characters.

by C. N. Barker. ie

The few cases I have noted of irregularity are the following :—

Neglecta shows some instability in the direction of brevicollis in some
parts of its range, and varies much in size even amongst specimens
collected in the same district. Nine examples from the Umvuma
River, Rhodesia, are all more transverse than usual; three (one male
two females) are of normal size and six males are veritable dwarfs and
in all these the labrum is as short as in brevicollis. The supra-orbital
striation is a little finer and one of the number, a male, has the median
ramus of the pattern given off more rectangularly from the margin
than usual. <A single male form from Bembesi River above Bulawayo
(unfortunately the only example I have received from that locality) in
markings, shape and size is a typical neglecta, as described by Dejean,
who makes no reference to the presence or absence of supra-orbital
striation. In this insect it is totally absent, which differentiates it
entirely from neglecta as I have defined it in this paper.

What appears to be a pauperised and very narrowly patterned
clathrata (a single example unfortunately), labelled Weenen, Natal
(Haviland), which I received with several neglecta, points to the
possibility of a modified form of this insect having penetrated to the
eastward of the Drakensberg.

Text-rie. 1.

fawn
wt *
P< z ay
4
LABRA OF FEMALES.
1. Cicindela bertolontt fasceculicornis. 2. C. brevecollis neglecta. ay (0:

clathrata. 4. C 4b. intermedia. 5. C. candida. 6. C. differens.

In the female sex the labra show greater development.

180 Beetles of the Cicindela brevicollis group

SUMMARY OF CHARACTERS.

ANTENNA WITHOUT MALE APPENDAGES.
SUPRA-ORBITAL STIATION ABSENT OR HARDLY APPARENT.

MANDIBLES LONGER, CROSSING WHEN CLOSED AT SOME DISTANCE ABOVE
LABRUM.

1. C. candida, Boh.*

Antenne moderately long ; ultimate joint broadly truncate.

Labrum short ; a little sub-triangularly produced in both sexes.

Form robust ; prothorax about as long as broad, of equal width at
base and apex ; elytra short sub-oval and slightly convex in
both sexes.

Pattern ; nearly the whole surface of the elytra covered with a yellow
indumentum leaving only two (one discal and one postical) zig-
zag bands of the black ground to represent a pattern on each
elytra.

2. CO. candida, race herero, Per?

Antenne shorter and articulations stouter, last joint in males
spatulate and truncate at tip.

Labrum transverse and but little produced medially.

Prothorax short, broader than long, of nearly equal width at base
and apex.

Elytral margins; males nearly straight, a little explanate about
middle, females sinuate below shoulder, ampliate medially and
broadly rounded to apex.

Bands and rami of pattern moderately broad, pale testaceous with
narrow dark edgings prismatic in strong light. Ground colour
green and coppery bronze; that of prothorax bright green and
coppery bronze. Legs and cheeks glowing metallic red.

* The variety miata, Chaudoir, represents forms in which the ground
colour has been still further encroached upon, leaving only disconnected spots
instead of irregular bands.

by C. N. Barker. 181

3. C. candida, race herero, form braunsi, Mihi.

Mandibles a trifle shorter than in herero ?
Labrum, antennz and contours identical, elytra a little more elongate.
Pattern, the bands and rami narrower and in some examples the

median rami are narrowly disconnected from the sub-marginal
bands and the humeral rami are evanescent.

Ground colour of elytra darker greenish-bronze. Coloration generally
as in herero? but less brilliant.

4, C. differens, Horn.

Antenne long, slender, last joint narrowly truncate. A dense
fringe of white hairs on either cheek.

Labrum longer, male moderately, female considerably sub-triangularly
produced and a little convex.

Form, more or less elongate, elytral margins ; males nearly straight,
females a little ampliate and both broadly rounded to apex.
Prothorax about as long as broad, slightly rounded laterally and of

nearly even width at base and apex.

Pattern, bands and rami very broad pale testaceous.

MANDIBLES NORMALLY ELONGATE.

5. C. brevicollis, Wied.

Antenne normal, not broadened at tip.

Labrum and prothorax short, the latter a little more constricted at
base than in preceding races.

Form more transverse and less depressed, sexual differentiation of
contours the same as in herero, but females less sinuate below
shoulders.

Pattern variable, lateral bands sometimes wholly absent, sometimes
narrowly connecting the humeral with the median rami, but
leaving a more or less wide interval between the latter and the
postical bands, or with narrow sub-marginal bands from
shoulders to apices.

The humeral comma-shaped basal patch is usually connected with,
but occasionally narrowly divided from the juxta-sutural band
below it.

The grouud colour is very dark bronze, showing up the yellowish-
white pattern in sharp contrast.

182 Beetles of the Cicindela brevicollis growp

6. C. brevicollis, race clathrata, Dejean.

Larger, more elongate and more depressed than brevicollis.

Prothorax less transverse, about as long as broad, wider at apex than
at base.

Elytral margins straight, and in both sexes more or less explanate
beyond middle.

Pattern, sub-marginal and postical bands broad and always connected,
the humeral comma-shaped patch continued as a juxta-sutural
band a little strangulated about middle, the rami more or less
broadly developed. Colour of markings a warmer yellow.

SUPRA-ORBITAL STRIAZZ ALWAYS PRESENT.

7. C. brevicollis, race intermedia, Klug.

Labrum narrow, sub-triangularly elongate and convex in both sexes.

Antenne very long and slender.

Supra-orbital striw and shagreen of head and prothorax very fine.

Prothorax longer than broad, sides straight and hardly constricted
basally.

Elytra; males long narrow, very little widened beyond middle ;
females elongately sub-oval.

Bands and rami of pattern very narrow, rami rarely evanescent.
Ground colour usually dull light bronze, sometimes darker with
narrow dark edgings showing purplish in bright light ; markings
in life dull testaceous, brighter in well dried specimens.

Shows very little variation throughout its range.

SUPRA-ORBITAL STRIA®X COARSE, INNER OCULAR SPACE
PLICATE.

8. C. brevicollis, race vivida, Boh.

Antenne medium length and normal.

Form robust a little convex, slightly ampliate about middle in both
Sexes,

Sub-marginal band of pattern absent or very narrowly connecting the
humeral and median rami. The median rami given off more
obliquely from sides than in proceeding species. Basal comma-
like patch and juxta-sutural band broken up into three widely
disconnected oval spots.

by C. N. Barker. 183

9. C. brevicollis, race neglecta, Dejean.

Antenne as in vivida.

Form variable, but usually narrower, more elongate and more
depressed.

Prothorax as in vivida, a little rounded, laterally margined with a
fringe of decumbent white hairs.

Elytral pattern narrow, but variable in width*, sub-marginal bands
connect the rami and postical bands. Median rami narrow, but
little elbowed and given off diagonally downwards instead of
rectangularly from the sub-marginal bands. The basal and
juxta-sutural spots as in wivida but narrower and more elongate.

Size varies much.

ANTENNA WITH A FASCICLE OF BRISTLES ON THE
4TH JOINT OF ALL MALES.

SUPRA-ORBITAL STRIATION ABSENT OR NEARLY.

10. C. bertolona, Horn.
Labrum elongate sub-triangularly produced, convex and with median
tooth large ; less developed in males as usual.

Form parallel-sided in both sexes ; females a little more transverse
than males.

Prothorax as long or longer than wide, sides straight, a little wider at
apex than at base.

Size larger but variable.

The bands and rami of pattern narrow, some or all of the rami often
evanescent. The juxta-sutural band divided into two elongate
spots.

ll. C. bertolonii, race fasciculicornis, Mihi.
Labrum as in bertolonii but less extremely developed.
Size smaller.

Form as in bertoloniz but generally shorter relatively.

* The S.W. African races, including the form damara, Peér., are unknown to
me, and therefore are not included here,

184 ' Beetles of the Cicindela brevicollis group

Pattern, bands and rami usually broad but sometimes finer.

The humeral comma-shaped patch and juxta-sutural band usually
connected, occasionally narrowly divided at the point where
strangulated.

Shows but little variation over a very extended range.

It is almost undistinguishable from clathrata in the females, but the
epipleural purplish border is generally wider and brighter.

TABLE OF DISTRIBUTION,

based upon materlal examined by the Author.

C. candida, Boh., including var. miata, Chd.

Natal coast, Algoa Bay, The variety mixta from Algoa Bay,
Kast London, Knysna, I have not taken in Natal. The
Caledon. Caledon form is less ovate and plane

above, and the antenne are shorter.

race herero, Per.

Okahandja (Damaraland), Willowmore form, brauwnsi, Mihi.
Willowmore (Cape Province). 12 examples, have the bands and
rami of pattern narrower and ground

darker.

C'. differens, Horn.

Beira, Upper Tugela (Natal) Markings vary from black ground
Waterval (Transvaal), Um-_ with light testaceous bands and rami,
fuli River (Rhodesia), and as in clathrata, to a light ground with
Namaqualand. narrow black markings as in candida.

The Namaqualaud forms are lightest.

C’. brevicollis, Wied.

Cape Peninsular, Stellen- Both with and without marginal
bosch, Kraaifontein, Touws bands and intermediate. The bands
River (Cape Province). and rami are light testaceous,

by C. N. Barker. 185

race clathrata, Dej. (intermediate).

Colesberg, Bushmanland, Have the broad bands of a more
Specktakel. yellow colour, but the short thorax is
that of brevicollis. The Colesberg
examples are as small as brevicollis,
the Bushmanland examples as large

as typical clathrata.

race clathrata, De}. (typical).

Bothaville, Parys, Smith- These examples have the thorax
field (O.F.S.), Algoa Bay, about as long as broad, vary in width
Uitenhage district, Albany of pattern, those from Bothaville
to Great Fish River, Kowie, narrowest pattern, with dark green
Addo, Sunday River (Cape ground colour instead of black.
Province).

race intermedia, Klug.

Committees Drift, Great Shows remarkably little variation.
Fish River, East London, Confined principally to coastal areas,
Port St. Johns, Natal Coast, but follows the large rivers inland.
Umfongosi (Zululand), Dela-
goa Bay, Beira, Upper Tu-
gela (Natal), Victoria Falls
(Rhodesia).

race neglecta, De}.

Pretoria, Waterberg, Plat- Varies considerably in size. Ex-
river, Lichtenberg (Trans- amples from Pretoria district largest
vaal), Bothaville, Heilbron and most elongate.

(O.F.S.), Weenen and Um-
voti counties, Maritzburg
(Natal), Umvuma_ River

(Rhodesia).
race vivida, Boh.
Delagoa Bay, Beira, Um- Varies little, some examples have
tali (Rhodesia). the upper rami of pattern narrowly

connected. Penetrates but a com-
paratively short distance inland to
the westward,

186 Beetles of the Cicindela brevicollis group

C. bertoloni, Horn.

Inhambane and Beira.

Outside South African limits occurs
near mouth of Rovuma River, Mozam-
bique Province, and ex-German East
Africa. Specimens from Inhambane
and Beira have the bands and rami
often evanescent.

race fasciculicornis, Mihi.

Pudimée (Bechuanaland),
Pretoria district, Waterberg,
Blauwberg, Zoutzbanberg,
Lydenburg, Barberton, Kaap-
muiden, Tzaneen, Plaatriver,
Methlapitsi, White River
(Transvaal), Natal coastal
areas), Zululand, Delagoa
Bay, Bulawayo (Rhodesia).

Has an enormous range over the
Eastern side of South Africa, and
varies but little.

N.B.—I have not thought it advisable, at present, to interfere with
Dr. Horn’s apportionment of sub-specific rank to hereo as a race of

candida and to intermedia as a race of brevicollis, but in my opinion

both these forms are distinct species. Intermedia we know is found

in association with brevicollis clathrata in some, and with brevicollis

neglecta in other localities, and it is against reason that two or three
sub-species of a species should thus occur.

by C. N. Barker. 187

CORRIGENDUM.

The opportunity may be taken of correcting an unfortunate mistake
in the description of Arsinoe o’neili in my paper ‘‘On some rare
beetles in the Barker Collection of the Durban Museum,” which
appeared in the previous part of these Annals, page 114. Line 10
should read :-—

Elytra deeply punctate, striate and intervals punctured.

188 Beetles of the Cicindela brevicollis group.
EXPLANATION OF PLates XXV and XXVI,
illustrating paper by C. N. Barker on
“ Beetles of the Cicindela brevicollis group.”
PLATE XXV.,

1 Cicindela candida, Dé}. 2 Durban, Natal.

2 os ae 5 var, mixta, Chd. ¢ Algoa Bay, Cape Province.

3 in 3 5 ge Knysna, Cape Province.

4 5 Br yg Caledon, Cape Province.

5 Ais differens, Horn. é Umfuli River, Rhodesia,

6 ae , a fo) Tugela River, Natal.

7 3 candida, Déj., race herero, Pér.? ¢ Okahandja, Damaraland.

8 He) ue) 2) dy a2 ” ”

9 5 aA a ae ,, form draunsz, Mibi. 3 { Willowmore
10 =s cd a a Me - &5 Q \ Cape Prov.
114 $5 brevicollis, Wiedm,, typical ¢ Cape Town.
12 » ” > ” g Cape Town.
13 Pr me 3 race vivida, Boh. 9 Delagoa Bay.
14 » » 55 variety ¢ Cape Town,
15 55 ae A 35 2 Stellenbosch, Cape Province,
16 a ee a transitional to race clathrata, Déj. 9

Bechuanaland, Cape Province,
PLATE XXVI.

1 Cicindela brevicollis, Wiedm., race clathrata, Dé}. ¢ Blue Cliff, Cape Prov.

2 aA An 3 a b Q Bothaville, O.F.S.

3 oF 3 an race vivida, Boh. ¢ Delagoa Bay, P.E.A.

4 a a », trace neglecta, Déj. ¢ Estcourt, Natal.

5 » ” a6 aS 33 3S Weenen, Natal.

6 9 9 39 AO a Q Pretoria, Transvaal.

i ” » 39 50 39 ¢ Lydenburg, Transvaal.

8 56 56 >» race intermedia, Klug. ¢ Pinetown, Natal.

9 % 9 a3 50 a 2 ‘Mbogotwini River,
10 3 bertolontt, Horn. ¢ Inhambani, Lorenzo Marques.
11 9 59 see Beira. Lorenzo Marques.
12 bs a8 5,5 race fasciculicornis, Mihi. ¢ Gilletts, Natal.
13 9 » 50 39 a 5 fe) Johannesburg.
14 39 a5 “9 3 55 se dS Pinetown, Natal.
15 ” » AB Ph 3 4 Q Durban, Natal.
16 0 20 A a - = fe) Durban, Natal,

Annals Durban Museum, Vol. II. Plate XXV.

Beetles of the Crczndela brevicollis group.

Annals Durban Museum, Vol. II. Plate X XVI.

Beetles of the Cictndela brevicollis group.

Smeets Sot ot)

t :
.
A
i

Feil faith

4
=
a
A +
ey
fi

XVII.—Natal Bees
by

T. D. A. Cockerell, University of Colorado.

MorGANIA CHUBBI, Sp. nov.

2. Length about 6°5 mm., expanse 13:5 mm.;_ black, including
legs, mandibles, antenne and tegule, except that the fourth antennal
joint is red on outer side ; wings long, dusky hyaline, the apex broadly
infuscated, stigma and nervures black; face with appressed silver-
white hair; antennal basin depressed ; front strongly punctured, but
shining between the punctures ; mesothorax shining, very strongly but
not very densely punctured; scutellum elevated, bigibbous, strongly
punctured ; metathorax bare in middle, but laterally clothed with
white hair ; pleura with a very broad transverse band of silvery hair,
prolonged downward anteriorly and posteriorly ; tegule large; tibie
and tarsi with silvery hair; spurs ferruginous ; abdomen sub-globose,
shining, the first segment impunctate ; a patch of silvery hair on each
side of first segment, and hind-margins of second to fourth with bands
of silvery hair, that on second broadly interrupted in middle ; pygidial
plate coarsely punctured and irregularly longitudinally ridged.

Bellair, Natal, 13th January, 1919, “ visiting hole in vertical bank
on side of road” (E. C. Chubb).

MorGANIA BARKERI, Sp. nov.

_ 9. Length about 7°5 mm.; black, with the apical half of
mandibles dark reddish. Similar to J. chubbi, but differing thus:
face narrower; antennz somewhat longer, entirely black, the joints
very distinct ; mesothorax more finely and closely punctured; meta-
thorax hairy almost to middle; pleura thinly hairy, but without a
distinct transverse band ; tarsi longer; spurs black ; wings uniformly
fuliginous ; second recurrent nervure joining second sub-marginal cell
some distance before end (meeting second transversocubital in J.
chubbi) ; abdomen rather narrower.

Durban, Natal, 9th March, 1918 (C. N. Barker).

The species of Morgania are described by Friese under Omachtes,
but F. Smith’s generic name Morgania has priority. The species now
described differ from the majority by the black abdomen and legs,

(189)

190 Natal Bees

M. gabonensis (Vachal) is a somewhat similar insect, nearest to
M. chubbi by the colour of the wings and the venation. It has the
anterior legs and the base of the venter more or less dilute reddish.
Unfortunately, Vachal’s unique type was without a head.

The species of Morgania at present known, all African, are as
follows :

M. dichroa (Spinola). M. graenicherr jenseni, Friese.
syn. carnifex, Gerstaecker. M. appletoni, Cockerell. .

M. gerstaeckeri (Schulz). M. capicola (Strand).
syn. dichroa, Smith. M. nigrithorax, Strand.

M. gabonensis (Vachal). M. nigripes (Friese).

M. histrio (Gerstaecker). M. capensis (Friese).

M. villosa (Friese). M. abessinica (Friese).

M. graenicheri (Brauns). M. rufipes (Friese).

M. graenicheri is a comparatively large species, 12 mm. long. All
these insects are parasitic, but so far as I know, their biology has not
been elucidated.

ANTHOPHORA BIPARTITA, Smith.

Females collected by A. L. Bevis, 6th and 20th June, 1916, at
Durban.

The pale stripe on the clypeus may be reduced to a spot just above
the margin. There is a little white or pale hair on each side near the
end of the abdomen. ‘The species was described from Natal.

CoutueteEs, Latr.

Nine specimens of South African Colletes before me belong to five
different species, none of which agree with any published descriptions.
One species was sent to me by Dr. H. Brauns as C. martini, Vachal,
but I cannot discover that Vachal published it, and it is not mentioned
in Friese’s great work on African bees.

The species may be separated thus :

Hair of mesothorax white or whitish, contrasting with the orange-
fulvous of scutellum . . . . martinc.

Hair of mesothorax ( 2 ) pale ochraceous mixed with fuscous, that
of the scutellum similar; first abdominal segment strongly
punctured . . . . fusconotus.

Hair of mesothorax and scutellum (@ ) ferruginous mixed with
fuscous ; first abdominal segment polished and feebly punctured

- » seminitens,

by T. D. A. Cockerell. 191

Hair of mesothorax and scutellum ferruginous (¢); first abdom-

inal segment strongly punctured .... 1.
1. Basal area of metathorax with a strong transverse keel .. . .
marley.
Basal area of metathorax without such a keel .... durbanensis.

CoLLETES MARTINI, Sp. NOv.

¢ (type). Length about 9 mm.; black, the mandibles at apex,
last joint of tarsi, and base of hind basitarsi red; head and thorax
with abundant long pure white hair, except that on scutellum and
post-scutellum it is clear orange-ferruginous ; head very broad, facial
quadrangle broader than long; antenne black, the flagellum dark
coffee-brown beneath, flagellar joints much longer than broad ; malar
space conspicuously longer than broad ; mesothorax closely and rather
finely punctured, the surface hard to see because of the hair ; scutellaum
anteriorly bare, polished and impunctate ; area of metathorax with
extremely short basal plice, followed by a rugose area, but the
apical part smooth and polished; tegule testaceous; wings clear
hyaline, stigma ferruginous, nervures fuscous, second submarginal
cell very broad ; legs with white hair on outer side, anterior tibize
and all the tarsi with pale golden on inner; abdomen with the
first two segments closely and finely punctured ; first segment thickly
covered with long ochreous-tinted hair, the apical band pale reddish,
white at sides; segments 2 to 5 with very dense broad white hair-
bands.

?. Length about 11 mm. ; the general appearance like the male ;
middle joints of flagellum a little broader than long; malar space
large, slightly broader than long ; vertex with pale fuscous hair; hair
of mesothorax slightly yellowish, mixed with very pale fuscous, but
still contrasting with the orange-fulvous of scutellum ; hind legs
mainly red, and the other legs with red stains; first abdominal
segment with dense creamy-white hair, the apical band narrow ;
second segment with similar but much shorter hair; segments 2 to 5
with broad white apical bands; segments 4 and 5 with scattered
black hairs before the bands.

Willowmore, Cape Colony (Dr. H. Brauns). Male, 15th March,
1903; female, 15th October, 1899. Apparently nearest to C.
schultzei, Friese, but smaller, and with very conspicuous abdominal
hands. C. fasciatus, Smith has orange abdominal bands,

192 Natal Bees

COoLLETES FUSCONOTUS, Sp. NOV,

2. Length about 9°5 mm.; black, robust, mandibles obscurely
reddened in middle, hind tarsi stained with red ; hair of head and
thorax greyish-white, dorsally pale ochreous, strongly mixed with
fuscous on vertex, mesothorax and scutellum; clypeus densely
rugosopunctate all over; labrum smooth and polished, the median
pit very small; malar space very short, much more than twice as
broad as long ; flagellum short, dark reddish beneath ; sides of vertex
shining, but deeply excavated by the broad fovezx ; mesothorax
densely punctured, except the posterior middle ; area of metathorax
coarsely reticulate, the apical part polished ; tegule rufotestaceous ;
wings brownish-hyaline, stigma ferruginous, nervures fuscous ; middle
femora produced to a sub-basal triangular tooth beneath; first
four abdominal segments with broad greyish-white hair-bands ; first
segment hairy at base and sides, shining strongly and rather closely
punctured ; second segment minutely and densely punctured ; hind
margins of segments reddish.

Winklespruit, Natal, 3lst December, 1918, two (C. N. Barker).

Known by the black legs, colour of hair on thorax, and short malar
space. It runs out at 3 in Friese’s table. C. negligendus (Dalla
Torre), from Natal, has testaceous nervures and black stigma.

CoLLETES DURBANENSIS, Sp. nov.

¢. Length, 85-9 mm.; black, only the mandibles and tarsi red
apically ; head and thorax above with clear orange-fulvous or
ferruginous hair, otherwise with pale ochreous tinted hair, white on
cheeks ; antenne black ; malar space short, about twice as broad as
long ; mesothorax and scutellum dull, the latter with a shining line
in middle; area of metathorax coarsely reticulate, without a
transverse keel ; tegule ferruginous ; wings hyaline, faintly dusky,
nervures fuscous ; legs with pale ochreous-tinted hair; spurs pale
reddish ; first abominal segment very distinctly punctured, with thin
long pale ochreous hair ail over; second segment with fine but
distinct punctures ; segments 1 to 5 with dense light ochreous apical
hair-bands ; apical segment broadly rounded.

Durban, Natal, 11th March, 1917, and Ist April, 1917 (HE. C.
Chubb).

Distinguished from C’. malma (Cameron) by the ochreous hair-bands
and the almost entirely black tarsi,

by T. D. A. Cockerell. 193

COLLETES MARLEYI, sp. nov.

3. So similar to C. durbanensis that I at first thought it
identical, but readily distinguished by the very strong transverse
keel on the metathoracic enclosure, the clearer (yellower) hair of
thorax above, and the broader abdominal hair-bands. The ventral
abdominal segments are fringed with very abundant and long hair,
whereas in C’. durbanensis they have dense short even fringes.

Krantz Kloof, 4th April, 1917 (H. W. Bell Marley).

COLLETES SEMINITENS, sp. Nov.

2. Length about 9 mm.; black, mandibles with a red band, tarsi
red only at apex ; hair of head and thorax pale ochreous, dorsally
ferruginous mixed with fuscous ; clypeus densely punctured ; labrum
smooth, without ridges; malar space very short, at least twice as
broad as long; flagellum faintly reddish beneath, the last joint
distinctly so; mesothorax and scutellum dull, the latter with a
smooth median line; area of metathorax above reticulate, below
smooth, with a moderate transverse keel; tegule rufous; wings
brownish-hyaline, nervures fuscous ; middle femora with a prominent
sub-basal tooth beneath ; legs with pale ochreous hair, middle and
hind basitarsi with a brilliant copper-red apical brush ; abdomen
thinly hairy, with pale hair-bands ; first segment polished, with very
minute inconspicuous punctures, more distinct at the sides ; second
segment extremely finely and densely punctured.

Durban, Natal, 11th March, 1917 (E. C. Chubb).

Possibly the female of C. durbanensis, but the base of metathorax
differs, and the first abdominal segment is remarkably smooth and
feebly punctured in the middle. For the present they must be
regarded as distinct.

SPHECODES AFRICANUS, Friese.

Females, Stella Bush, Durban, 31st December, 1916, 2nd January,
1917. Both collected by C. N. Barker. Durban, 11th March, 1917
(E. C. Chubb).

Lower Umkomaas, 18th December, 1914 (I. Bevis).
Male, Durban, 31st March, 1913 (W. Haygarth).

194 Natal Bees

S. africanus was described by Friese in 1908 from a single
female from Ukami in Usambara. In 1911 Strand recorded a
female from Delagoa Bay, and as it differed somewhat from Friese’s
type, he called it var. delagow, Strand. The two forms were separated
thus : .

Tegule black or nearly so, with a yellow spot anteriorly ; thorax
black ; antenne black. . . . africanus, Friese.

Tegule pale yellowish anteriorly and brownish-yellow posteriorly,
only the inner side posteriorly blackish ; lateral margins of
mesothorax, prothorax and tubercles red ; scape and under-
side of flagellum reddish . . . . delagoc, Strand.

The Natal females have reddish tegule, with a pale area in front.
The antenne are black. Only one, that marked ‘‘ Lower Umkomaas,”
has the tubercles and upper part of prothorax bright ferruginous, and
the lateral areas of metathorax suffusedly dark reddish.

The male, not before known, is about 9 mm. long; wings fuliginous,
but paler than in the female ; mandibles red, simple (with an inner
tooth in female) ; face with long white hair, but lower half of the
densely punctured clypeus bare ; first abdominal segment black, with
the posterior margin very broadly red ; second red; third red, with
a large black stain in middle ; remaining segments black, but apical
plate red; legs black, the knees red and the anterior tibiz red in
front. The antennz are black, the flagellum moniliform. This is
considerably larger than the male of S. capensis, Cameron, and also
differs by the darkened wings and greater amount of red on abdomen.
The thorax shining between the punctures and the darkened wings
separate it from S. punctatus, Sichel.

The Natal specimens are not precisely typical africanus, nor are
they typical delagoe. Possibly a third race is indicated ; but since
the forms previously described are known from single specimens, and
our material shows the insect to be variable, it is impossible at
present to be sure that we are dealing with races rather than
individual variations. Superficially, these insects resemble those
species of Momia in which the abdomen is red.

XYLOCOPA CARINATA FULVOPILOSA, Friese.

¢. Bluff, Durban, 8th November (C. N. Barker).

by T. D. A. Cockerell. 195

XYLOCOPA RUFITARSIS, Lepeletier.

9. Impendhle, January, 1916 (E.C. Chubb). The mandibles have
a tubercle on the upper-side toward the base, and the fourth abdominal
segment has a black opaque mark on each side basally. ‘The wings
are somewhat more pointed than in X. carinata, and the punctures of
the mesothorax are smaller. The flagellum is black.

MEsorTrRicHiA BEVISI, Cockerell.

The type has only two sub-marginal cells, but two males now before
me, collected by Mr. Bevis, at Umbilo, have three sub-marginals.
Evidently the insect varies in this respect, but the other characters
amply distinguish it.

Crocisa CALCEATA, Vachal.

2. Bellair, Natal, 13th January, 1919 (KE. C. Chubb).

CROCISA CYANESCENS, Sp. nov.

2? (type). Length about 12 mm.; markings very pale blue ;
scutellum deeply incised, but sides of incision flexuose ; long white
hair projecting from beneath incision ; disc of secutellum with black
hair, but no light spots ; axilla with spots of light hair ; hind femora
not toothed ; hair-markings on each side of first abdominal segment
U-like; bands on each side of second segment thick, a little longer
than the interval between them, and with no lateral anterior lobe ;
hind tibiz with less than basal half white-haired ; hind basitarsi
white-haired posteriorly ; ventral surface of thorax with white hair.
General appearance and markings as in C. calceata, but larger, with
the marginal cell distinctly longer, scutellum more deeply incised.

3. Length about 12 mm.; axillar spots very small ; rather more
than basal half of hind tibiz light-haired ; end of abdomen with two
prominent, widely separated teeth, much better developed than those
of C. calceata. Scutellum and mesothorax shining.

Type from Malvern, Natal, 16th January (Barker). Male from
Umbilo, 22nd March, 1913 (A. L. Bevis).

This looks just lke the Indian C. ramakrishne, Ckll., the only
obvious superficial difference being that the wings are not so dark.

196 Natal Bees.

It is not quite certain that the male belongs to the same species, but
without more material it seems hazardous to separate it. The
character which especially suggests doubt as to identity is the smooth
shining scutellum, that of the female being conspicuously black haired.
If the male is separable, it must represent another new species.

CROcCISA CANDIDA, sp. nov.

@. Length 10-12 mm.; markings pure white; margin of -

scutellum ——-like ; long white hair from behind notch; disc of
scutellum with short black hair, but no light spots; axille with
white hair on margin next to scutellum ; anterior wings very dark ;
hind femora not toothed ; hind tibiz with white hair on basal two-
thirds ; hind basitarsi with thin white hair on outer side; marks at
sides of first abdominal segment C-like, the interval between the
apical bands at least as great as length of bands ; bands of second
segment very broad, broadest laterally, where the anterior margin is
obtusely more or less angular ; sternum not hairy, but small tufts of
white hair on the cox. In Friese’s table runs near C. meripes,
Vachal, and C. calceata, Vachal, from which it is easily separated by
the pure white hair. There is a strong general resemblance to C.
braunsiana, Friese, but the interval between the abdominal bands is
greater, and the scutellum is not spotted. It is also related to C.
alfkeni, Brauns, from Willowmore, but with darker wings. It is
possibly a local race of C. alfkeni, the 2 of C. alfkeni is 7 to 10 mm.
long.

Bellair, Natal, 13th January, 1919 (EK. C. Chubb). Two specimens.

PROSOPIS BRAUNSI, Alfken.

Dr. Brauns (litt., 1918) now states that P. brawnsi is a valid
species. He adds that it varies in the red on base of abdomen; the
red may even be absent. The colour of the legs also varies. Dr.
Brauns saw the type of P. rubriplagiata, Cameron, and found it to
be P. heraldica, Smith.

PROSOPIS HERALDICA, Smith.

9. Umbilo, February, 1917 (L. Bevis) ; Durban, 31st July, 1916
(C. N. Barker).

XVIII.—Fishes from Durban, Natal,
collected by Messrs. H. W. Bell Marley and Romer Robinson,
by

C. Tate Regan, M.A., F.R.S.

(Published with the permission of the Trustees of the British Museum),

ee of fishes from Durban received in 1918 include

examples of seven new species and of sixteen others not previously
recorded from Natal.

Family CLUPEID A.

Engraulis holodon, Bouleng.

Family MURAENID A.

Gymnomurena xanthoptera, Bleek.

Family SYNGN ATHIDAL.

Syngnathus spicifer, Riipp.

Family HOLOCENTRIDA.

Holocentrum diadema, Lacép.

Holocentrum sammara, Jorshk.

Family SERRANID.

Epinephelus ceruleopunctatus, Bloch.
Epinephelus fuscoguttatus, Riipp.

Family CHILODIPTERID &.

Apogon bifasciatus, Piipp.
Apogon polylepis, sp. nov.
Depth of body 22 to 2% in the length, length of head 22 to 3.

Snout as long as diameter of eye, which is 32 to 4 in length of head ;

]

interorbital width 34 to 3} in length of head. Jaws equal anteriorly ;

(197)

198 Natal Fishes

maxillary extending to below posterior } of eye. Praeopercular margin
finely serrated; ridge entire. 13 or 14 gill-rakers on lower part of
anterior arch. 36 to 38 scales in a longitudinal series, 4 or 5 between
middle of spinous dorsal and lateral line. Dorsal VII-VIII, I 9-10;
first spine minute, third and fourth longest, 7 length of head; eighth
spine small or absent ; longest soft rays more than } length of head ;
margin of soft fin convex. Anal II 8-9. Pectoral 2 length of head.
Caudal emarginate with rounded lobes. Caudal peduncle 1} as long
as deep. Dark longitudinal stripes on body at the edges of the series
of scales; spinous dorsal blackish; a dark spot at base of pectoral.

Text-Fic. 1.

APOGON POLYLEPISs.

A specimen of 190 mm. from Durban, collected by Mr. H. W. Bell
Marley, and another of 120 mm. from Kurrachee. The latter had
been determined as A. noordziekt, Bleek., a species that is distinguished
by having only three series of scales between lateral line and spinous
dorsal, the third dorsal spine longer than the fourth, no dark spot at
base of pectoral, ete.

Family CARANGID 8.

Scombroides lysan, Forsk.

by C. Tate Regan. 199

Family POMADASID &.

Diagramma griseum, Cuv. & Val.
A specimen with the coloration of D. reticulatum, Giinth., which
is a synonym of D. grisewm.
Diagramma chubbi, sp. nov.

Depth of body 22 in the length, length of head 34. Diameter of
eye 3 in length of head, a little longer than snout or interobital width ;
maxillary barely reaching vertical from anterior margin of eye. 22
gill-rakers on lower part of anterior arch. 110 scales in a longitudinal

TExtT-FIG. 2.

DIAGRAMMA CHUBBI.

series, 15 between spinous dorsal and lateral line; 60 pierced scales
in lateral line. Dorsal XI 16; fourth to sixth spines longest, = length
of head, a little shorter than longest soft rays; margin of soft fin
convex. Anal III 8; second spine a little longer than third, nearly
4 length of head. Pectoral 3 length of head; pelvics reaching vent.
Caudal truncate. Caudal peduncle longer than deep. Greyish; a
series of dark spots along middle of soft dorsal.

A single specimen, 123 mm. in total length; collected by Mr. H.
W. Bell Marley. Named in honour of Mr. E. C. Chubb, Curator of
the Durban Museum.

200 Natal Fishes

Family MULLID.
Upeneoides tragula, Richards.

Family SIGANIDA.

Siganus albopunctatus, Schleg.

Family GOBIID AE.

Gobius albopunctatus, Cwv. & Val.
Gobiosoma diadematum, Riipp.

Family ATHERINIDA.
Iso natalensis, sp. nov.

Depth of body 31 in the length, length of head 42. Snout shorter
than diameter of eye, which is as long as postorbital part of head.
Maxillary extending to below anterior } of eye; lower jaw shorter
than upper. Dorsal IV, 116. Anal I 22. A broad bluish-silvery
lateral band, margined above with a blackish stripe.

TEXT-FIG. 3.

Iso NATALENSIS.

A single specimen, 52 mm. in total length, collected by Mr. H. W.
Bell Marley.

The genus Zso was established for the Japanese Iso flos-maris, Jord.
& Starks,* which has the depth of body 5 in the length, but is very
similar in other characters to the species here described. The occur-
rence of a second species of this curious specialized genus on the coast
of Natal is of interest.

* Proc. U.S. Nat. Mus., vol. XXIV, 1901, p. 205, fig.

by C. Tate Regan. 201

Family CALLIONYMIDA.
Callionymus marleyi, sp. nov.

Length of head, to gill-opening, 34 to 4 in length of fish. Eyes
narrowly separated; diameter 3} to 4 in length of head. Mouth
small; premaxillary band of teeth with lateral horns diverging
slightly backwards and nearly equal in length to the transverse
anterior portion of the band. Preopercular spine straight, with
curved tip, with 3 to 5 tooth-like processes on inner edge and with an
antrorse process at base externally. Gill-openings small, superior.
Lateral line single. Dorsal IV, 9; male with spinous dorsal rather
elevated, with the tips of the spines only slightly projecting beyond
the membrane, and the first and last spines longest, a little shorter
than head; female with first and second spines longest, } length of
head, last ray of soft dorsal produced, but not reaching caudal. Anal
9. Caudal not longer than head. Head and body with scattered

Trext-Fic. 4.

CALLIONYMUS MARLEYI.

dark dots and pale spots enclosed in dark rings; a lateral series of
dark spots; spinous dorsal, in male, with linear markings, in female
blackish ; soft dorsal with longitudinal lines or series of small spots ;
caudal spotted.

Previously, I identified a female of this species, 85 mm. long, as
Callionymus coopert, Regan.* Examination of a male of 95 mm.

* Annals Durban Museum, Vol, II, pt. 2, p. 77.

9202 Natal Fishes

collected by Mr. Bell Marley shows that this was incorrect, as males
of C. cooperi, have the first three dorsal spines produced into very
long filaments. Careful comparison of the two species reveals another
difference, C. coopert having a somewhat wider mouth, with the
premaxillary band of teeth evenly curved and not produced backwards
at the sides.

Family BLENNID/X.

Blennius cornutus, Linn.

Family SCORP ANID Ai.
Amblyapistus marleyi, sp. nov.

Depth of body 2% in the length, length of head 3°. Diameter of eye
3 in length of head; maxillary extending to below anterior | of eye ;
anterior profile of head nearly vertical, slightly concave; przorbital
and preopercular spines strong; when laid back the former reaches
to below the posterior edge of the eye and the latter to the opercular
margin. Dorsal XV 8; first spine short, above anterior margin of
eye; second and third longest; 4 the length of the fish (without
caudal) and twice as long as the sixth and seventh, which are the
shortest and about } as long as the last. Anal III 6. Pectorals
12-rayed, extending a little beyond origin of anal. Brownish, spotted
and marbled with blackish.

TEXT-FIG. 5.

AMBLYAPISTUS MARLEYI.

by C. Tate Regan. 203

A single specimen, 130 mm. in total length, collected by Mr. H. W.
Bell Marley. The long preorbital and preopercular spines distinguish
this species from its nearest allies, A. tenianotus, Cuv. & Val. and
A, crista-galli, Ginth.

Family BALISTIDA.

Monacanthus melanocephalus, leek.

Family TETRODONTID &.

Tetrodon pleurospilus, sp. nov.

Length of head 34 in length of fish. Lower teeth 3 as broad as
upper. Nasal tentacle bilobed, apparently formed as in 7’. palembang-
ensis. Eyes above level of mouth. Diameter of eye nearly 4,
interorbital width a little more than } length of head. Body smooth
except for a patch of spines on abdomen, extending from below the
eyes to within a short distance of the vent. Dorsal with 9 rays, anal
with 7, pectoral with 15. Caudal subtruncate, its posterior margin
slightly convex. Back brownish, abdomen white; sides with dark
spots forming about three irregular longitudinal series, the spots of
the lowest series confluent anteriorly to form a stripe from mouth to
lower end of base of pectoral.

A single specimen, 200 mm. in total length, from Durban, collected
by Mr. H. W. Bell Marley.

Family DIODONTID A.

Diodon orbicularis, loch.

Family CYNOGLOSSID A.

Plagusia robinsoni, sp. nov.

Depth of body 34 in the length, length of head 3°. Snout obtusely
pointed, nearly 4 length of head. Eyes one diameter apart; 3 of
upper in advance of lower; diameter 14 in length of head. Angle

204 Natal Fishes.

of mouth below middle of lower eye; rostral hook extending to
vertical from middle of upper eye. Scales ctenoid ; two lateral lines
on eyed side, with 17 rows of scales between them ; no lateral line on
blind side. Dorsal fin with 107 rays, anal with 82. Greyish.

A single specimen, 240 mm. in total length, collected by Mr.
Romer Robinson. P. africana, Gilchrist, differs in the rounded snout,
the longer rostral hook, and the cleft of the mouth extending further
back.

TrxtT-Fic. 6.

Wry

PLAGUSIA ROBINSONI.

JOHN SINGLETON & SONS, PRINTERS, DURBAN,

- lA "
ve het
bat

Why fs ae,
Nit Hy

‘ ae
t) ape of previous Issues one).

/o yi 1, Par 4

ae MKT),

new Bat if Otomops icarus ), je EK. C. CuuBE,

oe Vol Ti Paes.) | Published 25 fuly 1917 °,. Price 5/ nett

“XXII. Ee aes of Durban Bay by T. R. R. Srepsine. (Plates XXII & XXITI).

i. | XXIII —Melanic Aberrations of Butterflies, ay C. N. Barker. (Plates XXIV
t Pe wand: RAV) os

i } ie XXIV. — Additions to the Fish Fauna of Natal, by C. Tare Rea@an.
u " a XXV. —_New Records of Natal Bees, by T. D. A. CocKERELL.
Th. XX VI.—New South African Heter ocera, by A. J.T. Janse.

if i te 4 —Malacostraca of Natal, by i R. R. Sressinc. (Plates I-V1).
ee IL. — Varieties of Papilio d, cenea, by C. N. Barker. (Plate VII).
ing oy TL. aN. ew Reds of Natal Bees, by ©: D. A. CocKERELL.

ey Lys Part Dt Published 30th July, 1918. Price 5/- nett.

eee : Iv. —Some eee of Natal, by. T. R. R. SrEBpINa. (Plates VIII-XII).
ON —Further Additions to the Fish Fauna of Natal, by C. Tare Rzaan.

See VI. —Some apparently undescribed Heterocera from 8. Africa, by A. J.T. Janse.
ve a VII.—Some Observations upon Whales by E. C. Coup. (Plates XII-X V1).
a VIII.—Some Records of Predaceous Insects and Their Prey, by C. N. BarKEr.

Nol. I, Part 3. Published 31st March, 1919. — Price 5/- nett.

#3 ae 19.4 og Skeleton of ine Dodo (Didus ineptus), by E. C. Cuuss. (Plate XVII).
oh ‘ Xx. —On Some Hare South African Beetles (Part I), by C. N. Barker.

i a yes! ny, new Bee from Natal, by T, D. A, Cockerex.

ee XIT.—Some Crustacea of Natal, by T: R. R. Sreppive. (Plates XVILI-XX).
. i ‘XII. —A South African Elephant, Py EK. C. Cure. re XXI and XXII).

’ ri: ' ; : Ny 3
i Me ek ‘Obteiiable peroughe any South African bookseller ,

or from Pica William Wesley & Son, Sole European Agents,
He de 88 Hesew Street, Strand, London.

CONTENTS.

XIV.—Further Contributions to the Anatomy of. the Sperm
Whale (Physeter macrocephalus) based upon an examination a ad
of two additional Foetus, by F. E. Bepparp. (Plate XXIII) 129 a |

XV.—Notes on some Rhodesian Moths of the family Saturniide |
and their Larve, by J. A. O’Nem. (Plate XXIV)- - 49>

XVI.—Cicindela bertolonit, Horn, and the South African mem-

bers of the brevicollis group, by C. N. Barker. (Plates a +
XXV and XXVI) - - - = - - 169
XVII.—Natal Bees, by T. D. A. CockERELL - - - 189

X VIII.—Fishes from Durban, Natal, collected by Messrs. H. W.
Bett MAriry and Romer Rosinson, by C. Tare Recan - 197

} “

Heed

DURBAN MUSEUM

EDITED BY THE CURATOR,

Oe CH UBR yh gu ge A

~ t

Segnen et fi On ™
f ny \
,
|
/

JUN 22 1920

i Issued 25th March, 1920.

PRICE 5/- NETT.

PRINTED BY
JOHN SINGLETON & SONS, DURBAN,

FOR THE DursAN MusEuUM.

The Annals of the Durban Museum is devoted principally to South Apri

Zoology and is issued from time to time as circumstances permit.

Contents of previous issues. ; Bh

Vol. I, Part 1. Published Ist June, 1914. Price 5/- pets ;
I.—On Pelagic Entomostraca, by G. S. Brapy.. (Plates I-IV).
II.—On Bottlenose Porpoises (7Z'wrsiops), by F. W. TRuE.
IIT.—On further Pelagic Entomostraca, by G. S. Brapy. (Plates V and VI).
IV.—Descriptions of South African Birds’ Eggs, by E. C. Causs. (Plate VII).

Vol. I, Part 2. Published 15th May, 1915. Price 5/- nett.
V.—Anatomy of Fetal Sperm Whale, by F. E. Bepparp. (Plate VITI).
VI.—Notes on Four-lunged Spiders, by Jonn Hewirr. - ie
VII.—Notes on Pelagic Entomostraca, by G.S. Brapy. (Plates IX—-XIV). —
VIII.—Anoplura and Mallophaga, by Krtioee & Ferris. (Plates XV and XVI).
IX.—Rotifera from Natal, by C. F. RoussEer.
X.—List of Mosquitos, by F. W. Epwarps.

Vol. I, Part 3. | Published 20th April, 1916. Price 5/- nett.
XI.—Fishes from Natal, collected by Mr. Romer Rosinson, by C. Tare Regan.
XII.—Description of a new Fish from Zululand, by G. A. BouLENGER.
XIII.—A Hydroid parasitic on fishes, by Ernest WARREN. (Plates X VIJT—-XX).
XIV.—Report on Bees, chiefly from Natal, by T. D. A. CocKERELL. ‘
X V.—Descriptions of several species of Arachnida, by Joun Hewirv. ir
XVI.—A new species of Solpuga from Zululand, by SranLey Hirst.
XVII.—Mallophaga and Anoplura, with mammalian host-list, by G. F. Ferris.
XVIII.—Note on Glossina brandoni and Danais petiverana, by E. C. Coup. _ i
X1IX.—Catalogue of Natal Marine Fishes (1), by Messrs. Gitcurist & THompson.

Vol. I, Part 4. Published 21st May, 1917. Price 5/- nett. i
XIX.—Catalogue of Natal Marine Fishes (2), by Messrs. Gitcurist & THompPson. 4
XX.—A new Silurid Fish from Natal, by G. A. BouLENGER. i
XXI.—A new Bat (Otomops icarus), by E. C. Couss, (Plate XX1I). }

(continued on third page of cover).

Obtainable through any South African bookseller
or from Messrs. William Wesley & Son, Sole Kuropean Agents,
28 Essex Street, Strand, London.

XIX.—A Revision of the Flat-fishes (HETEROSOMATA) of Natal,

C. Tate Regan, M.A., F.R.S.

(Published with the permission of the Trustees of the British Museum),

HE Flat-fishes differ from all other fishes in having both eyes on
the same side of the head. ‘The scheme of classification given
below differs slightly from mine of 1910 (Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. [8],
VI, pp. 484-496) in the recognition of the Pleuronectoidea and
Soleoidea as equal in rank to the Psettodoidea and in making
Paralichthodes the type of a new family. Specimens of this interesting
genus now received from Durban have enabled me to examine its
structure and it proves to be unique amongst dextral Pleuronectoidea
in the structure of the nasal organ, which is like that of the sinistral
Pleuronectoidea and of Psettodes and the Soles.

Orver HETEROSOMATA.

Susp-orpER 1. PSETTODOIDEA.

Psettodes. W. Africa; Indo-Pacific.

SuB-oRDER 2. PLEURONECTOIDEA.
Family 1. Boruipa.

Sub-family 1. ParaxicutHins&. ‘Tropical and Temperate Seas.
* 2. Bornine. Tropical and Temperate Seas.

3. Pservine®. N. Atlantic.

Family 2. ParaLicHTHoDID&®.

Paralichthodes. S. Africa.

(205)
Annals of the Durban Museum, Vol. II, part 5, issued 25th March, 1920.

206 Flat Fishes of Natal

Family 3. PLEURONECTID#.

Sub-family 1. PLeuronectin®. Northern Seas, with three genera
from the Indo-Pacific.

nA 2. Samarin#. Indo-Pacific.

3. -RuomBOSOLEINH. South Australia ; New Zealand ;
Patagonia.

Sup-orperR 3. SOLEOIDEA.

Family 1. Sonerpm. Tropical and Temperate Seas.
Family 2. CynoGiossip®. Tropical and Temperate Seas.

The Paralichthine, Bothine, Paralichthodide, Soleide and Cyno-
glosside are represented on the coast of Natal.

Orperk HETEROSOMATA.

Sup-orpErR PLEURONECTOIDEA.

Dorsal fin extending forward on head. Mouth terminal; lower
jaw prominent. Preeoperculum with free margin.

Family 1. Bornips.

Eyes on the left side.

In all five genera represented in Natal waters the mouth is nearly
symmetrical, and the lateral line has a strong curve anteriorly.

by C. Tate Regan. 207
Synopsis of Genera.
I. Pelvic fins equal, short-based. (PARALICHTHIN#).

Mouth moderate or large ; eyes separated by a ridge ; lateral
line developed on both sides.

Pelvic fins symmetrical ; teeth universal.
1. PsEUDORHOMBUS.

Left pelvic fin median, right lateral; teeth pluri-
SEMA etc suc dae oe eee testo 2. PARACITHARUS.

II. Left pelvic fin median, with base much longer than that of
right. (Boruin2).

Mouth rather small; interorbital region concave; lateral
line on left side only ; teeth equal, uni- or bi-serial.

Gill-opening extending upwards to lateral line;

Seales lancer a: ehctee isan .ce x. 3. ENGYPROSOPON,

Gill-opening ending a short distance above pectoral
fin; scaling of head and body continuous below
lateral line; scales large....4. CrossonHoMBUS.

Gill-opening ending a short distance above pectoral
fin; membrane connecting operculum with
shoulder scaleless ; scales small..... 5; Boraus.

1. PsEUDORHOMBUS.

Pseudorhombus, Bleek., C.R. Acad. Amsterdam, XIIT, 1862, Pleuron.
Dp. o:

Eyes on the left side, separated by a ridge. Mouth moderate or
rather large; teeth in jaws conical, pointed, uniserial ; palate tooth-
less. Gill membranes united. Dorsal fin originating above posterior
nostril of blind side. Pelvic fins short-based, symmetrical. Scales
small or of moderate size, ctenoid on left side. Lateral line developed
on both sides, with a strong curve anteriorly and with an accessory
branch running upwards to or towards the eighth to eleventh ray of

dorsal fin.

Several species from the Indo-Pacific ; two known from Natal.

208 Flat Fishes of Natal
1. PsrEUDORHOMBUS RUSSELLI.
Pseudorhombus russellii (Gray), Giinth, Cat. Fish. IV, p. 424 (1862) ;
Bleek., Atl. Ichth. VI, p. 6, Pleuron. pl. ii, fig. 2 (1866).

Pseudorhombus arsius (Ham. Buch.) Day, Fish. Ind., p. 423, pl. xei,
fig. 5 (1878).
Pseudorhombus andersoni, Gilchr., Mar. Inv. 8. Afr., IIT, 1905, p. 9,

Die xxv

Depth of body 1} to 2 in the length, length of head 3) to 3f.
Diameter of eye 4 (young) to 5} in length of head. Maxillary
extending to below middle (young) or posterior part of eye. On each

TExt-FiG. |.

PSEUDORHOMBUS RUSSELLI.

side 2 or 3 strong anterior teeth in upper jaw and a series of 5 or
more enlarged teeth in lower. Dorsal 70-81. Anal 54-61. Scales
ctenoid on left side, cycloid on right, 74 to 85 in a longitudinal series.
Accessory branch of lateral line reaching base of eighth to eleventh
ray of dorsal fin. Body usually with spots and rings; often a
conspicuous dark spot surrounded by a ring of white dots at beginning
of straight part of lateral line; fins spotted.

Total length 250 mm.
E. Africa to the Pacific.

by C. Tate Regan. 209

P. andersoni, is evidently based on an ambicolorate example of this
species. Complete ambicoloration in Flat-fishes is usually correlated
with other variations towards symmetry, such as the delayed or
arrested migration of the eye, which interrupts the extension forward
of the dorsal fin, and the similar structure of the scales on both sides
of the fish.

2. PsEUDORHOMBUS NATALENSIS.

Pseudorhombus natalensis, Gilchr., Mar. Inv. S. Afr., IIT, 1905, p: 8;
pl. xxv.

Depth of body 2 in the length, length of head 3%. Diameter of eye
35 in length of head. Maxillary extending to below anterior + of eye.
Teeth small, forming a close set series in the jaws. Dorsal 70. Anal
52. Scales ctenoid on left side, cycloid on right, 60 in a longitudinal
series. Accessory branch of lateral line extending only a little more
than half way to dorsal fin. Large dark ring-shaped spots symmetri-
cally arranged on body ; a series of conspicuous spots along dorsal and
anal fins.

Natal.

Here described from a specimen of 135 mm. from off Cape Natal,
54 fathoms (Gilchrist).

2. PARACITHARUS, gen. nov.

(type ARNOGLOSSUS MACROLEPIS, Gilchr.).

Eyes on the left side, separated by a ridge. Mouth wide; teeth
small, pointed, in bands in the jaws; no canines; palate toothless.
Gill-membranes separate. Dorsal fin originating immediately behind
right posterior nostril, which is large and is covered by a valve that
extends forward nearly to the mouth. Pelvic fins short-based ; left
median in position. Scales of moderate size, ctenoid on left side,
eycloid on the right; lateral line developed on both sides, with a
strong curve anteriorly ; tubules forked, Y- or T-shaped.

Citharus, Bleek., with a single species from the Mediterranean,
differs from Paracitharus especially in the dentition ; the teeth in the
jaws are uniserial except anteriorly, canines are well developed and
the vomer is toothed. Also in Crtharus the dorsal originates below
the posterior nostril and the lateral line tubules are simple.

210 Flat Fishes of Natal

PARACITHARUS MACROLEPIS.

Arnoglossus macrolepis, Gilchr. Mar. Inv. S. Afr. ITT, 1905, p. 12,
ple xx,

Depth 22 in length, length of head 34. Diameter of eye 45 in
length of head. Lower jaw prominent ; maxillary extending a little
beyond middle of eye. 43 (47) scales in lateral line, to base of caudal.
Dorsal 69 (72). Anal 47 (50). Left pectoral a little more, right a
little less than } length of head. Caudal rounded or doubly truncate.
A blackish spot at base of last dorsal rays ; a similar one at end of anal.

Natal.

Here described from a specimen of 195 mm. taken 22 miles N. of
the mouth of the Tugela at a depth of 63-73 fathoms.

TEXT-FIG. 2.

TAI

PARACITHARUS MACROLEPIS.

3. ENGyprosopon, Giinth.

Cat. Fish. IV, p. 431 (1862).
Scaeops, Jord. and Starks, Bull. U.S. Fish. Comm. XXII, p. 627
(1904).
Eyes on the left side ; interorbital region concave. Mouth small ;
teeth in jaws small, pointed, uni- or bi-serial ; palate toothless. Gill-

by C. Tate Regan. 211

membranes united ; gill-opening extending upwards to lateral line.
Dorsal fin originating in advance of eye. Left pelvic fin median, with
long base; right lateral, base shorter. Scales large, rather weakly
ctenoid on left side, cycloid on right. Lateral line with a strong curve
anteriorly.

Several species from the Indo-Pacific; one from Natal.

ENGYPROSOPON NATALENSIS, Sp. Nov.

Depth of body 2 in the length, length of head 37. Diameter of eye
34 in length of head and 3 times interorbital width. Maxillary
extending to below anterior | of eye; lower jaw } length of head.
Teeth uniserial. 6 gill-rakers on lower part of anterior arch. Dorsa]
85. Anal 64. Left pectoral * right = length of head. 40 scales in a
longitudinal series. Traces of small dark spots on the fins.

Described from a female 76 mm. in total length ; a male of 55 mm.
has a spine on the snout, interorbital width 5 diameter of eye, pectoral
fins as in the female.

Natal, off mouth of Amatikulu River; depth 26 to 27 fathoms.

E. latifrons, Regan, (Trans. Linn. Sec. XII, 1908, p. 233 pl. xxv,
fig. 3) from the Indian Ocean, is very near H. natalensis, but has the
interorbital region broader (3 diameter of eye in a female of 75 mm.).
There are other closely related species, including the Japanese #£.
grandisquama, Schleg., under which name this species has been
recorded from Natal.

4. CROSSORHOMBUS, gen. nov.

(type PLAropHRys pimoRPHUS, Gilchr.).

Eyes on the left side ; interorbital region concave. Mouth small ;
teeth small, pointed, uniserial in the jaws; palate toothless. Gill-
membranes united ; upper angle of gill-opening a short distance above
pectoral fin ; scaling of head and body continuous below lateral line.
Dorsal fin originating in advance of eye. Left pelvic fin median, with
long base ; right lateral, base shorter. Scales large, strongly ciliated
on left side, weakly ciliated or cycloid on right. Lateral line developed
on both sides, with a strong curve anteriorly.

One species from Natal.

Scaeops kobensis, Jord. and Starks, from Japan, and Engyprosopon
xenandrus, Gilbert, from Hawaii, belong to this genus.

212 Flat Fishes of Natal

CROSSORHOMBUS DIMORPHUS.

Platophrys dimorphus, Gilchr. Mar. Inv. 8. Afr. ITT, 1905, p. 10, pl.
XXVil.

Depth of body 1} to 2 in length, length of head 4. | Diameter of
eye 3} in length of head, less (male) or greater (female) than inter-
orbital width. Snout short ; mouth small; maxillary not or barely
reaching vertical from anterior edge of eye. Male with a spine on the
snout and with spines on the orbital margins. Dorsal 85-88. Anal
68-72. Upper pectoral ray produced in adult male. 50 scales in a
longitudinal series. Greyish, spotted with darker.

Natal ; off mouth of Umhlanga River; depth 22-26 fathoms.

Two specimens examined, 110 and 120 mm. in total length.

5. Boruus.

Bothus (Rafinesque, 1810), Kyle, Rep. Danish Ocean. Exped. IT, A.
LV U913)5 p50 4

Platophrys, Swainson, Nat. Hist. I1, p. 302 (1839).

Rhomboidichthys, Bleek. Act. Soc. Sci. Ned. Ind. I, 1856, Manado
and Macassar, p. 67.

This genus differs from Crossorhombus only in the smaller scales
and in having the membrane joining the operculum to the pectoral]
arch scaleless.

Mediterranean, Tropical Atlantic and Indo-Pacific.

One species from Natal.

Boruus PANTHERINUS.

Rhomboidichthys pantherinus (Riipp. 1828), Giinth. Cat. Fish. IV, p.
436 (1862).

Platophrys pantherinus, Bleek. Atl. Ichth. VII, p. 11, pl. cexxxin,
fig. 3 (1866); Day, Fish. India, p. 425, pl. xcii, figs. 3, 4
(1878).

Depth of body 1} to 2 in the length, length of head 34-4. Inter-
orbital width nearly equal to diameter of eye (adult male), or less ;
eye 34 to 4 in length of head. | Anterior profile of head convex.
Maxillary extending to below anterior } of eye. Males with rostral
and supraocular spines. Dorsal 85-93. Anal 65-70. Pectoral, in

by C, Tate Regan. 213

adult male, with the upper rays prolonged, even reaching the caudal
fin. About 90 scales in a longitudinal series. Body with spots and
rings ; often a large dark spot on lateral line.

Total length 200 mm.

East Africa to the Pacific.

TEXT-FIG. 3.

(\ AZ
> aa <—_ OOA]!AXWw
\) = \ — ek he oe, eZ
oe ————

a
<<

ff
tee

BorHus PANTHERINUS. 6.

Family 2. PARALICHTHODID.

Eyes on the right side ; olfactory lamine arranged transversely to
or radiating from a central rachis.

The absence of spinous fin-rays, the extension forward of the dorsal
fin on the head, the emarginate urohyal, the absence of a supra-
maxillary and of palatine teeth, show that Para/ichthodes is a true
Pleuronectoid ; but it differs from the Bothidae in having the eyes on
the right side and from the Pleuronectidae in the arrangement of the
olfactory laminze.

PARALICHTHODES.

Paralichthodes, Gilchr. Mar. Inv. 8. Afr. IT, 1904, p. 108.

Eyes on the right side. Mouth rather large, nearly symmetrical ;
teeth small, pointed, in 2 or 3 series in the jaws ; palate toothless.

214 Flat Fishes of Natal

Gill-membranes separate. Dorsal fin extending forward on snout
above nostrils of blind side. Pelvic fins short-based, symmetrical, the
right nearly median and further forward than left. Scales small,
eycloid. Lateral line developed on both sides, with a strong curve
anteriorly. Left pelvic bone running upwards to cleithrum behind
right ; pectoral radials present ; lower part of hypocoracoid slender.
Vertebre 31 (10421); last five precaudals with parapophyses, of
which the last pair are connected by a bridge ; caudal vertebr with-

out transverse apophyses.

A single species.

PARALICHTHODES ALGOENSIS.

Paralichthodes algoensis, Gilchr. Mar. Inv. 8S. Afr. IT, 1904, p. 108,
pl. vii.

Depth about 24 in the length, length of head 4 te 44. | Diameter
of eye 45 to 5 in length of head; interorbital width less than }
diameter of eye. Lower jaw strongly projecting ; maxillary extending
to below middle or posterior part of eye. Dorsal 72-74 ; anterior rays
much branched. Anal 51-54. Right pectoral @, left 7 length of
head. Brownish or grayish, with small darker spots.

South Africa (Durban, Algoa Bay).

Three specimens, 180 to 250 mm. in total length.

SuBp-ORDER SOLEOIDEA.

Dorsal fin extending forward on head. Preopercular margin not
free. Mouth small: lower jaw not prominent ; jaws of the blind side

toothed, curved, jaws of the eyed side not or but feebly toothed.

Family 1. SoLers.

Eyes on the right side.

eH eee eee ee

——

by C. Tate Regan. Dill

Synopsis of the Genera.

OLE Fata clea ONT IMB a are Shan co oiaieiear os «ac cod hha eet © natant meee eS OLE AG

Il. Vertical fins continuous.

A. Both pectoral fins well developed, unconnected with
opercular membrane.

Lower lip strongly fringed; anterior nostril of
blind side surrounded by a fringed flap.
2. SYNAPTURA.
Lower lip not fringed ; nostrils simple.

3. AUSTROGLOSSUS.

B. Pectoral fins small, especially on blind side; opercular
membrane joined to upper edge of pectoral fin.

Scales ctenoid ; first dorsal ray not enlarged.
4. ZEBRIAS.

Neales cycloid ; first dorsal ray enlarged, free.
5. AuSoPIA.

Il, SOI DVA.

Solea (part.), Giinth. Cat. Fish. IV, p. 462 (1862).

Form oval or elongate. Scales small, ctenoid ; lateral line straight,
single. Dorsal and anal fins free from the caudal ; pectorals well
developed ; pelvic fins equal, short-based. Nostrils of blind side not
dilated.

Eastern Atlantic and Indian Ocean ; one species from Natal.

SOLEA TURBYNEI.

Solea turbynei, Gilchr. Mar. Inv. 8. Afr. III, 1905, p. 10, pl. xxvii.

Depth of body 2! to 2 in length, length of head 4 to 44. Eyes
small, separated by a scaly interspace. Angle of mouth below middle
of lower eye. Dorsal 62-67. | Anal 49-53. Right pectoral } to =,

216 Flat Fishes of Natal

left = length of head. 100 to 110 scales in a logitudinal series.
Grayish, with numerous small dark spots; a black spot on right
pectoral.

S. Africa.

Two specimens, 100 and 135 mm. in total length from Mossel Bay
and Durban ; the latter had been recorded by me as So/ea bleekert.

2. SyYNAPTURA.
Synaptura, Cantor, Cat. Malay Fish. p. 222.

Form oval or elongate. Scales small, ectenoid on right side, cycloid
or feebly ctenoid on left. Dorsal and anal fins continuous with the
raudal; pectorals well developed. Lower lip fringed. Anterior
nostril of eyed side at end of a tube which folds backwards ; posterior
nostril covered by a flap. Anterior nostril of blind side surrounded
by a fringed flap, much developed behind and covering a naked groove.

Indian Ocean ; one species from Natal.

SYNAPTURA MARGINATA.

Synaptura maryginata, Bouleng. Mar. Iny. 8S. Afr. I, 1902, p. 11, pls.
ii and ii, fig. 1,
Synaptura ciliata, Gilchr. Mar. Inv. 8. Afr. IIT, 1905, p. 14, pl. xxxiv.

Depth of body 2} to 22 in the length, length of head 5. Eyes
small, separated by a scaly interspace ; upper in advance of lower ;
angle of mouth below middle of lower eye. Dorsal 71-76. Anal 57-60.
Pectorals equal, or the right a little longer, } to > length of head.
Small filaments scattered on body. 100 to 110 scales in a longitudinal
series. Grayish or brownish, uniform or with small dark spots ; fins
with a white edge.

S. Africa.

Here described from the type of the species from Algoa Bay, an
example of S. ciliata (Durban, Gilchrist) and two more from Durban,
165 and 225 mm. long.

I have compared this species with S. commersoniana, Cant. the type
species of the genus and I regard them as strictly congeneric. It has
been stated that in S. commersoniana the right posterior nostril is
tubular, but the so-called tube has no aperture and the nostril opens
at its base on the under side.

by C. Tate Regan. 217

3. AUSTROGLOSSUS, gen. nov.
(type SYNAPTURA PECTORALIS, Kaup).

Form elongate, tapering posteriorly. Scales very small, ctenoid.
Dorsal and anal fins continuous with the caudal; pectorals well
developed. Lips not fringed; mouth strongly curved on blind side.
Anterior nostril of eyed side tubular ; posterior patent, between the
eyes. Anterior nostril of blind side in a short tube, not surrounded
by a flap.

South Africa ; one species from Natal.

Synaptura microlepsis, Bleek. from the Cape also belongs to this
genus.

AUSTROGLOSSUS PECTORALIS.

Synaptura pectoralis, Kaup, Arch. f. Nat. 1858, p. 96; Boulenger,
Mar. Inv. 8. Afr: I, 1902, p. 3.

TEXT-PIG. 4.

Sree Bae &
Y ad
EZ. «y=
en o—=
AA

AUSTROGLOSSUS PECTORALIS,

218 Flat Fishes of Natal

Depth of body 3} to 34 in length, length of bead 53 to7. Hyes
small, separated by a scaly interspace ; angle of mouth below middle
of lower eye. Dorsal 95-110. Anal 80-95. Right pectoral much
longer than head, about 3 times as long as left. 150 to 175 scales in
a longitudinal series. Brownish, with or without small darker spots ;
right pectoral blackish.

S. Africa.

Several examples up to 470 mm. including two from Durban.

4. ZEBRIAS.
Zebrias, Jord. and Synder, Proc. U.S. Nat. Mus. XX XT, 190%, p. 232.

Form oval. Scales small, ctenoid. Dorsal and anal fins continuous
with the caudal. Pectoral small, especially the left; opercular
membrane joined to upper edge of pectoral fin. Mouth moderately
curved ; lips not fringed. Anterior nostril of eyed side a short tube ;
posterior in front of lower eye; nostrils of blind side inconspicuous.

India to Japan ; one species from Natal.

ZEBRIAS REGANI.

Synaptura regani, Gilchr. Mar. Inv, 8. Afr. IV, 1908, p. 160, pl. xlv.

Depth of body 24 to 23 in the length, length of head 5}. Eyes
contiguous ; angle of mouth below anterior part of lower eye. Dorsal
68-70. Anal 56-59. Right pectoral about as long as eye. 82 to 88
scales in a longitudinal series. Grayish, with 13 pairs of dark brown
cross bands extending to edge of fins; caudal blackish posteriorly,
with oblong white spots.

Natal, off mouth of Umhlanga River, 22-26 fathoms.

A specimen of 125 mm. examined.

5, AMsopia.
_Esopia (Kaup), Ginth, Cat. Fish. TV, p. 487 (1862).

Similar to Zebrias, but scales cycloid and first dorsal ray free,
swollen, papillose, produced.
A single species.

ZESOPIA CORNUTA.

_Esopia cornuta, Kaup, Arch. f. Nat, 1858, p. 95.
Synaptura cornuta, Day, Fish. India, p. 430, pl. xciv, fig. 4,

by C. Tate Regan. 219

Very similar to 7. regani in form and coloration. Dorsal 69-79.
Anal 61-66. 90 to 100 scales in a longitudinal series.

S. Africa to Japan.

Total length 150 mm.

Family 2. CyNnoGLossip&.

Eyes on the left side. Vertical fins confluent; no pectoral fins ;
pelvic fin of blind side present, 4-rayed, median.

The two genera represented on the coast of Natal may be
distinguished as follows :

Tips rim gedh sect case teense te cs 1, PARAPLAGUSIA.

hips not fringed... stysc-s. cs. ee 2. CyNnocG ossus.

1. PARAPLAGUSIA.
Paraplagusia, Bleek. Atl. Ichth. VI, p. 26 (1866).

Form elongate, ovate. Snout hooked; lips fringed. Scales small ;
2 or 3 lateral lines on left side.

1. PARAPLAGUSIA MARMORATA.

Plagusia marmorata (Bleek.), Ginth. Cat. Fish. IV, p. 491 (1862) ;
Day, Fish. India, p. 431, pl. xev, fig. 1 (1878).

Paraplagusia marmorata, Bleek. Atl. Ichth. VI, p. 28, Pleuron. pl.
xv, fig. 5 (1866).

Plagusia marmorata, var. africana, Gilchr. Mar. Inv. 8. Afr. IV,
1908, p. 163, pl. xlvir.

Depth of body 3} to 4 in the length, length of head 4 to 45. Snout
rounded, as long as head behind lower eye; rostral hook rather long,
its posterior edge about equal to length of snout ; interorbital width
equal to or less than diameter of eye ; eyes small, upper in advance of
lower; angle of mouth below posterior part of lower eye. Dorsal
99-106. Anal 75-86. Scales ctenoid, about 100 to 110 in a longi-
tudinal series; two lateral lines on left side, separated by 16 to 19
series of scales; no distinct lateral line on right side. | Brownish,
spotted and marbled with darker.

Indian Ocean and Archipelago.

Total length 250 mm.

220 Flat Fishes of Natal

9. PARAPLAGUSIA ROBINSONI.

~Plagusia robinsoni, Regan, Ann. Durban Mus. vol. ii, 1919; p. 203,
fig. 6.
Closely related to P. marmorata, but snout pointed, as long as head

behind upper eye, and rostral hook shorter, its inner edge much less
than length of snout. Dorsal 109-110. Anal 82-83.

Durban.

Total length 240 mm. A second specimen of 165 mm. is essentially
similar to the type.

2. CYNOGLOSSUS.
Cynoglossus (Ham. Buch.), Giinth. Cat. Fish. IV, p. 492 (1862).
Form elongate, ovate. Snout hooked; lips not fringed. Scales

small: 2 or 3 lateral lines on left side.
West Africa; Indo-Pacific.

Synopsis of the Species.

I. Two lateral lines on both sides ; scales ctenoid on left side, cycloid
on right. Angle of mouth nearer to gill-opening than to end of
snout; eyes separated by an interspace. D. 118. A. 92.
Scales 84-88, 12 between lateral lines............. l. attenuatus.

II. Two lateral lines on left side only ; scales ctenoid on both sides.

A. Angle of mouth nearer to gill-opening than to end of
snout; eyes separated by an interspace. D. 102-110.
A. 82-86. Scales 85-90, 13 or 14 between lateral lines.

2. lida.

B. Angle of mouth nearer to end of snout than to gill-
opening ; eyes contiguous.

Depth 4 to 45 in length. D. 105-107. A. 82-84.
14 scales between lateral lines...... 3. gichristi,

Depth 3 in length. D. 102. A. 85. 10 scales
between lateral lines................ 4. ecaudatus,

by C. Tate Regan. 221

1. CyYNOGLOSSUS ATTENUATUS.

Cynoglossus attenuatus, Gilchr. Mar. Iny. 8. Afr. IIT, 1905, pela
pl. xxix.

Depth of body 4 in length, length of head 5. Snout ; length of
head ; interocular width less than diameter of eye, which is 10 in
length of head; angle of mouth below posterior edge of lower eye,
nearer to gill-opening than to end of snout. Posterior nostril between
eyes.. Dorsal 118 (103). Anal 92 (90). Scales ctenoid on left side,
cycloid on right, 84 to 88 ina longitudinal series. ‘I'wo lateral lines
on both sides, 12 series of scales between them.

Natal.

Here described from a specimen 225 mm. in total length from off
the mouth of the Tugela ; depth 24 fathoms.

2. CYNOGLOSSUS LIDA.

Cynoglossus lida (Bleek.), Giinth. Cat. Fish. IV, p. 498 (1862)
Bleek. Atl. Ichth. VI, p. 36, Pleuron. pl. xii, fig. 2 (1866) ;
Day, Fish. Ind. p. 436, pl. xevii, fig. 3 (1878).

Trxt-Fic. 5.

eee
¢ \
rf ea se cowe eco seen Sees eesaer=
/
‘ ect tt nnn. Gs
t --
oo? .
\u----" :
e '
OQ.
‘ ee A ;
4 »)
‘ ¢

UTV

CYNOGLOSSUS LIDA.

229 Flat Fishes of Natal.

Depth of body 4 to 43 in length, length of head 43 to 5. Snout °
length of head or more; interocular width less than diameter of eye,
which is about 10 in length of head; angle of mouth below posterior
edge of lower eye, nearer gill-opening than end of snout. Posterior
nostril between eyes. Dorsal 102-110. Anal 82-86. Scales ctenoid
on both sides ; 85 to 90 in a longitudinal series. T'wo lateral lines on
left side; 13 or 14 series of scales between them; no distinct lateral
line on right side. Grayish or brownish. ‘Total length 180 mm.

Coasts of India and Malay Archipelago ; two specimens from Durban
are the first recorded from Natal.

3. CYNOGLOSSUS GILCHRISTI, nom. nov.

Cynoglossus brachycephalus (non Bleek.), Gilchr. Mar. Inv. 8. Afr.
TP 905, 4p. Ua plex xx.

Depth of body 4 to 43 in the length, length of head 5}. Snout less
than } length of head; eyes contiguous, diameter 6 to 64 in length
of head; angle of mouth below middle of lower eye, nearer end
of snout than gill-opening. Dorsal 105-107. Anal 82-84. Scales
ctenoid on both sides, 76 in a longitudinal series. ‘l'wo lateral
lines on left side; 14 series of scales between them ; no lateral line on
right side. Pale brown, spotted and marbled with darker; fins with
a series of large black spots.

Natal; off mouth of Umhlanga R., 22-26 fathoms.

Here described from a specimen of 145 mm.

4, CYNOGLOSSUS ECAUDATUS.

Cynoglossus acaudatus, Gilchr. Mar. Inv. 8. Afr. IV, 1908, p. 162,
pl. xlvi.

tesembles C. gilchristi in the short snout and contiguous eyes, but
is less elongate. Depth 3 in length. Dorsal 102. Anal 85. 63 to
65 scales in a longitudinal series, 10 between lateral lines. Upper
lateral line not developed on posterior third of body.

Natal.

In the types (three specimens) a rayless membrane connected the
last rays of dorsal and anal.

XX.—The White Rhinoceros,
with special reference to its habits in Zululand,
by

F, Vaughan-Kirby, F.Z.S., Game Conseryator for Zululand,

Wirn Puare XXVILI.

LTHOUGH this article deals mainly with the white rhinoceros

of Zululand, here and there reference to the species generally

and to its habits, ete., in other parts of the Continent are unavoidable,
and indeed are necessary if it is to be at all complete.

Where my conclusions differ from those put forward by others, they
must not necessarily be taken as contradictory, seeing that all wild
creatures are likely to modify or even entirely change certain of their
habits in accordance with their immediate surroundings.

My remarks at least claim the virtue of accuracy, and the conclusions
arrived at in respect of the animal specially dealt with, i.e., the white
rhinoceros of Zululand, are based upon most careful personal
observation,

I regret extremely that owing to an unfortunate accident which
occurred during a recent expedition for securing specimens for the
Durban and Maritzburg Museums, my preparations for illustrating
this article with photographs were non-productive of results. I had
an excellent equipment, including a complete tele-photographic outfit,
but in a weak moment early in the trip it was left in the bush one
evening near a dead rhinoceros, in order that assistance might be given
to the natives who had to carry the hide. During the night every-
thing was dragged out of the bush by hyznas, and although there
were three or four tons of meat wherewith these wretched creatures
- could have satisfied their appetites, they evinced a preference for ash-
wood, hickory, brass plates and screws, with the result that the whole
outfit was chewed into fragments, and completely destroyed.

I shall have oceasion frequently to refer to a valuable article by Mr.
Edmund Heller entitled ‘‘The White Rhinoceros,” published in the
Smithsonian Miscellaneous Collections, Vol. 61, 1913, which I have
had an opportunity of consulting.

bo
bo
TSG

The White Rhinoceros in Zululand

Geographical Distribution.

At the present time Zululand is the only portion of the Sub-continent
in which the white rhinoceros, is known to exist, as I understand it is
now entirely extinct in Rhodesia, its one time favourite haunt.

Prior to 1900 it was not known with certainty to occur anywhere
north of the Zambezi River, but in that year Major A. H. Gibbons
found a skull in the Lado Enclave, on the west bank of the Nile,
where he consequently procured a complete specimen. Other sports-
men have shot it there since, although there is insufficient evidence
that its range in that portion of the Continent is other than very
restricted. It appears to be confined to a comparatively narrow tract
along the left bank of the Upper Nile, in the Bahr-el-Ghazal province.
In this area and in Zululand are to be found the only living specimens
in the world of this gigantic quadruped.

It may be pointed out that, on account of a slight difference in the
dorsal outline of the skull and somewhat smaller teeth, the Nile
representatives have been separated as a sub-species from the typical
southern form, under the name Rhinoceros simus cottoni, Lydekker.

At one time the species ranged over a vast tract of country in South
Africa, from the Vaal River to the Zambesi, and there is not wanting
evidence that it once ranged far south of even the Vaal River, while
to the west it extended into Damaraland. On the east coast it
occurred from Zululand up to the Zambesi, above where the Shire
River enters the latter from the north, and in 1904 the writer found
two incomplete skulls near that spot, in the Mwanza Bush.

In the north the species appears to be very local in distribution, and
there is little doubt that this was also the case in South Africa, even
in the days when it was plentiful.

More remarkable, however, is the discontinuity in its distribution,
as shown by the fact that no trace of the animal has ever been found
between the Zambesi River and its present range in the Nile region,
a distance of well over one thousand miles. Heller has pointed out
that the separation between the two forms has doubtless taken place
“fairly recently,” because sufficient time has not elapsed ‘for the
development of specific differences in the individuals inhabiting such
widely separated localities.” But how or when such separation
happened, and the vast tract of country lying between the Zambesi
and the Blue Nile lost its white rhinoceroses, there is no evidence
to show. It seems probable that one may be misled by the absence
of specific differences into supposing that the separation took place

by F. Vaughan-Kirby. 225

much more recently than has actually been the case, because
there is no doubt that long periods of time are necessary to bring
about important changes in old and fixed types, such as rhinoceroses are.

In Zululand, at the present day, the white rhinoceros is to be found
only in the Mfolozi Game Reserve, which is situated between the two
Mfolozi Rivers, the White on the south, and the Black on the north,
and in a narrow strip of country along the south bank of the former
river. ‘The area included within the Reserve is about 75,000 acres,
and that to the south of the White Mfolozi about another 15,000 acres.

From time to time evidence has been adduced which indicates that
there may be a few of these animals, probably not exceeding five or
six in number, in the dense bush at the north end of False Bay, but I
have never yet been able to confirm this. Owing to the indiscriminate
manner in which the natives apply the term “’mkombo ” (actually the
White Rhinoceros) alike to the white species and to any large full-
grown bull of the black, a great deal of misunderstanding at one time
existed as to the actual localities in which the former was to be found.
When I first came to Zululand I was informed not only by the Provincial
Administration officials but by the Magistrate of the Division
concerned, and by the native Game-guards, that the *‘’mkombo” was
plentiful in the Hluhluwe Game Reserve, situated to the north of the
Mfolozi Reserve. Personal observation during an extended patrol in
the former convincingly proved that the white rhinoceros did not
exist there at all, aud the error was explained when, upon one occasion
a large black rhinoceros bull was encountered at very close quarters,
and my Game-guards at once said “ there you are, there’s an ’mkombo.”
The fact is that none of those particular men who were with me at the
time had ever seen a white rhinoceros, but had fallen into the habit of
applying the word, which really signifies the white species, to large
bulls of the black. When subsequently they were shown, first the
different nature of the dung, and afterwards the animals themselves,
they realised the extent to which their previous reports had been
misleading.

Mr. Edmund Heller when describing the geographical range of
this species falls into an error. He writes: “In the south
there are a few (some ten individuals) strictly preserved on an estate
in Zuzuland (sic) where they live under fairly normal conditions.” He
may rest assured that he has not over-estimated the number of white
rhinoceroses on this little “estate,” and that the animals are living
under conditions which are practically as normal as those which
obtain on the Nile.

The White Rhinoceros in Zululand

i)
to
lor)

Preservation.

It has already been shown that at one time the white rhinoceros
ranged over an enormons tract of country in South and South Central
Africa, wherever extensive grass-lands were to be found to supply its
natural food in sufticient abundance. 3ut writing as far back as
1894, before its existence was ascertained in the Nile region, Mr. R.
T. Coryndon, when recording that the subject of the extinction of this
species had a ‘melancholy interest” for him, gave it as his opinion
that ‘long before the close of this (the 19th century) the white
rhinoceros will have vanished from the face of the earth.”* There can
be no question that but for the discovery of its existence in the north,
and the wise forethought of successive Natal Governments in prohibit-
ing its slaughter in the south, these fears would have been confirmed.
No praise therefore can be too great to accord to former Natal
Governments, and since Union, the Provincial Administrations, for
their action in saving this interesting creature from destruction ; and
all true lovers of Nature owe them a vast debt of gratitude for the
fact that so far as this little corner of South Africa is concerned, Mr.
Coryndon’s melancholy prophecy failed of fulfilment.

General Description and External Characteristics.

Rhinoceros sumus, the species under consideration, has had no less
than five different names applied to it, viz.: Burchell’s, the Square-
lipped, the Square-mouthed, the Square-nosed, and the White
Rhinoceros. The first of these is for many reasons unsatisfactory, and
though either one of the next three is the most accurately descriptive,
yet the terms are clumsy to a degree, and the writer has therefore
adopted the inaccurate, but far better known appellation of White
Rhinoceros.

It is the largest of the group, and is well differentiated from the
other African species—the Black Rhinoceros, Rhinoceros bicornis—in
the structure of the mouth, the upper lip of the former being square
and bluntly truncated, whereas in dicornis the upper lip is more or
less pointed, elongated, and highly prehensile.

The head of the white rhinoceros is immense ; its great length being
due to the remarkable occipital projection of the skull.

The eye is placed behind the posterior horn, while in the black
species it is immediately below it.

* Proceedings of the Zoological Society, London, 1894, p. 329,

by I. Vaughan- Kirby. 227

Again the shape of the ear-conches is markedly different in the two
species, being much rounded in the black, and having their outer
edges very hairy, whereas in the white the very large ear-conches are
much elongated and pointed, with a few bristly, stiff, and somewhat
curly hairs at the extreme tips. In the latter species also the lower
edges of the conches meet to form a sort of tube.

Other external characters which at once attract the attention of the
observer, in addition to the length of the head and the shape of the
muzzle, are the huge muscular hump on the nape of the neck, and the
comparative paucity of hide folds on the body, which are far less
conspicuous than in the black species. There is a fold behind the
elbow, less conspicuous in some positions of the body than in others,
and one at the back of the thigh, below the buttock. A heavy fold
passes transversely over the elbow joint, and completely encircles the
outside of the fore-limb ; it is well-marked in any position assumed by
the animal, and as much so in calves as in adults. A short but heavy
transverse fold passes over the nape of the neck, and a longer, but less
heavy one encircles the throat. |The conspicuousness or otherwise of
these two folds depends upon the position in which the animal carries
its head. | When this is raised in alert watchfulness the neck fold is
well-marked, while that under the throat is less so, but when the head
is lowered in the manner so characteristic of the animal, the former
becomes much flattened out, and the latter correspondingly increased
in size.

Yet another character which the white rhinoceros shares in common
with all other living species is the flattened, compressed ridge of hide
which stands out along the front edge of the thigh, and is of
considerable thickness.

The circumference of the spoors of three white rhinoceros bulls taken
in damp hard sand were 31, 33 and 35 inches respectively, that of the
black species under similar conditions is about 26 or 27 inches. — In
both species the spoor of the hind-foot, is smaller and more oval in
shape than that of the fore-foot, but there is considerably less
difference between the relative sizes of fore- and hind-foot spoors in
the case of the white than in that of the black.

Upon the question of size, both actual and relative, it may be said
that great differences of opinion exist, but at the same time it is quite
clear that this ought to be a matter of fact and not opinion. If care-
ful measurements were always taken, in a uniform manner, and
absolute accuracy aimed at, there would be no room left for mere
expressions of opinion, but, unfortunately, there has always been a
remarkable lack of uniformity in the methods employed for measuring

998 The White Rhinoceros in Zululand

animals, and it is to be feared that the necessity for absolute accuracy
has not always been borne in mind. Although I have met with
innumerable instances of this, IT would perhaps have hesitated to call
into question the accuracy of measurements recorded by other fine
sportsmen, but for the fact that since this article was roughly drafted
T have had an opportunity of perusing Mr. Edmund Heller’s work
upon the white rhinoceros of the Nile region. And I find that the
conclusions arrived at by that obviously careful naturalist so exactly
correspond with my own upon the subject of the size of the white
rhinoceros, that I have no longer any hesitation in putting forward
ascertained facts, in order that some of the present misunderstanding
may be swept aside.

Much stress has been laid upon the alleged statement that the white
rhinoceros is, after the elephant, the largest of living terrestrial
mammals, having been said to attain a height at the shoulder of 6 ft.
9 in., ie., only 2 ft. 9 in., less than a fair average-sized elephant. Now
the writer is fully prepared to admit that with its huge bulk, its
greatly elongated head, and enormous muscular development of the
fore-arm, it appears when seen in the veld, incomparably larger than
the black rhinoceros. But it will surprise many to learn that after all
the average height of a white rhinoceros bull exceeds an average
specimen of the black species by less than a foot.

Mr. Heller writes of the former, “In size this species (/. simus)
exceeds but slightly, if at all, the great Indian single-horned species
(RK. unicornis) and but little the black African species.” And again
‘The superiority in size of the white rhinoceros over the other living
species, however, is not at all well established.”

Now to proceed to data. We find that in the Proceedings of the
Zoological Society of London, 1881, page 726, the late Mr. F. C. Selous
gives the standing height of the white rhinoceros as 6 ft. 6 in. ; Corn-
wallis Harris gives from 6 ft. 6 in. to 6 ft. 8in., and R. T. Coryndon
states that the two bulls which he shot in Mashonaland, one for the
British Mtseum and the other for the Tring Museum, measured
6 ft. 6in. and 6 ft. 9in. respectively.

It will be admitted that a mounted specimen will show at least a
height equal to that of the animal in the flesh, and usually something
over, and yet the last two specimens above-mentioned measured by
Mr. Heller when they were mounted, give heights of 5 ft. 10 in. and
6 ft. 2in., a difference of 8 in. less in the one case, and 7 in. less in the
other between the flesh measurements as given and those of the
mounted specimens. In addition to these two, Mr. Heller measured

by F. Vaughan-Kirby. 229

seven other mounted specimens, the largest of which gave a standing
height of 5 ft. 8in., while the largest ske/eton measured by him gave
a height of 5 ft. 9 in.

The two animals secured by me recently for the Natal Museum,
Pietermaritzburg, and the Durban Museum measured, in the case of
the bull, 5 ft. 103in., and of the cow, 5ft. 92 in., the girth of the
former being 115} inches, and of the latter 112} inches. The bull,
mounted, gives a standing height of 6 ft. and the cow, 5 ft. 10 inches.
Now these were picked specimens, and as far as I was able to judge,
were two or three inches over the average, this certainly was so in
respect of the cow, while as to the bull, eleven large ones were
examined at quite close quarters, before one was met with which was
considered larger than those previously seen. I am therefore in
complete accord with Mr. Heller, who sums up his conclusions in the
following words :—‘It is extremely doubtful if the square-nosed
rhinoceroses ever exceed a standing height at the withers of 6 feet.”

Referring to the comparison which has been made between L. simus
and FR. unicornis, the Indian species, there can be little doubt as to
the superiority in size of the latter.

Rowland Ward, in his third edition of Records of Big Game, 1899,
gives the measurements (presumably averages) of the Indian species as
5ft. 8in. to at least 6 ft. at the shoulder and girth 105 inches.

But he also gives measurements of three mounted specimens shot by
H. H. the Maharajah of Kuch Behar, which are as follows :—

Shoulder height...... 6ft. 44in......... Obi. lame. s25- 6ft. Osin.
Gimche eee eee co scene Nab The ies Baers es Pita «gee: —

The colour of a normal individual of the ‘‘ white” species is really
very little lighter than that of the so-called ‘black rhinoceros,” and
it is fairly well-known at this time that neither is black and neither
white. The shade designated “light mouse grey” in Ridgway’s
“Colour standards and Nomenclature ” appears to me to best describe
the normal colour of the white rhinoceros, darker individuals amongst
them corresponding in shade with the “‘mouse grey” of the same
authority. But, on the other hand, individuals may be met with in
Zululand which by the same colour standards might be described as
ranging from ‘‘drab” to ‘‘ cinnamon drab.”

When standing on a ridge exposed to the slanting rays of the
morning sun they look absolutely white, and as these animals would
have been first encountered by the early Dutch hunters on the open
grass downs of the Vaal and Orange Rivers, and would thus be
frequently seen under such conditions, it is possible that its present
familiar, though inappropriate, name thus arose.

230 The White Rhinoceros in Zululand

Character and Habits.

All species of rhinoceroses have certain characteristics which they
share in common, these being sluggishness, a low order of intelligence

and, generally, timidly of disposition, though the black African species
often becomes extremely savage when attacked.

The white species is a very stolid, phlegmatic creature, nervous to
a degree, without the truculent aggressiveness of the black, and but
a fraction of the latter’s curiosity.

I consider the white rhinoceros a far less intelligent creature than
the black species: curiosity surely denotes a certain amount of
intelligence, but it, has always appeared to me that the former never
displays the slightest curiosity, he takes things as they come, and does
not seem to worry about anything, being too lazy to permit himself to
be worried.

The question whether certain animals will attack, and under what
circumstances they will do so, is one which has aroused considerable
interest and not a little difference of opinion. It will probably be
conceded that only the testimony of those who have had a wide
experience of the animals they write of is of any real value in deciding
the question. For instance, a man who has shot perhaps two or three
lions in his time, neither of which showed fight, is apt to look upon
Felis leo as being a pusillanimous creature, while he who has only
bagged one, and was charged by it, would probably give it a very
different character. Morever, it is dithcult to judge by the behaviour
of an animal under one set of circumstances what another of the species

might do under similar or other circumstances.

Although I have had wide expience in various parts of Africa with
elephant, lion, buffalo, and black rhinoceros, I do not consider that the
fact of having shot half-a-dozen white rhinoceroses qualifies me to
speak with any authority upon the proneness or otherwise of the latter
to attack.

I have stated that I do not consider my experience of the white
rhinoceros when wounded to have been sufficient to warrant an
expression of opinion as to their aggresiveness or otherwise under such
conditions, but I have seen a great deal of them in their wild state,
when not attacked, and at close quarters, and I assert without fear of
contradiction, that with but very few exceptions, they are amongst
the most inoffensive of beasts. Of the six which I have shot, only
one ever made the slightest attempt to charge, and that was the

by F. Vaughan-Kirby. 231

bull secured in the Reserve last winter for the Natal Museum. He
was certainly a most savage dispositioned creature, for he made a very
vicious attack when unwounded.

In a more or less sweeping manner, the statement has been made,
and thoroughly believed, that the black rhinoceros is an exceedingly
savage beast, a perfect “devil incarnate” in fact, that charges upon
little or no provocation, while the white species is harmless and
inoffensive. I do not at all agree with this sweeping denunciation of
the black rhinoceros, and, while admitting that it frequently acts in
an uncontrollably savage manner when wounded, and even when un-
wounded will charge most viciously if surprised at close quarters, I am
certain that a large percentage of cases recorded of the animal charging,
when itself unwounded, and not interfered with, are either much
exaggerated or have been misunderstood. The exaggeration is not in-
tentional perhaps, but is indulged in by those who believe they have
related the circumstances accurately, and have only erred from want
of wider experience of the creature’s habits. | Nervousness, lack of
intelligence, and extreme curiosity (in both sexes) have a great deal
more to do with the apparent truculence of the animal than natural
aggressiveness.

It is well-known that a black rhinoceros will invariably advance
towards a person or object that he is not able to make out properly,
sometimes coming to very close quarters. This, in the writer’s
experience, the white rhinoceros never does.

The white rhinoceros is apparently of a far more sociable disposition
than the black species, as it is frequently to be met with in parties
of five or six in number, but if these are disturbed, it will be noticed
that they usually separate and go off in different directions, two or
three together, indicating that their being together was a more or less
fortuitous circumstance, perhaps due to the discovery of some mutually
satisfactory bit of grazing. It is, however, more usual to meet with a
pair, or a family party of three or four. The latter would include an
adult bull and a cow, a large calf, probably three parts grown, and a
young animal six or eight months old. The writer has never met with
two adult animals of one sex together, as he has frequently seen in the
case of the black species, but a cow and calf without the bull are often
seen together, and there are two or three bulls, solitary creatures, in
the Reserve.

White rhinoceroses in Zululand (the following remarks will be un-
derstood to refer to this animal in Zululand, unless otherwise indicated)
prefer a mud bath to bathing in clear water, though whether that is

232 The White Rhinoceros in Zululand

due to the “‘ brak ” nature of all the water in the Reserve is not clear.
But no mud-hole in the vicinity of their haunts will ever be found in
which signs of recent wallowing by these huge creatures will not be
obvious. On the other hand, their drinking places at clear streams
very seldom bear any trace of their having bathed there. They may,
however, be frequently seen without any mud at all on any part of
their bodies, so it is quite certain that the wallowing in mud is not a
regular part of their toilet. When mud covered they are weird-looking
objects, as the colour of the mud differs in various localities, and as it
only adheres in places, broad dark cracks are visible over the surface,
and large irregular-shaped patches from which the mud has fallen off
when dry, or been scraped off by the bushes.

On my recent collecting trip a young animal of perhaps six years
old was found wallowing in a particularly glutinous and odoriferous
mud-hole. Our attention was drawn to the spot by occasional low
grunting sounds proceeding therefrom, sounds best described by saying
that they exactly resembled the low grunts emitted by an old male
baboon, and at first we believed they were so made. Stalking in
cautiously up wind we came upon this young “’mkombo” in the act
of rising from the mud, his hind quarters. at the moment being sub-
merged, while he rested upon his fore-quarters, and a more ludicrous
object it would be difficult to imagine. As we were able to approach
to a distance of not more than 10 yards the chance of getting a
photograph was unique, but unfortunately the writer’s photographic
outfit was out of action. Upon emerging from his wallow, the animal
ascended a low bank where it stood for some three or four minutes,
occasionally turning its head to one side or the other, then it
disappeared behind a thick screen of bush. It had been absolutely
unconscious of my presence and that of my five native attendants,
notwithstanding that I was several times on the point of exploding with
laughter at the comical figure, and it seemed that the efforts to
suppress it must have been audible to the animal, and doubtless would
have been but for the mud in its ears. We afterwards crept round
the lower side of the mud-hole and through the bush screen and found
that the animal had not gone more than 20 yards, and was standing
under a large fig-tree. Once or twice it looked directly at us, but
evidently without making us out, and after about quarter-of-an-hour
it lay down and we left it in peace.

The white rhinoceros usually drinks between midnight and 6 a.m.,
though I have seen them drinking at various times between 8 and 10
a.m., and it never appeared that the weather conditions had anything

by F. Vaughan-Kirby. 233

to do with it. In the late afternoon they feed their way down to
their drinking places, which, except in very dry seasons, when only
one or two water-holes are available, are very seldom visited by the
same animal on two successive occasions. If the water-holes are in
narrow stream-beds the animals will wonder up and down such places
in the damp sand for an hour or more, for no object that the writer
could ever fathom, but if they drink at one of the large rivers, such
as the Black or White Mfolozi, they go straight to the water’s edge,
drink, and move direct back again to the bush. ‘The reason for this
is obvious, the smaller streams such as the Ugcoye, Nobiya, Mpafa,
and others run between narrow, steep banks, and the animals can
wander there at will, completely hidden by the high banks from the
sight of possible enemies. But in the case of the larger rivers the
bush seldom comes down to the water’s edge, there being a broad strip
of open sandy ground between it and the river, upon which, if the
animal were to loiter, it would be in full view from either side of the
river if there were any light whatever.

On one occasion I watched at one of the Ugeoye water-holes upon a
night when there was a young moon, but the latter had set before a
rhinoceros came down to drink, and it was then quite dark, and
although an examination of the spoor in the morning proved that the
animal had been but twelve yards from me, it was impossible to make
out any shape whatever, it merely loomed as a dark formless object.
Seen in good moonlight, it may be mentioned, the white rhinoceros
appears really white, more so than in strong sunlight. The above-
mentioned animal drank quietly but very deliberately for, it was
judged, eight or ten minutes ; and before leaving, the water was heard
to be violently agitated, though whether by the act of pawing or a
movement of the head could not be determined.

After drinking they make off in the direction of their feeding
grounds which are usually at a great distance, they sometimes indulge
in a few mouthfuls of food if there is any by the drinking-holes, but
they then travel straight away, seldom grazing on the way till they
have covered at least three or four miles.

White rhinoceroses feed up against the wind, moving slowly, and
swinging their great heads from side to side as they mow down the
grass, and where the latter is short the marks where the chin has
rubbed along are plainly discernible, and occasionally those of the horn.

As the hours pass on towards daylight, they draw nearer to the
spot where they intend to lie up for the day, but if the weather is
warin they seldom feed much after about 9 a.m., when they move to a

934 The White Rhinoceros in Zululand

shady tree or patch of bush, and there they will stand for an hour or
two, with their heads lowered and scarcely any sign of movement,
save the constant flicking of the long ears, round which the biting
flies, which worry them incessantly, congregate. ‘They may then move
off again for a short distance, seldom more than a few yards, or lie
down on the spot where they have been standing. Sometimes they
lie down on their sides, at others they sit up with their legs doubled
under them. They will also rest and sleep when standing, and in
either position are absurdly easy animals to approach, though
particularly so when lying down; in fact, with the exception of the
elephant no other species of wild game can be so easily approached.

As to choice of place and surroundings, they appear to have none,
and I have seen them lying during the scorching midday heat on open
shadeless flats, in low scrubby bush scarcely 2ft. high, with the blazing
sun pouring down upon them: and I have found them far in the
darkest recesses of the thorn jungles, into which it is difficult to make
one’s way. They are never found at rest on rocky kopjes however,
nor can an instance be recalled of finding them sleeping on high open
ridges ; the former can be understood, as they are not partial to rough
ground as are their back congeners, but the high ridges, open to the
wind and dotted with fine shade trees would seem to be ideal spots in
which to seek refuge from the ever annoying flies.

A single animal almost invariably lies down with its head to the
wind, and if two or three are together, one of them assumes such
position: during last winter we found four of them one day lying in
the sun, in long grass, on the sheltered side of a long valley, and right
on the edge of a thorn jungle. The positions adopted by them were
most singular, as they lay in the form of a cross, all with tails in and
heads outwards, and when we put them up they literally tumbled over
one another in their efforts to get away from danger, the direction of
which was not at all clear to them.

In rolling country, such as forms the greater portion of the Game
Reserve, they seem to always choose the side sheltered from the wind,
and in the majority of cases in which such a spot is selected for their
noonday rest, there will be found an extent of dense bush close at hand.

Tt has always appeared to me that the white rhinoceros of Zululand
is a more decidedly bush loving animal than it is elsewhere ; some of
the streams are fringed with stretches of very dense bush, inside of
which the ground is always moist and the air cool, and while it seems
quite the correct thing to find buffalo congregating there, and any
number of bushbuck, it appears altogether incongruous to meet with

by PF. Vaughan-Kirby. 235

white rhinoceroses in such places. Nevertheless these animals pass a
very great deal of their time in these localities, and very often lie up
for the day in them.

There are large tracts in the Mfolozi Game Reserve covered with a
particularly wicked form of vegetation known to the natives as
“ihlehle” thorn : it is a species of cactus, armed with cruel spikes,
and as the growth is of a very brittle nature, large pieces are con-
stantly knocked off by passing game, and by those which actually feed
upon it, such as kudu, bushbuck, baboons, ete. Thus the narrow game-
paths through these jungles become strewn with the spikes, and bare-
footed natives suffer severely in consequence. Wherever these jungle
tracts are found, it is certain that the majority of the white rhinoceroses
in the vicinity will be met with during the day sleeping far inside
them, in the darkest and most inaccessible parts, to which silent
approach is almost an impossibility even when the creatures’ guardian
angels, the ‘“ Rhinoceros birds” (Buphagus erythrorhynchus: Red-
billed Oxpecker) are not in evidence.

It is well-known that there is considerable difference between the
dung of the black and that of the white rhinoceros, and also in the
manner in which it is deposited. That of the former species is always
placed in large heaps, and after depositing it the animals scrape and
scatter it about either with their horns or hind-feet. As they feed
upon twigs, bark, and the green shoots of thorn-trees the dung is
reddish-brown in colour, and is thus easily distinguishable from that
of the larger species, consisting as this does entirely of grass, and being
of a greenish colour when fresh, similar to that of zebras. Although
the white rhinoceros does not systematically deposit its dung in heaps,
and never afterwards disturbs or scatters it, I have remarked that as
often as not this animal does visit one spot over and over again for the
purpose, and though in some cases I have obtained proof that these
heaps have been made by one animal, I am not prepared to state that
one such place is not visited by a number of different animals.

An unusual fact, or one that does not appear to have been recorded
from elsewhere, has been noticed in connection with such deposits in
the Game Reserve. At one spot, not 50 yards from one of my camps,
in the middle of an opening in the bush, there was a very large
‘dumping ground” consisting of a hollow scooped out in the sandy
soil, roughly oval in shape, and about 11 feet in length by 7 feet in
width. Whether the hole had been made by the animal itself or by
some other creature it was impossible to determine, but at all events the
hole was there, and was about 2 feet deep, and init had been deposited

236 The White Rhinoceros in Zululand

the droppings of one or more animals during a period of probably
two or three months, in fact a white rhinoceros had visited the spot
the morning of the day upon which we pitched camp there. In
another place on a hog-backed ridge running off from the Imbulungu
Hills, four similar, though shallower, basins had been scooped out,
roughly about 8 yards equidistant from each other, but in distinctly
harder soil, and these had been visited many times by white
rhineceroses. During the week we spent at a camp near by, only one
of these holes was used, and on each occasion by but one animal, the
only one in the immediate vicinity, a solitary bull.

On the other hand, their droppings may be found in all manner of
different places, on ridges, in valleys, in dense bush, where no hole has
been made or previously made hole used, and where the places have
not been re-visited. On a high open ridge running south from the
Amantiyane Hills an area of ground some 20 or 30 yards square was
covered at quite close intervals with heaps of white rhinoceros dung.

Although never able to detect anything but grass in their droppings,
I have wondered whether perhaps these animals sometimes eat the
‘‘ihlehle” cactus leaves, because they undoubtedly do assimilate a
certain quantity of leaves of low-growing ground plants which they
take in their mouths along with the grass.

The black species eats the ihlehle greedily, as also do buffalo, kudu,
bushbuck, and bushpigs.

White rhinoceroses, like all other game animals are very partial to
the young grass which springs up after the old grass has been burnt off.

Although their spoor was frequently met with on freshly burnt
ground, yet I never saw any indication of their having rolled in the
ash, as the black species delights to do.

Their powers of sight are extremely limited, so much so that at 100
yards it is very questionable whether a slowly moving object can be
seen by them, and this feebleness of sight is quite apart from a certain
amount of obstruction of vision due to the position of the anterior
horn. At 50 yards even they are unable definitely to make out a
slow moving object, such as, for instance, a person stalking towards
them, stooping when in the open and occasionally hidden behind
bushes.

Stationary objects must be between 25 and 30 yards distant before
the animal can plainly distinguish them, but with ordinary care, and
provided that the animal has not recently been disturbed, it is really a
very simple matter to approach them to even less than 20 yards.

by I. Vaughan-Kirby. 237

To compensate them for this defective power of sight they possess
a wonderfully acute sense of smell, and under favourable conditions
can wind a person at a distance of fully half-a-mile. And it is entirely
to this acute sense that the animal trusts to warn it of enemies, and
when annoyed and irritated by the suspected presence of danger from
below wind, as for instance when its feeble vision detects objects
close at hand, but its sense of smell fails, owing to the direction of the
wind, to confirm its suspicions, the animal becomes utterly bemused
and nervous. Presumably it fears to bolt off, lest there may be
danger elsewhere than at the spot at which its weak eyesight has led
it to suspect it, yet one would imagine that it would rely entirely
under such circumstances upon its sense of smell, and move off at
once up wind,

A black rhinoceros thus situated would at once advance towards the
object of its suspicion, but not so the white, which shuffles it feet
about, alternately raises and lowers its head, twists and untwists its
tail, gazes from one side to the other, while all the time its ears are
energetically worked about, and generally displays the upmost
nervousness. At last these nervous actions cease, the head is raised, and
for a few seconds the animal stares hard in the direction of the
suspected danger, then wheeling round it trots off at a sharp pace.

The sense of hearing, while considerably less acute than that of
scent, is greater than their powers of vision. On my recent collecting
trip I was approaching a single rhinoceros, and was accompanied by
four natives. |My object was to secure a photograph, but as I only
had a Vest-Pocket Camera, with an excellent, but short focus and
very wide-angle lens, it was necessary to approach the animal to at
least a distance of 20 yards. When still fully 60 yards from the
animal, I withdrew the camera from its case, handing the latter
together with my rifle to one of the natives, who in receiving them,
stupidly dropped the leather case, which fell with a hollow sound on
to an emerged tree-root. Glancing at the rhinoceros, I saw it raise
its head instantly, turn half round, and face the party, the sound
having been clearly heard by it, in fact its suspicions had been so
aroused, that before we had covered another ten yards, the animal
made off, followed by three others which had previously been hidden
by a thick grove of trees. At a distance of about 25 yards a white
rhinoceros bull most obviously detected the sound of the opening and
closing of a camera shutter, because the animal, which had previously
been standing broadside on, at once, at the click of the shutter, swung
round and stared hard in my direction.

238 The White Rhinoceros in Zululand

When one is following them through thick bush there is no doubt
that they distinctly hear the sounds of breaking sticks, and the
scraping of bushes on one’s clothes, and yet with only ordinary caution
they can be closely approached under these conditions. This is
probably because such movements and sounds are of common
occurrence in these places, where other creatures than themselves are
on the move.

It has always appeared to me that they, in common with other wild
game, are able to differentiate between natural, or usual, sounds and
those which are unusual. For instance, if one is following them up
as above described and sticks are unavoidably broken under-foot, or
bushes noisily displaced, the animal when met with will be more or
less alert, its ears cocking at different angles and seldom still for five
seconds together, but if no unusual sound reaches him he will not
decamp. You may tread on sticks or scrape past bushes in quite
noisy fashion without causing the animal to become other than mildly
alert, but if you are so careless as to carry a knife slung at belt and
to let it come in contact with your rifle, or to allow a twig to jerk
back and rattle against your camera-case well, /. simws will await no
further developments, but move off, and you can then sit down and
smoke, the while you reflect upon the paradoxical intelligence of the
unintelligent rhinoceros.

‘Supposing such unusual sounds are above indicated occur when you
have already approached so closely in the thick bush that the animal
has become dimly aware of your presence, he will not bolt at once, but,
if facing away from you, he swings round actively enough, staring
hard in your direction, in which position, unless you are armed with
some very differently constructed camera to that which I use, with its
complexity of movements, there is very little hope of making an
exposure.

It is supposed that you are perhaps 20 feet distant from the animal
(at any further distance he would not be visible in the surrounding
bush) that is, close enough for your every movement to be clearly
discernible, thus precluding all possibility of manipulating the camera,
in addition to which the chances are that although the great beast is
almost at arm’s length from you, all you will see will be two or three
patches of grey, a flicking ear and a dark mass which looks like a tree
stem, but which you know is the anterior horn, the whole harmonising
so completely with the surrounding grey shade, that even these are
most difficult to make out.

by I. Vaughan-Nirby. 239

The white rhinoceros shares with the elephant a perfectly marvellous
adaptibility for getting away, even in the densest cover, with almost
uncanny silence. The writer recollects upon one occasion getting up
to about 20 yards from the nearest of a little troop of a dozen or 15
elephants in thick cover. They stood with uplifted trunks “feeling
for the wind,” three or four of them offering quite easy shots if only
it had been possible to see their tusks. Having already secured three
from the main herd to which this little troop had belonged it was
desired to kill only the best animal of these, but all the creeping and
dodging about failed to discover the one which was wanted. Chancing
to take my eyes off them for an instant, upon looking up again they
had vanished, gone like morning mists, and as silently, all those huge
creatures had passed out of sight without the slightest sound. And
the white rhinoceros is equally adept at performing this vanishing trick.

When approached from below wind in more open country, it will
probably be found standing with lowered head, its nose almost resting
on the ground, but occasionally it will be raised, and turned un-
certainly from side to side, not with the nervous jerky action peculiar
to the black species, but in a poncerously deliberate manner. | When
satisfied that danger threatens, the animal wheels round and makes off
at a swinging trot, its tail screwed tightly above its back. It usually
goes a couple of hundred yards or so up wind, twisting and turning in
and out amongst the bushes very smartly, and then generally pulls up,
standing with its head in the direction previously taken, and, if
followed up, will repeat the performance, till finally when his dull
senses assure him that he is being persistently followed, he will break
away at a sharp gallop for a hundred yards, then slowing down to its
normal trot, will not halt again until it has put many a mile between
itself and the object of its alarm.

The white rhinoceros is very much less active than the black, and
more deliberate and heavy in every movement, the only action which
it appears to perform smartly is that of getting on its feet from a lying
down position, and it is really wonderful how quickly that is done.

The writer has never met with these animals high up on rocky hills,
such as the black loves to clamber about upon, nevertheless, when put
to it, they can negotiate uncommonly steep and rocky places with
agility. They travel about amongst the foot-hills, however, here and
there ploughing up long furrows with their horn as they walk along.

The habitats of the two species do not overlap, or at least not to
any extent. In one spot only have I met with the dung of the black
species within the range of the white’s habitat, and upon another

240 The White Rhinoceros in Zululand

occasion when passing through the latter about midnight, I and the
party of natives accompanying me were held up by an aggressive
black rhinoceros.

The two species, however, seemed to have mingled together in former
days in their old haunts in Rhodesia, but it is noted that Heller
remarks that in the Nile regions neither encroaches upon the habitat
of the other.

They are frequently accompanied by the “ 'Tick-birds” (Buphagus
erythrorhynchus) and sometimes by the Buffbacked and the Little
Egrets (Bubulcus ibis and Herodias garzetta). The former scramble
about all over the huge animals, exactly as they do upon cattle, and
as they are particularly wide-awake birds it is very difficult to approach
their host when they are present, as they invariably set up a loud
screeching, and in that way and by running rapidly about over its
head, sound a warning of which even this dull-witted pachyderm
never fails to avail itself. The egrets sedately follow up the rhinoceroses
as they move, and may frequently be seen taking ticks from under the
animal’s belly. In reward for these services they get many a joy-ride
on his back.

Burning stretches of grass within the range of their habitat in the
Game Reserve appears to cause them some annoyance, and they usually
repair to some other locality for a couple of days, after which they
return and wander about over the burnt ground without any sign of
alarm. Usually they are not alarmed at grass-fires, but it is possible
that in Zululand, the knowledge that their range is comparatively
restricted, may account for the fact that these fires cause them
considerable temporary annoyance.

The late Mr. Selous states in one or other of his most interesting
works that he has never met with a case of an adult rhinoceros
perspiring, although the young calves do so most freely. I have, how-
ever, met with cases of the adults perspiring quite as freely, the black
more so than the white, and mainly about the neck and flanks.

After the statement made by the above authority I would hesitate
to record otherwise, but for the fact that I am so certain about this.
The black rhinoceros cow, for instance, which was shot in the Hluhluwe
Game Reserve last winter for the purpose of securing the calf, was
covered with perspiration about the neck and flanks, and this was noted
by the writer and his friends who accompanied him.

The only sounds which I have ever actually seen a white rhinoceros
in the act of making are a loud snort or sniff, made when the animal
comes upon some object the nature of which is foreign to him, and

by F. Vaughan-Kirby. 241

loud grunting squeals made by a dying animal. The former has been
heard upon several occasions when white rhinoceroses have come close
to my camps, from below wind, in the night, and the latter I have
heard made by wounded animals.

Reference has already been made to grunting sounds proceeding
from a spot where an immature rhinoceros was wallowing, and that
although upon our approaching closely and watching it, it was not
seen to make any sound, yet both I and the natives who were with me
believed that those we had heard so distinctly proceeded from that
particular animal. At the same time, it must be admitted that there
are large numbers of baboons in that part of the country, and it is
just possible that a solitary male of that species might have been down
at the mud-hole, and uttered the grunts as it moved off, and it will be
noted that at the time, and before sighting the rhinoceros, we believed
it was a baboon.

The white rhinoceros is an easily killed beast, as indeed is the black,
and succumbs quickly to a shot through the upper portion of the heart
or through both lungs. In the latter case it is essential that the
bullet shall penetrate the two lungs, otherwise if only one is touched
the wounded animal will travel for ever, and it is very little use trying
to follow one so hit.

We have very little reliable information concerning the breeding
habits of the white rhinoceros, and such as we do possess has caused
considerable divergence of conclusions.

The generally expressed opinion is that it breeds very slowly, but
Heller, basing his conclusions upon the evidence gathered on the
Smithsonian Nile Expedition, opines that the reverse is the case, and
it would seem that he had strong reasons for so thinking. In Zulu-
land there is no doubt that this animal breeds very slowly, and this
opinion was held by the late Mr. Selous in respect of the animals in
Rhodesia.

Heller points out that in the Nile region “the adult female is
seldom found without a calf.” This condition also obtains in Zululand.
But as in the latter case these calves are invariably animals of fully
four years old, and there is no younger animal running with the parent,
it may be assumed that a period of at least four years elapses between
the birth of one calf and that of the next. And this appears to be
borne out by the conditions under which I have occasionally seen two
calves with the mother, the elder of the two being an animal, as I
should judge, of between four and six years old, and the younger less
than a year.

249 The White Rhinoceros in Zululand,

I am disposed to think that the native report to the effect that the
female rhinoceros of this species hides its young in dense cover for
some time after birth may be true. Certainly I have never seen a
very young calf, that is to say less than two to three months old.

Careful observations lead to the conclusion that the young may be
born at any time of the year, and that there is no particular calving
season.

It has always appeared to me that the female white rhinoceros evinces
very little concern for its young after the latter is three months old or
so, the concern seems mainly to be exercised by the young animal
itself, and when danger has been located and the adult animals make
a bolt for it, the ungainly youngster very promptly places itself in
front of its mother, a position it retains, guided by the latter’s horn
against its flank, no matter how intricate the twists and turns through
the bush or how variously the pace may be accelerated or reduced.

A brief reference to the native nomenclature of this rhinoceros may
not be out of place. I have elsewhere shown that the word in general
use in S.E. Africa for this creature is “‘ Umkombo” (or as pronounced,
‘“’mkombo”) but that large adult males of the black species are
frequently referred to by the same name. I have, however, been
recently informed by Mr. Oswald Fynney, Resident Magistrate for the
Ndwandwe Division of Zululand, a very clever native linguist, that
when natives who know the white rhinoceros wish to refer to it ina
manner which shall leave no doubt in the listener’s mind as to which
species is indicated, they use the word ‘‘ Umkava,” usually abbreviated
_ to “’mkava.” Personally, I have never heard this word used, even by
the game-guards who have been in charge of the Mfolozi Reserve for
years, but it is interesting to know that, if my memory serves me, the
Matabili people call the animal ‘“’mkofo,” which bears distinct
resemblance to ‘’mkava,” if it be taken into consideration that the
relative pronunciations of the “f” and “v”
are often difficult to determine.

in the Bantu language

Annals Durban Museum, Vol. II. Plate XX VII.

Block lent by “Natal Mercury.”

White Rhineceros (female) from Zululand,
presented to the Durban Museum by William A, Campbell, Esq.
The horn measures 28} inches along the curve,

XXI.—On the Genus ICTIDOPSIS,
by

S. H. Haughton, B.A,, F.G.S.,
Assistant Director, South African Museum, Capetown.

(Published by permission of the Trustees of the South African Museum).

WO skulls belonging to this genus in the collection of the Durban
Museum enable me to give a fuller account of the form than has
hitherto appeared. The skulls are almost exactly similar. The larger
one has been almost fully developed and shows most of the features.
Two species of the genus Jctidopsis have been described, both very
briefly :—Jctidopsis elegans from Harrismith, described by Broom
(Proc. Zoo]. Soc. 1912, p. 872) and LZ. formosa, also from Harrismith,
described by van Hoepen (Ann. Transvaal Mus. V, 3. Suppl. 2, 1916).
The latter is said to be “larger than the type species, and its inter-
orbital space is relatively broader. The hinder end of the nasal is only
slightly broader than the front end.” Comparative measurements are

as follows :— Durban Mus.

I. elegans I. formosa specimen
Greatest length ... ... 63mm, 8lmm. 72mm.
Greatest width ... ... 42mm. 55mm. 44mm.
Interorbital width wee) 2mm 18mm. 15°5mm.
Six molars occupy a space of 13mm. 17mm. 16mm.

This form comes, therefore, nearer to J. formosa than to J. elegans ;
but it is possible that the differences between the two species may be
due to individual variation. All the known specimens come from the
Middle Beaufort Beds of Harrismith. The two skulls belonging to the
Durban Museum, although obviously of the same species, show slight
differences in size and relations due to crushing.

The premaxilla carries four pointed incisors, which are bent back-
wards. The fourth and smallest has a rounded anterior edge but is
flattened posteriorly. The others are apparently nearly round in cross-
section.

The maxilla extends forward outside the premaxilla to the fourth
incisor and forms the lower border of the foramen lying exterior to
the nostril. It is highest above the canine and extends back below
the orbit as a splint underlying the jugal. In addition to the canine
it carries six molars. All the molars are cusped with a large pointed
median cusp and a small anterior and posterior cusp, as in
Nythosaurus. The first molar is small and the subsidiary cusps
rudimentary. The 2nd, 3rd, and 4th are large teeth. The 5th and
6th somewhat smaller ; but all have the cusps well marked.

(243)

244 Genus Ictidopsis

The septomaxilla forms only a small part of the face. It lies
between the nostril and the external foramen. Behind this it lies
within the maxilla, its upper edge only appearing on the face.
Anteriorly it lies on the floor of the nostril just overlapping on to the
premaxilla.

The nasals are very broad between the points where they meet the
lachrymals and maxille. Anterior to this they narrow rapidly and
then broaden to the nostril ; while they also narrow between the
prefrontals.

The jugal sends forward a process to lie between the maxilla and
lachrymal. The latter is larger than the prefrontal. | The frontal is
small and excluded from the orbital margin and articulates with the
parietal along the intertemporal bar some distance in advance of the
pineal foramen.

TExtT-Fic. 1.

Icripopsis FORMOSA, v. Hoep.
Skull and lower jaw, from above. (Slightly larger than natural saze ).

The posterior part of the palate and the side wall of the brain-case
have been cleared, and are here described for the first time.

The occipital condyle is double. The ventral surface of the basi-
occipital is short and broad, forming the inner border at least of the
foramen jugulare, which is large and looks wholly downwards. The
ventral surface of the basioccipital is pitted with two or three small
pits.

The posterior portion of the basisphenoid forms an equilateral
triangular area whose base is the articulation with the basioccipital
and whose sides are slightly ridged only near the apex. As in
Diademodon and other forms the bony fenestra ovalis is bounded by the
basisphenoid, basioccipital, and prootic. Anterior to the apex of the

by S. H. Haughton. 245

triangular area the basisphenoid is continued as a narrow vertical
plate whose lower surface passes forwards and upwards. Near the
bottom, either side of this plate has a groove, which is separated from
its neighbour by a free-ending short tongue of the basisphenoid. Each
groove leads forward into the interpterygoid vacuity whose hinder
margin is formed by the basisphenoid. In cross-section the basi-
sphenoid is seen to lie above the interpterygoid vacuity and anterior to
the vacuity the bone is again seen as a tongue lying between the
pterygoids at the top of the arch whose side-walls are pterygoidal.

The side-walls of the interpterygoid vacuity are formed by the
pterygoids which pass back to lie outside the basisphenoid. The latter
has a very short basipterygoid process which meets the pterygoid and
is separated by a thin splint of that bone from the large epipterygoid.

In front of the anterior tongue of basisphenoid the pterygoids are
in contact with one another. Here for a short distance there is a
median groove, but at the level of the transverse processes of the
pterygoids the palate becomes suddenly vaulted ; and no development
has been done anterior to this point.

The side-wall of the brain-case is similar to that of Cynosuchus and
Diademodon. ‘The sinus canal separates the epipterygoid and _prootic
from the parietal and passes back to the post-temporal opening. The
foramen for the exit of branches 2 and 3 of the Vth nerve lies in the
suture between the prootic and epipterygoid, the former forming only
its posterior border. The epipterygoid has a suture with, and lies
external to, the pterygoid anteriorly ; but the pterygoid dies out post-
eriorly whilst the epipterygoid passes back to meet the quadrate.

The quadrate is small and fixes on to the squamosal by means of two
processes which fit loosely into two deep grooves on the under surface
of the squamosal as in Diademodon. The external auditory meatus
lies just mesial to the inner of these two grooves. It is deep, but does
not pass on to the top of the skull.

The lower jaw is typically Cynodont in structure, with a long
shallow dentary provided with a large coronoid process, and a
small postdentary portion. The notch in the lower border of the
angular is almost covered by the dentary ; and the outer face
of the bone is provided with a channel facing backwards and
downwards and passing upwards and backwards from the notch,
its outer wall formed by a reflected lamina of the angular. The
splenial meets its neighbour at the symphysis, lying along the inside
of the dentary.

In general features this skull is a Cynodont ; but in the possession
of an interpterygoid vacuity it differs from all the hitherto-described

246 Genus Ictidopsis.

Cynodonts, from the Gorgonopsia, and from Cynosuchus. An inter-
pterygoid vacuity is a feature of the Therocephalia which differs from
Ictidopsis, however, in many respects—as do the Bauridae. I have
shown elsewhere that in the development of Whaztsia the loss of the
interpterygoid vacuity probably took place at a late stage, as a little
skull possibly ancestral to Whaztsia and from a slightly lower horizon
differs from the latter type chiefly in the possession of a single molar
and an interpterygoid vacuity. Jctidopsis is from the Middle Beaufort
Beds found associated with the zone fossil Lystrosaurus. Nythosawrus
possibly also first appears near the top of the Middle Beaufort Beds
but extends through to the Upper Beaufort Beds of Aliwal North.
By the gradual closing together of the pterygoid plates and the
consequent elimination of the interpterygoid vacuity Jctidopsis

TExtT-FIG. 2.

IcTipopsis FORMOSA, v. Hoep.

Skull and lower jaw, side view. (Slightly larger than natural size ).

could conceivably become a typical Nythosaurid; but if this be the
line of evolution, then we must look for the ancestors of at least some
of the Cynodonts among forms with an interpterygoid vacuity which is
divided above by an anterior prolongation of the basisphenoid. Such
features are seen in the Scalopusauride of the Cistecephalus zone and
some of the Therocephalia of the Hndothiodon and Tapinocephalus
zones. In these, however, a suborbital vacuity is persistent ; but the
ancestors of /ctidopsis and of Nythosaurus may have arisen from a
Therocephalian in whose descendants the suborbital vacuity gradually
became obliterated and a secondary palate formed. It has been
suggested that the Gorgonopsia are further from the line of descent of
Cynodonts such as Diademodon than has usually been suspected ; and
the features of Jctadopsis seem to bear out this contention.

XXII.—On South African Bees, chiefly collected in Natal,
by :

T. D. A. Cockerell, University of Colorado,

CERATINA, Latrielle.

CERATINA VIRIDIS, Guérin.

2. Doonside, 20th December, 1916 (L. Bevis). Umbilo, 18th
February, 1917 (lL. Bevis). C. viridis was described from Senegal,
and I have specimens from Benguela. I am quite unable to separate
those from Natal, though the wide range is surprising. The abdomen
in Natal specimensevaries from blue to green.

CERATINA BRAUNSIANA, Friese.

2. Krantz Kloof, 2nd October, 1916 (Marley). Agrees with

specimens from Algoa Bay, received from Dr. Brauns.

CERATINA MIMULA, Sp. nov.

@. Length 7°5 mm.; black, with fuliginous wings; clypeus
normal, with a broad pale yellowish band; anterior femora with a
short yellow line in front, and their tibiz with a similar line at base ;
hind tibie with abundant long hair on inner side; abdomen densely
punctured, the segments at sides fringed with widely spaced yellowish
spine-like bristles; third ventral segment with a very conspicuous
transverse patch of white tomentum.

Krantz Kloof, 30th October, 1916 (Marley). Very close to C.
geigerie, Ckll., but differing by the entirely black tubercles and
darker, more violaceous wings. C. geigerie is from Benguela. The
clypeus has a feeble median sulcus, not distinct and conspicuous as in
C. sulcata, Friese.

CERATINA SPECULIFRONS, sp. nov.

2. Length 10-105 mm.; black, with fuliginous wings; no pale
markings on head, thorax or abdomen; no abdominal hair-bands ;
anterior tibie with an ivory-white stripe on outer side, extending from
base to a little beyond middle ; hind tibie angulate externally beyond

(247)

248 Natal Bees

middle, and just before the angle coarsely senate with four teeth ;
clypeus abbreviated, snout-like, with a large semi-circular concave
smooth polished space, surrounded above and at sides by a salient
rim; on the upper surface, above the rim, is a broad wedge-shaped
depression. Labrum very large, shallowly sulcate in middle; cheeks
broad and rounded, very densely punctured ; front and vertex densely
and coarsely punctured; mesothorax polished, with sparse strong
punctures ; scutellum densely punctured; abdomen punctured all
over; ventral segments with short silvery-white hair.

Variety A. Length 85-9 mm.; the depression on upper-side of
clypeus with a longitudinal yellow mark. The depressed shining basin
of clypeus is quite small in the smallest specimen.

Type from Eshowe, 8th January, 1916 (Marley). Co-type the
same, but 7th January, 1916. Variety a, Umbilo, 7th February,
1917 (L. Bevis) and Umbilo, 1916 (1. Bevis). Nearest to C. nagriceps,
Friese, but larger, with pale marks on anterior legs.

CERATINA FIMBRIATULA, Sp. Nov.

9 (Type). Length about 7 mm.; black, with dusky wings; no
pale marks on thorax or abdomen ; abdomen with narrow hair-fringes,
only at sides on first two segments; hind tibiz with a single large
sharp tooth on middle of outer side; anterior tibiz with a variable
pale line; clypeus with a depressed polished triangular basin, rounded
above and produced at sides, the part above broadly yellow, the yellow
extending on each side of the basin as a curved stripe, the whole
yellow mark like a very broad reversed V with a very large base ;
sides of face with very coarse punctures; upper part of labrum with
a triangular dull area; cheeks coarsely punctured all over; meso-
thorax very coarsely punctured, but a large space in middle with only
a few punctures ; scutellum densely and very coarsely punctured.

¢. Length about 6mm.; clypeus ordinary, bright chrome-yellow,
with a slender median sulcus; labrum yellow; anterior tibize and
basitarsi with a slender yellow line along their whole length ; apex of
abdomen broad, with a’small dentiform apical angle ; hind tibiz with
a broad pencil of very long hairs on inner side.

Type 2 from Malvern, Natal, March, 1916 (Barker). Co-type ?,
Durban, 11th March, 1917 (E. C. Chubb). Male, Umbilo, 25th
February, 1917 (L. Bevis). Related to C. dunata, Friese, but smaller,
with the yellow face-mark of female differently shaped (crescent-like
in /unata), and the male with black tubercles.

by 7. De AS Cockerell, 949

CdiLIOXYS, Latr.

C@LIOXYS LORICULA, Smith.

Durban, 2 9, 12th October, 1918, and 18th October, 1918 (C. N.
Barker).

C@LIOXYS PENETATRIX, Smith.

Bluff, Durban, 1 2, 25th November, 1916 (C. N. Barker).

Camioxys (LIorHyRAPIS) PACHYURA, sp. nov.

2. Length 14-5 mm.; with an abundance of white hair; tibie
and tarsi red. I had taken this for C. verticalis, Sm., until I saw the
true verticalis from Natal. It differs from verticalis by the much
clearer wings (fuliginous in verticalis), hair of face pure white (mixed
with brown in verticalis), and last ventral segment of abdomen
conspicuously broader.

Willowmore, 8. Africa, Ist December, 1904 (Dr. H. Brauns). Sent
as C’. decipiens, Spinola. It is undoubtedly the C. decipiens, var.
rufipes, Friese, but the name cannot be used, as there is an earlier
C. rufipes from Cuba. According to Vachal’s description, it is very
close to C. lanuginea, Vachal, from the Gabun (French Congo), but
differs by the red tibiz and tarsi and the distinctly punctured under
surface of abdomen. Possibly lanwginea and pachyura are races of a
single species.

Ca:tioxys (LIOTHYRAPIS) VERTICALIS, Smith.

The male, not before described, resembles the female in appearance,
but the hair on the face is yellowish. The fifth abdominal segment
has no lateral spines; the sixth has six spines, the upper terminal
ones directed outward. In Friese’s table of males it runs to C.
sexspinosa, Friese, a form with clear wings resembling C. afra.

@. Durban, 1915 (H. W. Bell Marley). 4, Malvern, 22nd
December, 1915 (C. N. Barker).

Ca@Lioxys CHUBBI, sp. nov.

@. Length about 15 mm.; black, with the patches of hair pure
white; eyes dark brown, with short hair; clypeus dull, granular,
with sparse punctures, not keeled, the surface not hidden by the very

250 Natal Bees

fine pruinose pubescence, the apical margin rather broadly covered
with pale ochreous tomentum; mandibles black; cheeks anteriorly
(next to orbits) covered with dense white hair, but posteriorly with
thinner hair; posterior ocelli unusually close together, the distance
between them about equal to the diameter of one; mesothorax bare,
shining, very strongly and densely punctured, the punctures mostly in
longitudinal grooves; scutellum rugose, slightly emarginate apically,
base with two short transverse stripes of white pubescence; axillar
teeth long and pointed, strongly punctured; tegule black; wings
fuliginous, with strong violaceous tints, hyaline basally ; legs (with
spurs) black ; abdomen shining, not densely punctured, segments with
narrow pure white hair-bands, enlarged at sides; last dorsal segment
delicately keeled throughout its length, the apex pointed ; last ventral
extending some distance beyond last dorsal lanceolate, not notched at
sides; penultimate ventral segment dull and finely granular except at
base.

Type; Bluff, Durban, 6th April, 1917 (C. N. Barker). Co-type,
with abdominal bands spoiled. Durban, 22nd April, 1916 (E. C.
Chubb). The apex of the abdomen is formed much as in C, brevis,
Eversm., but the last, ventral is broader, and not nearly so long.
Superficially, C. chubbi resembles C. durbanensis, Ckll., but the end
of the abdomen is entirely different.

C@LIOxys BARKERI, Sp. Nov.

2 (Type). Length 10-10°5 mm.; black, with white pubescence,
very scanty and slightly ochreous-tinted on thorax above; mandibles
and legs dark red; tegule piceous; wings smoky-hyaline, darkest
apically. Eyes dark grey, with very short hair; face densely covered
with snow-white hair; cheeks densely white-hairy ; distance between
posterior ocelli much greater than the width of one; mesothorax and
scutellum with very coarse large punctures; anterior border of
mesothorax with scale-like white hairs, not covering the surface ;
scutellum very short, posteriorly truncate ; axillar spines rather short;
spurs cream-colour; abdomen shining, strongly but not densely
punctured, with linear pure white hair-bands, greatly enlarged at
sides ; last dorsal segment broad but pointed, keeled throughout ; last
ventral shaped much as last dorsal, but broader, and extending very
little beyond the dorsal; venter with broad bands of white hair ;
penultimate ventral segment without distinct punctures.

¢d. Length 7-9 mm.; similar to the female. Anterior coxe with
stout red divergent spines ; fifth abdominal segment with small lateral

by T. D. A. Cockerell. 251

teeth ; sixth with six teeth; lateral ones sharp and slender; median
sulcus broad and deep; apex of sixth segment reddish, the lower
apical teeth very sharp, longer than the upper; seen from above the
apical teeth bound a rather high semi-circle.

Type 9. Umgeni, Durban, 4th December, 1918 (C. N. Barker) ;
co-type ?, Bluff, Durban, 20th March, 1917 (C. N. Barker). Males:
Bluff, Durban, 20th March, 1917 (two) and 28th January, 1917
(C. N. Barker). In the male, this closely resembles C. dolichacantha,
and especially C. Joricula and penetatrix. These males may be
separated by the following key :

Axillar spines long and sharp, so that of total length of axilla

more than half is spine; legs black....... dolichacantha, Ckll.
Axiilar spines relatively short and Obtuse. 7.2 .. 252 s..0.06-...0e. «i Als
1. Legs bright ferruginous; eyes green......... penetatrix, Smith.

Legs black or dark red, in the latter case eyes not green.....2.

2. Face broader, with white hair; cheeks broader...barkert, Ckll.
Face narrower, with yellow hair; cheeks narrower..../oricula,

Smith.

Ca@LIoxys NATALENSIS, Sp. NOV.

9 (Type). Length 11-13 mm.; black, with white pubescence ;
legs and antenne black, mandibles reddish apically ; eyes dark grey,
the hair short; face coverd with white hair, dense and snow-white at
sides, clypeus with an apical fringe of long pale creamy hair ; ocelli
rather large; mesothorax and scutellum closely and _ strongly
punctured ; scutellum broadly and gently rounded behind; axillar
spines rather long, gently curved; tegule piceous with a dark rufous
spot; wings dilute fuliginous except at base; spurs cream-colour ;
abdomen shining, distinctly but not very densely punctured, and with
linear pure white hair-bands, enlarging at sides ; last dorsal segment
rather weakly keeled, its end broad lanceolate; last ventral similar,
going a little beyond last dorsal; penultimate ventral segment very
distinetly punctured.

¢. Length about 9 mm.; face densely covered with pure white
hair; anterior coxe with rudimentary spines; wings with only the
broad apical margin fuliginous ; fifth abdominal segment without
spines ; sixth with six spines, median sulcus narrow but deep, lateral
spines slender, apical spines short, the upper broad, the lower stout.

Type: Bluff, Durban, 28th January, 1917 (C. N. Barker). Co-type
9. Stella, Durban, 16th November, 1918 (C. N. Barker). Male,
Bluff, Durban, 23rd February, 1917 (C. N. Barker).

252, Natal Bees

Ca@LIoxYs BEVISI, sp. nov.

¢. Length 9-10 mm.; black, wings dark fuliginous except
basally, legs dark but very distinct red; face with dense pale yellow
hair; eyes dark brownish-grey, with short hair; mandibles red ;
mesothorax and scutellum dullish, with large punctures; scutellum
short, feebly arched behind ; axillar spines rather short and stout ;
tegule black ; anterior coxee with stout obtuse well-developed spines ;
spurs pale reddish ; abdomen polished, sparsely punctured, the white
hair-bands failing in middle; fifth segment without lateral spines,
sixth with six spines, laterals and lower apicals slender.

Type: Umbilo, 25th February, 1917 (L. Bevis). Co-type with the

same data.

The above Natal species may be separated by the following key :

ROMANS cBt 08 ob stains athe Batis Eke os eRe Grdntas atte Ge omits sae eee Ve
NPAC SAE cAMP se vaca oe th Ne eacine Ae tice oe Seat eRe oar ee See eee ae 6.
1. Eyes bare; axillar teeth short and obtuse.....verticalis, Smith.

Hivesshainy;: axillar tect donger os. -eensctcn-= er neeeeer 2.
2. Last ventral segment with lateral notches.....................5 3.

ast ventral without-lateral motehes.. ...2-2e.0dee-c-- nome 4,
3. Lateral notches weak ; tegule reddish....... penetatria, Smith.

Lateral notches strong ; tegul black or reddish../oricula, Smith.
4. Last ventral conspicuously longer than last dorsal; wings
(except basally) dark fuliginous with strong violaceous tints

oles ERIS deat aR ees Te are Noe ne NY alee eee “3a. sens CRA00e, OKI.
Last ventral wii longer than last dorsal; wings not so
OLY ol cee eS ere Renee Stan ORS PrN OND «OM rier BRASS Dstt Dd.

5. Penultimate ventral segment without distinct punctures ; legs
darlesred hee pon Oh Mtesa county. a ancien cee esenee barkert, Ckll.
Penultimate ventral segment with distinct punctures; legs
lola@kers: sos ane aon one eeaes cette tee oeeeraes natalensis, Ckll.

6. Eyes bare; axillar teeth short.................. verticalis, Smith.
Miyes tnaiiys gaeace ckesasevetec ese se eniden eee ae nae eer erate tfc

7. Apical sulcus of abdomen narrow ; inferior apical teeth stout
s siets Gi Sieve bine aiers oe Mn alin Peet ene Stats eee cre Bourret natalensis, Ckll.
Apical sulcus of abdomen broad ; inferior apical teeth slender

sake iw avajera« S18 auch aerate tare atatercestaneretocsie eae es toieielese)ee Ereeeeatincateteinre entiete celem caterer ts 8.

8. Apical emargination (between lower apical teeth) broad, nearly
with the form of a semi-circle.................0+++: barkert, Ckll.

Apical emargination narrower, with the form of the end of a
| 1S) See RE ner AAr ear Rtn os yonarCRchoococelcopnc bewist, Ckll.

by 7. D. A. Cockerell.

bo
mt
eo

CTENOPLECTRA NITIDULA, sp. nov.

9. Length about 6°5 mm.; robust; shining black ; hind margins
of abdominal segments narrowly hyaline; small joints of tarsi ferru-
ginous ; head very broad, much broader than long; mandibles dark,
with a few long golden hairs beneath ; labrum large, shining, with a
strong keel down the middle; clypeus strongly punctured, depressed
apically ; front very strongly and coarsely punctured, the punctures
extremely dense in middle ; sides of face with conspicuous white hair ;
ocelli placed in a curved line, far apart; scape black, with base and
apex bright ferruginous ; flagellum very short, chestnut red, blackened
above; thorax very broad, circular seen from above; mesothorax
gibbous in front, polished, with sparse shallow punctures, a strong
median groove on anterior half; scutellum dullish, with minute
punctures ; metathorax with much pure white hair, thin on disc
posteriorly, the basal area white-tomentose, contrasting with the
shining bare post-scutellum ; tegule dark reddish; wings hyaline,
nervures and stigma dark brown; stigma small but well-formed, its
lower side convex ; marginal cell pointed apically, the tip away from
costa and briefly appendiculate ; two sub-marginal cells, of about
equal size, the second contracted one-half to marginal; basal nervure
falling some distance short of transversomedial ; first recurrent nervure
joining second sub-marginal cell far from base, the second joining near
to apex; hind tibie greatly broadened at end, their basitarsi very
broad, sub-quadrate, both carrying on outer side a very coarse
abundant pale scopa; the inner face of the tibiz is finely tomentose,
but the narrow anterior face is bare and shining, and the apex appears
as if prolonged into a large thorn-like spur ; abdomen polished and
impunctate, without hair-bands; apical half of venter with coarse
reddish hair, forming stiff brush-like apical fringes on apices of second
and following segments. The mouth parts cannot be seen ; Mr. Barker
notes that the tongue is short. The compound microscope shows that
the large thorn-like structure at the end of the hind tibia is actually
the inner spur; its margin throughout (posteriorly) is beset with fine
very closely set. spines, forming a comb. This comb is dark brown.
The other spur is simple. Antennal joints 4 to 6 are extremely
short, ring-like; the apical joint is about twice as long as the one
before. The hairs of the ventral abdominal fringe are partly
consolidated, forming curved processes recalling those on the abdomen
of Cambarus The end of the abdomen presents a couple of black
hairy finger-like sting-palpi.

Durban, September, 1916 (C. N. Barker).

954 Natal Bees

Apparently related to C. polita (Strand, as Scrapter), from Spanish
Guinea, but smaller.

Scrapter, Lepeletier, 1825, included four species. One of these,
S. lagopus (Latr.), was the European insect now known as Macropis
labiata (Fabr.). The other three are from Caffraria, and apparently
have not been collected since, but they are presumed to belong to
Ctenoplectra, Smith. Formerly it was customary to regard Scrapter
as a synonym of Macropis, but more recently Friese and others have
used it in place of Ctenoplectra. Ashmead (1899) treated it as a
distinct Panurgine genus, designating S. brullei, Lepeletier, 1841,
from the Canary Islands, as the type. This is impossible, since bruller
is not one of the original species. I will herewith designate S. lagopus
as the type of Scrapter, making it accordingly a synonym of Macropis.

Robertson defined a family Macropodide, type genus Macropis ;
but there is already a family Macropodide, Waterhouse (1841), for
Macropus, Shaw, the kangaroo. The family of bees may be called
Ctenoplectridxe, with Ctenoplectra as the type genus.

HALIcTUS ATELOPTERUS, sp. nov.

2. Length about 6°6 mm.; black, head and thorax with rather
long white hair, abundant and coarse on face and pleura, but not
hiding surface; head broader than long, orbits converging below ;
mandibles bright pale ferruginous in middle; antenne black; clypeus
dullish ; vertex shining; region in front of ocelli rather swollen ;
cheeks small, with dense white hair ; mesothorax and scutellum
shining, appearing impunctate under a lens; area of metathorax
semi-circular, well-defined behind, irregularly wrinkled all over; legs
black with white hair, small joints of tarsi ferruginous; tegule
piceous ; wings milky-hyaline ; stigma and nervures dark sepia, except
the second and third transversocubitals and second recurrent, which
are hyaline and hardly noticeable; first recurrent nervure meeting
second transversocubital ; first submarginal cell larger than second and
third combined; abdomen broad, shining, fourth segment reddened
basally ; no hair-bands; venter with loose white hair, which collects
pollen; hind spur pectinate with numerous teeth. The stigma is
reddish in middle, with broad dark borders.

Umbilo, 10th February, 1917 (L. Bevis).

Nearest, perhaps, to the smaller H. lampronotus, Cameron, but
recognisable at once by the peculiar wings, which seem at first sight
to have only one submarginal cell.

by 7. D. A. Cockerell. 25

ANTHOPHORA ODONTURA, Sp. nov.

g. Length about 14 mm., covered with red hair, and looking
exactly like A. vestita or A. capensis. It differs from both by the
tridentate apex of abdomen, the middle tooth shorter and more obtuse
than the others. From male vestita it is at once known by the total
lack of the black brush near the apex of middle tarsi, and by the
clypeus having two large quadrate black patches above, which the
supraclypeal mark is angulate above. From capensis it differs by
having the vertical yellow band on clypeus almost or quite parallel-
sided, and the hair on inner side of hind basitarsi black instead of
chocolate. ‘The eyes seem paler and yellower, and probably differ
distinctly in life. I was, however, very doubtful whether to separate
the insect from capensis until I noticed the tridentate apex of abdomen.

Type from Umbilo, 18th February, 1917 (L. Bevis). Two others,
also collected by Mr. Bevis at Umbilo in 1917, on February 10th and
14th. One has the pale bands at apices of abdominal segments
unusually distinct.

ANTHOPHORA CAPENSIS, Friese.

The male, not before described, differs from the female by the very
broad vertical and apical yellow bands on clypeus; space between
eyes and clypeus, except at top, yellow; and scape with a yellow
stripe. The legs are without teeth or special ornaments. The eyes
are reddish.

Males from Eshowe, December, 1916 (H. W. Bell Marley), Malvern,
January, 1916 (C. N. Barker) and Umbilo (L. Bevis). Females from
Eshowe, December, 1916 (H. W. Bell Marley) and Karkloof, January,
1919 (E. E. Platt).

ANTHOPHORA MEDIORUFA, sp. nov.

g. Length about 13 mm., anterior wing 10 mm.;_ black, robust,
the face, labrum and mandibles white, with the usual black stripe at
each side of clypeus ; scape white in front ; legs simple, hind basitarsi
broad. Flagellum obscurely reddened beneath ; third antennal joint
about as long as fourth and fifth together; head and thorax with
mixed black and dull white hair, presenting a grey, slightly yellowish,
appearance ; cheeks beneath and under side of thorax with pure white

256 Natal Bees

hair; sides of thorax posteriorly with long fulvous hair; tegule
ferruginous ; wings dusky, nervures black ; legs with the hair mainly
white. a tuft of fulvous on inner side of middle tarsi, middle tarsi with
black hair, except a white line on basitarsi, hind tarsi with hair all
black ; abdomen with pale fulvous hair at extreme base, but black
hair on first segment above, and a band of white hair on its hind
margin; segments 2 to 5 with similar rather narrow white bands ;
segments 4 and 5 with scattered white hairs, and longer black ones,
on the disc; apex and venter with black hair. On inner side of hind
tibie the hair is black.

Durban, Natal, 25th January, 1919 (C. N. Barker). Type. Also
one from Winklespruit, 27th December, 1918 (C. N. Barker). In
Friese’s table this runs nearest to A. circu/ata, from which it is quite
distinct. It closely resembles A. rapida, Smith, described from Natal,
and may prove to be its male. Only the female of rapida was known
to Smith, and the species was unknown to Friese when he wrote his
work on African bees. Meade-Waldo states that the apical band on
the first abdominal segment is pale fulvous in rapida.

The following table separates the species of Anthophora sent in the
last consignment.

Labrum black ; clypeus with only an apical yellow banda sac
(Krantz Kloof, 2nd April, 1917, Marley)...A. vestita, Smith.

IEW cy anya} oe) Renee Ca ONB AGN ANE eC aGE HRA Shoo nbn pap eGAGhOS OI ocrectoceacmac IF

1. Clypeus white, except marginal stripes......... mediorufa, Ckll.

Clypeus‘atileast largely iblacke.., <tc. -ceccoct- eens ae seote arene 2.

DP Scape bl AG as toe meter ein twa cay Ace 4 Oe eee eaten: mee eter eter ae 3.

Scape with a, yellow stripe, males. ....... 22... s see eeneeenr seh: 4,

3. Larger; hair-bands of abdomen red..... A. capensis, Friese, 9.

Smaller; hair-bands of abdomen white............ A. circulata,

Fabricius, 2. (Pinetown, 12th November, 1916 (H. W. Bell
Marley).

4. Abdomen black, with conspicuous whitish hair-bands...........

A, fallax, Smith (Umbilo, 1916 (L. Bevis).

Abdomen swith medshairic..s-2.s-ehe se soeeen ceerene eee eee 5.

Vertical band on clypeus almost or quite parallel-sided ;
abdomen tridentate at apex...............065 A, odontura, Ckll.
Vertical band on clypeus narrowing above ; abdomen bidentate
SUD AOR. 2 clo nerng dues doe doch emsane ase ac mateas eee A, capensis, Friese.

by T. D. A. Cockerell, 257

OSMIA, Panzer.

OSMIA NATALENSIS, sp. nov.

Q. Length 10°5-11 mm.; robust, pure black, closely and con-
spicuously punctured ; head broad; face covered with long greyish-
white hair, vertex with dark fuscous; mandibles broad, black and
sharply quadridentate ; clypeus truncate, with simple margin, its
“surface finely rugose, and covered with hair; vertex shining and well
punctured ; antenn black, the flagellum very short ; mesothorax and
scutellum very densely punctured, and with thin inconspicuous fuscous
hair; behind scutellum is a fringe of long white hairs; tubercles and
pleura with long abundant white hair, slightly creamy on tubercles ;
tegule black, punctured ; wings strongly dusky, grey, the stigma and
nervures black; legs with pale hair; hind basitarsi long; spurs
ferruginous ; abdomen with little hair, shining between the close
punctures, which are smaller on first two segments than beyond ; hind
margins of segments with extremely narrow white hair-bands, sixth
segment pale grey from a covering of appressed hairs ; ventral scopa
pale red, in the type carrying bright orange pollen (not of the
Composite).

Type from Winklespruit, Natal, 2nd January, 1919 (C. N. Barker).
Also from Stella Bush, 18th October, 1916 (H. W. Bell Marley).
Related apparently to O. e/izabethe, Brauns, but that has the meso-
notum with yellowish-red hair.

OsMIA INFRAPICTA (Cockerell),

Megachile infrapicta, Cockerell, Annals Durban Museum, I (1916),
p. 203.

This has well-developed pulvilli, and is an Osmia; it was a strange
oversight to fail to see this when describing: The species is valid, and
related to O. natalensis, but easily separated by the more hairy, more
glistening, and less densely punctured abdomen, colour of tegule, ete.

While on this group I take the opportunity to note that the related
Algerian parasitic genus Perezia, Ferton (Ann. Soc. Ent., France,
1914), is a homonym of Perezia, Léger -& Duboseq, 1909. — Ferton’s
genus may take the name /ertonel/a, n.n., type Vertonella maura
(Ferton).

958 Natal Bees

The following insect is to be removed from Osmia :

MmGACHILE FERVIDA (Smith), Meade-Waldo.,

This is Osmia fervida, Smith, and Megachile intricata, Smith, as
Meade-Waldo has determined by a comparison of types. Meade-
Waldo states that the type of Megachile perplewa, Smith, from
Port Natal, cannot be found. Smith’s description of perplewa is not
very good, but I feel confident that it is another synonym of fervida.
Females from Stella Bush, Durban, 31st December, 1916 (C. N.
Barker), and Durban, 13th February, 1917, nest in wardrobe
(E. C. Chubb), agree exactly with a female intricata from F. Smith’s
collection. Males from Malvern, December, 1915 (C. N. Barker),
evidently belong with the female intricata, but agree essentially with
the description of perplexa. Unfortunately the description under
Osmia not only has page-priority over JM. perplexa, but also over
Megachile fervida, Smith, from Hong Kong. The latter may become
Megachile perfervida, n.n.

GRONOCERAS, Cockerell.

Mr. E. C. Chubb collected females of the fine species G'. bombiformis
(Gerst.) at Bulawayo, Rhodesia, and sends the note: ‘‘nests in
projecting banks, makes a long tunnel, almost straight.” According
to Smith, G. combusta (Smith), common at Durban, makes a nest like
that of Chalicodoma, but Taschenberg found it nesting in old wasp
(Synagris) nests. Further studies should be made of the habits of
this insect. I have a specimen of Gronoceras determined by Strand
as bombiformis, from ‘‘N. Nyassa-See, Langenburg, 26th November,
1899, Fiilleborn.” Tt is, however, a female, G. tithonus (Smith), and
I find that nigrocincta, Rits., as I have identified it, is also tithonus.
Friese puts nigrocincta in another group, but I think my identification
is correct, as Ritsema considered it related to the species of Gronoceras.

MEGACHILE, Latreille.

MEGACHILE CYANURA, Sp. nov.

2 (Type). Length 17-18 mm.; of parallel-sided type, black,
including the antenne, mandibles and legs; head with black hair,
even on the cheeks below ; mesothorax and scutellum with rather
long black hair, and shorter greyish hair, so that the thorax does not
look perfectly black, though it is very dark ; sides of post-scutellum

by T. D. A. Cockerell. 259

and metathorax with dark red hair; pleura with black hair ; hair of
legs black ; first abdominal segment with rather bright red hair, but
appressed white hair at sides and along posterior margin ; remaining
segments appearing bluish-grey with narrow pale bands, the bluish
effect due to a mixture of black and white ; ventral scopa black, the
basal middle creamy-white; facial quadrangle about square; mandibles
massive, broad, with a deep notch separating the apical teeth ; clypeus
much more than twice as broad as high, coarsely and very conspicuously
punctured, but not keeled, the lower edge straight except for a slight
crenulation ; mesothorax dull, very densely rugosopunctate ; tegule
piceous, with a broad fulvous border, finely punctured ; wings hyaline
faintly dusky, apical margin not darkened; nervures black ; hind
basitarsus not very broad.

gd. Length about 16 mm.; like the female in general appearance,
but narrower; mandibles dark red, very broad, and elbowed in
middie; cheeks with dense pure white hair beneath; face and front
with pale yellow silky hair; vertex with dark fuscous hair ; flagellum
slender, not enlarged at end; first abdominal segment with less red
hair; anterior cox with very long curved black spines; a large tuft
of pure white hair in front of base of each anterior femur; legs
slightly rufescent, the anterior tibiz strongly so on inner side;
anterior femora with a line of pure white tomentum beneath ; anterior
tarsi broadened, cream-colour except the unmodified apical joint, with
a fringe of long white hair, lined with blackish within; the second
joint with a dark spot beneath, and the basitarsus with a dark anterior
callosity, covered with short stiff black hair; the second and third
joints with short grey hair, more or less tipped with fulvous, on
anterior side ; claws bifid at end; sixth abdominal segment broadly
truncate but the margin strongly denticulate ; at each extreme side
of the segment is a short but stout thorn-like tooth ; seventh segment
with a short triangular median tooth.

Type from Durban (E. C. Chubb). Also another female with the
same data, and males from Durban, 9th March, 1918 (C. N. Barker),
and Umbilo, 7th February, 1917 (L. Bevis). I have also received
both sexes from the Cape Town Museum, collected at Mfongosi,
Zululand (W. EK. Jones). I was surprised to find no description of
this large and handsome insect. It looks like If. fimbriata cerulea
(Friese), but the abdomen of the female is not at all metallic, and
there are many other differences. In Friese’s key it seems to run to
the /aminata group, and in the form of the clypeus (though not of the
mandibles) there is a certain approximation to the Humegachile group.
The structure of the male abdomen indicates affinity with cerulea.

260 Natal Bees

MEGACHILE VITTATULA, sp. nov.

@ (Type). Length 125-135 mm.; black, including the legs,
form robust; vertex, mesothorax and scutellum with short dark
fuscous hair, the mesothorax and margins of scutellum also with
shorter greyish hair, producing a speckled effect ; other parts of head
and thorax with pale hair, white on cheeks, on front greyish and
slightly mixed with fuscous, on face slightly ochreous, on upper part
of mesopleura strongly stained with greyish-fuscous ; mandibles very
broad, quadridentate, dark reddish with the broad cutting edge black,
beyond the first tooth circumscribed by an impressed line; clypeus
ordinary, truncate, finely rugose, with the elevated (but not keeled)
middle line smooth and shining ; antennz dark, scape red at extreme
base, and fourth joint conspicuously red beneath; vertex very finely
punctured ; mesothorax and scutellum dull, extremely densely and
finely punctured ; tegule dark red-brown with a pallid margin ; wings
greyish-hyaline, the broad apical margin perceptibly darker ; legs with
pale hair, red on inner side of basitarsi; middle basitarsi broad,
densely hairy, and the small joints beyond extremely short ; hind
basitarsi very broad ; spurs ferruginous ; abdomen with fox-red hair
on first segment, but there is an apical white fringe; segments 2 to 5
also with white or greyish-white fringes, greyer and less distinct on 5;
sixth segment with black hair, and greyish-white tomentum, not
always very evident ; ventral scopa clear yellowish-ferruginous, white
at base, black on last segment.

¢. Length 10°5-11°5 mm.; differing in the usual manner, the
special male characters as follows: anterior cox with short spines,
easily overlooked; anterior legs mainly dark red on inner side ;
anterior basitarsi slightly broadened, obtusely swollen anteriorly, with
a thickened edge which presents beneath a shining trough; middle
tarsi not especially short, but densely hairy ; keel of sixth abdominal
segment broadly rounded, variably but inconspicuously denticulate
(especially at sides), and narrowly emarginate in middle; no median
spine beneath. The flagellum is dark, and the face is densely covered
with pale hair, which is more or less yellow, especially on clypeus and
sides of face. In one specimen the flagellum on one side only is clear
ferruginous beneath, apparently owing to an error in mitosis, whereby
a factor was lost from certain cells.

Stella Bush, 1916 (H. W. Bell Marley), type. Males from Bluff,
Durban, 25th March, 1917 (C. N. Barker); Winklespruit, Natal,
4th January, 1919 (C. N. Barker); Umbilo, 25th February, 1917
(L. Bevis).

by T. D. A. Cockerell. 261

The female has much the appearance of JZ. damaraénsis, Friese, but
the latter is less robust, with the tegument at the base of the abdomen
red, the dark edge of mandibles narrower, the middle tarsi less
abbreviated, and the anterior margin of hind basitarsi very convex.

MEGACHILE OPACULA, Sp. nov,

2 (Type). Length about 12°5mm.; rather robust, black, including
the antennz ; hair of head and thorax long and white, faintly creamy
at sides of face, black on vertex, thin and mixed with black on
mesothorax and scutellum ; cheeks with a broad dense band of pure
white hair; long golden hairs from beneath mandibles; mandibles
broad, quadridentate, very obscurely reddish sub-apically ; clypeus
densely punctured all over, without a smooth line, the lower margin
arched, concave; sides of vertex shining; mesothorax and scutellum
dull, very densely rugosopunctate ; tegule bright ferruginous, with a
dark basal spot; wings greyish-hyaline; stigma dark reddish, nervures
piceous ; legs reddish-black, with pale hair, red on inner side of tarsi ;
hind basitarsi broad, but not excessively so; abdomen finely punctured ;
first segment with tufts of creamy-white hair at sides; segments with
extremely narrow white hair-bands, broadening at sides, on fifth only
at sides ; sixth segment with short black hair ; ventral scopa white,
fulvous or yellow at sides posteriorly, black on last segments.

¢.- Length about 1] mm., with the same red tegule ; face densely
covered with pale golden hair; anterior tibize red in front, their tarsi
simple, anterior coxze without spines; hair of thorax above long and
pale ochreous, mixed with black ; hair-bands of abdomen ochreous-
tinted, and more distinct ; fifth abdominal segment with coarse black
hair, and a narrow red margin; sixth with dense white tomentum
above, the keel broadly rounded, minutely crenulate, and very feebly
emarginate in middle; no median spine beneath; venter with broad
pure white hair-bands.

Type from Pinetown, 29th October, 1916 (H. W. Bell Marley).
Males from Krantz Kloof, Natal, 7th February, 1915 (H. W. Bell
Marley) ; another from same place, April, 1916 (H. W. Bell Marley) ;
Stella Bush, December, 1916 (H. W. Bell Marley).

The male is not unlike M. frontalis, Smith, but that is much smaller,
with rufo-testaceous nervures, and has the keel of sixth segment
distinctly denticulate. Superficially, the female is like Jf. familiaris,
Ckll.

262 Natal’ Bees.

MEGACHILE FLAVIBASIS, sp. nov.

9 (Type). Length about 11°5 mm. ; black, including antenne and
greater part of legs, but the broad mandibles are dark red, anterior
trochanters and femora broadly red above, middle femora with a red
stripe above; vertex and dorsum of thorax with much long black
hair, but on the thorax mixed with pale, and metathorax with very
long light yellowish-fulvous hair; cheeks and under side of thorax
with dull white hair; first abdominal segment with long yellowish
hair like that of metathorax ; segments 2 to 5 with linear dull white
hair-bands ; coarse black hair before these bands, and on sixth
segment; ventral scopa pale orange-ferruginous in middle, broadly
white at sides, black on last segment. Very near to J/. venustella,
Ckll., with the same dull mesothorax ; tegul piceous, with the margin
anteriorly pallid; middle of clypeus strongly punctured, with no
smooth line; lower margin of clypeus with a transverse bow-shaped
shining callosity, which gives it a subemarginate appearance ; hind
basitarsus about as in venustella.

g. Length 85-9 mm.; hair of head and thorax variably yellowish,
but usually strongly so, especially on posterior part of thorax ; long
black hair on vertex, and plentifully intermixed on mesothorax,
but not scutellum; face covered with pale golden hair; first two
abdominal segments with long reddish-yellow hair, sometimes very
brightly coloured; abdominal hair-bands fulvous to pale ochreous ;
sixth segment above densely covered with pale ochreous tomentum,
the transverse keel strongly emarginate in middle, and on each side
feebly crenulate or sub-denticulate, or almost entire ; third and fourth
ventral segments emarginate, the fourth with broadly pallid margins.
Anterior tarsi simple, but reddened ; anterior coxe with small spines,
hidden in the pale yellowish hair ; middle tarsi with very long pale
ochreous hairs behind ;_ hind tarsi with long hairs on each side; the
hind basitarsi not longer than the next three joints together, the last
joint long. I suppose this to be the male of /lavibasis because (a) it
comes from the same place, (b) it has the same strongly yellowish hair
on thorax behind and base of abdomen, (c) the tegule are dark though
varying to red anteriorly, (d) the mesothorax has the same dull
surface, and the vertex exactly the same sculpture, (e) the dusky
wings are the same. ‘There is no other female in the collection which
could be associated with the males. The female is evidently related
to M. wilmsiana, Strand, from the Transvaal, but is distinct.

Type from Umbilo, 7th February, 1917 (L. Bevis). Males from
Umbilo, 25th February, 1917 (. Bevis), three specimens ; and
Durban, 24th December, 1916 (C. N. Barker).

JOHN SINGLETON & SONS, PRINTERS, DURBAN.

Contents of previous issmtcs (continued ).

Vol. I, Part 5. Published 25th July, 1917. — Price 5/- nett.

XXII.-Malacostraca of Durban Bay by T. R. R. Svessine. (Plates XXII & XXIII),

XXIII.—Melanic Aberrations of Butterflies, by C. N. Barker. (Plates XXIV
. and XXV),

XXIV.— Additions to the Fish Fauna of Natal, by C. Tare Recan.

XX V.—New Records of Natal Bees, by T. D. A. CockERELL.

XX VI.—New South African Heterocera, by A. J. T. Janse.

Vol. I], Part 1. Published 28th December, 1917. Price 5/- nett.

I.—Malacostraca of Natal, by T. R. R. Sreppine. (Plates I-VI).
II.—Varieties of Papilio d. cenea, by C. N. Barker. (Plate VII).
III.—New Records of Natal Bees, by T. D. A. CocksreELt.

Vol. I], Part 2. Published 30th July, 1918. Price 5/- nett.

IV.—Some Crustacea of Natal, by T. R. R. Sreppine. (Plates VITI-XII),
V.—Further Additions to the Fish Fauna of Natal, by C. Tarz Ruean.
VI.—Some apparently undescribed Heterocera from 8. Africa, by A. J. T. Janse,
VII.—Some Observations upon Whales by E. C. Couns. (Plates XITI-X VI).
VIII.—Some Records of Predaceous Insects and Their Prey, by C. N. Barknr.

Vol. II, Part 3. Published 31st March, 1919. Price 5/- nett.

IX.—A Skeleton of the Dodo (Didus ineptus), by E. C. Couns. (Plate X VIT).
X.—On Some Rare South African Beetles (Part I), by C. N. Barker.

XI.—A new Bee from Natal, by T. D. A. CockERELL.
XI1.—Some Crustacea of Natal, by T. R. R. Stepping. (Plates XVITI-XX).
XIII.—A South African Elephant, by E. C. Cuuss. (Plates XXI and XXII).

Vol. IJ, Part 4. Published 20th October, 1919. | Price 5/- nett.

XIV.—Anatomy of Sperm Whale Fetus, by F. E. Bepparp. (Plate XXIII).

XV.—Rhodesian Moths and their Larve, by J. A. O’Neit. (Plate XXIV).

XVI.—Beetles of the Cicindela br evicollie group, by C. N. BARKER. (Pl. XXV
and XX VI).

XVII.—Natal Bees, by I. D. A. CockERELL.

X VIII.—Fishes from Durban, Natal, by C. Tare Recan.

Vol. II, Part 4. | Published 20th October, 1919. — Price 5/- nett.

XIV.—Anatomy of Fetal Sperm Whale, by F. E. Bepparp. (Plate XXIII).
XV.—-Rhodesian Moths and their Larve, by J. A. O'Nein. (Plate XXIV).
XVI.—On Cicindela bLertoloniit, Horn, by C.N. Barker. (PI. XXV & XXVI).
XVII.—Natal Bees, by I’. D. A. CockERELL.

XVIII.—Natal Fishes, by C. Tarr Recan.

Obtainable through any S. African bookseller
or from Messrs. William Wesley & Son, Sole European Agents,
28 Essex Street, Strand, London.

CONTENTS.

XIX.—A Revision of the Flat-fishes (Heterosomata) of Natal, by

C. Tate Recan~ - : - r : - 205
XX.—The White Rhinoceros, with special reference to its habits

in Zululand, by F. VaucHan-Kirpy (Plate XX VII) - 223
XXI.—On the Genus Jctidopsis, by 8S. H. Haventon - - 243

XXII.—On South African Bees, chiefly collected in Natal, by
T. D. A. CockERELL - - : : - 247

VOL. Il. | PART 6.

re OF THE

“DURBAN MUSEUM

EDITED BY THE CURATOR, | 210
O37 ay As
Me CHER uN:
Stone

Issued 25th August, 1920.

PRICE 5/- NETT.

PRINTED BY

JOHN SINGLETON & SONS, DURBAN,

FOR THE DuRBAN MUSEUM.

The Annals of the Durban Museum is devoted principally to South African

Zoology and is issued from time to time as circumstances permit.

Contents of previous issues.
Vol 1 Part b. )Published. lat June: 1914. 1 Price oS). bein

I.—On Pelagic Entomostraca, by G.S. Brapy. (Plates I-IV).
I1.—On Bottlenose Porpoises ( 7'wsiops), by F. W. Trus.
III.—On further Pelagic Entomostraca, by G. 8. Brapy. (Plates V and VI),

IV.—Descriptions of South African Birds’ Eggs, by E. C. Cuuss. (Plate VII).

Vol. I, Part 2. Published 15th May, 1915. — Price 5/- nett.

V.—Anatomy of Fetal Sperm Whale, by F. E. BEDDARD. (Plate VITI).
VI.—Notes on Four-lunged Spiders, by Jonn Hewrrr.

VII.—Notes on Pelagic Entomostraca, by G.S. Brapy. (Plates IX-XIV).
VIIT.—Anoplura and Mallophaga, by Ketuoce & Ferris. (Plates XV and XVI).
1X.—Rotifera from Natal, by C. F. Rousseier.

X.—List of Mosquitos, by F. W. Epwarps.

Vol. I, Part 3. Published 20th April, 1916. Price 5/- nett.

XI.—Fishes from Natal, collected by Mr. Romer Rosryson, by C. Tate Reean.
XII.—Description of a new Fish from Zululand, by G. A. BouLENGER.
XIII.—A Hydroid parasitic on fishes, by Ernest WarREN. (Plates XVII-XX).
XIV.—Report on Bees, chiefly from Natal, by T. D. A. CockERELL.

X V.—Descriptions of several species of Arachnida, by Joan Hewitt.

XVI.—A new species of Solpuga from Zululand, by Stantey Hirst.

X VII.—Mallophaga and Anoplura, with mammalian host-list, by G. F. Ferris.
XVIII.—Note on Glossina brandoni and Danais petiverana, by E. C. Cuuss.
X1IX.—Catalogue of Natal Marine Fishes (1), by Messrs. Gircurist & THomPson.

Vol. 1, Part 4. Published 21st May, 1917. Price 5/- nett.

XIX.—Catalogue of Natal Marine Fishes (2), by Messrs. Gincurisr & THOMPSON.
XX.—A new Silurid Fish from Natal, by G. A. BouLencrr.
XXI.—A new Bat (Otomops icarus), by E. C. Cuuss. (Plate X XI).

Vol. I, Part 5. Published 25th July, 1917. — Price 5/- nett.

XXIT.-Malacostraca of Durban Bay by T. R. R. Srepsina. (Plates XXII & XXIII),

XXIII.—Melanic Aberrations of Butterflies, by C. N. Barker, (Plates XXIV
and XX V).

XXIV.— Additions to the Fish Fauna of Natal, by C. Tare Reaan,

XX V.—New Records of Natal Bees, by T. D. A. CockERELt.

XX VI.—New South African Heterocera, by A. J. T. JAnsz.

(continued on third page of cover).

Obtainable through any South African bookseller
or from Messrs. William Wesley & Son, Sole Huropean Agents,
28 Hssex Streei, Strand, London.

XXIII.—The Malacostraca of Durban Bay,
by the

Rev. T. R. R. Stebbing, M.A., F.R.S., F.L.S., F.Z.S.

WT ATS Nok Vel xoxo NGI

(pO only two of the eleven species here considered lay claim

to names hitherto unrecorded, some of the others seemed to call
for more illustration than they have previously received, and the rest
are noted for various reasons which their occurrence suggested. Some
of the specimens were not taken actually in the Durban area, but in
South African waters within easy range of it, for species enjoying a
wide distribution, .

bre EY U'R.A..
TrinBnE OXYRRHYNCHA.
Famity INACHIDA.

Genus PSEUDOCOLLODES, Rathbun.

1911. Pseudocollodes, M. J. Rathbun, Tr. Linn. Soc. London, ser. 2,
vol. xiv, pt. 2, pp. 193, 247.

Carapace subtriangular. Rostrum short, bifid. Eyes retractile
against a strong postocular tooth. Basal antennal joint very narrow,
spinous, less advanced than rostrum. Fourth joint of third maxillipeds
elongate-oval, narrower than the third joint, the latter strongly
advanced at its inner angle. In both sexes the last two segments of
the pleon are fused.

Miss Rathbun supplies other characters. Of those relating to the
ambulatory limbs I cannot speak, because all those limbs were missing
from the only available specimen. ‘An interantennular spine, visible
from above,” would seem to be unnecessary as a generic character,
since in the present specimen the spine in question was not sufficiently
advanced to be seen from above.

(263)
Annals of the Durban Museum, Vol. II, Part 6, issued 25th August, 1920.

264 The Malacostraca of Durban Bay

PsKUDOCOLLODES COMPLECTENS, Rathbun. Plate XXVIII (a).

1911. Psewdocollodes complectens, Rathbun, Tr. Linn. Soc., vol. xiv,
p. 247, pl. 20, fig. 4.

Apart from the above-mentioned obscurity of the interantennular
spine the specimen, a female with numerous eggs, here figured shows
the closest agreement with Miss Rathbun’s description. It also agrees
in its proportions nearly with one of that sex measured by Miss
Rathbun, the African being about 13 mm. long and 12 mm. broad.
The second maxillz show much agreement with those of Acheopsis, as
also do the three maxillipeds. In the third of these a row of
tubercles is observable on the outer surface parallel to the outer
margins of the third and fourth joints; the fourth joint has a
conspicuous spine on the inner margin which meets a similar spine on
the fifth joint; the sixth joint is notably shorter than the fifth or
seventh.

Locality: Cape St. Blaize, N. by E. 73 miles; depth 125 fathoms.
Cruise of the “ Pieter Faure.”

Genus PUGETTIA, Dana.

1851. Pugettia, Dana, Amer. J. Sci., ser. 2, vol. xi, pp. 268, 433.
1852. P., Dana, U.S. Expl. Exp., vol. xiii, pp. 84, 116.
1886. P., Miers, Rep. Voy. “Challenger,” vol. xvii, no. 49, p. 40.

PUGETTIA QUADRIDENS, de Haan. Plate XXVIIT (s).

1839. Pisa (Menethius) quadridens, de Haan, Crust. Japon., decas
quarta, p. 97, pl. 24, fig. 2, a, a, b, b. Pisa (Halimus) q.,
pl. G. (Menethius) q.

1848. Menethius quadridens, Adams & White, ‘“Samarang,” Crust-

acea, p. 20.

1886. Pugettia quadridens, Miers, Rep. Voy. ‘‘Challenger,” vol. xvii,
no. 49, p. 40.

1907. P. q., Stimpson, Smithson. Misc. Coll., vol. xlix, p. 24 (to
which the editor, Miss Rathbun, refers also “‘ Pugettia incisa
(de Haan) Stimpson.”

The specimen here referred to de Haan’s species was incomplete,
having its limbs represented by a single cheliped. But as the species

by Rev. T.R. R. Stebbing. 265

appears to be rather rare, some additional details of the structure may
be acceptable. Owing to the shading, de Haan’s figure of the carapace
is rather obscure. With the help of his description, however, I think
it will be found to agree fairly with the drawing which I had made
before recognising the identification now proposed. All the salient
points of the carapace are furnished with short curved setz, to which
in many instances extraneous objects are attached. The narrow pleon
of the male folds obstinately on the very wide sternum ; it is broadest
at the third segment, the sides converging to the rounded apex of the
telson, except at the sixth segment which is a little broader distally
than at the base.

The mandibles, with the exception of the infolding palp, are opaque.
The second maxille are very pellucid; the terminal joint has an
acutely tipped process rising from a very wide base. In both the
first and second maxillipeds the exopod is elongate, distally narrowed,
and having the first joint of the flagellum bent closely backwards ;
the epipod in both is elongate, but much more extensive in the first
than in the second. The much more solid third maxillipeds have the
fourth joint subquadrate, the inner front angle excavate for the small
palp, of which the terminal joint is abruptly narrower than the
penultimate.

The carapace measured 11 mm. in length from the divergence of the
horns to the hind margin, the inner measurement of the horns being
3°5 mm. and the breadth of the carapace between the tips of the
hinder teeth a little less than the length.

Locality : Tugela River, N.W. by W. 3 miles; depth 14 fathoms.
Cruise of the “ Pieter Faure.”

Famity ACANTHONYCHID A.

See Ann. S. Afr. Mus., vol. vi, p. 226; 1910. McLeay in 1838
institutes a family Hpialtide (Annulosa S. Afr., p. 56,) but Acanthonyx
is an earlier genus within it and therefore offers a better foundation
for the name of the family.

Genus EPIALTUS, Milne Edwards.

1834. Hpialtus, Milne Edwards, Hist. Nat. Crust., vol. i, pp. 297, 314.
1852. #., Dana, U.S. Expl. Exp., vol. xiii, pp. 85, 132.
1873. #., A, Milne-Edwards, Miss. Sci. Méxique, pt. 5, p. 138.

266 The Malacostraca of Durban Bay

1877. £., Tozzetti, ‘Magenta,’ Brachiuri, p. 17.
1894. #., Rathbun, Pr. U.S. Nat. Mus., vol. xvii, p. 67.
TOO ieee <5 Bull. U.S. Fish. Comm. for 1900, vol. ii, p. 59.

EPIALTUS VETCHI, sp. nov. Plate X XIX.

This small female specimen, taken from under rocks at Vetch’s pier,
to which prolific locality its specific name alludes, was in life pal_
green, with legs yellow, as observed by its captor, Mr. H. W. Bell
Marley. It cannot be reconciled with any of the numerous varieties
of the seemingly very variable HZ. bituberculatus, Milne Edwards. It
has no tubercles on the carapace. ‘The rostrum is broadly obtuse.
The eyes just peep from its sides the small cornea projecting from a
much wider bulbous stalk. At some distance from the eye the antero-
lateral margin shows a feeble tooth, thence sloping to one that is
better marked, followed by the well-rounded postero-lateral margin.
The female pleon is broader than long.

The dissection of the head was difficult or at any rate rather
unsatisfactory owing to the smallness of the structures and the
resistance they offered to separation. In the first antenne the third
joint of tolerably stout longitudinally folded peduncle is distally some-
what dilated. In the second antennz the peduncle is very slender,
the flagellum obscurely 3—4-jointed and tipped with a long seta and
a setule.

The mandibles are strong, a quadridentate cutting edge being
continued by a long straight margin sloping obliquely backward. The
feeble palp has a very small third joint set on the second joint so as
to form an insignificant chela, tipped with a setule. The principal
lobe of the first maxilla widens strongly from its base.

The chelate first pereopods have the movable finger subequal in
length to the palm. The slightly spinuliferous inner surfaces of the
obtuse-ended fingers close almost completely together. The fourth
joint has, in common with all the other perzopods, a distal tooth on
the outer side, but the short fifth joint or wrist does not share with
them a similar though less pronounced prominence. The curved,
acute-ending fingers of all the ambulatory limbs have their inner
margins densely fringed with setules, longest distally.

The unfurnished simplicity of the pleopods is no doubt a phase of
development. Length of carapace 6 mm., breadth something over
5 mm,

bo
for)
=J.

by Rev. T. R. BR. Stebbing.

TRIBE CYCLOMETOPA.
Famity XANTHIDA.

Genus ATERGATIS, de Haan.

ATERGATIS ROSEUS (Riuppell), 1830.

See Ann. S. Afr. Mus., vol. vi, pt. 4, p. 297; 1910, and these
Annals, vol. i, pt. 5, p. 437; 1917. Add references to Nobili, Ann.
Sci. Nat., ser. 9, Zool. vol. iv, p. 229; 1906-7, and R. D. Laurie, J.
Linn. Soc., vol. xxxi, p. 443; 1915.

_A specimen, of which the carapace is 18 mm. broad by 11 mm.
long, was taken by Mr. H. W. Bell Marley at Vetch’s pier. It
prettily answers, after being in spirit for a considerable time, the
description given by Riippell for the colour variety which he named
Carpilius marginatus, the dorsal surface being a fine red surrounded
by a milk-white border. The antero-lateral margin is entire.

Genus ATERGATOPSIS, A. Milne-Edwards.

1865. Atergatopsis, A. M.-Edw., Arch. Mus. Hist. Nat., vol. i, p.
252 (Miers).

1886. A., Miers, ‘“‘Challenger,” Brachyura, vol. xvii, pt. 49, pp. xii,
123.

Miers, after giving the definition of the genus, remarks that it is
distinguished “from Atergatis by the non-carinated and non-cristated
antero-lateral margins of the carapace, and joints of the ambulatory
legs.”

ATERGATOPSIS SIGNATUS, Adams & White.

1848. Carpilius signatus, Adams & White, ‘‘Samarang ” Crustacea,
Doi WO; hes, Tyla Lb.

1911. Atergatopsis signatus, A. M.-Edw., Arch. Mus. Hist. Paris,
vol. i, p. 253.

1911. <A. signata, Rathbun, Tr. Linn. Soc., vol. xiv, pt. 2, pp. 191,
DATE 0} a yea Pa

The male specimen taken by Mr. H. W. Bell Marley on ‘“ rocks
near Vetch’s pier near water edge” measures 60 mm. in length by

268 The Malacostraca of Durban Bay

88 mm. in breadth. The colour ‘deep rose with white dots in patches
over carapace” was retained after a prolonged voyage to England.
The pleon in shape agrees with that figured by Adams & White, the
third to the fifth segments being completely fused, though bands of
white dots are suggestive of non-existent sutures. The left cheliped
is rather the larger and much the darker. In each the margin of the
thumb forms four obtuse tubercles with an innermost small fifth.
The tips of the otherwise black fingers are white. The terminal joints
of the ambulatory limbs have a dark felt and black nails. “* Front
slightly projecting, deeply notched in the middle line.”

A small specimen from the same locality has a carapace 12 mm.
long, 18 mm. broad.

Trine CATOMETOPA.
Famity GONEPLACIDA.

Genus EUCRATE, de Haan.

1835. Cancer (Hucrate), de Haan, Crust. Japon., decas secunda, pp.
36, 51.

1858. Pilumnoplax (part), Stimpson, Pr. Ac. Philad., vol. x, p. 93
(39).

1882. KHucraie, Haswell, Catal. Austr. Crust., p. 86 (Pr. Linn. Soc.
N:S. W., vol: vi):

1884. Psewdorhombila, Miers (not Milne Edw.), ‘ Alert” Crust., pp.
240, 242.

1888. Huwerate, de Man, J. Linn. Soc. London, vol. xxii, 88.

Haswell says, ‘‘Abdonien of the male five-jointed.” But de Man
states that in Haswell’s Hucrate affinis ‘the male abdomen is seven-
jointed,” and this agrees with Stimpson’s “articulis totis distinctis ”
for the male abdomen in Pilumnoplax. Possibly the distinction of
the median segments is variable either in fact or appearance.

EUcCRATE SULCATIFRONS (Stimpson).
1858. Pilumnoplax sulcatifrons, Stimpson, Pr. Ac. Philad., vol. x,
p. 93 (39).
1884. Pseudorhombila sulcatifrons, var. australiensis, Miers, “Alert”
Crust., p. 242, pl. 24, figs. C, ¢.

by Rev. T. R. R. Stebbing. 269

The specimen, a male, is a relatively large one, having a carapace
15 mm. broad by 13 mm. long. It answers well to the figures given
by Miers for a much smaller specimen, of which the carapace measured
Simm. by 6mm. The emargination and sulcus of the front are well
marked. The colour is “light red, yellow edging round carapace,” as
given by Mr. H. W. Bell Marley. As preserved the carapace retains
the red colouring, the chelipeds and other limbs showing white and
red.

Place of capture: Bluff, Natal.

Famiry HYMENOSOMATID A.
See Ann. S. Afr. Mus., vol. vi, pt. 4, p. 331; 1910.

Genus ELAMENA, Milne Edwards.

1837. Hlamena, Milne Edwards, Hist. Nat. Crust., vol. ii, p. 33.
1839. Hlamene, de Haan, Crust. Japon., decas quarta, p. 75.
1843. EHlamena (subgen. of /nachus), Krauss, Siidafrik. Crust., p. 51.
1853. T'rigonoplax, Milne Edw., Ann. Sci. Nat., ser. 3, vol. xx, p. 224.
1907. 7, de Man, Tr. Linn. Soc. London, ser. 2, vol. ix, p, 396.
1911. Hlamena, Rathbun, Tr. Linn. Soc. London, ser. 2, vol. xiv, p.
242.
1915. Trigonoplax, Parisi, Soc. Ital. Sci. Nat., vol. liv, p. 281.
1915. Hlamena (Trigonoplax ), Kemp, Mem. Ind. Mus., vol. v, p. 216.
1916. H#., Borradaile, “Terra Nova” Exp., Zool., vol. iii, p. 101.
The genus has been noted by numerous authors: Adams & White,
Dana, Heller, Paulson, Miers, Kirk, Filhol, Henderson, Alcock, Fulton
& Grant, W. H. Baker, and McCulloch. For its characters see the
following discussion of the single species for which it was originally
founded. That it is apparently a link between the Oxyrrhyncha and
the Catometopa has been pointed out by de Haan. Whether the
typical species is as variable superficially in the latter tribe as //uenia
proteus is in the former may be regarded as at present an open question.

ELAMENA MATH! (Desmarest). Plate XXX.

1825. Hymenosoma mathei, Desmarest, Cosid. Gén. Crust., p. 163.

1837. Hlamena mathei (part), Milne Edwards, Hist. Nat. Crust.,
vol. ii, p. 3d.

1900. #. m., Stebbing, P.Z.S., London, p. 520.

270 The Malacostraca of Durban Bay

The account given of this species by Desmarest is in translation as
follows: ‘ Length six lines [12°5 mm.]; carapace extremely depressed,
smooth, semi-transparent, in form of an equilateral triangle ; anterior
angle or rostrum a little rounded and raised, concealing the eyes and
the base of the antenne ; chelipeds and ambulatory legs very elongate,
slender and smooth ; hands very long, having their fingers of equal
force, a little inflated towards the end ; a little spine on the extremity
of the hind face of the last four perzeopods ; colour corneous.”

Before identifying the South African specimen with Desmarest’s
description above rendered, on the possibility of its proving to be a
new species, the name equilateralis had occurred to me as appropriate.
It is in shape very nearly allied to the form which de Haan in his
text calls Ocypude ( Klamene) unguiformis, but on his plate 29, fig. 1,
Inachus ( Elamene) unguiformis, which Milne Edwards in 1853 placed
in anew genus 7'riyonoplax, clearly, as Alcock suggests, a synonym
of Elamena. Paulson’s Hlamena mathwi seems to be an independant
member of the genus, and Heller’s E/amene mathei is rather doubtful,
but Ruppell’s Hymenosoma mathei, if his figure may be trusted, cannot,
as I now think, possibly be referred to the present species.

The chief, perhaps the only, reason for distinguishing de Haan’s
species from Desmarest’s is that in de Haan’s figures the fingers of the
chele are represented very much shorter than the palm. But Alcock,
describing specimens from the Andamans, says that these fingers are
‘“‘as long as the slender subcylindrical palm.” In our specimen the
relation of the movable finger to the palm is about 24-29 in length.
When Desmarest speaks of ‘‘a little spine on the extremity of the
hind face of the last four legs, ‘“‘I suppose him to mean the apical
prolongation of the fourth joint which might pass for an extremity
- when the three following joints are folded towards the preceding joint.

The flat, semi-transparent carapace measured 10 mm. from the
acute apex to the truncate hind margin, with a breadth of 11 mm. at
the rounded off hind corners. The female pleon is broader than long,
of six segments, slightly lobed along the centre, which is distally
convex. The four pairs of biramous pleopods are long and slender.
The ova were not numerous and had not been deposited on the pleon.

The eyestalks are short and stout, just allowing the cornea to appear
beyond the edge of the carapace. Tho second antenne are very slight
in structure. The palp of the mandibles has a long curved second
joint, while the first and third joints are exceedingly small, the third
scarcely reaching beyond the slightly advanced apex of the second.

In all three maxillipeds the exopod has a narrow terminal joint tipped’

0° ae tity wet

a oe

by Rev. 7. R. R. Stebbing. 271

with a brush of sete; the long penultimate joint reaching much
beyond the fourth joint of the endopod in the second maxilliped, but
not reaching its extremity in the third. In the latter the third joint
of the endopod is both longer and broader than the fourth, although
its outer margin is rather shorter than that of the fourth joint. In
the first pereeopods the movable finger is slightly shorter than the
fixed one, closing upon it somewhat in the fashion of the macruran
Stylodactylide ; both fingers are apically dilated with edges a little
denticulate. The fingers of the following perzeopods have two denticles
adjoining the pointed apex.

Locality: Umlongakulu River, N.W. by N. 7 miles; depth 50
fathoms. Cruise of the ‘ Pieter Faure.”

TriBE OX YSTOMATA.
Famity LEUCOSIIDA.

Genus LEUCISCA, McLeay.
See Ann. 8. Afr. Mus., vol. vi, pt. 4, p. 338.

LrEUCISCA PHEHENOMMA, sp. nov. Plate XXXI.

The specific name, from daivev, to show, and dupa, eye, refers to
the fact that in both the male and female the small eyes project
beyond the carapace. For his Leucisca squalinus, Mcl-eay as part of
the generic character gives ‘Orbits small, subcircular, and hidden
under the clypeus ; while the eyes are deeply set, very minute and
globose.” In the closely allied and perhaps identical genus Carcinapsis,
Stimpson (Smithson. Mise. Coll., vol. xlix, p. 161; 1907) we also have
‘“‘Kyes concealed beneath the carapax,” so far agreeing with McLeay’s
much damaged specimen. McLeay speaks of it as a female, but the
figure which he gives of the pleon is so much more like that of the
male in our species that, unless McLeay was deceived about the sex,
his specimen must have been immature.

Of the specimens sent me from Umtentweni by Mr. H. W. Bell
Marley, the male measured a little over 5 mm, in length and-breadth,
the female 6°5 mm. in length by 7°3 mm. in breadth. The latter
carried a small sessile barnacle firmly attached on the middle of the
carapace dorsally. In both sexes, but especially in the female, it is

272 The Malacostraca of Durban Bay

dithcult to determine any effective lines of division between the last
five segments of the pleon. In the male, however, the sides of the
sixth segment begin hy diverging and end by converging, with tuber-
culiform elevations in between. Centrally to the rear it carries a
pointed upraised process. The seventh segment is triangular, with
blunt apex. The pleon of the female is remarkably broad.

The mandible has a very broad, angled but not denticulate cutting
edge, against which lies the palp with setose terminal joint. The
maxille I could not satisfactorily determine. The very delicate first
and second maxillipeds are figured, I think, for the first time for this
genus. In the second it will be noticed that the penultimate joint of
the endopod is broader than either the fifth or seventh. For the
third maxillipeds neither as to Lewcisca nor Carcinaspis do the authors
make any mention of the three terminal joints. These are, I believe,
rudimentary, affixed low down on the inner margin of the sharply-
pointed fourth joint.

The chelipeds are nearly alike, that of the male on the right rather
the larger. In the female they are similar to those of the male, but
not quite so large. The under surfaces are white and smooth, while
the upper are ridged and have colour markings on various parts. The
movable finger is curved, with inner margin minutely denticulate.
The ambulatory limbs are much smaller than the chelipeds, and the
last pair are the shortest. The narrow, nearly straight, fingers have
dark curved tips.

Genus ACT AXOMORPHA, Miers.

1877. <Actwomorpha, Miers, J. Linn. Soc. London, Zvol., vol. xiii,
no. 67, p. 184.

1896. A., Alcock, J. Asiat. Soc. Bengal, vol. Ixv, pt. 2, pp. 166,
DEO Ma iia

This genus is near to Oreophorus, Riippell, but the carapace, though
granular and pitted, is not honeycomb and only partially covers the
ambulatory limbs in flexion. The front is broad, the buccal cavity
arched, the pleon narrowly oval and seven-segmented in both sexes.
The eyes are small, the first antenne obliquely folded, the second
almost obsolete. Mandibles normal. First maxilla with inner plate
narrow, outer distally broad, palp two-jointed. Second maxille with
lower lamina almost linear, upper very unequally bilobed, apical part
of endopod narrowly produced from a wide base. First maxilliped

by Rev. T. R. R. Stebbing. 273

with very large epipod, the endopod produced beyond the small
flagellum of the exopod. Second maxilliped with much smaller epipod,
the exopod with crenulate and setulose outer margin along two-thirds
of the principal joint, thence abruptly narrowed to its junction
with the small flagellum. Third maxilliped as usual of much more
solid structure, the fourth joint triangular, almost concealing the
insignificant palp which is attached some way from the acute apex of
the fourth joint. The solid exopod reaches a little beyond the oblong
third joint of the endopod and carries a very small flagellum. The
chelipeds in both sexes much exceed in size the ambulatory limbs.

To A. erosus, Miers, Alcock in 1896 added A. morwm and A.
lapillulus.

ACT#OMORPHA EROSUS, Miers. Plate XXXII.

1877. Acteomorpha erosa, Miers, J. Linn. Soc., vol. xiii, no. 67, p.
184, pl. 14.

The South African specimen of this as yet very rare species is in
essential agreement with the description and figures supplied by Miers,
although I can find no trace of the dividing line which his figure
shows on the under-side of the rostrum, and I should be far from
describing the orbital cavity as “large.” ‘That the pleon should be
narrowly ovate in the female, just as Miers describes it for the male, —
agrees with Kemp’s observation in regard to the two sexes of the
genus Dotilla (Mem. Ind. Mus., vol. v, p. 227; 1915). Alcock speaks
of the exopod of the the third maxillipeds as “‘ narrow, with the outer
edge almost straight.” In the present species it is half as broad as
the endopod, with a decided curve to the outer margin.

The chelipeds are comparatively massive, the exposed surfaces of
the last four joints granular and pitted, the fifth joint having a
projecting tooth on the inner surface ; the fingers are considerably
shorter than the palm, with denticles on their confronting edges fitting
closely together. The sexual openings of the female are in the sternum
opposite the insertion of the third perzopods. The pleopods of the
female have two long rami, one furnished with outstanding plumuse
setze, the other with sete apparently simple and not spreading. The
carapace has a length of 7 mm. and a breadth of 9 mm., the pleon
extended being 6 mm. long.

Locality : Port Shepstone, W.N.W. 23 miles; depth 24 fathoms.
Cruise of the ‘ Pieter Faure.”

274 The Malacostraca of Durban Bay

MACRURA ANOMALA.

Trine HIPPIDEA.

Famity HIPPIDZA.

See these Annals, vol. ii, pt. 1, p. 25.

Genus HIPPA, Fabricius.
1787. Hippa, Fabricius, Mantissa, p. 329 (Sherborn).

Hippa Apacty.us, Fabricius.

1787. Hippa adactyla, Fabricius, Mantissa, p. 329.

1793. H.a., Fabricius, Ent. Syst., vol. ii, p. 474.

1798. H.a., Fabricius, Supp]. Ent. Syst., p. 370.

183—. Remipes testudinarius, Milne Edwards, Regne Anim. Illust.,
pl. 42, figs. 1, la—h.

1837. #&. ¢., Milne Edw., Hist. Nat. Crust., vol. ii, p. 206, pl. 21,
figs. 14—20.

1878. #&. ¢., Miers, J. Linn. Soc., vol. xiv, no, 76, p. 316, p. 5, fig. 1.

The specimen which Mr. H. W. Bell Marley has sent me from

Umgeni Lagoon has just such a front as Miers has figured, with no

central tooth in the rostral lobe. The carapace measures 30 mm. in

length by 26 mm. in breadth. There are numerous very small eggs.

Miers gives an extensive synonymy, and considers several points as

variable. The very short eyestalks in this species are in notable

contrast to the very long stalks in Hmerita asiaticus, but in both they

are very slender with diminutive cornea.

MACRURA GENUINA.

Trine CARIDEA.

Famity GNATHOPHYLLIDA.

1890. Gnathophyllide, Ortmann, Zool. Jahrb., vol. v, pp. 462, 537.
1901. G., M. J. Rathbun, U.S. Fish Comm. Bull. for 1900, p. 126.
1907. G., Borradaile, Ann. Nat. Hist., ser. 7, vol. xix, p. 473.

-I
Or

by Rev. T. R. R. Stebbing. 2

Genus GNATHOPHYLLUM, Latrielle.

1819. Gnathophyllum, Latrielle, Nouv. Dict. Hist. Nat., ed, 2, vol.
xxx, p. 72 (Rathbun).
1901. G., Rathbun, U.S. Fish Comm. Bull. for 1900, p. 126.

Desmarest in his Consid. gén. Crust., p. 228, 1825, includes in the
definition of the genus the curious misstatement that the nippers of
the second pair are more slender as well as much longer than those of
the first pair. Miss Rathbun notes the misspelling Gnatophyllum in
Latrielle’s original account. The misprint is ignored by Desmarest
and by Latrielle in Cuvier’s Régne Anim., ed. 2, vol. iv, p. 96, 1829.
But Milne Edwards in Hist. Nat. Crust., vol. ii, p. 369, 1837,
wrongfully quotes Latrielle’s last named work as responsible for
Gnatophyllum elegans.

GNATHOPHYLLUM AMERICANUS, Guerin.

1857. Gnathophyllum americanum, Guérin, in Sagra’s Hist. Cuba,
vol. 2, p. xx; Atlas, viii, pl. ii, fig. 14 (Rathbun).

Miss Rathbun (loc. cit.) includes in the synonymy G. fasciolatum,
Stimpson, 1860; G. zebra, Richters, 1880, and with, I think, needless
hesitation G. pallidum, Ortmann, 1890. Mr. H. W. Bell Marley’s
specimen, taken from under rocks, at Bluff, Natal, is described by him
as running on the ground with claws extended, making no attempt to
swim ; ‘colour white mixed with brown, chelipeds white with a broad
band of brown bordered with lemon-yellow, tail white with two yellow
bands.” It measures about 13 mm. in length, and as far as could be
determined, without dissection, has six teeth to the rostrum. The
eyes have the ‘‘conical obtuse protuberance, pigmented with black,
arising from upper part of cornea,” as described by Miss Rathbun.
G. panamense, Faxon, 1895, has this protuberance similarly described,
but the colouring of that species differs remarkably from ours. — G.
tridens, Nobili, 1906, has only three teeth on the rostrum, but the

dentation of the rostrum is variable, and therefore not a very trust-
worthy character.

bo
“I
[-r)

The

Acanthonychidee -

Acanthonyx
Achzeopsis
Actzomorpha
adactyla (Hippa)

adactylus (Hippa)

americanum (Gnathophyllum) 275 | mathei (Hymenosoma) - -

americanus (Gnathophyllum)- 275 | Menzthius - -

Kpialtide - 265 | quadridens (Pugettia) - -
Epialtus — - 65 | roseus (Atergatis) - -

erosa (Acteomorpha)

erosus (Acteomorpha) -

Eucrate -
Gnathophyllide
Gnathophyllum
Gnatophyllum
Hippa - -
Hippidee
Hippidea

Hymenosomatide-

Inachidee

incisa (Pugettia) -

Malacostraca of Durban Lay

INDEX.
PAGE PAGE
265 | Leucisca—s- = - fit
265 Leucosiide - = 274
- 264 | Macrura anomala- - 274
- - 273 | Macrura Genuina- - - 274
- 274 | mathei (Elamena) - - 269

- 274 | mathei (Hymenosoma)-

~]
oo

signata (Atergatopsis) - -

signatus (Atergatopsis)- -

or)
(92)

signatus (Carpilius) — - =

=I
~

squalinus (Leucisea) = - 2

~I
On

suleatifrons (Eucrate) -

=~]
Or

sulcatifrons (Pilumnoplax)

=~]
ee

sulcatifrons (Pseudorhombila)

~I
ve

testudinarius (Remipes) -

~!
ie

Trigonoplax - - - -

or)
Ne)

unguiformis (Elamene) -
vetchi (Epialtus) - :

=r)
ee)

' ' ' ! ' ! ' ' ! ‘ t

PS TSS SSS SS SES TRS TES LSP LES see SS Le eS SRS he)
-I
Oo

(or)
TS

1 t 1 t '
BOS ISIS) ORS SS) SRS) SBS) URS RO RO ho) SS) DOSS hohe he NNN ero boat

for)

Test OS SO =F =I
— = Oo -_& CO CO

ARrQADA DDH
m~ EF OW OO Ke CO

ribs Wore =P erl ener y error (reer ger
mMOoVvVrFr OOO rKe NANA NS

—~T

by Rev..T. R. RB. Stebbing. 27

EXPLANATION OF Puates XX VITI-XXXII,

Illustrating paper by the Rev. T. R. R. Stebbing on
“The Malacostraca of Durban Bay:”

PLATE XXVIII (a).

Pseudocollodes complectens, Rathbun.
n.s. Lines indicating actual size of carapace figured with part of pleon
in dorsal aspect.

a.i., mx. 2, mxp. 3. Second antenna more highly magnified; and to the
same scale part of the second maxilla and the third maxilliped.

prp. 1. The first perzeopod.

PLATE XXVIII (B).

Pugettia quadridens (de Haan).
a.s Lines indicating actual size of carapace figured in dorsal aspect,
together with partial view of the ventral aspect.
Pie Dorsal view of plecn as seen undetached.

m., mx, 2, mxps. 1, 2, 3. Mandible with palp infolded ; second maxilla ; first,
second and third maxillipeds, all to a uniform scale.

prp. 1. First perazopod, uniform in scale with figures of carapace and
pleon.

PLATE XXIX.

Epialtus vetcht, sp. nov.

ns. Lines indicating natural size of carapace figured below in dorsal
aspect, with all the perzeopods on the right, first and fourth
on the left,

Pl., prps. 1, 4, plp. Pleon flattened out, first and fourth peraeopods and a
pleopod, uniformly more highly magnified.

oc., a.s., a.i. Eye, first and second antennz, to a uniform scale.

m., mx. 1, mx. 2. Mandible, part of first maxilla and second maxilla in-

complete, to a uniform scale, but with parts m, and mx. 1
more magnified,

278 The Malacostraca of Durban Bay.
PLATE XXX.
Elamena mathei (Desmarest).

n.s. Figure showing natural size of specimen with its first perzeopod.
The enlargement shows protruding bases of perzeopods 2-5,
prp. 2 on the left and prp. 3 on the right carrying minute
restorations of lost limbs,

rel. Pleon of female.

oc., a.S., a.i. Eye, first and second antennz with ends further enlarged.

m., m. Upper-side of left mandible and, below, under-side of the right
mandible.

mx. 1, mxps. 1, 2, 3. First maxilla (incomplete), first, second and third
maxillipeds. ,

prp. 1, prp. 2. Parts of first and second perzeopods; ends of chela more
enlarged,

PLATE XXXI.

Leucisca phenomma, Sp. nov.

ns.¢,n.s.%. Lines indicating natural size of male and female specimens.

V. Ventral aspect of male carapace ; dorsal view above with limbs
on the right.

m., mxps. 1, 2, 3. Mandible, first, second and third maxillipeds, with parts
of mandible and second maxilliped more magnified.

prp.11, prp.1r, prp. 2, prp. 5. Left and right chelipeds of male, and second
and fifth perzeopods (first and fourth ambulatory limbs),

plp. 2. Second pleopod (probably imperfect),

PLATE XXXII.

Actwomorpha erosus, Miers.

n.s. Lines indicating actual size of carapace figured below.

car, D, V, car. V. Carapace dorsally, and ventrally with and without limbs.
Aqae 18 Dorsal and lateral views of the pleon.

m, mxs. 1, 2, mxps. 1, 2,3. Mandible, both niaxillze, and the three maxillipeds.

prps. 1, 2,5, plp. Cheliped, second and fifth perzeopods, and a pleopod,

ae ee ee

Annals Durban Museum, Vol. II.

Plate XXVIII.

IF STH

. Bhs
AY

John Singleton & Sons lith.

A.—PSEUDOCOLLODES COMPLECTENS, Rathbun.
B.—PUGETTIA QUADRIDENS (de Haan).

ecuksig be Stebbing del.

i ri
7) i

ov Me ie al

| : pF ay i"

Plate XXIX.

John Singleton & Sons IIth.

——

7 tren ina season
=
“ “| este ment NI crn acnemn meen

ta n/n SY OO te re ae
z
z
%
2
o ad oe
: #
2 z
®
aw pees
2
&
PI.

(%
Pa

i. VETCHI, sp. nov.

T. R. R, Stebbing del.

Annals Durban Museum, Vol. II.

/ 1 ‘ i ¥
> ..¢
:
i ‘
7
a ~
=, |
=
Ny
f
‘
a
endl ip f

Plate XXX.

Annals Durban Museum, Vol. II.

Ee a ne

PL.

John Singleton & Sons lith

T. R. R. Stebbing del.

I (Desmarest).

4
_

ELAMENA MATHA

Annals Durban Museum, Vol. II. Plate XXXII.

Fates sel es,

T. R. R,.Stebbing del. John Singleton & Sons lith.
LEUCISCA PHASNOMMA, sp. nov,

Annals Durban Museum, Vol. II.

lay, aie
: n.s.+ Q

PAA: iol,

T. R. R. Stebbing del.
ACTASOMORPHA EROSUS, Miers.

Plate XXXII.

5
5
N

Lub, Gore a
5 )
;
=
f

aeate

o Viner meen tiene wtPM spare

ee ay atu

‘,

4
%
on,

é
5
t
i

John Singleton & Sons lith.

XXIV.—Further Data and some Corrections on the

BREVICOLLIS Group of CICINDELA,
by

C. N. Barker, F.E.S.

HAVE lately received (end of January, 1920), from Dr. Horn of

Berlin, para-types (female labelled Senegal and male presumably
from same country but unlabelled) of Cicindela neglecta, Dej. On
comparing these insects with th that I tentatively assigned to
neglecta, I find they are quite distinct forms. Seemingly this well
defined race, which throughout its very considerable range remains
remarkably stable in all its characteristics, has been overlooked or
possibly, as in my case, wrongly determined from description alone.
In my remarks, pages 172-173, Vol. I], Annals of the Durban
Museum, I alluded to the discrepancies between Dejean’s description
of neglecta and the form I attributed to it, which left me much in
doubt as to the correctness of my determination. This has proved to
be well founded, and the insect thus wrongly assigned remains yet to
be dealt with. I can find no written description that applies to it,
therefore I propose to name it religwa, a name appropriate to the
circumstances. The following is a fuller desciption of it than that
given in my original paper under the designation C’. brevicol/is, race
neglecta, De}.

CICINDELA RELIQUA, Sp. nov.

Length 9{—12 mm. Width 4—5 mm.

Head and prothorax coppery bronze, with more or less of blue green
and glowing red reflections about head and furrows of prothorax.
Elytra bronze black (appearing quite black except in strong light),
with pale testaceous markings ; pectus and abdomen dark metallic
blue to blue green ; lateral margins of prothorax beneath, coxe,
femorze and tibize more or less glowing to metallic purple ; tarsi
purplish. The sides of the stern and abdomen densely clothed with
decumbent white hairs ; legs with the usual sparse white hairs and .
setae.

Labrum convex, triangulary produced in both sexes, central tooth
in female prominent,

(279)

280 Beetles of the Brevicollis group of Cicindele

Antenne, length medium to long, articles beyond 4th pubescent
and slightly compressed, last joint squarely truncate.

Supra-ocular striation strongly developed and the whole of the head
more or less plicated.

Prothorax transverse, geutly rounded, sub-equal at base and apex,
lateral margins densely fringed with short white decumbent hairs,
disc bare, except for a few sparse hairs extending from neck along the
median line.

Elytra short, broad, sides nearly straight, a little more explanate
beyond middle in female than in male, serrated and gradually rounded
to apical angle, which is sharply and briefly spinous ; epipleurz and a
narrow inner margin purplish, sutural margins dark metallic or glow-
ing bronze. The basal lunulate and sutural bands of pattern widely
interrupted, forming three narrow elongate spots on either side, the
lowest reaching to about middle; submarginal bands narrow to very
narrow, continuous from base to apex, humeral and median rami
given off from the submarginal bands in a downward diagonal direction,
the latter bluntly elbowed about middle, thickened at apex and nearly
reaching the suture above apical declivity ; sub-apical teeth or rami
short and pointing a little upwards.

The principal characteristics differentiating this race, from other
members of the group, are the coarse striation and plication of the
head, the transverse slightly rounded prothorax with its narrow fringe
of white hairs, the short elytra with its exceptionally dark bronze
ground and the downward curved, less elbowed median rami. The
supra-orbital striation, dark ground colour, and in a lesser degree the
diagonal trend of the median rami, are reproduced in its nearest South
African ally vivida, Boh., from which, however, it is easily dis-
criminated by its less robustly convex form, much narrower pattern
and uninterrupted sub-marginal bands.

Thanks to Dr. Horn’s courtesy, I now have before me not only
para-types of neglecta, Dej., but also a female from Gaboon and a male
from Abyssinia of discoide, Dej.; also the sexes of the following
interesting members of this pattern group :—C. abreviata, Klug. from
Madagascar, CU. cancellata, De}. from Bengal Prov., India, its sub-sp.
subtilisculpta, Horn from Formosa and C. catena, F. from Ceylon.

A careful comparison of the para-types of neglecta and discoidea,
leaves little to justify their separation from one another, as other than
geographical races. Dejean, in his description of meglecta, says ‘it
greatly resembles discoidea but is slightly bigger and proportionally

by C. N. Barker. 281

wider. In the two examples before me, the neglecta are a little longer
and the female is proportionally narrower, but with the same elongate
oval outline. Further Dejean avers that the eyes of neg/ecta protrude
a little more, but this difference is not apparant in my examples.

The pattern is identical in the two races, a little more broadly
developed in the male neg/ecta than in the same sex of discoidea.
The inter orbital striation and sculpture is a trifle coarser in the
former than in the latter. The labra are identical in both races and
are shaped exactly as in those of intermedia, Klug.; the same equally
applies to the prothoracic and elytral contours of these three races in
both sexes. There is a slightly greater inclination in the male
neglecta to the rounding of the apical angles of the prothorax, but the
female, presumably, from the same country has it as elongate and
straight as in any examples of discoidea and intermedia that I have
met with. The antenne are unfortunately wanting in all but the
female discoidea, which, however, shows the same slender tapering
characteristics that pertain to intermedia, relatively perhaps a trifle
shorter. With the very limited material at my disposal, it would be
rash for me to say more, than that there are good grounds for believing
these three races may form a distinct section, discoidea being the con-
necting link between neglecta and intermedia.

Dr. Peringeuy has generously entrusted to me for examination and
comparison his types of C’. herero and C’. damara.

The race which I tentatively assigned to the former proves to have
been rightly determined by me, in my previous paper on the group.

C. damarais a more difficult subject to tackle and the type, a female,
is unfortunately minus the antenne. The figure of it in the author’s
Descriptive Catalogue, 1896, Plate I, is misleading, for it portrays a
short broad insect with the robust facies of C. candida, Boh. and this
is enhanced by the pattern which is very similar to that of the variety
mixta, Chd. Dr. Peringuey’s description (vide S.A. Trans. Phil. Soc.,
Vol. VII, p. 35) correctly defines it, ‘‘elytra elongated nearly plane
on the upper part,” but omits to add that the sides are sub-parallel
for about 2 their length, an unusual occurence in the females of the
group and very different to the ampliate slightly convex figure of
C. candida, female. The labrum is as the author describes it “ convex
in the centre, triangular in front, tridentate at apex,” and, in this
respect again, it differs materially from that of candida, as it does
also in its less produced mandibles. The prothorax of candida is
transverse, that of damara is longer than broad. The lateral
margins have a narrow fringe of white hairs, the disc being almost

282 Beetles of the Brevicollis group of Cicindele

denuded as in religua miht ; in candida the hairs are longer and
sparsely distributed over the whole surface. The sculpture of the
head is coarser and has well defined supra-orbital striation ; the eyes
are also more protruberant. The sum total of these differences quite
preludes its acceptance as a variety or even near ally of C. candida.

Dr. Horn places damara, Per. as a variety of neglecta, Dej., and
also records having received typical neglecta from the same locality,
i.e., Sandwich Harbour (S.W. Africa). Comparing damara with my
single female example of eg/ecta, some important divergences are
shown. (1) The eyes are slightly more protruberant and approxim-
ate more than those of neglecta and its near relatives discoidea and
intermedia. (The space between the eyes in these three races is
usually a little wider than is met with in other members of the group).
(2) The prothorax and elytra are proportionally shorter, and the
latter is parallel sided, thus lacking the distinctive elongate oval
contour characteristic of the females of neglecta, discoidea and anter-

media.

On such points, as supra-orbital striation and shape of the labrum
(the antenne being missing must remain in doubt), damara female
agrees with neglecta, and may have been correctly placed by Dr.
Horn, who has had more material on which to found an opinion.
Per contra it must be conceded that the shape and garniture of the
prothorax and the eyes of damara are identical with those of my
reliqua. This may either indicate that the south western forms of
neglecta approximate to reliqua or (what I think is more probable)
that the nearest affinities of damara lie with reliqua.

In conclusion, [ am venturing a few remarks upon the classsification
and the difficulty of determining the relative specific or sub-specific
values of this interesting pattern group. ‘The primitiveness of the
insects included in the group is amply demonstrated by the vast
range of their distribution, and as a sequence their low susceptibility
to variation is shown also, by the very limited modifications of
pattern, form and sculpture that occur.

These slight and often inconspicuous differences of details are,
nevertheless, extraordinary stable, and are of greater importance on
account of the large areas over which they are maintained.

As at present catalogued (vide Systematischer Index der Cinci-
deliden 1905, by Dr. W. Horn), the following are listed as sub-species
of C. brevicollis, Wied. :—intermedia, Klug., discoridea, De}. neglecta,

by C. N. Barker. 283

Dej., bertolonai, Horn and clathrata, Dej. For some reason unknown
to me vivida, Boh. is placed as a variety of sub-species neglecta, to
which it is not even the most nearly related. The claims of C.
bertolonw to specific rank I have already dealt with in my previous
paper, and they can therefore be omitted from further review.
Adding reliqua mihi to the list (which under the old arrangement
would probably be included as another sub-species of brevicollis),
we have the following anomalies. Intermedia occurs frequently in
association with either clathrata or fasciculicornis, as I have
previously shown. From _ Bothaville, O.F.S., I have received
clathrata and reliqua, and in November, 1919, at the Upper Tongaat,
Natal, I personally came across and captured reliqua, intermedia and
Jasciculicornis within a few hundred yards of one another. Each of
these forms has a very extended range and well defined character-
istics, and, as at present classified, they are all sub-species of C.
brevicollis, which obviously they cannot be. They are equally
impossible as mere varieties. Their authors originally described them
as species, and as such some of them at least must still be recognised.

Intermedia, neglecta and discoidea appear to be very intimately
related, and so far as my present knowledge goes, they can only be
accepted as geographical forms or races of one another. Dviscoidea,
De}. has priority of description, and must therefore rank as species,
with the other two as sub-species of it. C. vivida, Boh. and C.
reliqua mihi are sutticiently distinct from one another and from
C. brevicollis (which is also isolated geographically) to be retained as
species, in the same section with discordea.

C. brevicollis, Wied, is a very local race and only owes its
importance, as head of the group, to being the earliest described.
Clathrata has a much wider range than brevicoll/is, whose place in
nature appears to be that of a strictly localized race or sub-species of
the former. However; this change of arrangement is not desirable,
and I think it would be. better to treat each as species. The larger
size, lighter ground with deeper yellow pattern, and the non-lability
to vary that pattern on the lines affected by brevicol/is, are sufhicient
reasons for keeping them apart.

The following classification appeals to me as the best that can be
arranged for the Ethiopian members of the group, upon our present
knowledge. C. tetradia, Fairm, and C. quadraticollis, Chd. with its
sub-species, all from Madagascar, are unknown to me and are there-
fore omitted :——

284

10.

Beetles of the Brevicollis group of Crcindele

Srcrion A.

Cicindela candida Boh.

caffra, Klg. Dej. il.

var. mixta, Chd.

herero, Pév.
race brawnsi, mihi.

differens, Horn.

Secrion B.

abbreviata, Klug.
baliensis Brancs. circumdata, Brancs.

brevicollis, Wied. .
hottentota, Klg-Gemm. et Har. i.1. catena.
var. prima, Thnb.

clathrata, De}.

SEcTION C.

discoidea, De}.
heteromalla, Dej. 1.1.
race or sub-sp. neglecta, De}.
trifasciata, Oliv., Har.
ie 5, intermedia, Klug.

reliqua, mth.
neglecta, m. olim (nec Dej.)
form damara, Peér. ?

viwida, Boh.

Section D.

bertolonii (Chd., i.l.), Horn.

race or sub-sp. fasciculicornis, mtht.

by C. N. Barker. 285

AFTERWORD.

Since writing the above I have received from Dr. Horn a letter,
dated Berlin, March 7th, 1920, in reply to one from me of February
2nd, in which I pointed out that the form I had attributed to
neglecta was not that form, but a distinct species for which |
proposed the name reliqua. Unfortunately Dr. Horn had in the
interim come to the same conclusion, and had forwarded the
description for publication of a geographical race of this form or
species from Kassai, Congo State, Central Africa, to which he has
given the name ob/iquo-gracilienea, and which he thinks represents
the parent form. This claim, however, can only be substantiated by
proof that its distribution is greater than that of re/iqgua, which as I
have shown previously is very large, embracing known localities so
far apart as those of Natal, Transvaal, Orange Free State and
Southern Rhodesia. Accompanying his letter, Dr. Horn kindly
forwarded me a type of his obliquo-gracilienea male. It is
undoubtedly the same species or sub-species as my re/iqua, only
differing from it in its light bronze instead of dark bronze ground
colour, and in the more important details of the antenne, which are
shorter with the terminal joints, beyond the 4th, considerably broader
and more compressed. Dr. Horn’s insect has priority of publication,
so my synonomic table, Section C, No. 8, should read :

C’. obliquo-gracilienea, Horn, race or sub-sp. re/tqua, miha,

form or variety damara, Per. !

ERRATA ET CORRIGENDA.

The following errors in my previous paper (Annals of the Durban
Museum, Vol. II., Part 4), require correction :—

Page 175, line 6, to read Bushmanland for Bechuanaland.
Page 188, Plate XX V., No. 16, Bushmanland for Bechuanaland.
Page 179, lines 4-5, to read Umvuma for Umvuma River.

Page 185, Distribution Table for race neglecta, to read Umvuma
for Umvuma River.

XXV.—On South African Bees, chiefly collected in Natal,
by

T. D. A. Cockerell, University of Colorado.

MEGACHILE RHODESICA, sp. nov.

@. Length about 10 mm.; black, with the general appearance of
M. venusta ; hair of head and thorax above pale ochreous, darkest on
vertex, but nowhere fuscous or black ; face, cheeks, pleura and meta-
thorax with long white hair, first abdominal segment with long creamy-
white hair, the sides of first segment, and extreme lateral margins of
second and third, with the tegument red; abdominal segments with
linear dull white hair-bands, the second with wholly pale hair before
the band, the others ‘with scanty short black hair, the sixth segment
with pale tomentum and short black hair; ventral scopa white on
first two segments, then clear orange-ferruginous, black or dark fuscous
on last segment. Eyes pale pea green; mandibles quadridentate,
obscure reddish subapically, the base with white tomentum ; clypeus
and supraclypeal area rather elevated in middle, roof-like, but not
keeled, broadly polished and impunctate in middle, the whole covered
by long hairs which converge toward the middle from each side ; flag-
ellum rather long, very obscurely reddish beneath ; mesothorax and
scutellum dull and finely roughened ; tegule testaceous ; wings
hyaline, faintly brownish, stigma ferruginous, nervures dark; legs
dark castaneous or partly piceous ; hair of legs white; hind basitarsi
not much broadened, not so broad as tibia.

Bulawayo, Rhodesia, 23rd September, 1918 (E. C. Chubb). Three
specimens.

MEGACHILE NATALICA, sp. Nov,

?. Length 10-10°5 mm.; black, similar to J/. rhodesica, but a
little more robust ; eyes dark brown or black ; vertex with Auscous
or reddish fuscous hair ; legs black ; red hair of scopa very bright,
and black on last segment intense; abdominal bands clear white.
Very close to the last ; possibly a sub-species, but no intermediates
are known.

Type from Winklespruit, Natal, 4th January, 1919 (C. N. Barker).
Also from Bluff, Durban, 23rd February, 1907 (C. N. Barker).

(286)

by 7. D. A. Cockerell. 287

M&rGACHILE FUNEBRIS, Radoszkowski.

Karkloof, January, 1918 (EH. E. Platt); Pinetown, 19th October,
1916 (H. W. Bell Marley).

MrEGACHILE FLAVESCENS, Friese.

Doonside 6th January, 1917 (L. Bevis); Umbilo, 25th February,
1917 (L. Bevis); Durban, March, 1916 (E. C. Chubb).

MEGACHILE UMBILOENSIS, sp. nov.

2. Length about 9 mm. ; black, with white hair, but vertex and
scutellum with much long dark fuscous hair, and mesothorax with a
few dark hairs; ventral scopa white on basal half, bright ferruginous
beyond, but black at end; mandibles quadridentate, the teeth low;
clypeus minutely rugoso-punctate, with a median smooth band ; eyes
dark brown; antenne entirely dark; mesothorax and scutellum
finely and extremely densely punctured, but glistening between the
punctures; tegule black; wings hyaline, very faintly greyish ;
nervures and stigma black, the stigma obscurely reddish in middle ;
legs with white hair, pale yellowish on inner side of tarsi; hind
basitarsi; moderately broadened ; abdomen with distinct white hair-
bands, but that on first segment linear and subobsolete ; sixth
segment with black hair, and no pale tomentum.

Umbilo, 18th February, 1917 (L. Bevis). Resembles d/. venwstella
Ckll., but smaller, with dark tegule, and very much more finely
sculptured clypeus.

MEGACHILE STELLARUM, sp. nov.

@. Length 11:5 mm. ; black, with white hair, but that on upper
part of front, and upper part of sides of thorax, stained with yellow,
while the vertex, mesothorax and scutellum have dark reddish-fuscous
hair, long on vertex, short and scanty on mesothorax (which has pale
hair in front), and not very long on scutellum ; ventral scopa coloured
as in M. wmbiloensis, except that it is white in middle of fourth
segment, and black at sides of fifth ; mandibles quadridentate ; sides
of face with long dense white hair, but clypeus with short thin
reddish hair, its surface densely and coarsely punctured, without a
smooth line, but upper and lower margins narrowly smooth ;
supraclypeal area with a smooth and polished space just above
clypeus ; antenne black ; vertex coarsely punctured ; mesothorax
and scutel!um finely and extremely densely punctured, but glistening

288 Natal Bees

between the punctures; tegule rufofuscous with a broad pallid
margin ; wings dusky, greyish ; legs with white hair, ferruginous on
inner side of tarsi; middle basitarsi on outer side densely covered
with silky white hair, and with a white fringe behind ; hind basitarsi
not as broad as titre ; spurs ferruginous ; abdomen with conspicuous
creamy-white hair-bands, sixth segment with black hair.

Stella Bush, Durban, 21st January, 1917 (C. N. Barker). The
entire abdominal bands distinguish it from MM. venwstordes, Strand,
which also has the hair of the face brassy-yellow.

MEGACHILE TARSISIGNATA, Sp. NOV.

¢. Length 10°5-11-°5 mm.; black, including antenne, but last
tarsal joint (and the one before more or less) red ; face and front
densely covered with white hair, the lower half creamy ; clypeus
glistening, but extremely finely and closely punctured, without a
smooth line; flagellum long and slender ; vertex with ochreous hair ;
thorax above with pale ochreous hair, beneath with white ; tegule
ferruginous ; wings dusky hyaline, brownish; stigma ferruginous
nervures fuscous ; legs with white hair, long and abundant on under
side of anterior and middle trochanters and femora ; anterior coxal
spines broad, dentiform, only moderately long; anterior tarsi ;
broadened, with a large thick white fringe behind ; first three joints
white posteriorly, but anteriorly black, the basitarsus with a very
large dark lobe concave within, and covered on outer side with long
hair; middle tarsi with dense white hair, forming a conspicuous fringe
behind: hind tarsi broad, the hair on inner side ferruginous; abdomen
densely covered with orange-fulvous tomentum, except that segments
2 to 4 have a transverse bare band ; keel of sixth segment crenate,
and with a small median notch; venter with broad white hair-bands,

Two from Umbilo, 7th February, 1917 (lL. Bevis). The cotype is
conspicuously broader and more robust than the type, but they are
certainly one species. Closely resembles I. flavescens, Friese, but
known at once by the anterior tarsi,

MEGACHILE BEVISI, sp. nov.

¢. Length about 11:5 mm.; rather long and narrow; black, with
the first abdominal segment (except a broad apical band not reaching
sides), spot or mark on each side of segments 2 to 4 (and extreme
base more or less), anterior femora and tibie in front, anterior tarsi
and middle femora more or less, ferruginous ; face and front densely

by 7. D. A. Cockerell. 289

covered with creamy-white hair, cheeks below with pure white ;
apical tooth of mandibles long and sharp ; flagellum very obscurely
reddish beneath; hair of vertex very slightly fuscous; thorax with
very pale yellowish-tinted hair above, white below, on scutellum and
disc of mesothorax the hair is faintly tinged with fuscous ; tegule
bright ferruginous ; wings hyaline, the outer border pale brownish ;
stigma dark reddish, nervures piceous ; anterior tarsi almost simple,
but with a rather long white fringe behind ; anterior coxz with short
slender spines ; middle tarsi covered with long shining silky white
hair ; spurs red ; abdomen with pale ochreous hair on first segment ;
segments with apical slightly creamy hair-bands, and narrower
whiter bands along the subbasal grooves ; disc of second segment
with ochreous hair, of third to fifth with black hair; sixth segment,
except the keel, densely covered with appressed pure white hair ;
keel of sixth segment rounded, minutely subcrenulate, with a broad
but not deep median notch ; beneath are four short red spines.

Doonside, 6th January, 1917 (A. L. Bevis). The general
appearance is very like that of J/. damaraénsis Friese, but that has
only the fifth abdominal segment with black hair on disc.

MEGACHILE BARKERI, Sp. nov.

g. Length about 8 mm.; black, of the short and broad type ;
antenne long, entirely black; mandibles with a red subapical spot ;
anterior femora and tibie red in front; hair of head and thorax
mainly fulvous, pale golden on face, long and white on under side of
head and thorax, long and black on vertex, strongly mixed with
black on mesothorax, but not scutellum; vertex glistening, but
mesothorax and scutellum entirely dull; tegule piceous; wings
dusky, stigma and nervures black ; anterior coxe with short spines,
hidden by hair; anterior tarsi long and simple, but hairy ; with the
first two joints pallid apically; hair of legs very pale yellowish ;
spurs cream-color ; first abdominal segment with long fulvous hair,
second to fifth with black hair, but with narrow even cream-coloured
apical hair-bands; sixth segment densely covered with cream-coloured
tomentum, the keel very broadly but shallowly excavated in middle,
with a couple of little teeth on each side of the excavation.

Durban, 3rd March, 1918 (C. N. Barker).

MEGACHILE HETEROTRICHA, sp. nov (barker: var ?)

¢. Length about 8°35 mm.; very like J/. barkeri, but with hair of
mesothorax all fulvous; apical emargination of abdomen (keel of

290 Natal Bees

sixth segment) much narrower, with nearly the form of a half-circle ;
very likely not more than a variety of M. barkeri.

Doonside, 5th January, 1917 (A. L. Bevis). A close examination
shows a few hairs in middle of mesothorax darker than the rest,
indicating a slight approach toward the barkeri character. If the
two are one species, heterotricha is probably a mendelian recessive.

The following key separates the species of JJeyachile (including
Gronoceras) in the last sending :

Length 20 mm. or more ; thorax with black hair, abdomen covered
with red hair.......... Gronoceras bombiformis (Gerst.) @.
Much smaller ; or if large, abdomen not red.....................++- i

1. Abdomen with conspicuous lateral patches of white
tomentum, but not banded; large species, about 16 mm.

long ; ventral scopia red......... Megachile funeberis Rad.

INO SOS screeds uae So RO eet aa ree erate Sc ahs cee eer 2.

2. Thorax above and at sides with black hair, abdomen with
Fe 6 VR CR TIS: Sorcerer iss eIRSARE TT, COPE Teo, A ie pte 3:
Abdomen not red haired; or if so, thorax not thus black
hnairedie. Cis. wen. n Pe guce ee cass eee wee Seer eee 4.

3. Females; ventral scopa red, clypeus keeled...fervida (Smith).

Males ; face with ochreous hair................ JServida (Smith).

4. Large species, 16 mm. long or over; abdomen grey with

paler bands, the base sometimes red-haired................. 5.
Smaller species; 14 mm- long: or less.::2....-....2-¢..cerees oe 6.

5. Male with long spine at end of abdomen, and no red hair at
base, (Durban; March,’ 1916, Ho Co Chubb)... 2)... -25

Siu anne Dobe eenioh seks hemes eee ca Gronoceras felina (Gerst).

Male without long spines at end of abdomen; hair at
extreme base of abdomen red... Megachile cyanura, sp. nov.
Female with red hair at base of abdomen ; head with black

hair ; ventral scopa soot-colour............ cyanura, sp. nov.
6. Females; hair of face white or cream-colour................... i
Males... 5.34 e8sieeen ee anet oss eect tana e ns eer eer 14,

7. Abdomen red-haired above, and the tegument also largely
red (Winklespruit, Natal, 23rd and 29th December,
1918, and 15th January, 1919, C. N. Barker; Durban,
12th April, 1918, C. N. Barker) .-...... melliferrna, Ckll.

10.

13.

14,

by T. D, A. Cockerell. 291

Abdomen with red hair at base only, and tegument not
BOER MM rota sc als tush » Alaa ek meee oes vittatula, sp. nov.

About 13 mm. long, with shining finely punctured
mesothorax ; tegule dark reddish; hair of abdomen
evidently reddish, but nearly all worn away. (Malvern,
Natal, April, 1916, C. N. Barker ; St. Lucia Bay,
Zululand, November, 1918, H. W. Bell Marley).........sp.
(condition too bad to identify, but species unknown to me).

Abdomen without red hair or tegument BOW Cee Wiann vee toon 8.

Length about 13. mm. ; tegule bright ferruginous ; meso-
thonaxe@ulliseeerates sce tae ss ce8 tern aun opacula, sp. Nov.

Smaller ; or tegulae dark.............--.::sseeseeseeeeeeee renee: a

Length about 9 mm. ; tegule black; vertex and scutellum
with much black hair..................- umbiloensis, Sp. NOV.

Larger ; or if nearly as small, tegule testaceous............ 10.

Hair of metathorax and base of abdomen yellow.............-.
flavibasis, sp. nov.

Paik maS cat ONax WwW DVGe a acce ene sce sercteinis stesiettclem eC enles gisicks Ie

Ventral scopa white at sides and red in middle, except on
last segment, where it is black; scutellum with many
long black hairs (Krantz Kloof, 8th October, 1916, H.
W. Bell Marley ; Pinetown, 26th November, 1916, H.

W. Bell Marley)...... ceenseeteeednssneecsaes venustella, Ckll.
Ventral scopa at least partly red at sides, but white
|DEiscl Mie BHR an ean. ect cael Pt hare sae hs eae eam 2 12.

Sixth abdominal segment without white tomentum, but
black hair; ventral scopa black on last ; scutellum with

rather short dark fuscous hair............ stellarum, sp. nov.
Sixth abdominal segment with white tomentum............ 13,
Byes QreeM.........-0ceeeeeeeeee ee nee ee ie ee ten ees rhodesica, sp. nov.
Eyes dark brown or black.............--++++- natalica, sp. NOV.

(Males). Anterior tarsi modified (merely thickened, red
and fringed im bevist)..........++.sesseeererereee eres eetseee es

—
=~I o1

Anterior tarsi simple.............. ccseeeeeseteee eee ee eens ceees 1

bo
bo

T. denoiti, but Vachal’s species with the orange-fulvous, black banded,.

16.

ts),

Natal Bees

Anterior tarsi dark, the basitarsus only somewhat expanded;
abdomen with reddish hair at base, and grey bands

beyond soe aie eee Seats sane ee aimee casi vitlatula, sp. nov.
Anterior tarsi at least partly pallid, and with much white
Ra brs ese a assists toes the Mav eee etek ee memeears see eyes oes 16.
Anterior basitarsi white, with a very dark large lobe.........
Sc teh teens DAT SS Nace 0 BSE HAS eis tarsisiqnata, sp. Nov.

Anterior tarsi pallid, the basitarsi with a large dark spot at
base posteriorty ; tegument of abdomen varying from
black, to Jargely red jo. c:..g..705-2 onto. pamescenrs Friese.

Anterior tarsi entirely ferruginous, thickened but little

modified, with a long white fringe behind—bevisi, sp. nov.
Fifth abdominal segment covered with fulvous tomentum ;
anterior femora partly red............... flavibasis, sp. nov.

Fifth abdominal segment at least mainly bare and black...18.

Larger: Vtbemulee (reo conic. ces anther keene opacula, sp. nov.

Smaller (hardly:nnm.)'; “tegulze dark. \ce-.2.252-0eer cece 1S),

Vertex and mesothorax with much black hair.................. ,

barkeri, sp. nov.
Vertex with black hair, mesothorax with fulvous...............
heterotricha, sp. nov. (?barkert var.).

TRIGONA, Jurine.

TRIGONA CLYPEATA, Friese.

Bulawayo, Rhodesia, 18th September, 1910 (E. C. Chubb).

Trigona DENOITI, Vachal (zebra, Friese).

Bulawayo, Rhodesia, 18th September, 1910 (E. C. Chubb).
Meade-Waldo (1913) indicated the identity of 7. clypeata with

abdomen, the 7’. clypeata var. zebra Friese. In Proc. U.S. Nat.
Museum, 55 (1919), p. 211, I treated zebra as a distinct species, but
it is perhaps after all only a dimorphic (dischroic) form of c/ypeata,
as would be suggested by the fact that Mr. Chubb took both at
Bulawayo on the same day. In that case, since Vachal’s name has
priority, the form with entirely black abdomen will be 7’. denovtt var.

clypeata (Friese).

by 7. D. A, Cockerell. 293
NOMIA, Latreille.

Nomia sTRENUA, Cameron.

The male averages a little larger than 13 mm., Meade-Waldo’s
measurement ; the abdomen varies from very dark reddish to reddish-
black. The wings are strongly darkened apically. The female is
very similar, except for the usual sexual differences. Its abdomen is
strongly reddened apically, and the venter is clear ferruginous ; the
face is covered with appressed white hair, but on the labrum it is
golden ; mesothorax coarsely and closely punctured, scutellum less
closely, with a polished area on each side of disc; scape very long ;
flagellum red at apex ; extreme base of abdomen with stiff erect pale
golden hair ; tibial scopa pale reddish, dark fuscous basally above.

Both sexes from Stella Bush, 12th December, 1916, ‘“ nesting in
ground, making a hole near paths, with a mound of earth above
hole.” (H. W. Bell Marley). Male also from Durban, December,
1916 (H. W. Bell Marley).

NomIA TRIDENTATA NATALENSIS, Cockerell.

Male from Winklespruit, Natal, 20th December, 1918 (C. N.
Barker). The female, not previously known, comes from Malvern,
March, 1916 (Barker), and Bluff, Durban, 28th January, 1917
(Barker). The female is very like wmbiloensis and perornata ; the
three may be separated thus :

Dise of first abdominal segment closely punctate........ umbiloensis.

Dise-of first segment dull-and impunctate......... 2:25... ...i0.ssceres- Ke

1. Wings conspicuously darkened at apex ; abdomen with three

OFAMPe POLVOUSHUA RMS 05. cn weed que ices le deems. perornata.
Wings little darkened at apex; abdomen with three dull
Nie LOND) 7) 3124 003 Sa gs ee eo a See natalensis.

The hind tibiz of perornata are clear red, which is not at all the
case in natalensis.

Nomia ERYTHROPTERA, Sp. NOV.

Q. Length a little over 10 mm., anterior wing 9 mm.; head and
thorax black ; legs dark brown, the anterior ones more nearly black ;
abdomen shining, bright ferruginous, base of first segment black, no
hair-bands, apex of abdomen with dark fuscous hair; wings dilute
fuliginus, strongly reddened; tegule piceous with a rufous spot.

294 Natal Bees

Similar to WV. fausta (Smith), but larger, with redder wings, and
basal area of metathorax rugose, not shining. It also differs in the
very broad second submarginal cell.

Malvern, Natal, 22nd December, 1915 (C. N. Barker).

NomIa DURBANENSIS, Sp. Nov.

2. Length about 7 mm.; black, with the hind tibiz, and all the
tarsi, dull ferruginous, but the red color largely concealed by white
hair; head broad ; hair of sides of face clear white (yellowish in
N. megalepis) ; apical half of flagellum red beneath; clypeus and
supraclypeal area closely and very distinctly punctured, but shining ;
mandibles dark red subapically ; prothorax (with tubercles) densely
covered with creamy-white or fulvescent hair: mesothorax dullish,
with excessively minute well separated punctures, and widely
scattered much larger ones; base of metathorax with a narrow
transverse channel, dullish but hardly ridged ; tegule very large,
expanded behind, brown anteriorly, posteriorly whitish ; abdomen
with broad greyish hair-bands at basis of segments 2 to 4, and
narrower ones in transverse sulci; first segment with an eye-shaped
patch of white tomentum on each side; fifth segment fringed with
pale brown hair. Very close to WV. megalepis, Ckll., but more slender,
with white hair on face, and darker, shorter stigma. Also related to
N. tegulata Smith, described from Sierra Leone. Possibly the
Durban (Meade-Waldo, 1916) record of tegulata refers to this or
megalepis. True tegulata has pale fulvous hair on hind tibiz; as in
megalepis ; in durbanensis it is white.

Durban, 26th August, 1916 (C. N. Barker). Two specimens.

It is possible that WV. megalepis may prove identical with WV.
teguiata, but it is certainly distinct from the supposed teyw/lata
described by Vachal.

NoMIA CLARIPES, Sp. nov.

é. Length 95-10 mm.; black, with broad abdomen, the
pubescence pale fulvous, light golden on face ; head broad, mandibles
pale yellow basally, red subapically, black at tip ; scape red, flagellum
black above and clear red below; mesothorax very hairy, very
densely punctured, glistening between the punctures ; mesothorax
hairy, the transverse basal sulcus crossed by strong ridges; tegule
rather large, light ferruginous ; wings dusky hyaline, yellowish, not
distinetly darkened apically ; stigma and nervures ferruginous ; basal

—

_——

Otte dD). At Goeneral 295

nervure little bent; femora, tibie and tarsi clear light ferruginous,
the anterior and middle femora blackened basally behind ; hind legs °
quite unmodified ; abdomen with erect pale fulvous hair, and broad
pale ochreous hair-bands on hind margins of segments; first two
segments dull, with the surface appearing coarsely granular, but
basal sulcus of second shining; the other segments shining ; apical
plate red ; venter largely red.

Type from Bluff, Durban, 25th March, 1917 (C. N. Barker).
Also two from Durban, 2nd April, 1918 (C. N. Barker). The colour
of antenne and wings readily separate it from WV. rubripes Friese,
which it resembles in the red legs.

Nomta NITIDIBASIS, Sp. NOv.

Q. Length about 12 mm., with very bright and dense ferruginous
hair covering thorax above ; wings hyaline, the apical margin faintly
infuseated; stigma and nervures dull brown; tegule clear ferruginous;
abdomen with four broad hair-bands, the first two fulvous, the third
white at sides and pale fulvous in middle, the fourth pure white;
heavy fringe on fifth segment and apex dark chocolate. Looks
exactly like WV. vu/pina wmbiloensis, but readily separated by the
shining abdomen, the first segment especially polished and brilliant ;
it also differs by the stigma being heavily bordered by dark fuscous,
the knees not red, and the hind tibiz beneath with a loose curled
beautifully plumose white scopa.

Two from Durban, 9th and 23rd March, 1918 (C. N. Barker).

NoMIA PLATYCEPHALA, Cockerell.

The female from Winklespruit, 23rd December, 1918 (C. N.
Barker), is very like the male, but the head is not so broad. The
hind tibize have long pale fulvous hair on inner side, but some
fuscous hair on outer face, while the curled scopa beneath is creamy-
white. The venter of the abdomen has pale reddish hair. The
tongue is long and slender.

NoOMIA MURINELLA, sp. nov.

9. Length about 8 mm.; superficially just like WV. platycephala,
but differing thus: face narrower below ; tongue much _ shorter ;
paraglossee with long hairs ; palpi shorter, last two joints of labial
palpi short (long and slender in platycephala) ; scutellum and middle

‘

296 N atal Bees

of postcutellum with red hair; stigma not so dark; second sub-
marginal cell smaller; abdomen dull, the first segment (except
depressed margin) entirely dull and impunctate.

Durban, 11th March, 1917 (E. C. Chubb).

The following key separates the species of Momia in the last
sending :

Aibdomen“imainly or wholly red! Se... saan. eerie eee ile
Abdomen not red (very dark reddish in strenwa)............. 4.

1. Abdomen very coarsely punctured, at least on first two
SEOMOMUS 3: cee eee ance ela. cee: weenie iter ae eRe eee tactae 2.
Abdomen: finely punctured 25 gsc acter eee eee peers 3.

2. Anterior wing about 10 mm. long; hind basitarsi of ¢ red.
(Winklespruit, Natal, 31st December, 1918, C. N. Barker).

Raa Ne ek i gs SM OAR DE et tees Baer Ae BA ohn EOS & rubella, Smith.
Anterior wing about 7°5 mm. long; ¢@. Durban, 10th
February, 1918, C. N. Barker; Bluff, Durban, 20th
March, 1917, C. N. Barker)....serratula, Smith (variety).

3. Larger; wings strongly reddened. ........ erythroptera, sp. Nov.
Smaller ; wings grey (Winklespruit, 4th January, 1919,
31st December, 1918; Durban, 4th May, 1918; Bluff,

Durban, 28th January, 1917 ; all C. N. Barker............

ee hE MER CAEL Meera ai hota may (70 FI7e Alsi til 3 €0)

4, Larger species ; anterior wing 10-11 mm..................... 5.
Smaller ieee cor aceen baste cee cat ek cheese cine oe sd cach eens seein 6.

5. Hind margins of abdominal segments with broad ivory-
color or yellowish tegumentary bands; males. (Krantz
Kloof, 14th February, 1917, H. W. Bell Marley; St.
Lucia Bay, Zululand, November, 1918, H. W. Bell

Hind margins of abdominal segments dark ; apical joint of
male antenne enlarged............... .....strenwa, Cameron

6. Small slender species, expanse about 14 mm.; base of

abdomen very strongly punctured....................0se0e0s i
Otherwise :...02/ 5305: 9e So sees tere eels Ge Ue eee se 8.
7. Tegule small and black (Umbilo, 4th February, 1917, L.

Bevis; Durban, Ist April, 1917, C. N. Barker)............

serratula, Smith.

10.

ES:

14.

15.

by T. D. A. Cockerell. 297

Tegule very large (Malvern, April, 1916, C. N. Barker ;
Umbilo, 7th February, 1917, L. Bevis...... bemsiana, Ckll.
Tegule greatly enlarged ; small species........................ 9.
Bepukernoc enlanced 2226 wi iescew gains hats <tee gn. hele ante 10.
More robust ; hair of face yellowish ; flagellum dark, dusky
reddish beneath (Malvern, April, 1916, C. N. Barker).
HARDEE oe Soap ican ticctirioy aotichcbonts eerie megalepis, Ckll.
Less robust ; hair of face white; apical half of flagellum

red) bemeathive: see: sat women as ata: durbanensis, sp. nov.
Legs clear red except at base, males.......... claripes, sp. Nov.
Legs;at leastsmatnly, dale’. 022357 (esas stotse snc dds'soccly dee eo cive i.
IV aL Met een reaet toe neta pent tee as athe a aa Avance sched otise 12
ISTE LeS Steven wane ae no ter tre Chr eMart Mock a ete Ht ce dewalein ee 13
Hind femora with three large teeth beneath (Winkle-
spruit, 20th December, 1918 C2 N. Barkers. ..c.0. es teens
Pee RE kd echt Re Me tS eR ee tridentata natalensis, Ckll.

Hind femora high-conical ; hind tibize with an enormous
flattened lobe; flagellum bright-ferruginous beneath
(Durban, 10th February, 1917, C. N. Barker)...............
Shia ha is aac ee nan ae tet culpina umbiloensis, Ck).

Hind legs simple ; head broad ; antenne short as ina @.
(Winklespruit, 3rd January, 1919, 24th December, 1918,
CRN Ge Baten) 5.ceitas witavaos noo noe se vhs = platycephala, Ckll.

ind of abdomen with conspicuous orange-fulvous hair
(Durban, 16th March, 1918, 8th December, 1918,
C. N. Barker ; Bluff, Durban, 20th March, 1917, C. N.
Barker; Winklespruit, 10th January, 1919, C. N. Barker;

Eshowe, December, 1916, Marley)............ pyrura, Ckll.
End of abdomen without such hair...................2.....065 14,
Weeulserpiccousessmaaller species <20 i450... Adee aad. shes. 15.
Mesulss TerquCimoOus);, larSer SPECIES 3 2.0. scales sys gen ecw + 16.

Second abdominal segment shining; scutellum with hair
partly fuscous, Note red jo my. . eet oe. has. platycephala, Ckll.
Second abdominal segment dull ; scutellum with red _ hair.
See eR SELES cae nnte aie Sa aU UME ac One ee murinella, sp. nov.

First abdominal segment shining.......... nitidibasis, sp. nov.
First abdominal segment dull.........tridenta natalensis, Ckll,

298 N atal Bees

ANTHIDIINAE.

The classification of the Anthidiine bees is a matter of some
difficulty, owing to the uncertainty whether the presence of certain
characters always indicates real attnity, or may. be due to quite
independent evolution. Friese, when describing the sub-genus
Pachyanthidiwm (1905), included ten species, of diverse appearance.
The first of them, A bicolor Lepeletier, may be designated as the
type. It is a thick set bee, with black thorax and entirely red
abdomen ; the second recurrent nervure goes beyond the end of the
second submarginal cell, and the feet are without pulvilli. The
scutellum has a sharp projecting edge, without any emargination.
Hypanthidium, Ckll (1904), was based on South American species
with the appearance and venation of Dianthidiwm, but without
pulvilli. It is widely distributed in the Neotropical region, and I
have described one H. salemanse) from India. Some of the South
African species appear to fall in Hypanthidium, but may not be
genetically connected with the Neotropical ones. They are perhaps
more related to Pachyanthidiwm, though very unlike the type of that
group. Dianthidiwm has a pulvillus on each foot, in the manner of
the Osmiines, and constructs its nest with resin. It is an ancient
type, well differentiated in the Miocene rocks of Colorado, and no
doubt Hypanthidium and Pachyanthid um may be considered
derivatives from it. All the Anthidiines discussed helow have the
second recurrent nervure going beyond the end of the second sub-
marginal cell. ’

DIANTHIDIUM, Cockerell.

DIANTHIDIUM MELANOCEPHALUM, sp. nov.

2. Length about 66 mm.; black, with no yellow markings
except on the abdomen, where they consist of a spot on each extreme
side of first and second segments, a pair of very small transversely
elongated spots subdorsally on third, two large transverse subdorsal
marks on fourth, a broad narrowly interrupted band on fifth, and
whole disc of sixth except at sides. Head and thorax densely and
coarsely punctured, with very short thin dull white hair ; facial
quadrangle much broader than long ; mandibles and antenne black ;
tegule large, black, well punctured; wings strongly dusky ;
scutellum projecting, shard-edged, shallowly emarginate; ventral

eee <a tne -

by T. D. A. Cockerell. 299

scopa white, tinged with pale fulvous in middle ; hind basitarsi short
and broad : pulvilli present.

Three from Bluff, Durban, 13th and 28th January, 1917 (C. N.
Barker).

DIANTHIDIUM SPILOTUM, Sp. nov.

d. (Type). Length about 7 mm.; black, robust, head and
thorax with white hair, on vertex and dorsum of thorax thin and
tinged with ochreous; mandibles cream-colour with the bidentate
apex black; the cream-coloured face-markings including clypeus,
except upper margin (the upper edge of the light area trilobed), a
round spot beneath each antenna, and large cuneiform lateral marks ;
antenne black ; head and thorax very densely punctured ; scutellum
projecting, shallowly emarginate; tegule large, copper-red, closely
punctured ; wings dusky, thorax all black except two short obscure
lines on hind margin of scutellum ; femora black with red knees, the
anterior and middle femora mainly red in front ; anterior and middle
tibiae red in front on inner side, and at apex, hind tibia mainly
black ; basitarsi mainly yellowish, the small joints reddish, anterior
and middle tarsi with a dense fringe of white hair behind ; abdomen
closely punctured, with a large cream-coloured spot on each side of
first two segments, third on each side with a lateral dot and sub-
lateral dash, fourth with lateral dots and a pair of very large
transverse marks on disc, fifth with a broad band (emarginate in
middle, and not reaching sides of segment), sixth nearly all pale, but
seventh brown ; sixth segment without lateral teeth ; seventh broad,
tridentate, the middle tooth small.

9. Similar, but face all black except lateral marks, which are
subquadrate below, with a linear extension along obits more than
half-way up front; mandibles black, with a small basal pale yellow
spot ; lines on edge of scutellum as in male; hind legs ornamented,
the tibia on outer side with a very large oval black area, bounded at
each end by cream-colour, the whole on a red ground ; hind basitarsi
with a large cream-coloured area with a dark edge ; light abdominal
marks smaller, third segment with only a pair of dots ; ventral scopa
pale fulvous, white at sides. Pulvilli present.

Both sexes from Karkloof, January, 1918 (KH. E. Platt). The
female is easily known from that sex of D. zebra (Friese) by the
black clypeus, lack of yellow marks at sides of mesothorax and on
axille. ete,

300 Natal Bees

HYPANTHIDIUM, Cockerell.

Species without pulvilli on feet.

HyPpaNrHIpDIUM CORDATUM (Smith).

Male from Winklespruit, 21st December, 1918 (C. N. Barker) ;
female from same locality and collector, but 23rd December, 1918
I have compared the male with one from F. Smith’s collection,

Hypanruipium compactum (Smith).

Eshowe, December, 1916 (H. W. Bell Marley). @.

HYPANTHIDIUM ANGUSTIFRONS, Sp. NOV.

¢. Length about 6 mm.; black, with bright chrome yellow
markings, which include mandibles (except the tridentate apex) all of
clypeus, broad lateral face-marks ending abruptly just below level of
antennx, band on occiput, large spot on tubercles, comma-shaped spot
on tegule, entire axille, very broad posterior corners of the projecting
scutellum (narrowing toward the middle where briefly interrupted),
greater part of legs (including entire outer surface of tibiz), and
broad bands on abdomen (lacking middle third on first two segments,
broadly interrupted on third, narrowly on fourth, with linear
interruption on fifth, sixth all yellow except lateral bases, and seventh
yellow) ; scape with nearly apical half yellowish-red on outer side ;
flagellum dark reddish beneath ; tegule piceous except the yellow
mark ; wings dusky ; scutellum projecting and sharp-edged, with
rectangular corners; seventh abdominal segment truncate and
simple, but two little dentiform projections from beneath its margin.

Malvern, Natal, March, 1916 (C. N. Barker). Resembles #.
truncatiforme (Dianthidiwm truncatiforme, Ckll), which also lacks

pulvalli.
The following key separates the above Anthidiine bees :

Tegument of face entirely black, but abdomen with yellow

Markings... osc eee wes D. melanocephalum, sp.nov. @.
Tegument of face partly light............... saiiticle USO RE cles REE IL.
1. Clypeus entirely black............ ...D. spilotum, sp. nov. 9.

Clypeus largely or wholly pale............ ny okies, cae see 2.

by T. D. A. Cockerell. 301

Tibiz mainly black on outer side; where not black, dull
FOCRUCMNOUSE 25/5205 .6c<0ea sane tones D. spilotum, sp. nov. 6.

iibieevetlow: On Outer Sides. va sasds se Menccetacecedc eee see euthe 3}

3. Clypeus broader than high....... H. cordatum (Sm.) ¢, 9.

@iypeus-proher than® broadhzaes ease seye fsa nods ese. sau 4.

4. Larger; scutellum entirely black...H. compactum (Sm.) @.
Smaller; scutellum: with much yellow: 2.00% 3.05: .cc-s.-e0ecs- +s

Spot cs tn ee ahs os Weer 5 See a ea H. angustifrons, sp. nov. 6.

When treating of Hypanthidiwm, the following specimens were
overlooked :

H. compactum (Sm.) Males from Durban, 22nd September, 1918
(C. N. Barker), and Umbilo, 25th March, 1917 (LL. Bevis). The
male runs to the same place in the table as the female.

H. angustifrons, Ckll. Male from Umbilo, 14th February, 1917
(L. Bevis). The thoraic and abdominal markings are reddened by
cyanide. The front legs are extended, showing well the extremely
long fringe of white hair on anterior tarsi posteriorly.

STRANDIELLA, Friese.

STRANDIELLA PALLIDIPENNIS, Sp. nov.

3d. (Type). Length about 8 mm.; slender, black, mesothorax
and abdomen polished and shining ; head thick, a little broader than
long ; mandibles black, dark red at apex ; face and cheeks with long
white hair; antenne rather short and thick, flagellum bright
ferruginous beneath ; front dull and densely punctured ; thorax with
white hair; mesothorax smooth, with sparse weak punctures ;
metathorax hairy, the basal area large and dull; tegule reddish
testaceous ; wings hyaline, with a diffused brown cloud beyond the
third discoidal cell ; stigma and nervures ferruginous ; femora black
with pale knees ; anterior tibiz in front yellow suffused with reddish ;
middle and posterior tibiz with yellow basal mark and apex ; all the
tarsi yellow, the small joints suffused with reddish; abdomen
slender, without evident punctures and without hair-bands, but hind
margins of first two segments rather broadly ferruginous, of the
others very narrowly more or less pallid.

2. Length about 8:5 mm.; similar to the male but more robust ;
second joint of maxillary palpi fully as long as next two together,
the last four joints reddened and subequal ; anterior knees and tibia

302

Natal Bees

in front rather dull reddish ; tarsi reddish-brown ; hind femora and
tibie with a large yellowish-white scopa; only first abdominal

segment with a red margin.

Two females and a male from Bulwer (W. J. Haygarth).

- The following key separates the described species of Strandiel/a,
all of which are South African :

Black, with at most a red margin to one or more of the
abdominal segments................---- our a Ariane ctoars «ae seas i

Abdomen with at least some segments mainly red............ 5.

Flagellum clear ferruginous beneath except at base; male
antenne short for that sex ; length of insect less than
SD) MONI 32 pacts Soathow ange Moar etic he date See ee Ses OES nes ae 2.
Flagellum dark, sometimes brown beneath apically ; insect
often Jonger; than Ommmys fis eescte.e 9 a eee 3.
Wings dark fuliginous (Willowmore, Cape Colony)............
Laie te alaahneiice cite chose ee eo iste ea eae ae ruficornis, Ckll.
Wanes>palenc, ..ceae.05 Seas tecteen vad pallidipennis, sp. nov.
10 mm. long, with brown wings ; scopa of legs yeliowish-
brown, blackish-brown above........... Juscipennis, Friese.
Wings hyaline or somewhat-dusky.-* 5.29.02." ~-- onsen ee 4.
9-10 mma: long 33s Hobe longula, Friese (Type of genus).
8 mm. long, with more shining abdomen ; antennz of male |
relatively long, reaching scutellum...... glaberrima, Friese.

g; first four abdominal segments red.............
STARE AAT Bees SIO rupfiventris, Friese. 9.

11:5 mm. long ;

11 mm. long; differs from rufiventris by the broader,
blacker bands on abdominal segments 2 to 4....... sane
Decca eRe eG oot a SSM pte Minna a penis SMe rufescens Friese. ¢.

TETRALONIA, Spinola.

The species sent may be separated thus :

Males: ci. acd Gators eee ree ae eee ote ae il
Feimales 5... eee et Oe Sa Era Tee etree 31.

Clypeus yellow ; antenne long: hind femora with a tooth

beneath ..5... seledesesest bene eee ...gunodi, Friese.

Clypeus black ; antenne shorter......... Fa dtdest ae taeeateden lacs 2,

by T. D. A, Cockerell. 303

Thorax above with fulvous hair............. nigropilosa, Friese.
Mesothorax with mainly dark brown hair

Ce a ie ae ere ee ett ttbee

Se RR cc hS Sas «Ys nigropilosa, var. nigrosellata, var. nov.

3. Hind tibiz and tarsi with black hair...... nigropilosa, Friese.

Hing tibize and tarsi with folveus. hait.|.....<..c660c0s.eccsc. se 4.

Hair of scutellum mainly dilute chocolate, not at all
BW VOUS cay cg poe ee ane ates brunnescens, sp. nov.

TETRALONIA JUNODI, Friese.

Males, Umgwavuma, Zululand, March, 1917 (E. W. Baxter).
The labrum is not all yellow, but black with a large pale spot.

TETRALONIA NIGROPOLISA, Friese.

Males from Winklespruit, January, 1919 (C. N. Barker) ; female
from same place and collector, 29th December, 1918.

TETRALONIA NIGROPILOSA, Var. NIGROSELLATA, var. nov.

d-. Mesothorax and scutellum with very dark fuscous_ hair,
giving the appearance of a black saddle; but anteriorly (widest in
middle) the mesothorax is fulvous haired, as are the axillar region
and the suture between mesothorax and scutellum. <A very striking
variety, but evidently not a distinct species.

Pinetown, 17th March, 1910 (C. N. Barker).

TETRALONIA FULVOMARGINATA, Sp. NOV,

9. Length about 12 mm.; tegument of the densely punctured
clypeus all black ; tegulw testaceous ; wings brownish-hyaline ; disc
of mesothorax and scutellum with dark fuscous hair, broadly
surrounded by fulvous ; bases of abdominal segments with greyish-
white tomentum ; fringe of fifth segment bright orange-fulvous, paler
at sides; scopa of hind legs entirely golden. Extremely close to,’
7. braunsiana Friese, but with shorter flagellum, not red at tip; —
and differently coloured hair on thorax, hind legs and end of
abdomen. The basal nervure exactly meets the nervulus.

Krantz Kloof, 2nd April, 1917 (AH. W. Bell Marley):

304 Natal Bees

TETRALONIA BRUNNESCENS, Sp. nov.

Q. Length hardly 11 mm., but very thick set. Similar to 7.
fulvomarginata but smaller, with the following differences: Disc of
mesothorax and scutellum with rather light chocolate coloured hair,
narrowly surrounded by dull white, the scutellum with little white
along posterior margin ; face, occiput, cheeks and sides of metathorax
with white hair, but a tinge of brown on vertex behind the ocelli ;
hind margins of abdominal segments strongly rufescent; first segment
more closely and finely punctured, and its smooth apical margin
narrower ; fifth segment with darker red hair.

Malvern, Natal, January, 1916 (C. N. Barker).

THRINCHOSTOMA, Saussure.

Henmiales ns ei ee ys oe a he eee eee See ae Ee ie eee Eee Ib.
1) Ey (a epee ie Lage aki teen SARE IRR RS errs Ua Wb A SSI RB ot coisa or

1. First two abdominal segments red, broadly marked with
black ; first recurrent nervure meeting second transverso-

Peyt Loy ter) Manes qeivis Cy OMe MERI 3m PPR RG or SAS orb ors ics soaisniot acs 43 2.
First two abdominal segments black, with the hind margins
pallid ; first recurrent nervure joining third submarginal

cell a short distance from its base................. millart, Ckll.

2. Hair on inner side of hind basitarsi pale chocolate; wings red-
dened, apical field not evidently dusky.....torridwm (Smith).

Hair on inner side of hind basitarsi clear fulvous: wings

with apical field strongly dusky............ nomiceformis, Ckll.

3. Larger ; no patch of black hairs in submarginal cells.. .........
Ny a Us Reap eat AGA Sea GO cee cise er eae nomiceformis, Ckll.
Smaller ; a conspicuous patch of black hairs in submarginal

cells ee sc hae: seh aan meee dane Gite t oaoe me tamre trier millart, Ckll.

7. millari is very distinct, but it is doubtful whether nomiaformis
can be separated as a species from torridum. I have a torridum
from Smith’s collection, and one from Durban (J. H. Bowker), is in
the South African Museum collection recently submitted to me.
These females differ from males of undoubted nomice/ormis (Malvern,
Natal, April, 1917, C. N. Barker; Eshowe, 1916, H. W. Bell Marley ;
Durban, 20th May, 1916, E. C. Chubb; and three from Mfongosi, Zulu-
Jand, W. E. Jones), in the reddish wings without evident dark margin,

——_

by T. D. A. Cockerell. 305

A female collected by W. E. Jones at Mfongosi, Zululand (South
African Museum), agrees in the character of the wings with
nomieformis, and is placed as such in the table above. Yet it is by
no means certain that the differences observed may not be ascribed
to variation, and Mr. Barker notes on his Malvern male: ‘7’.
nomiceformis, query =male of 7’. torridum; both common insects in
same resorts,” It is possible that the male of torridum, if it is a
valid species, would show structural characters separating it from
nomiceformis.

NOTHYLAZUS, Bridwell.

This is a genus of African Prosopidide recently (Proc. Hawaiian
Ent. Soc. IV, 1919, p. 126), separated by Bridwell, to contain such
species as Prosopis heraldica, Smith; P. bevisi, Ckll.; and P. braunsi,
Alfken. The mandibles are simple and acute at apex (bidentate in
true Prosopis), and there are various other characters. A subgenus
Anyleus, Bridwell, includes a couple of species with the scutellum
and postscutellum modified.

Noruy.L#us (ANYL&US), DENTIFERELLUS (Strand).

This was described from Delagoa Bay, some 300 miles up the
coast, but a couple of males from Natal (Durban, 31st July, 1916,
C. N. Barker; Umbilo, 18th February, 1917, L. Bevis), appear to
belong here, though the wings are brownish and not pure hyaline, as
Strand seems to infer. The scutellum has two yellow spots on
elevated areas, and the postscutellum is bidentate. The face is
cream-coloured and the supraclypeal mark is large.

PROSOPIS, Fabricius.

PROSOPIS MELANOSOMA, Sp. Nov.

2. (Type). Length 55-6 mm.; entirely black, except that the
flagellum is dusky reddish beneath. Head rather large and thick ;
face dull; clypeus high, its surface minutely rugose and sparsely
punctured ; two sharp keels between antenne ; front well punctured ;
inesothorax dullish, closely and finely punctured ; scutellum flattened,
somewhat shining, the punctures very distinct ; area of metathorax
large, well defined, coarsely sculptured, with a transverse median

306 Natal Bees

ridge ; pleura very finely punctured ; wings dusky hyaline; stigma
and nervures dark brown; recurrent nervures joining submarginal
cells a short distance from their ends ; abdomen dullish, impunctate,
first segment with a small fringe of white hair on each side.

¢. Length about 5°5 mm.; slender, with very long antenne, the
flagellum dull ferruginous beneath ; clypeus and lateral face-marks
pale lemon-yellow, the clypeus narrowly edged with black above,
below and at sides, except the lower lateral margins ; lateral marks
narrow, broadest opposite upper part of clypeus, tapering to a slender
point at about level of antennal sockets ; anterior tibise and basitarsi
with a pale yellow line in front ; middle and hind tibie brown, with
the basal half of the basitarsi mainly creamy-white ; extreme bases
of abdominal segments inclined to be reddish or pallid. Mandibles
bidentate.

The type female is from Durban, August, 1916 (C. N. Barker).
Another female, received from the South African Museum, is from
Knysna, Cape Colony, October, 1916 (LL. Péringuey). The males are
from Durban, August, 1916 (C. N. Barker). The sexes are
associated because of the similar sculpture, and the fact that they
were both collected at Durban in August. The black labrum and
mandibles of the male and the venation separate the species from
- P. longula, Friese, from Rhodesia. .

' ALLODAPE, Lepeletier.

ALLODAPE MARLEYI, sp. nov.

¢. Length about 8 mm.; robust, head and thorax black with
light yellow markings; legs black; abdomen chestnut red, first
segment black except posterior margin (the edge of the black concave
posteriorly), third segment infuscated, and segments beyond black
with dark reddish margins; labrum and mandibles black ; clypeus
yellow ; yellow lateral marks filling space between clypeus and eye
nearly to top of clypeus, then suddenly narrowed and continued as a
narrow band up orbits to about middle level of front; a narrow
yellow stripe behind each eye; tubercles and margin of prothorax
black ; a small yellow mark on the translucent tegule ; scutellum
with a large crescent-shaped yellow mark, its anterior (concave)
margin angulate in middle; antenne and legs black ; wings strongly
reddish, with ferruginous stigma and nervures; hind trochanters
dentate,

by T. D. A. Cockerell. 307

Krantz Kloof, Natal, lst October, 1916 (H. W. Bell Marley). Close
to A. mediorufa, Ckll, but the tegule are hyaline, the face-marks are
different, and the narrow shining groove at each side of clypeus of
mediorufa is not present. The stigma is redder than in mediorufa,
and the second submarginal cell is shorter.

ALLODAPE VITTATICEPS, Sp. nov.

?. Length about 8 mm.; similar to A. mar/eyi, but apparently
not its female, as the wings are greyer and the second submarginal
cell is longer. The first recurrent nervure joins the second sub-
marginal cell at a distance from its base more than equal to half
length of first transversocubital, but at a much less distance in
marleyi. The lateral face marks are entirely band-like, but broader
below, and their upper ends (nearly as high as middle ocellus) curve
away from the orbits; the clypeus is black with a broad parallel-
sided yellow band, which at its extreme upper end emits a hook-like
process at each side; scutellum mainly yellow, but the posterior
margin broadly black ; hind tibiz on outer side with a patch of
brilliant copper-red hair, only descending base of first abdominal
segment red, and only fifth and sixth segments black; scape
obscurely reddened at base and apex.

Umgwavuma, Zululand, March, 1917 (E. W. Baxter). This may
be A. rufogastra, Lepeletier, described from ‘‘Cafrerie,” although
Lepeletier describes the abdomen as ferruginous, without mentioning
any black. I have a male labelled “Cape,” from F. Smith’s
collection, determined by him as A. rufogastra, and it has the
abdomen black beyond the fourth segment, and the sides of the
fourth black. The clypeus has a yellow band, broadening below ;
and there is a supraclypeal yellow dot. Unfortunately this does not
agree with the male as described by Smith in 1854; it was then
stated that the clypeus of the male was entirely yellow, as in 4.
marleyt. he matter is further complicated by the existence of
another species of A//odape at Algoa Bay, of the same immediate
alliance. This insect, collected and given a manuscript name by Dr.
H. Brauns, is very close indeed to vittaticeps, yet separable. My
‘conclusion is, that we cannot be quite sure of rufogastra until
comparisons can be made with the type; but A. marleyi, vittaticeps,
the F. Smith supposed rufogastra and the Algoa Bay species are
distinct from one another, though very closely allied.

308 Natal Bees

ALLODAPE BEVISI, sp. nov.

Q. Length about 4:5 mm.; black, with very scanty white
pubescence ; face narrow, the orbits converging below ; no lateral
face-marks ; clypeus very broad, cream-colour or pale yellowish, with
a black pit on each side, so that the light area recalls a cup (with a
long base) standing in a saucer; labrum pale reddish ; mandibles
ferruginous with black base; antenne black, scape pale yellow in
front ; tubercles yellow ; scutellum entirely black, dullish ; tegule
hyaline; wings hyaline, very faintly dusky; stigma very large,
reddish brown; lower section of basal nervure vertical; first
recurrent nervure joining extreme base of second submarginal cell ;
femora black with the knees red ; tibie and tarsi bright ferruginous ;
abdomen broad, hind margins of segments dull brownish-testaceous.

Type from Umbilo, 26th August, 1914 (L. Bevis). Also Umbilo,
1916 (L. Bevis). Close to A. maurula, but easily known by the
red tibiz and tarsi.

The following key separates the species of Al/odape in the last
sending. Two species (A and B), which seem to be new, are
represented by specimens which lost the abdomen in transit. I place
them under the heading of abdomen black, as this was probably the
colour. I hope they will be rediscovered, and if eonfirmed as new,
described, by the local collectors. It is much regretted that we do
not know what flowers these species of Adlodape visit. 1t is probable
that they have different habits, and not unlikely that they are
oligotropic, that is, confined to particular genera or closely related
genera of plants.

Abdomen mainly red ; scutellum largely yellowish (it is all black

in A. pyrifera, Ckll) ; larger species..............-.--..--+-+++ i
Abdomen black (lost.in Avand’B). 300-6... sescenee see eee tee Nee eee
1. Malescelypeus yellow... .0..2- ssc dere een marleyt, sp. nov.

Female ; clypeus with a yellow band........ vittaticeps, sp. NOV.

2. Clypeus with a white anchor-shaped mark, the arms of the
T or anchor with downwardly projecting points (Pinetown,
29th October, 1916, H. W. Bell-Marley)................. sp. A.

Clypeus not thus marked.................01sesceceee teens eens ee en es 3.

3. Broad robust forms, with linear lateral face marks; males...4.

Small slender forms; no lateral face-marks..................... D.

4, Clypeus white, marked with an irregular black line down
each side (Stella Bush, December, 1916, H. W. Bell Marley)
BITS. : a sicittce Nex Ca Le EE LE aan Re re eee stellarum, Ckll., var.

by 7. D. A. Cockerell. 309

Clypeus buffy (probably altered by cyanide), with two dark
dots (Durban, 31st July, 1916, C. N. Barker)

Tee eee em ree eee ee

RE oc vio 5s cn 5 wiles Llama rna Coden ens stellarum, Ckll., var.
Tibi red ; scape light in front..................... bevist, sp. nov.
USSU 106 1200 I CSIR sO eG ee 6.

. Light face-mark broadest below, eyes strongly converging ;

male (Isipingo 18th March, 1917, H. W. Bell Marley)

2 SAR AMIE SIRE Seem eisb et AG eho Ce Rae maurula, Ckll.

Light face-mark broadest above ; females.....................0.. ihe

. Enlarged upper part of light face-mark about half as long

(vertically) as wide. (Krantz Kloof, 23rd July, 1916,

Ele Wise sel he Mian leryays ais iis Meer et tieate ee tod nea a Cae sp. B.
Enlarged upper part of light face-mark subquadrate, over
hall, Asp Gig AsaWwiGe she RAG CARN Soo yedicss See es bees aaeiant as 8.

Hind margins of abdominal segments narrowly brown
(Doonside, Ist and 13th January, 1917, L. Bevis)
SER rg ic Ao mit One ean SARL yo 5 een maurula, Ckll., var.

Abdomen black without evident bands (Umbilo, 18th
February, 1917, L. Bevis; Durban, August, 1916, C. N.
| acl ete) 2) cd Seen ese chic Greer ae aE a maurula, Ckll.

HERIADES, Spinola.

The species seen from Natal may be separated thus :

LCIIGY FSIS SS = SIRO BN ae ets pe HAP cl con i REN RAS, NRT ig
ern ad eS aeons ioe te chats ethernet s.ciciclt autos dew oe on Sas eee 6 3.
1. Eyes green; wings strongly brown; flagellum very long.
Pe ce aces eames IR SO eR chlorops, Ckll,
Eyes not green ; flagellum not very long......................-. 2.

2. Larger, fully 6 mm. long ; wings clear hyaline...................
SENET Sa SE SET, ial s ciety se BANS ERE J2ees-ss=. 5. .pelluUcidus, Sp. Nov.
Siniallermwitgs dusky. <..<e es .d-nsaesseewhs aedaaeetees bevisi, Ckll.

3. A strong keel down middle of clypeus.. tricarinatus, sp. nov.
iINetsuelrkealvony ely pews.) 0 cotati. iste geese oats eee aos 4.

4. Larger, about 7°3 mm. long; first recurrent nervure joins

iseepne, tarerom, DASE. )..ese2 capone. casesees sien sy: marleyi, Ckll.
Smaller, abomwGeamMMlOn se Gaya ssiiale dices Woee oh wa vee ees wcee'ns 5.

310 Natal Bees

5. A spine at each side of metathorax ; punctures of mesothorax
Ge: 4 rete Boacen oak sok ee cee hose soc ate punctulata, Ckll.

No such spines on metathorax ; punctures of mesothorax
CORPSES... cls nao. ee eetecr teen oa Ee RCM: aie Sere chubbi, Ckll.

A female from Smithfield, O.R.C. (Kannemeyer), received from
Dr. L. Péringuey, and determined by Friese as 1. argentatus, Gerst.,
runs in the above table to chubbz ; but is larger, with the wings not
nearly so brown, and the eyes green (brown in chwbbi).

HERIADES CHUBBI, Cockerell.

Females. Pinetown, 11th December, 1916 (H. W. Bell Marley).

HERIADES BEVISI, Cockerell.

Males. Durban, 3lst July, 1916 (C. N. Barker).

HERIADES TRICARINATUS, Sp. NOV.

@. Length 75-8 mm.; black, with the usual whitish hair, forming
very slender bands on abdomen ; ventral scopa silvery-white ; wings
conspicuously dusky; clypeus with a very prominent keel, which
extends its whole length, and also up the supraclypeal area, which is
tricarinate, having a keel on each side; sides of face densely covered
with pure white hair; maxillary palpi three-jointed ; basal declivity
of first abdominal segment bounded by a strong rim. Very close to
H., clypeatus, Friese, from the Transvaal, but larger, with dusky wings.
Also very close to H. ekuivensis, Ckll., from Benguela, but easily
separated as follows :

Punctures of scutellum about one-fourth larger than on meso-
thorax, but similar ; surface of mesothorax granular between
the punctures, not polished, the intervals not over one-third
diameter ofspuncturest sy cscsee: a0 4: Sees tricarinatus.

Punctures of mesothorax, except anteriorly, smaller, the intervals
over half diameter of a puncture ; scutellum cancellate with
IMMENSE: PUN CULES sa. -e.-5: hac - ey cee ae ae eee eee ehwivensis.

H. tricarinatus is represented by three females from Durban, 24th
December, 1916 (C. N. Barker).

by T. D. A. Cockerell. 311

HERIADES PELLUCIDUS, sp. nov.

3. Length 65-7 mm.; black, of the usual form, with pure
white hair, forming slender bands on abdominal segments; head
thick and quadrate ; eyes black ; facial quadrangle much longer than
broad ; antenne black ; face and lower part of front with much long
white hair; front with very dense large punctures; vertex with
scattered punctures on a polished surface ; mesothorax and scutellum
shining, with very large not very dense punctures; tegule piceous,
punctured ; wings clear hyaline, stigma and nervures black ; recurrent
nervures joining second submarginal cell close to base and apex
respectively ; legs with abundant white hair; abdomen shining,
strongly and evenly but not very densely punctured ; basin of first
segment bounded by a sharp rim ; hind coxe with a short apical tooth.

Three specimens were collected at Bellair, Natal, 31st December,
1918 (K. C. Chubb). They were obtained from a hole in a wooden
post. One, which has unfortunately lost its head, is smaller than the
other two. Compared with H. bevisi, the vertex is much more
sparsely punctured, on a polished surface.

HALICTUS, susgenus PATELLAPIS, Friese.

Friese, in 1909, proposed a subgenus Patel/apis for a group of
Halictus, resembling in a general way the European calceatus, albipes,
etc., but noteworthy for the large rounded apical plate on abdomen
of the male (seventh segment). This is not in itself a very peculiar
character; it may be found in other Halicti, and is especially
conspicuous in a group of Australian species (//. cambagei, Ckll., and
allies). Friese described three species of Patel/apis, all from Steinkopf
in Namaqualand. In all, the clypeus of the male has the tegument
entirely black, wherein they differ at once from the European calceatus
and albipes. Strand, in 1911, added a species H. cwrwleodorsatus,
from Ruwenzori; it differs from the others especially in having the
abdomen above, except the first segment, more or less distinctly bluish.
The type of Patellapis is herewith designated as P. schu/tzei, Friese,
the first species described. I possess a male from the original lot.
In the collection from Natal I find three species which clearly fall in
Patellapis according to the diagnosis; but they also differ from true
Halictus in the long and very slender tongue, in the manner of the
genus Nesohalictus, Crawford, from the Malay Archipelago. eso-
halictus also has the rounded apical plate, but the hind spur of the
male is dentate, which is not true of the Natal males. Patellapis

Bile Natal Bees

schultzet seems not to have a specially lengthened tongue, and neither
it nor Nesohalictus have sub-apical ventral spines on the abdomen,
such as I find in the Natal males. By reason of the long slender
tongue, these insects also approach Thrinchostoma, and there are
other African Halicti (7. patricius, Strand ; H. flavofasciatus, Friese)
which more or less resemble that genus.

T should be inclined to regard the three Natal species as constituting
a distinct genus, very close to Mesohalictus, or even as members of
that genus; but Pate/lapis connects them with Halictws, and on the
basis of its leading character, should include them. I therefore
describe them under //alictus, leaving a more precise classification to
the future, when more material shall have accumulated. They are
H. harveyi, H. trimema and H. bowkeri.

Hauicrus HARVEY], Sp. nov.

g. Length about 7 mm.; black, robust for a male, with very
seanty dull white hair, partly dark fuscous on mesothorax and
scutellum; malar space linear; clypeus prominent, with shallow
punctures running more or less in grooves; tongue long, apically
linear ; front dull, but vertex shining; antenne rather long and
thick, the flagellum moniliform, its apical part very obscurely brownish
beneath ; mesothorax and scutellum dull, with fine punctures ; area
of metathorax sharply defined, finely wrinkled; at each side of the
basal area posteriorly is a shining space regularly crossed by plice ;
posterior truncation sharply defined at sides; tegule chestnut-red,
black at base; wings dusky hyaline, nervures and stigma piceous ;
first recurrent nervure meeting second transversocubital ; legs black,
with the knees, the anterior tibiz in front, all the tibize at apex, .and
all the tarsi, bright chestnut-red ; hind spurs not dentate; abdomen
broad, shining, with excessively minute but very numerous punctures ;
no distinct hair-bands; a broad rounded apical plate, and short
lateral sub-apical ventral teeth.

Durban, 9th May, 1918 (C. N. Barker). Two specimens. A
number of years ago I named a series of Australian /Halicti after
early explorers and noted scientific men of that country. I will
follow a similar method in providing names for the 8S. African species.

HALICrUS TRIMENI, sp. nov.

¢ (Type). Length 8-8°3 mm. ; black, robust, with rather short
thick antennz, the flagellum faintly brown beneath ; tongue about
or nearly as long as head, its apical half linear ; mandibles dark

by T. D. A. Cockerell. 313

reddish apically ; malar space short but distinct ; clypeus strongly
produced, snout-like, the upper part dull, with scattered punctures,
the lower part more shining and irregularly malleate, with a strong
median sulcus, the lower margin with a shining transverse groove ;
front dull, glistening at sides; ocelli in a curved line; head and
thorax with dull white hair, not dense on face (abundant and dense in
H. schultzer), no dark hair on thoracic dorsum; mesothorax dull,
closely and finely punctured ; scutellum dull, faintly bigibbous ; area
of metathorax well defined, shining and with very strong plice ;
posterior truncation sharply defined at sides; tegule piceous ; wings
brownish-hyaline, stigma and nervures brown ; first recurrent nervure
joining second transversocubital, or the apical corner of second sub-
marginal cell ; marginal cell obtuse, almost truncate, at apex, with a
little appendicular projection ; Jegs black, with pale hair, the small
joints of the tarsi chestnut-red ; abdomen broad, the hind margins of
the segments broadly depressed; surface shining, with extremely
minute punctures; no hair-bands, but a patch of pale hair at each
side of base of second and third segments; apical plate large and
rounded ; sub-apical ventral spines, and a large median elevation on
sixth ventral segment.

?. Similar, but more robust; bases of abdominal segments 2 to 4
with bands of pale greyish tomentum, that on 2 broad at sides but
interrupted in middle, on 3 very broad and of uniform width, on 4
often concealed ; flagellum short and entirely black ; discs of meso-
thorax and scutellum with a good deal of black hair; hind tibiz with
black hair on outer side ; hind basitarsi with pale ferruginous hair on
inner side ; hind spur long, with nodular teeth, a large one sub-basally,
and three very little ones beyond; caudal rima fringed with pure
black hair.

Durban, 26th May, 1918, two of each sex (C. N. Barker). A small
female (anterior wing 6 mm.) from Pinetown, 26th November, 1916
(H. W. Bell Marley), looks distinct, but has no distinctive characters
except its size. It may stand as variety a.

Ha tictus BOWKERI, sp. nov.

3 (Type). Length 85-9 mm.; black, robust, looking like a
female, with short (not at all moniliform) antenne, the flagellum
obscurely reddish-brown beneath ; head and thorax with long thin
greyish-white hair, not at all dense on face; head very large, some-
what broader than long, face very broad; malar space linear ;

314 Natal. Rees

mandibles very long, falciform, chestnut-red in middle; clypeus with
a sericeous surface, and only minute indistinct punctures, the apical
middle depressed ; front somewhat glistening; mesothorax dullish,
hairy, with scattered minute punctures: posterior part of mesothorax
and scutellum more shining, but not polished; area of metathorax
with strong but irregular and often broken plice ; posterior truncation
sharply defined at sides; tegule rufopiceous ; wings hyaline, faintly
dusky, stigma and nervures dilute brownish, the stigma quite pale ;
marginal cell ending as in //. trimenc; first recurrent nervure meeting
second transversocubital; legs black, with small joints of tarsi
chestnut-red ; abdomen very broad, shining, with excessively minute
punctures, hind margins of segments rufescent ; no hair-bands, but
thin pale hair at sides of segments; apical plate rounded, only
moderately large ; large sub-apical ventral spines.

@. Similar, but head and mandibles ordinary, not enlarged ; bases
of abdominal segments with bands of greyish tomentum, as in H.
trimeni. Readily known from /. trimeni by the entirely pale hair of
mesothorax and scutellum ; the surface of the scutellum is dull. The
hind spur is of the same type as that of ¢rimeni, but the enlarged
basal tooth is narrow and distinctly spiniform. The stigma is amber
colour.

Winklespruit, Natal, both sexes, 29th December, 1918, a female
2nd January, 1919 (C. N. Barker).

The following species belong to other groups of Halictus.

HALicrus FARQUHARI, Sp. nov.

g (Type). Length about 9 mm. ; black, rather slender, with rather
abundant erect greyish pubescence ; legs dark reddish-brown, anterior
knees and tibie in front redder ; head oblong, longer than broad,
facial quadrangle very much longer than broad; mandibles red sub-
apically; clypeus entirely black, projecting, polished, with large
punctures ; head considerably produced above the eyes; flagellum
long and slender, bright ferruginous beneath ; front dull and granular ,
mesothorax and scutellum shining, with distinct fairly large punctures ;
metathorax very hairy except the basal area, which is covered with
fine vermiform wrinkles ; posterior truncation not sharply defined at
sides; tegule rufous; wings hyaline, faintly dusky at apex; stigma
and nervures dull ferruginous ; first recurrent nervure joining apical
corner of second submarginal cell; abdomen without distinct
punctures, dullish, more shining toward apex ; bases of first three

by 7’. D. A. Cockerell. 315

segments broadly clothed with grey hair, third with a hair-band in
sub-apical depression, fourth and fifth with sub-apical bands; no
sub-apical ventral spines.

2. Similar, but more robust, with the mesothorax dullish, the
head broader, mandibles dark, the short flagellum red only apically
beneath. The tarsi are reddish, and the hind spur has five strong
spines. ‘The second and third abdominal segments have dense white
basal bands. Superficially, this is very like H. bowkeri, but is easily
separated by the dise of scutellum shining (dull in bowkeri). H.
diversus, also from Natal, has the hind spur with three teeth. Male
diversus has a yellow apical band on clypeus.

Type (male) from Durban, 8th October, 1916 (H. W. Bell Marley).
Females; Umbilo, 14th February, 1917 (L. Bevis), Krantz Kloof,
23rd July, 1916 (H.W. Bell Marley). This is a true Halictus, but
resembles the Patel/apis-like series in having the male clypeus black
without a yellow band.

Haticrus LAYARDI, sp. nov.

3 (Type). Length nearly 7 mm.; rather slender, black, with pale
ochreous pubescence, long and white on cheeks, anterior trochanters,
and lower part of mesopleura; all the tarsi, and anterior tibie in
front, clear ferruginous ; apical band on clypeus, labrum and stripe on
mandibles pale yellow or whitish ; tubercles black ; head broad, eyes
strongly converging below ; black part of clypeus shining and finely
punctured; antenne very long, joints 3 to 10 red or partly red
beneath ; fourth joint at least twice as long as third, fifth equal to
fourth ; front entirely dull; mesothorax dull, appearing granular from
very fine punctures, a couple of thin oblique patches of pubescence
anteriorly (the same in female); scutellum bigibbous, the bosses more
or less shining ; area of metathorax polished and shining, with well-
separated plicew, at sides and posteriorly becoming oblique; sides of
metathorax with oblique strie ; posterior truncation ill-defined ; tegule
rufous with black base; wings hyaline, slightly dusky, nervures and
stigma rather dark rufous; first recurrent nervure meeting second
transversocubital ; third submarginal cell short, no longer than high ;
abdomen shining, without distinct punctures, bases of segments 2 and
3 with continuous bands of greyish tomentum ; a fairly large rounded
apical plate, but no sub-apical ventral spines.

@. Size and appearance of the male, but with the usual short
antenne, the flagellum rufous beneath or (var. a) black, faintly rufous

S16: Natal Bees

apically. Mesothorax distinctly margined with pale ochreous hair,
and post-scutellum densely covered with the same. Plice at base of
metathorax short and feeble, and the smooth surface beyond not so
polished as in male. Fourth abdominal segment with much pale hair.
Hind spur with a few long spines.

Type (male) from Winklespruit, Natal, 4th January, 1919, three
specimens (C. N. Barker). Females from Umbilo, 10th February,
1917 (L. Bevis), and Durban, 7th & 31st July, 1916, and 4th December,
1918 (C. N. Barker).

Although there is a marked difference in the base of metathorax, I
think the sexes are correctly associated, as the venation exactly agrees
(and differs from other possible candidates for association), and the
hair on thorax and characters generally are alike. The var. a is from
Durban. The female is distinguished from other Natal species by the
smal] size, dark legs and dull mesothorax ; the male by the red tarsi
and ochreous hair of thorax, combined with a pale-banded clypeus.

HALICTUS BURNUPI, sp. nov.

9. Length 5°5 mm.; not very robust; head, mesothorax and
scutellum very dark olive green; metathorax dull black ; legs black,
with pale hair; abdomen shining dark brown, without hair-bands,
the concealed bases of the segments pallid. Mandibles reddish sub-
apically ; clypeus somewhat shining but not polished, the punctures
indistinct ; front somewhat shining; antenne black ; thorax small,
with thin white hair ; area of metathorax appearing broadly semilunar,
entirely dull and rough, but not plicate; tegule small, rufopiceous ;
wings dusky-hyaline, stigma and nervures brown; first recurrent
nervure joining second submarginal cell some distance before its end ;
outer transversocubital and recurrent weak but distinct; hair of
abdomen thin and sparse. Microscopical characters: punctures of
clypeus very sparse, on a minutely wrinkled or tessellate surface ;
front densely minutely wrinkled, with minute shallow punctures ;
mesothorax and scutellum minutely tessellate, with sparse very minute
punctures ; area of metathorax with no sharp rim, its surface extremely
minutely cancellate, and with weak irregular plice (not noticed under
a lens); posterior truncation not sharply defined ; tegule impunctate ;
hind spur with two very large obtuse spines.

Durban, 24th October, 1918 (C. N. Barker). Known among the
Natal species by the small size, green mesothorax ; venation and hind
spur as described. It is referable to the subgenus Chloralictus.

by 1. D. A. Cockerell. 317

Hauicrus MOFFATI, Sp. Nov.

2. Length about 7 mm.; anterior wing 5°5 mm.; very robust,
with broad abdomen, but head ordinary ; black, including antenne,
legs and tegule; head and thorax with thin white hair, bases of
abdominal segments with bands of white tomentum, conspicuous on
second ; facial quadrangle longer than broad; sides of face densely
_ covered with greyish-white hair ; mandibles with a conspicuous spot
of chestnut-red in middle ; clypeus shining, distinctly punctured, the
upper part with a longitudinal ridge or keel, the lower with a broad
flattened area ; front dull, vertex shining ; mesothorax dull, somewhat
shining laterally, with sparse very distinct punctures; scutellum
shining: truncation of metathorax large and sharply defined all
round, sloping so as to greatly reduce the basal dorsal area, the basal
area a mere transverse band crossed by plice; tegule with large
punctures ; wings dusky, nervures and stigma dark fuscous, the latter
reddened in middle; marginal cell truncate at end; second submarginal
narrow, much higher than long, receiving the first recurrent nervure
at its apical corner; third submarginal about twice as broad as second ;
outer recurrent and transversocubital weakened but distinct; hind
tibia with much silver-white hair ; hind spur with a long obtuse spine,
followed by three rounded teeth, the first large (a section of a circle),
the second smaller, the third scarcely visible; abdomen moderately
shining, very finely punctured ; caudal rima fringed with pale, slightly
yellowish hair.

Doonside, 17th January, 1917 (A. L. Bevis). A singular species,
recognisable among the Natal forms by the black tegule, white band
at base of second abdominal segment, distinctly punctured mesothorax
and especially the peculiar metathorax. Two specimens were obtained.

HALICTUS PHILIPI, sp. nov.

2. Length about 7:2 mm., anterior wing 6°1 mm.;_ black, with
the hind margins of abdominal segments suffusedly reddish-brown ;
head and thorax with much pale grey hair, short on mesothorax, on
scutellum long and more or less fuscous; head broad; mandiblés
rufescent in middle; clypeus shining, with irregular sparse punctures ;
front dull, shining just below ocelli; antenne black, the flagellum
bright rufous beneath apically; mesothorax dullish, with minute
punctures, median groove very deep and distinct; scutellum shining
on disc ; post-scutellum large, with dense moss-like tomentum ; area
of metathorax rather poorly defined, glistening, with many fine

318 Natal Bees.

irregular plice; posterior truncation not sharply defined; tegule
piceous with a rufescent spot ; wings hyaline, faintly dusky, stigma
and nervures dusky reddish-brown, the outer recurrent and transverso-
cubital pale and weak, but readily visible; second submarginal cell
large, nearly square, receiving the first recurrent nervure at its apical
corner ; third submarginal short, not very much larger than second ;
legs dark reddish-brown, with the hind tibiz on inner side, and tarsi
in large part, ferruginous, the hind basitarsi red with a dusky cloud
on apical half; tarsi on inner side with very brilliant orange-
ferruginous hair, a line of copper-red hair on inner side of middle tibiz,
and one of paler hair on middle femora basally beneath ; hind spur
pectinate with about six dark teeth; abdomen shining, impunctate,
microscopically transversely lineolate-reticulate ; bases of segments
with bands of greyish-white tomentum, dense and even on second
segment, less distinct on the others.

Umbilo, 18th February, 1917 (L. Bevis). A rather ordinary species,
known among the Natal forms by the partly red legs, dusky reddish-
brown stigma, mainly dark flagellum, etc. It is not so large as H.
diversus, Smith, and the hind spur is different.

—— re aaa)

JOHN SINGLETON & SONS, PRINTERS, DURBAN.

“emitnsentan Institutes

MAR 29 1921 )
Nei ase”

INDEX.

PAGE PAGE
Actzomorpha - - - 272 Crocisa - . - - 195
ABsopia - - - - 218 Crossorhombus - . - 211
Albunea - - - - 26 Cryptodromia - - - 56
Allodape - - - 43, 306 Ctenoplectra - - - 253
Alope - - - - 121 Cyamus_ - - - - 29
Alpheus - - - - 122 Cynoglossus—- . - 220
Alutera - - - Sa (ki Cyrtogone - - - 163
Amblyapistus - - 202
Antennarius - - Sill Dehaanius - - 5 aay)
Anthilibinia = - - - 49 Demetrias- - - - 107
Anthophora 39, 117, 190, 255 Dendrocellus - 101
Apogon - 2 - = Diagramma~— - - Sea)
Arsinoe - - - Sy bil) Dianthidium— - - 298
Astata = - - - = Didus - - - aeeeort
Atergatis - - - 6, 267 Diodon - - - - 203
Atergatopsis — - - - 267 Diogenes - - == 2k
Athletes - - - - 161 Dodo - - - aoa
Austroglossus - - ral ih Dotilla = - - - 17
Balenoptera — - - eee Elamenia - - - - 269
Blennius - - - - 202 Elephant - : . - 126
Blue Whale - - = by Emerita - . - 25
Bothus - - - - 212 Engraulis - - - 197
Brachinus- - - 104 Engyprosopon - - 210
Bunea_— - - 81, 150 Hpialtus - - - 265
Cachalot or Sperm Whale 1 aS eee : ; 85, A
Cesio —_ - - - 76 Eriphia_ - - - - 53
Calappa_ - - = hg Eucrate - - . 268
Callionymus— - awed Toe DON Eunostus - - - - 102
Camposcia - . 48 Euplax - : - - 54
Caranx - . - - 76 Eurystheus - - - 68
Casnonia - - - - 101 Exhyalella - - - 66
Ceratina - - . - 247 Exoceetus - . - - 76
Centriscus - - - 76
Charybdis- - - - 50 Finner or Common Rorqual 91
Cheiriphotis — - . 68
Chlorodopsis — - - - 52 Gazza - - - - 76
Cicindela - : - 169, 279 Glyphidodon — - - 76
Cinabra_ - . - 164 Gnathophyllum- - - 275
Clibinarius - - ey) Gobiosoma - - - 200
Ceelioxys - = 40, 249 Gobius - - = 7%, 200
Ceenobita - - - = 23 Gonodactylus_ - - - 28
Colletes - . - - 190 Gronoceras - - - 258
Crepidogaster - - - 105 Gymnomurena - - - 197

(319)

320

PAGE
Halictus - . - 45, 254
Haplocope - - - 63
Haplopeza - - = TG
Heriades - - - 42, 309
Hexagonia - . 101
Hiletus - - : = 100)
Hippa~ - - - - 244
Hippolysmata - s = 190
Holocentrum= - : =O
Holocera - 2) sisi ING
Humpback Whale - - 89
Hyastenus - = = By)
Hypanthidium - = = 3.0
Ictidopsis - - - - 243
Imbrasia - - - 82, 149
Iso - = : 2 = 200
Klipsipherus 108
Kraussia - - - Lay}
K yphosus- 76
Lebia = 109
Lebistinida INS?
Leptochelia 62
Leucisea - 7 il
Liomera - - - : 5
Lobobunvea 154
Lobodontus 114
Macrochilus 102
Macrophthalmus - =teealice
Megachile- - 41, 258, 286
Megaptera - : 89
Mesotrichia < = =O
Metallica - : = = OA
Microlysias = 63
Monacanthus 203
Morgania - 189
Nebalia 70
Nomia— - - - 45, 293
Nothyleus = B05)
Nudaurellia - Se (fora lin’)
Ocypode 11
Orthogonius 116

P PAGE
Osmia : 2 x 257
Pagurus - - - - 20
Panulirus - = = = BY
Papilio - - = 5 Bul
Paracitharus = - = - 209
Paralichthodes - : = ili33
Paramera 3 < = 166
Paraplagusia = - - 228
Parasesarma- - - = I@
Peliocypas . - - 107
Penzeus - ; = =" 160
Pentagonica — - - - 115
Percnon - - : Sy pallu
Petrolisthes : : 58
Pherosophus — - - - 104
Phleeozetus - - = NOS
Physeter - - -. Qos ere
Pilumnus - - =) OGTR
Plagiopyga - - - 107
Plagusia_ - = = =
Planetes - = = = MOS
Platylambrus - = = ab
Podocerus- - : =H)
Potamonautes - - - 5
Processa_ - E = ll
Prosopis - 45, 196, 305
Pseudocollodes - = Boo)
Pseudorhombus- - = 205
Pugettia - - - - 264
Rhinoceros, White - - 293
Rhynchocinetes- - = 26
ORI, Common or Finner 91
<udolphi’s ae or Sei-
hall 92
Salarias - 2 - =, se
Saurida - : - =) ah
Scombroides — - - - 198
Schizophrys — - - -, Aaa
Scylla = = 9
Seihval, or Rudslphin Ss Ror
qual - - - - 92
Sesarma - - - = 9
Siganus) - . : - 200
Solea - - : - 215

PAGE
Sperm Whale or Cachalot Weg
Sphecodes- - - - 193
Sphyreena - - - Say al
Squilla = - - - - 28
Stenidia - - - - 101
Strandiella - - - 301
Synaptura - - - 216
Syngnathus~ - - = 197
Synodus - - - - 76
Tanais”~ - - - - 62
Tetralonia - - 160, 302

Tetrodon - - = th, 203

Index.

Trigona

Thrinchostoma -

Tripterygium

Uca -

Upeneoides

White Rhinoceros

Xantho

Xenitenus-

Xylocopa -

Zebrias

Contents of previous issues (dheinnad)
Vol. II, Part 1. Published 28th December, 1917. Price 5/- nett.

I.—Malacostraca of Natal, by T. R. R. Srepsine. (Plates I-V1).
II.— Varieties of Papilio d. cenea, by C. N. Barker. (Plate VII).
IITl.—New Records of Natal Bees, by T. D. A. CockrreEt.

Vol. II, Part 2. Published 30th July, 1918. Price 5/- nett.
Veh lee RB MaRS ea ernie tae AE aan tc AD cb

ITV.—Some Crustacea of Natal, by T. R. R. Srepprne. (Plates VIII-XII).
V.—Further Additions to the Fish Fauna of Natal, by C. Tare Recan.

Rok A Pare 3.4) Publishedi@bep Mace, 1919.) ”. Price! 8/2. nett

X.—On Some Rare South African Beetles (Part I), by C. N. Barker.
XI.—A new Bee from Natal, by T. D. A. CockERELL.

Vol. II, Part 4. Published 20th October, 1919. Price 5/- nett.

and XX V1).
XVII.—Natal Bees, by T. D. A. CockERELL.
X VILI.—Fishes from Durban, Natal, by C. Tare Reaan.

Vol. Il, Part 5. | Published 25th March, 1920. | Price 5/- nett.

mh _ XXI.—On the Genus Jetidopsis, by S. H. Haveuton.

Obtainable through any S. African bookseller
bis is or from Messrs. William Wesley & Son, Sole European Agents,
Nh ae aa 28 Essex Street, Strand, London.

VI.—Some apparently undescribed Heterocera from S. Africa, by A. J. T. Janse.
VII.—Some Observations upon Whales by E. C. Cuugps. (Plates XIII-XVI1).
VIII.—Some Records of Predaceous Insects and Their Prey, by C. N. Barker.

IX.—A Skeleton of the Dodo ( Didus ineptus ), by E. C. Couns. (Plate XVII).

XII.—Some Crustacea of Natal, by T. R. R. Sreppine. (Plates XVIII-XX).
XIII.—A South African Elephant, by E. C. Cuuss. (Plates XXI and XXI1).

XIV.—Anatomy of Sperm Whale Fetus, by F. E. Bepparp. (Plate XXIII).
XV.—Rhodesian Moths and their Larve, by J. A. O’Nem. (Plate XXIV).
XVI.—Beetles of the Cicindela brevicollis group, by C. N. Barker. (Pl. XXV

XIX.—A Revision of the Flat-fishes (Heterosomata) of Natal, by C. Tare Reaan.
XX.—The White Rhinoceros in Zululand, by F. Vauauan-Kirpy. (PI. amr

XXII.—On 8. African Bees, chiefly collected in Natal, by T. D. A. CockErext.

CONTENTS.

XXIII.—The Malacostraca of Durban Bay, by the Rev. T. R. R.
Sreppine (Plates XX VITI-XX XII) - : - 205

XXIV.—Further Data and some Corrections on the Brevicollis

Group of Cicindele, by C. N. BARKER : - - 279

XXV.—On South African Bees, chiefly collected in Natal, by
T. D. A. CocKERELL - : - - - 286

}

ae AO ae

oe eee NP
LARS ETT TT ADAP MAAHUAL OAAAMONSARUT AID
P | Doh bea | Ye

ar gi ts | ~T ee’
aasideAc eas
a sa f tA
fa’ | :) leet bait) Wy ore 4a? 7 AjRaa, yah 7084)
nize cantatinag, une a Nissetisae . 40 \ : a] " [rt eer Eiglale|
a “i aah bs 9 = Ra See -
AH terres Nawehbeg TW NAae! pee RTT,
: Wan ALYY als oe vi 4, - sab ‘a> ahh >», 4 > xa AAs a, es nankaraAne Yel | aa® TLE | a.
~ | 1 wr i is mit De®. & a el i a .
2. sAaeaas i me AND? ee Sita, Asal? Ma ALL nail ye a RMaahaarat ea Dade EpARahSe ogbha Ana 8
MARETt uae ttrpeat Bhaja Waamiton ness aMlaaatgy ee TTT Thee ee
‘ mae g a. } Sa pit A i 8 a. A i oma « -— Ana, 2 ,
TYN, ig “a am ot! | ‘ Rh ~~ oT Vor Am RAA aA Netel L. Lell 1 aa \
BAMA A2 2. ae 9s Pi . 2 a \ “a yw = Aaa Aap = oe eo x aly mY -
cm iG, ie oa my YY ry MoT Nan ve Saaalr Mine | will! aL a. \
S gy! ~anae AN é Akh ime naan eer
A ahi petel Nee a) ae” A | prast)) Title Ansan, aan ARN A yapaa Naas ae TT ala! Hah
ADH Na ni paMARaasein@ inp acer Ni daaaas aca, COLT AO
wate an PEI A zeit oats
ig “at ot Gene Sill | N
Be Q@ae ce
& as = Lie 6h ON ITNT p ee ~~ ~
ATT ere iz aan A |
Nae heh : wel ARN An amaihelild Tak
ton) | Soa tees TPE RinaQaee . wen Raa
| PERL CET avec Set f ala ‘ MPP R 6 ~ sh pa to Puy,
Rett Ra naarnv”, Ps THAT EEL Sr emeaas artis LIN | Oe
» wraaad ) Sas Cel SG ae J : tL. aa uoaRNN tele. 19 ~e ai
~e mate y \ pra PA ‘§
ay Leeots sitha, PTT bt TELL APAARAY uNyppanorne Yer || TR
® Gases a: a ‘7 ‘ = ae q s Ta ¥
hota fae nee ne Sée aoa ¥ ably y ETT Y vy tania ~ ~ <aana an PAA Lah Ala a
SRReaS rea Are eet fbb | iigarr* ry AAAAn aa 20 0 \ af ~~ > pAaka
f~ > Ar ar One Rama aeA \ eh | Rank inh WYN Y ~ 4 A. » ome s wh
a de Aa. Pa Aa a "A. 4 nat FS Aa * ae SAP Manan ane a wan ? aaaites
7 aan ay San. : ea pTY > lehelal eet FF ‘ PA, s lal} || Se KAR AYNY, AR Sosa
4 AaA RY ©) eee ae” a Ne a & “es x PEPE bo. : A be
As anhhhas PAA NV aan, ef: obi bebeh4 Yr Ane | NAnad donations “<-> TELLTL ET ane
-~ sr Pyam oot rw oa 4) 2: Deal? am RA Rae EA a>» *
SEFCRAT AU MMUAMALELM DG RARLRyBRGR ODN SARRAn eehORnnAAAAA Rg gt
’ A \ q a = fir
UU Up peatesgs | VII phi i etenpen ere LT
nen, "Ap andion aA MRA EE win fale Se) Oe fotel ol alll Mie PARC:
Ps Ann Oa i ot Lt tt tetal fetereeeiat | 4
| e ~ < oN et ; : }
hao : Mea. al “aq Dae ft hel Te ee i TA
a Sm EE eres |. Bet.
7 Ron dee a»
. ty a Baill

AMA. -- _7 eval alal Ama
AAAS aia

Pe Pia Law i
NT WORE Ted edt |
Cece eee mop a a we eee eg e!

' eo

(aA 5 a. NE Lied ei TL ann k refi efttr® ae ) we

pet Qan".? a A aA ee
TT eer TTT fo. d ayy AA igs papraceennety oe AAA |

Pa —e ‘a’ Ve aL A XA iy" i A ARRAS Ra. Be ie] Harty G45 nel

i r a Gil £ ze r t mn, * . Sb einttetes | a2% ar ee es OP ¥

Haan eeecillee ro lihats Dame Wiral Seyilllaatniass : TTT yh ree nelm vane
: M4) , rn ‘ "fia THY on oa ba am: e- are Re k

\, ° aarny sa Be Pam A, %

Ty : . HAAR } - 4.

SETI A i Aj} { ’. a. A \
vind Tear lt ytuuies ;
lta titan be at pa yas ane aint

TY Tat nae | | elie Ty

| aana ;

Ama,_.--*7V Nina’ pana
an &R Py aan uh, Dat
a6 Laat’ ahh ab 2a Ae ria. VAAL Malate 11]

amma caIM THT NUDA RUAN AAG ARAL ease gag
Beeeacimie ph, wre Rage Aaaay AAjjcpisouenna )
AUABANAA | O “AL Oa. ret A@ Bane. S20. AAP MAaalah ASAASIAUAA |
136 ba 4 y te, ' <a : ea hen GAg 1 ;
ies | “Aa cent rier palo, Cel te bs palomadyin| | phil
Sy 3 r } j ; : { va, . ~ SEO aa” ey fi a .
| . Ga,eeh naga Anan iae = Wel |)
¢ PT a <2 = | h ign’ - TEE anal Lonneth DNR a, ae
: A mace whhal Le Hee Poakh LapRaaai LAnAMAnyih? TT TTT pigen
AN Naat ay 3 a ipa Zee Ra Dag fa Liat 7 : chat = on, mie a a eee anenannan, Aah ,aahtiht MIRA pis
At ion pada. Ee | gasa~ >> e cot TT | dn aA canna AA . ‘2 os a
Tilt p . sy iy al 1" in aah VARA éei
pr Annan ae’. rig aA Aliph POA Ar YN Na Seas
Bs Malas TTL SAC
Reorerrr nnn aan sally alsan.» SA caninse ADR)
zs \ wy ; ’ PAM ADA: 6
ata Ps “4 \ | f PPA
y VQ uA laa aa. Nya) : 1 ; é Ne aah om ah AAA \ haa!
arpAs ys MAN a : f : Wecainee Seen I} | |
DRT outta ea UAE ssertc cco AMUN LDA
%» A. ‘has Ama wi eo Re aR ye st
ae | el dd WAAL oad oy 474
} ; Wwe ' : Baer, of 4
ve seraaeety bal

Dt ay P#RRAne,_. er’ SAAN 42

J OO det do den ar 4 be.)
TSS ss a td trey Yn. uve ‘$yeSe8 TY Lat Otte f
* , Ame 2 0a, \~7 4a - heat het 4 ep tLe pa ale Sey papsraba Vg
B MP i ¥ ® 4 there im tT EP t doles Nie aed ~ PY Tita le A aie ® mheg oe wo
> ~A mal ea ’

ante Rel tn WNVARBWAIS a Sas
ph

am RA ed » ah 7 bs 1" a = ee
” t Pewn iii) | Lag > ; Es
~ gro Pee ta AN oa

"WOLD

01205 3609

Internet Archive Audio

Featured

Top

Images

Featured

Top

Software

Featured

Top

Books

Featured

Top

Video

Featured

Top

Mobile Apps

Browser Extensions

Archive-It Subscription

Save Page Now

Full text of "Annals of the Durban Museum"

See other formats